The URL can be used to link to this page

Home My WebLink AboutSpecifications ATCT SEISMIC RETROFIT & REMODEL PROJECT # 546.50.41 .000 Contract Documents Volume 1 of 1 Issued for Bid February 2019 c ,} � TABLE OF CONTENTS Division 0— Bidding Requirements and Forms 00 00 01 Instructions to Bidders 00 00 02 Advertisement for Bids 00 00 03 Bid Proposal Form 00 04 00 Responsibility Criteria 00 04 00.1 Form 1 —Contractor Experience Detail 00 04 00.2 Form 2 — Resume of Key Personnel 00 04 00.4 Form 4 —Apprenticeship Utilization 00 04 00.5 Form 5 — Reference Evaluation Questionnaire 00 04 00.6 Form 6 — Responsibility Criteria Evaluation Score Sheet 00 72 00 General Conditions 00 80 00.1 Proposal Bid Bond 00 80 00.2 Contract Bond 00 80 00.3 Agreement 00 80 00.4 Certificate of Compliance with Wage Payment Status 00 80 00.5 Non-Collusion Affidavit 00 80 00.6 Summary of ADA Policy 00 80 00.7 Summary of Fair Practice 00 80 00.8 Fair Practices 00 80 00.9 Proposal Division 1 —General Requirements 01 10 00 Summary of Work 01 11 30 Hazardous Materials 01 11 31 Health and Safety 01 11 40 Project Milestones 01 14 00 Work Restrictions 01 20 00 Price and Payment Procedures 01 21 00 Prevailing Wage Rates 01 22 00 Unit Prices 01 30 00 Administrative Requirements 01 31 32 Geotechnical Information 01 32 16 Construction Schedule 01 32 23 Survey Information 01 40 00 Quality Requirements 01 41 26 Permits 01 42 16 Definitions 01 50 00 Temporary Facilities and Controls 01 51 00 Contractor's Facilities 01 56 00 Environmental Management 01 57 21 Indoor Air Quality Controls 01 58 13 Temporary Project Signage 01 60 00 Product Requirements 01 70 00 Execution and Closeout Requirements 01 73 00 Operations and Maintenance Manuals 01 74 19 Construction Waste Management and Disposal 01 78 00 Closeout Submittals 01 79 00 Demonstration and Training Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 1/3 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit & Remodel TABLE OF CONTENTS 01 91 13 General Commissioning Requirements Division 2— Existing Conditions 02 41 00 Demolition and Deconstruction 02 82 00 Hazardous Materials Abatement Division 3— Concrete 03 10 00 Concrete Forming and Accessories 03 20 00 Concrete Reinforcing 03 33 00 Cast-in-Place Concrete Division 5— Metals 05 40 00 Cold-Formed Metal Framing 05 50 00 Metal Fabrications Division 6—Wood, Plastics and Composites 06 41 00 Architectural Wood Casework Division 7—Thermal and Moisture Protection 07 21 00 Thermal and Acoustical Insulation 07 25 00 Weather Barriers 07 42 00 Metal Siding and Soffit Panels 07 50 00 PVC Membrane Roofing 07 62 00 Flashing, Sheet Metal, and Trim 07 90 00 Joint Protection Division 8—Openings 08 11 00 Hollow Metal Doors and Frames 08 11 16 Aluminum-Framed Entrances 08 14 00 Wood Doors 08 33 00 Overhead Coiling Grilles 08 51 13 Aluminum Windows 08 71 00 Door Hardware 08 80 00 Glazing Division 9— Finishes 09 20 00 Gypsum Board and Sheathing 09 30 00 Tiling 09 51 00 Acoustical Ceilings 09 65 00 Resilient Flooring and Base 09 68 00 Carpet Tile 09 91 00 Painting 09 96 00 Performance Coatings Division 10 Specialties 10 28 00 Toilet and Bath Accessories 10 44 00 Safety Specialties Division 11 Equipment 11 31 11 Appliances Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 2/3 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit & Remodel TABLE OF CONTENTS Division 12 Furnishings 12 24 00 Window Shades Division 22 Plumbing 22 05 00 Common Work Results for Plumbing 22 05 30 Piping Specialties 22 07 19 Plumbing Piping Insulation 22 11 16 Water Piping 22 13 16 Soil, Waste & Vent Piping 22 40 00 Plumbing Fixtures Division 23 Heating, Ventilating and Air-Conditioning (HVAC) 23 05 00 Mechanical, General 23 05 93 Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing 23 09 00 Controls 23 30 00 HVAC Systems 23 31 13 Ductwork 23 37 00 Air Outlets and Inlets Division 26 Electrical 26 05 19 Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables 26 05 26 Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems 26 05 29 Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems 26 05 33 Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems 26 05 44 Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for Electrical Raceways and Cabling 26 05 53 Identification for Electrical Systems 26 09 23 Lighting Control Devices 26 24 16 Panelboards 26 27 26 Wiring Devices 26 41 13 Lightning Protection for Structures 26 43 13 Surge Protection for Low-Voltage Power Circuits 26 51 00 Interior Lighting Division 27 Communications 27 15 00 Communications Horizontal Cabling Division 31 Earthwork 31 09 16.21 Pile Load Tests 31 10 00 Site Clearing 31 23 16 Excavation 31 63 29 Drilled Concrete Piers and Shafts Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 3/3 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit & Remodel TABLE OF CONTENTS CERTIFICATION PAGE Technical Specifications for CITY OF RENTON ATCT SEISMIC RETROFIT& REMODEL PROJECT# 546.50.41.000 The following specifications were prepared under the supervision and direction of Dennis Dean Jr., KPG, whose seal as a Registered Professional Architect is affixed below. 02 41 00 Demolition and Deconstruction 02 82 00 Hazardous Materials Abatement 05 40 00 Cold-Formed Metal Framing 06 41 00 Architectural Casework 07 21 00 Thermal and Acoustical Insulation 07 25 00 Weather Barriers 07 42 00 Metal Siding and Soffit Panels 07 50 00 PVC Membrane Roofing 07 62 00 Flashing, Sheet Metal and Trim 07 90 00 Joint Protection 08 11 00 Hollow Metal Doors and Frames 08 11 16 Aluminum-Framed Entrances 08 14 00 Wood Doors 08 33 00 Overhead Coiling Grilles 08 51 13 Aluminum Wndows 08 71 00 Door Hardware 08 80 00 Glazing 09 20 00 Gypsum Board and Sheathing 09 30 00 Tiling 09 51 00 Acoustical Ceilings 09 65 00 Resilient Flooring and Base 09 68 00 Carpet Tile 09 91 00 Painting 09 96 00 Performance Coatings gg�3 10 28 00 Toilet and Bath Accessories ��p 10 44 00 Safety Specialties 11 31 11 Appliances 12 24 00 Window Shades . • . , 3TATE OF WA911 DJ Dean Architect These Specifications are Issued for Bid. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 1/1 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel CERTIFICATION PAGE CERTIFICATION PAGE Technical Specifications for CITY OF RENTON ATCT SEISMIC RETROFIT & REMODEL PROJECT# 546.50.41.000 The following specifications were prepared under the supervision and direction of Dustin Ong, PE, CivilTech, whose seal as a Registered Professional Engineer is affixed below. 03 10 00 Concrete Forming and Accessories 03 20 00 Concrete Reinforcing 03 30 00 Cast-in-Place Concrete 05 50 00 Metal Fabrications 31 09 16.21 Pile Load Tests � 31 10 00 Site Clearing 31 23 16 Excavation 31 63 29 Drilled Concrete Piers and Shafts :,��'� ti A+�f� � ' � �G�� .�`�w � �l�,}r� � ,��.�, a ' r.�� ;;�� `.�' � `4�� ,��,��v4,r�� 5`�'��1',1L C,�`�f .� Z�. Z�� Dustin Ong Professional Engineer These Specifications are Issued for Bid. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 1/1 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit 8 Remodel CERTIFICATION PAGE CERTIFICATION PAGE Technical Specifications for CITY OF RENTON ATCT SEISMIC RETROFIT 8� REMODEL PR�JEC7# 546.50.41.000 The following specifica#ions were prepared under the supervision and direcfion of Larry Storset, PE, LN5 Engineers, Inc., whose seal as a Registered F'rofessional Engineer is affixed below. 22 05 00 Pfumbing General 22 05 30 Piping Specialties 22 07 19 Plumbi�g Fiping Insuiation 22 1� 16 Water Piping 22 13 16 Soil, Waste & Vent Piping 22 40 0� Plumbing Fixtures 23 05 00 Mechanical Generaf 23 05 9� Testing, Adjusting & Balartcing 23 09 00 Controls 23 30 00 HVAC Sysfems 23 31 13 �uctwork 23 37' 00 Air Outlets and Inlets +w�e�Q.�.��! �.� �. �]"�'� � .. S(��.+'pE w�li,y c� ;� ;� ;�,�``' 7 c��;•`c^�c? j �rtj ra�r '"'v �9 :�J so-'�'76$�3�� :(�� t t1 : t�� i. r;.) : •t��/� 4�� R`�'•��Fbi�$�[jF,�+�'FZv� � ••....... � s �°ti��N t��s � / Larry Storset Professional �ngineer These Specifications are Issued for Bid. Praject 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2I2612U19 111 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit 8� Remodel CERTIFICATIOI� PAGE Technical Specifications for CITY OF RENTON ATCT SEISMIC RETROFIT& REMODEL PROJ ECT# 546.50.41.000 The following specifications were prepared under the supervision and direction of Dean Ralphs, PE, Elcon Associates, Inc., whose seal as a Registered Professional Engineer is affixed below. 26 05 19 Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables 26 05 26 Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems 26 05 29 Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems 26 05 33 Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems 26 05 44 Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for Electrical Raceways and Cabling 26 05 53 Identification for Electrical Systems 26 09 23 Lighting Devices 26 24 16 Panelboards 26 27 26 Wiring Devices 26 41 13 Lighting Protection for Structures 26 43 13 Surge Protection for Low-Voltage Electrical Power Circuits 26 51 00 Interior Lighting 27 15 00 Communications Horizontal Cabling � C.. �' � �f*`" g,*,�;'� tilH 1tidti�f�rtfd',o-� T S��'�V �� 1�n ^�� g \ 7,�. Q�f� �� , ��---- 3 �: � , � � � � ' �� a s.�� , � ��;�'ris'cER�'��gM� F��'Ei�� 2/25/19 Dean Ralphs Professional Engineer These Specifications are Issued for Bid. CITY OF RENTON Airport Office Seismic RetrofiURenovation Project CALL FOR BIDS Project Number CAG 19-051 Sealed bids will be received until 2:30 p.m. on March 26, 2019 at the City Clerk's office, 1055 South Grady Way, Renton, WA 98057, 7`h floor, and will be opened and publicly read in Conference Room 511 on the 5`''floor, Renton City Hall, 1055 South Grady Way, Renton, WA 98057. The work to be performed within 180 working days from the date of commencement under this contract shall include, but not be limited to: Demolition of selected architectural features, electrical systems and plumbing systems. Temporary erosions and sedimentation control (TESC). Construction of pile-supported foundations for the externa] seismic bracing frames. Installation of the steel collector rings on the existing tower structure. Fabrication, erection and connection of four external steel-truss � seismic bracing trusses. Renovation of the first floor administrative offices. Replacement of existing building envelop components including exterior walls, roofs, windows and doors. The Engineer's estimate is between $1,400,000 and$1,600,000 A mandatory pre-bid conference and site walk will be held on March 8th, 2019 at 10:00 a.m. at 800 W Perimeter Road, Renton, WA 98057. The City reserves the right to reject any and/ar all bids and to waive any and/ar all informalities. Bid documents will be available February 26, 2019. Plans, specifications, addenda, and plan holders list for this project are available on-line through Builders Exchange of Washington, Inc., at htt�://www/bxwa.com. Click on "bxwa.com"; "Posted Projects"; "Public Works", "City of Renton", "Projects Bidding". (Note: Bidders are encouraged to"Register as a Bidder," in order to receive automatic email notification of future addenda and to be placed on the `Bidders List." The plans, specifications, and addendum are also available at the City of Renton website, Call for Bids page, at: htt�://rentonwa.gov/bids/. Questions about the project shall be addressed to: William Adams, City of Renton, Public Works- Renton Municipal Airport, 616 West Perimeter Road-Unit A, Renton WA 98057-5327, phone (425) 430-7473. A certified check or bid bond in the amount of five percent(5%)of the total of each bid must accompany each bid. The City's Fair Practices, Non-Discrimination, and Americans with Disability Act Policies shall apply. i'� -"`_ i j '" i � Jas Seth, it lerk Published: Builder's Exchange of WA February 26, 2019 Daily Journal of Commerce February 26, 2019 and March 5, 2019 Call for Bids\ ��»,�,��..F. �.. . ,m,�. ,.wMa.,�,��a..,�.:�.��,.�,�a:�-�.,��„ ,,,�._,�r,.,�,�..�,��.,..�. .,.��m.� ,x_�...,.�.�..,�_ .,.�..�.�, ..__...._._ _. .... ... ..__._. ___..�. DIVISION 00 Bidding Requirements and Forms . � ,� � . ATCT Seismic Retrofit&Remodel 00 0001 City of Renton INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Project No.CAG-19-051 Page 1 of 6 DOCUMENT 00 0001 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS FOR CITY OF RENTON CONSTRUCTION PART 0—INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 1.1 EXPLANATION TO PROSPECTIVE BIDDERS A. Any prospective Bidder desiring an explanation or interpretation of the solicitation, drawings,specifications,etc., must submit a request in writing to the Owner/Architect/Engineer(A/E)seven (7)calendar days before the bid due date. Oral explanations or instructions given before the award of a contract will not be binding.Any information given a prospective Bidder concerning a solicitation will be furnished promptly to all other prospective Bidders by addendum to the solicitation, if that information is necessary in submitting bids or if the lack of it would be prejudicial to other prospective Bidders. B. In accordance with the legislative findings and policies set forth in Chapter 39.19 RCW the City of Renton encourages participation in all of its contracts by MWBE firms certified by the Office of Minority and Women's Business Enterprises(OMWBE). Participation may be either on a direct basis in response to this invitation or as a subcontractor to a bidder. However, unless required by federal statutes,regulations, grants,or contract terms referenced in the contract documents, no preference will be included in the evaluation of bids, no minimum level of MWBE participation shall be required as a condition for receiving an award, and bids will not be rejected or considered nonresponsive on that basis.Any affirmative action requirements set forth in federal regulations or statutes included or referenced in the contract documents will apply. C. The City of Renton encourages participation in all of its contracts by Veteran-owned businesses(defined in RCW 43.60.010)and located at http://www.dva.wa.qov/proqram/certified-veteran-and-servicemember-owned- businesses and Small,Mini and Micro businesses(defined in RCW 39.26.010)which have registered in WEBS at https://fortress.wa.qov/qa/webs/ D. In accordance with RCW 39.04.320 the state of Washington requires 15%Apprenticeship Participation for all projects estimated to cost one million dollars or more. On applicable projects,the bid advertisement and Bid Form shall establish a minimum required percentage of apprentice labor hours compared to the total labor hours. Bidders may contact the Department of Labor and Industries, Specialty Compliance Services Division, Apprenticeship Section, P.O. Box 44530, Olympia,WA 98504-4530, by phone(360)902-5320, and e-mail at Apprentice(c�lni.wa.qov,to obtain information on available apprenticeship programs. 1.2 PREPARATION OF BIDS—CONSTRUCTION A. Bids must be:(1)submitted on the Bid Form,or copies of forms,furnished by the Owner or the Owner's agent, and (2)signed in ink.The person signing a bid must initial each change appearing on any Bid Form. If the bid is made by a corporation, it shall be signed by the corporation's authorized designee.The address of the Bidder shall be typed or printed on the Bid Form in the space provided. B. The Bid Form mayrequire Bidders to submit bid prices for one or more items on various bases, including: (1)lump sum base bid; (2)lump sum bid alternate prices; (3)unit prices;or(4)any combination of items 1 through 3 above. C. If the solicitation includes alternate bid items,failure to bid on the alternates may disqualify the bid. If bidding on all items is not required, Bidders should insert the words"no bid"in the space provided for any item on which no price issubmitted. D. Substitute bid forms will not be considered unless this solicitation authorizes theirsubmission. February 25,2019 00 0001 -1 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 ATCT Seismic Retrofit&Remodel 00 0001 City of Renton INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Project No.CAG-19-051 Page 2 of 6 1.3 BID GUARANTEE A. When the sum of the base bid plus all additive bid alternates is$35,000.00 or less,bid security is not required. B. When the sum of the base bid plus all additive alternates is greater than $35,000.00, a bid guarantee in the amount of 5%of the base bid amount is required. Failure of the Bidder to provide bid guarantee when required shall render the bid non-responsive. C. Acceptable forms of bid guarantee are:A bid bond or postal money order,or certified check or cashier's check made payable to the City of Renton Treasurer. The Owner will return bid guarantees(other than bid bond)to unsuccessful Bidders as soon as practicable, but not sooner than the execution of a contract with the successful Bidder.The successful Bidder's bid guarantee will be returned to the successful Bidder with its official notice to proceed with the work of the contract. D. The Bidder will allow 60 days from bid opening date for acceptance of its bid by the0wner. The Bidder will return to the Owner a signed contract, insurance certificate and bond or bond waiver within 15 days after receipt of the contract. If the apparent successful Bidder fails to sign all contractual documents or provide the bond and insurance as required or return the documents within 15 days after receipt of the contract, the Owner may terminate the award of the contract. E. In the event a Bidder discovers an error in its bid following the bid opening,the Bidder may request to withdraw its bid under the following conditions: 1. Written notification is received by the Owner within 24 hours following bidopening. 2. The Bidder provides written documentation of the claimed error to the satisfaction of the Owner within 72 hours following the bid opening. The Owner will approve or disapprove the request for withdrawal of the bid in writing. If the Bidder's request for withdrawal of its bid is approved,the Bidder will be released from further obligation to the Owner without penalty. If it is disapproved,the Owner may retain the Bidder's bid guarantee. 1.4 ADDITIVE OR DEDUCTIVE BID ITEMS The low Bidder,for purposes of award,shall be the responsive Bidder offering the low aggregate amount for the base bid item, plus additive or deductive bid alternates selected by the Owner,and within funds available for the project. The Bidder agrees to hold all bid alternate prices for sixty(60)days from date of bidopening. 1.5 ACKNOWLEDGEMENTOFADDENDA Bidders shall acknowledge receipt of all addenda to this solicitation by identifying the addenda numbers in the space provided for this purpose on the Bid Form. Failure to do so may result in the bid being declared non-responsive. 1.6 SITE INVESTIGATION AND CONDITIONS AFFECTING THE WORK The Bidder acknowledges that it has taken steps necessary to ascertain the nature and location of the work,and that it has investigated and satisfied itself as to the general and local conditions which can affect the work or its cost, including but not limited to; (1)conditions bearing upon transportation, disposal, handling, and storage of materials; (2)the availability of labor,water,electric power, and road; (3)uncertainties of weather,river stages,tides,or similar physical conditions at the site; (4)the conformation and conditions of the ground; (5)the character of equipment and facilities needed preliminaryto and during the work; and(6)attend a pre-bid meeting and walkthrough scheduled for February 25,2019 00 0001 -2 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 ATCT Seismic Retrofit&Remodel 00 0001 City of Renton INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Project No.CAG-19-051 Page 3 of 6 (March 8TH 2O19). The Bidder also acknowledges that it has satisfied itself as to character, quality, and quantity of surface and subsurface materials or obstacles to be encountered insofar as this information is reasonably ascertainable from an inspection of the site, including exploratory work done by the Owner, as well as from the drawings and specifications made a part of this contract.Any failure of the Bidder to take the actions described and acknowledged in this paragraph will not relieve the Bidder from responsibility for estimating properly the difficulty and cost of successfully performing thework. 1.7 BID AMOUNTS A. The bid prices shown for each item on the Bid Form shall include all labor,material,equipment,overhead and compensation to complete all of the work for thatitem. B. The Owner will obtain and pay for the Land Use Permit, General Building Permit, Civil Construction Permit and Signage permit.All other permits and fees required to execute the work shall be obtained and paid for by the Contractor. C. The Bidder agrees to hold the base bid prices for sixty(60)days from date of bid opening. 1.8 TAXES All bid amounts shall include Washington Sales Tax(WSST)based on the City of Renton rate(currently 10%)entered on the appropriate location on the Bid Form. All other taxes imposed by law shall be included in the bid amount.The Owner will include WSST in progress payments.The Contractor shall pay the WSST to the Department of Revenue and shall furnish proof of payment to the Owner if requested. [NOTE: Contractor must bond for contract amount plus the WSST.] 1.9 SUBMISSION OF BIDS A. Bids must be submitted on or before the time specified in the Advertisement for Bids. B. Subcontractor Listinq:As the sum of the base bid and additive alternates is anticipated to exceed one million dollars or more,the Bid Form contains the following requirements: 1. Pursuant to RCW 39.30.060,the Bidder shall provide names of the Subcontractors with whom the Bidder will subcontract for performance of heating,ventilation and air conditioning(HVAC), plumbing, and electrical. 2. The Bidder can name itself for the performance of the work. 3. The Bidder shall not list more than one Subcontractor for each category of work identified UNLESS Subcontractors vary with bid alternates, in which case the Bidder must indicate which Subcontractor will be used for which alternate. 4. Failure of the Bidder to submit as part of the bid the NAMES of such Subcontractors or to name itself to perform such work shall render the Bidder's bid nonresponsive and,therefore,void. C. The Bid Form shall be submitted in a sealed envelope addressed to the office specified in the Advertisement for Bids. The envelope shall have printed on theoutside: 1. The project number and description. 2. The name and address of the Bidder February 25,2019 00 0001 -3 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 ATCT Seismic Retrofit&Remodel 00 0001 City of Renton INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Project No.CAG-19-051 Page 4 of 6 3. Identification as Bid Form. D. Prior to the bid opening,the Owner's representative will designate the official bid clock.Any part of the Bid Form, or in the rare situation of a bid modification,not received prior to the times specified, per the designated bid clock, will not be considered and the bid will be returned to the Bidder unopened. E. A bid may be withdrawn in person by a Bidder's authorized representative before the opening of the bids. Bidder(s)representative will be required to show ID and sign on bid summarysheet before it will be released. F. People with disabilities who wish to request special accommodation, (e.g.,sign language interpreters, braille,etc.) need to contact the Owner ten (10)working days prior to the scheduled bid opening. 1.10 BID RESULTS After the Bid Opening, Bidders may obtain bid results from the A/E. 1.11 LOW RESPONSIBLE BIDDER A. Mandatory Responsibility Criteria: Before award of a public works contract, a Bidder must meet the following mandatoryresponsibilitycriteria under RCW 39.04.350(1)to be considered a responsible Bidder and qualified to be awarded a public works project. The Bidder must: 1. At the time of bid submittal, have a certificate of registration in compliance with chapter 18.27 RCW; 2. Have a current Washington Unified Business Identifier(UBI)number; 3. If applicable, have an Industrial Insurance(workers'compensation)coverage for the subcontractor's employees working in Washington, as required in Title 51 RCW; a Washington Employment Security Department number, as required in Title 50 RCW;a Washington Department of Revenue state excise tax registration number, as required in Title 82 RCW; and an electrical contractor license, if required by Chapter 19.28 RCW; 4. Not be disqualified from bidding on any public works contract under RCW 39.06.010 or 39.12.065(3);and 5. If bidding on a public works project subject to the apprenticeship utilization requirements in RCW 39.04.320, not have been found out of compliance by the Washington state apprenticeship and training council for working apprentices out of ratio,without appropriate supervision,or outside their approved work processes as outlined in their standards of apprenticeship under chapter 49.04 RCW for the one-year period immediately preceding the date of the Owner's first advertisement of the project. 6. Within the three-year period immediately preceding the date of the bid solicitation, not have been determined by a final and binding citation and notice of assessment issued by the department of labor and industries or through a civil judgment entered by a court of limited or general jurisdiction to have willfully violated, as defined in RCW 49.48.082, any provision of chapter 49.46, 49.48,or 49.52 RCW. a. (Before award of a public works contract, a bidder shall submit to the contracting agency a signed statement in accordance with RCW 9A.72.085 verifying under penalty of perjury that the bidder is in compliance with the responsible bidder criteria requirements.A contracting agency may award a contract in reasonable reliance upon such a sworn statement.) B. Supplemental Responsibility Criteria: In addition to the mandatory Bidder responsibility,the Owner has adopted February 25,2019 00 0001 -4 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 ATCT Seismic Retrofit&Remodel 00 0001 City of Renton INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Project No.CAG-19-051 Page 5 of 6 relevant supplemental criteria for determining Bidder responsibility which the Bidder must meet(RCW 39.04.350 �3))� 1. The Owner shall consider an overall accounting of the attached supplemental criteria for determining Bidder responsibility"DIVISION 00 0400 SUPPLEMENTAL RESPONSIBILITY CRITERIA". 2. At least seven(7)days prior to the bid submittal deadline, a potential Bidder may request that the Owner modify the supplemental responsibility criteria.The Owner will evaluate the information submitted by the potential Bidder and respond before the bid submittal deadline. If the evaluation results in a change of the criteria,the Owner will issue an addendum to the bidding documents identifying the new criteria. 3. Upon Owner's request,the apparent low Bidder must supply the requested responsibility information within two(2)business days of request by Owner.Withholding information or failure to submit all the information requested within the time provided may render the bid non-responsive 4. If the Owner determines that the apparent low Bidder is not responsible,the Owner will notify the Bidder of its preliminary determination in writing. 5. Within three(3)days after receipt of the preliminary determination,the Bidder may withdraw its bid or request a hearing where the Bidder may appeal the preliminary determination and present additional information to the Owner. 6. The Owner will schedule a hearing within three(3)working days of receipt of the Bidder's request. 7. The Owner will issue a Final Determination after reviewing information presented at the hearing. 8. If the Owner determines a Bidder to be not responsible,the Owner will provide, in writing,the reasons for the determination. If the final determination affirms that the Bidder is not responsible,the Owner will not execute a contract with any other Bidder until two(2)business days after the Bidder determined to be not responsible has received the final determination. 9. The Owner's Final Determination is specific to this project,and will have no effect on other or future projects. 1.12 CONTRACT AWARD A. The Owner will evaluate bids responsiveness andresponsibility. 1. A bid will be considered responsive if it meets the followingrequirements: a. It is received at the proper time and place. b. It meets the stated requirements of the Bid Form. c. It is submitted by a licensed/registered contractor within the state of Washington at the time of bid opening and is not banned from bidding by the Department ofLabor and Industries. d. It is accompanied by a bid guarantee, ifrequired. 2. A bid will be considered responsible if it meets the followingrequirements: a. It meets the mandatory responsibility criteria established in RCW 39.04.350 and an overall accounting of the supplemental responsibilitycriteria established for the project B. The Owner reserves the right to accept or reject any or all bids and to waive informalities. February 25,2019 00 0001 -5 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 ATCT Seismic Retrofit&Remodel 00 0001 City of Renton INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Project No.CAG-19-051 Page 6 of 6 C. The apparent low Bidder,for purpose of award,shall be the responsive and responsible Bidder offering the low aggregate amount for the base bid plus selected additive or deductive bid alternates and meeting all other bid submittal requirements. 1.13 DOCUMENTS(ATTACHED) A. Advertisement for Bids B. Bid Form C. Supplemental Bidder Responsibility Criteria D. General Conditions for Construction Note: Payment Bond and Performance Bond)are required. These forms will be provided by the Owner. February 25,2019 00 0001 -6 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 ATCT Seismic Retrofit&Remodel 00 0002 City of Renton ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS Project No.CAG-19-051 Page 1 of 1 DOCUMENTS 00 0002 - ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS The City of Renton invites interested and qualified contractors to submit sealed bids for the following project: TITLE: ATCT Seismic Retrofit&Remodel ESTIMATED BASE BID COST RANGE: $1,400,000 to$1,600,000 SUBMITTAL TIME/DATE/LOCATION: Prior to 2:30 P.M., March 26�h 2019 at the Office of the City Clerk Seventh Floor, Renton City Hall 1055 Grady Way, Renton,WA,98057 Public Bid Opening will commence at approximately 2:45 P.M. in Room 511, Fifth Floor. PRE-BID CONFERENCE&SITE WALK: 10:00 A.M. March�2019 in the Conference Room, Rainier Flight located at 800 West Perimeter Rd, Renton,WA,98057.Attendance at the pre-bid conference and site walk-through is mandatory. Plans and specifications may be viewed at Builder's Exchange of Washington. Free-of-charge access to project bid documents(plans, specifications,addenda,and Bidders List) is provided to Prime Bidders,Subcontractors,and Vendors by going to www.bxwa.com and clicking on "Posted Projects","Public Works",and"City of Renton".This online plan room provides Bidders with fully usable online documents with the ability to: download,view,print,order full/partial plan sets from numerous reprographic sources,and a free online digitizer/take-off tool. It is recommended that Bidders"Register" in order to receive automatic e-mail notification of future addenda and to place themselves on the"Self-Registered Bidders LisY'. Bidders that do not register will not be automatically notified of addenda and will need to periodically check the on-line plan room for addenda issued on this project. Contact Builders Exchange of Washington at(425)258-1303 should you require assistance with access or registration. Daily Journal of Commerce: POB 11050,Seattle,WA 98111. Phone:206.622.8272. Website:plancenter.com Please direct questions regarding this project to William Adams, Project Manager at Renton Municipal Airport,phone 425-430-7473 or email wadams(�a.rentonwa.qov by 3:00 PM Tuesday, March 19 2019. (Document clarification questions must be submitted in writing.) The City's fair practices/non-discrimination policies and the State of Washington prevailing wage rates are applicable for this public works project located in King County. Bidders are responsible to verify and use the most recent prevailing wage rates. The"Effective Date"for this project is the Bid Form due date above. The applicable prevailing wage rates may be found on the Department of Labor&Industries website located at https://fortress.wa.qov/Ini/waqelookup/prvWapelookup.aspx. Mandatory 15%apprentice labor hours of the total labor hours are a requirement of the construction contract. Voluntary workforce diversity goals for this apprentice participation are identified in the Instructions to Bidders and Supplemental Conditions. Bidders may contact the Department of Labor &Industries,Apprenticeship Section,to obtain information on available apprenticeship programs. In accordance with RCW 39.30.060,the Bidder is required to provide the names of the Subcontractors with whom the Bidder will directly subcontract for the performance of heating,ventilation and air conditioning (HVAC),plumbing and electrical for this project. Supplemental Bidder Responsibility will be evaluated for this project. In determining Bidder responsibility,the Owner shall consider an overall accounting of the criteria set forth in"DIVISION 00 SUPPLEMENTAL RESPONSIBILITY CRITERIA". Please direct questions regarding this subject to the Owner's Representative attn:William Adams, Project Manager at Renton Municipal Airport,phone 425-430-7473 or email wadams(c�rentonwa.qov. The City reserves the right to accept or reject any or all bids and to waive informalities. THE CITY OF RENTON Jason Seth City Clerk February 25, 2019 00 0002 - 1 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 ATCT Seismic Retrofit&Remodel 00 0003 City of Renton BID FORM Project No.CAG-19-051 Page 1 of 3 • ` � � CITY OF RENTON MAIL T0: CITY CLERK 1055 GRADY WAY, RENTON, WA, 98057 HAND DELIVER T0: OFFICE OF THE CITY CLERK SEVENTH FLOOR, RENTON CITY HALL 1055 GRADY WAY, RENTON, WA, 98057 BID FORM In compliance with the contract documents, the following bid form is submitted: 1) BASE BID 1a) BASE BID(Including Trench Excavation SafetyProvisions): � (Writfen) (Numeric) 1 b) SALES TAX ON BASE BID(The combined sales tax rate for Renton, WA is 10%): � (Writfen) (Numeric) 1c)TOTAL BASE BID � (Written) (Numeric) TRENCH EXCAVATION SAFETY PROVISIONS(Included also in ease eic� If the bid amount contains any work which requires trenching exceeding a depth of four feet,all costs for trench safety shall be included in the Base Bid above for adequate trench safety systems in compliance with Chapter 39.04 RCW.49.17 RCW and WAC 296-155-650: Bidder must include a lump sum dollar amount in blank above (even if the value is$0.00)to be responsive. 2) BID ALTERNATES At this time there are no alternate bids for this project. The City reserves the right to accept or reject any or all bid prices within sixty(60)days of the bid date. TIME FOR COMPLETION: Contract Time-The undersigned hereby agrees to Substantially Complete all the work under the Base Bid within 180 calendar days after the date of Notice to Proceed. February 25,2019 00 0003-1 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 ATCT Seismic Retrofit&Remodel 00 0003 City of Renton BID FORM Project No.CAG-19-051 Page 2 of 3 Final Completion—All the Work shall be fully and finally completed in accordance with the contract documents within 45 calendar days after the date of Substantial Completion. UNIT PRICES (Where applicable) (Do not include Washington State Sales Tax) Unit Estimated Quantities Additive Deductive Per Item No. Description Unit Price Unit Price Measurement 1. Over excavation and 220-cy to be included in $ $ Cubic Yard(CY)of export of unsuitable soils. Base Bid above that soils excavated, necessary to achieve trucked and legally the final grades shown. dumped off site, neat line measured at its original compacted and in- place location. The above unit prices shall be for any additive and deductive work within 15%of the above estimated quantities. The unit price shall include full compensation for the cost of labor, materials, equipment, overhead, profit and any additional costs associated with the unit bid. The Owner reserves the right to accept or reject any or all unit prices within sixty (60) days of the bid date. Unit prices not accepted within 60 days of the bid date are rejected. SUBCONTRACTOR LISTING—RCW 39.30.060 If the base bid and the sum of the additive alternates is one million dollars or more, the Bidder shall provide names of the subcontractors with whom the Bidder will directly subcontract for performance of the following work. If the Bidder intends to perform the work, the Bidder must enter its name for that category of work. The Bidder shall not list more than one subcontractor for each category of work identified UNLESS subcontractors vary with bid alternates, in which case the Bidder must indicate which subcontractor will be used for which alternate. Failure of the Bidder to submit the NAMES of such subcontractors or to name itself to perform such work shall render the Bidder's bid nonresponsive and,therefore,VOID. Desiqnated Work Firm Name 1. HVAC 2. Plumbinq 3. Electrical APPRENTICESHIP REQUIREMENTS The apprentice labor hours required for this project are 15%of the total labor hours. The undersigned agrees to utilize this level of apprentice participation. LIQUIDATED DAMAGES The undersigned agrees to pay the Owner as liquidated damages the sum of$1,400 for each consecutive calendar day that is in default after the Contract Time. Liquidated damages shall be deducted from the contract invoice after taxes and retainage. RECEIPT OF ADDENDA Receipt of the following addenda is acknowledged: February 25,2019 00 0003-2 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 ATCT Seismic Retrofit&Remodel 00 0003 City of Renton BID FORM Project No.CAG-19-051 Page 3 of 3 Addendum No. Addendum No. Addendum No. Addendum No. Name of Firm NOTE: If eidder is a corporation,write State of Incorporation;if a partnership,give full names and addresses of all parties below. Signed by Official Capacity Print Name Address City State Zip Code Date Telephone FAX State of Washington Contractor's License No. Federal Tax ID# E-mail address: Employment Security Department No. February 25,2019 00 0003-3 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 ATCT Seismic Retrofit&Remodel 00 0400 City of Renton SUPPLEMENTAL BIDDER RESPONSIBILITY CRITERIA Project No.CAG-19-051 Page 1 of 2 DOCUMENT 00 0400 - SUPPLEMENTAL BIDDER RESPONSIBILITY CRITERIA Low Responsible Bidder It is the intent of the City to award a contract to the lowest responsive and responsible Bidder. In determining the Bidder's responsibility,the City shall consider an overall accounting of the items listed below. Potential Bidders may request the City modify the Bidder responsibility criteria. The request must be in writing and submitted at least 7 days prior to the bid opening. The apparent low bidder shall submit the required information within five(5)business days of receiving request from City. This request may be made in the form of a telephone call or email message. The required information shall be provided on the referenced forms bound herein. Electronic copies may be made available upon request. Failure to submit such information to the satisfaction of the City within the time provided may render the Bidder as not responsible. Required Information/Criteria For the purposes of the Supplemental Bidder Responsibility evaluation process,the scope of this project generally involves the upgrade the existing Renton Municipal Airport Traffic Control Tower(ATCT)to meet current life-safety seismic codes,upgrade the building envelope,upgrading existing HVAC systems and renovate the existing administrative offices. 1. Experience of Contractor on Projects of Similar Size and Complexity Contractor is required to have successfully completed at least three projects of similar type,size and complexity to this project,each with a contract amount of at least$1,500,000 within the last eight years. Similar Size and Complexity to the Airport Office Seismic Retrofit/Renovation Project means projects having these characteristics: • Project of 2,OOOsf or greater and similar construction type for a public agency. • Project with limited construction duration and a hard completion date. • Limited site access and laydown area. • Project on an operational FAA Air Traffic Control Tower. List of Completed Projects(Use Form 1,Contractor Experience Detail) Provide a list of all the construction contracts$1,500,000 and above your firm has completed within the past eight years, giving the name of the project;name,address,and phone numbers of the Owner and architect representatives;final contract amount;date of completion;and percentage of the cost of the work performed with your firm's own forces. This information will be used for reference reviews. 2. Experience of Key Personnel Experience of Project Manager(Use Form 2, Resume of Key Personnel for Proposed Contract) Submit resume and references for the proposed Project Manager. This person shall have managed,as lead project manager,a minimum of three projects of similar type,size and complexity to this project,and successfully completed those projects within the last ten years. Experience of Superintendent(Use Form 2, Resume of Key Personnel for Proposed Contract) Submit resume and references for the proposed project Superintendent.This person shall have performed as the lead Superintendent for a minimum of three projects of similar type,size and complexity to this project,and successfully completed those projects within the last ten years. 3. Apprenticeship(Use Forms 1 &4) For each public works project with an apprenticeship utilization goal that was completed by the Bidder within three(3)years of the bid submittal date for this project,the Bidder shall submit the following: February 25,2019 00 0400-1 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 ATCT Seismic Retrofit&Remodel 00 0400 City of Renton SUPPLEMENTAL BIDDER RESPONSIBILITY CRITERIA Project No.CAG-19-051 Page 2 of 2 • A list of such projects; • The City and contact information for the City's representative; • The apprenticeship utilization percentage goal for the project: • The actual utilization percentage by the Bidder;and • An explanation of any extenuating circumstances that contributed to the Bidder not meeting the goals. (Use Form 4 for projects not listed on Form 1) The City may contact previous Owner's to validate the information provided by the Bidder and shall consider whether the goals were mandatory or voluntary,and the validity of any explanation of extenuating circumstances. 4. References from Owner's and Architects for Previous Projects(Use Form 5, Reference Evaluation Questionnaire) The City may check references by contacting Owners and architects of the bidder's previous projects regarding the bidder's performance and that of key staff. A reference score sheet will be utilized and the rating shall be satisfactory or better on a five-category scale with"satisfactory"at mid-scale. Overall Scoring(Form 6, Responsibility Criteria Evaluation Score Sheet) The City will use this form to complete and document the overall evaluation process. February 25,2019 00 0400-2 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 �• c U 'y,�-,� � � R o O� -p � o �j Q� � �' •V C Cn C6 p U � � �' C6 � � �--� Vl � \ �' � � � � N O d � y X Cn � Q Q � Z Q C�. N � o � O � N � y � V ' L �. N � L d � d � � � � L t yj � �3 � C6 Q 0 i V � Q Ef} Ef} y Q N Q Cn d � o i 0 Q O L -- .a Z N N N C�U6 � �+ L ��+ y+ U �C 0 V � U � � C � � d❑ 3 d L❑ � � ¢ � � i6 .� O � � � O � � � � -� �, 0 �Z t � � Z � � c tn 3 d U c U a��i 0 0 �� y 3 �� o x -a a� a� � v� o U � t � �� 0 0 � '� � � � Z d O Q i..� O � C� C� � c�i ri v � � — O N � � � � � c Q � o � � N °� � � � t� ,�,�—� � a> � � � � � � � �� '� a� .� � � � z cn z t/� Q� m � � C� � � 0 W '� .� .� c � � i N ca � � cn t/� C '� >, � `n -- � �"r y � � � � a�i � ai — i � ~ � �i � � � -a o "ca � U � L � � � � Q Q � w m � a ¢ � L , O 0 � � � � O "" � � Q `~ � c � � ca � � 0 O Q � W U �� m � w � U � C6 � U C -- U � � N �o � � � � � O ❑� � o � ~ �- � � � - � C � � � C� � � o Q o` � � � � � o ai a� � ~ � � � U °2S �c ai a> V z � � � o � � y o � � � � � z � Q � z � 'o 0 C � � � CU6 CU6 � � U C � +-' O O .7 O � � O O J � J m U � m U U * * Bidder Responsibility Form 2 - Resume of Key Personnel for Proposed Contract City of Renton -ATCT Seismic Retrofit & Remodel Name: Role in this Contract: Years Ex erience Total With Current Firm Firm Name and Location(City and State): Training/Education/Specialization: Years of Experience in the Proposed Role: RELEVANT PROJECTS Project Title: Year Completed Pro�ect Owner: Brief Description(Brief scope,size,cost,etc.)and specific role: Check if project performed with current firm. ❑ If performed with different firm list the firm name Reference Name&Contact Information: Pro�ect Owner: Pro�ect Architect: Name: Name: Phone: Phone: E-mail E-mail: RELEVANT PROJECTS Project Title: Year Completed Pro�ect Owner: Brief Description(Brief scope,size,cost,etc.)and specific role: Check if project performed with current firm. ❑ If performed with different firm list the firm name Reference Name&Contact Information: Project Owner: Project Architect: Name: Name: Phone: Phone: E-mail E-mail: RELEVANT PROJECTS Project Title: Year Completed Pro ect Owner: Brief Description(Brief scope,size,cost,etc.)and specific role: Check if project performed with current firm. ❑ If performed with different firm list the firm Name Reference Name&Contact Information: Pro ect Owner: Pro�ect Architect: Name: Name: Phone: Phone: E-mail E-mail: RELEVANT PROJECTS Project Title: Year Completed Pro�ect Owner: Brief Description(Brief scope,size,cost,etc.)and specific role: Check if project performed with current firm. ❑ If performed with different firm list the firm Name Reference Name&Contact Information: Pro ect Owner: Pro�ect Architect: Name: Name: Phone: Phone: E-mail E-mail: RELEVANT PROJECTS Project Title: Year Completed Project Owner: Brief Description(Brief scope,size,cost,etc.)and specific role: Check if project performed with current firm. ❑ If performed with different firm list the firm Name Reference Name&Contact Information: Project Owner: Project Architect: Name: Name: Phone: Phone: E-mail E-mail: 0 \ �' Q �' � o � EFJ 69 L o �+ d � d t� ' L (�• � d � � � •L t� � � C � � � L a Q � i t� i t d y Q o Q � o t C � .a Z d �C d C6 � � � �� V U � L Q t�.1 �C � � � d �� d i� � c��6 Q ia �� O p � � Q p 0 r � � � � � Z � � � Z N O � C fA Q �i d � U � � t 'c�❑ y � �❑ � � � o a� "'' � N a� �a rn y o U � �, t �v � "� � O Da � '� � � � Z O � O i.� U � c�i ri v � }' O _ � iii O d � � c� �, � =� � o c � � o�S °� � `a � � ++ � � � � � +��+ _ � � � � o � Q � � � � -� � � az cnz t/� _ � m � � = p t� � °> `a t+ c � � � N ca � � t/� N 'd � � G� �;,� (q � � � � iii � _ ~ H �i � � � o �ca � � � � �a Q ¢ � w � N . m � � V O �:+ �' _ � d L � -- � Q a� a> a� � — Q � O Q a w � U �� w U L C6 � 0 -- � U a�i �o � O c ❑� o � �- � � U � � � 0 Q 0 �+ � � O N C � � � t� � � � � � N C � N � C6 � Cj Z � � � p � y O Q � Z d z c cn O C � C � CU6 CU6 '0 U O J m U � m U U � Bidder Responsibility Form 5 - Reference Evaluation Questionnaire City of Renton -ATCT Seismic Retrofit & Remodel Evaluated Firm : Project Manager: Superintendent: Evaluated Project Name: ❑ Prime A rox. Start Date A rox. End Date A rox. Final Pro'ect Cost ❑ Subcontractor PERFORMANCE EVALUATION Rating Criteria - Rate on a scale of 1 to 5 • 5= Superior based on performance (would hire this firm/individual again) • 4= More than Satisfactory • 3 = Satisfactory based on performance (would hire this firm/individual again) • 2 = Less than Satisfactory • 1=Totally Unsatisfactory based on performance (would never hire the firm/individual again) Criteria Ratin Com an PM Su er 1 Ability to meet client's expectations 2 Quality of workmanship 3 Ability to manage project costs and minimize change orders 4 Ability to maintain project schedule 5 Ability to manage subcontractors 6 Professionalism, leadership and communication in issues management RFI, sho drawin submittal, timel resolution of issues/ uestions 7 Ability to follow the owner's rules, regulations, and requirements(housekeeping, safet , etc. 8 Ability to manage closeout process(Prompt submittal of punch list,warranty, as- builts, operation manuals, tax clearances, etc.) 9 Comfort level in hiring firm or individual again based on performance Total Score Average Score Evaluator Information Name of Evaluator: Title: Firm/Company Name: Firm Address: Phone: Email: Form 6 —Responsibility Criteria Evaluation Score Sheet Project Title Project Number Project Manager Project Location Project Owner 1. Experience of Contractor- On ro'ects of similar size &com lexit Form 1 Pass or Fail 2. Ex erience of Ke Personnel Form 2 Su erintendent Pass or Fail Pro'ect Mana er Pass or Fail Other(s)if specified in Division 00 Pass or Fail 3. NOT USED 4. Contractor Compliance with Apprenticeship Requirements- Requirements were Not Scored met or if not, a good faith effort was demonstrated(Forms 1 &4) Applies only to projects with a renticeshi artici ation re uirements;i.e. MACC over$1 M 5. References from Previous Projects (Form 5) Rating Evaluate contractor's references information and using the rating numbers: Score 1-5 1 = NOT Satisfactory (requires a written comment below) (3 is Satisfactory) 2= Less THAN Satisfactory 3=Satisfactory 4= More THAN Satisfactory 5= Su erior Company Pro'ect Mana er Su erintendent Total Score: Average score (divide total score by number of ratings) In determining the bidder responsibility, an overall accounting of the ratings shall be made. A score of"Pass" is required for categories 1 -4 and an average score of 3.0 or higher is required to meet the minimum Supplemental Bidder Responsibility requirements. Comments Determination ❑ Responsible ❑ Not Responsible(Preliminary Determination) Evaluated by Date (Typed or Printed Name) Signature ATCT Seismic Retrofit&Remodel 00 7200 City of Renton GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION Project No.CAG-19-051 Page 1 of 46 DOCUMENT 00 7200 - GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION CONTENTS Section Descriation Paqe PART 1 -GENERAL PROVISIONS 1.1 Definitions................................................................................................. 3 1.2 Order of Precedence................................................................................... 4 1.3 Execution and Intent................................................................................... 5 PART 2-INSURANCE AND BONDS 2.1 Contractor's Liability Insurance...................................................................... 5 2.2 Coverage Limits......................................................................................... 6 2.3 Insurance Coverage Certificates.................................................................... 6 2.4 Payment and Performance Bonds.................................................................. 6 2.5 Alternative Surety....................................................................................... 7 2.6 Builders Risk....................................................................................... 7 PART 3-TIME AND SCHEDULE 3.1 Progress and Completion............................................................................. 8 3.2 Construction Schedule................................................................................. 8 3.3 Owner's Right to Suspend the Work for Convenience......................................... 8 3.4 Owner's Right to Stop the Work for Cause....................................................... 9 3.5 Delay....................................................................................................... 9 3.6 Notice to Owner of Labor Disputes................................................................. 10 3.7 Damages for Failure to Achieve Timely Completion........................................... 10 PART 4-SPECIFICATIONS, DRAWINGS,AND OTHER DOCUMENTS 4.1 Discrepancies and Contract Document Review................................................. 11 4.2 Project Record........................................................................................... 11 4.3 Shop Drawings........................................................................................... 11 4.4 Organization of Specifications........................................................................ 12 4.5 Ownership and Use of Drawings,Specifications&other pocuments...................... 12 PART 5-PERFORMANCE 5.1 Contractor Control and Supervision................................................................ 13 5.2 Permits, Fees and Notices............................................................................ 14 5.3 Patents and Royalties.................................................................................. 14 5.4 Prevailing Wages........................................................................................ 14 5.5 Hours of Labor........................................................................................... 15 5.6 Nondiscrimination....................................................................................... 15 5.7 Safety Precautions...................................................................................... 16 5.8 Operations, Material Handling,and Storage Areas............................................. 17 5.9 Prior Notice of Excavation............................................................................. 18 5.10 Unforeseen Physical Conditions..................................................................... 18 5.11 Protection of Existing Structures, Equipment,Vegetation, Utilities,&Improvements. 18 5.12 Layout of Work........................................................................................... 19 5.13 Material and Equipment................................................................................ 19 5.14 Availability and Use of Utility Services............................................................. 19 5.15 Tests and Inspections.................................................................................. 19 5.16 Correction of Nonconforming Work................................................................. 20 5.17 Clean Up................................................................................................... 21 5.18 Access to Work.......................................................................................... 21 February 25,2019 00 7200-1 Issued for Bid-2/26/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 ATCT Seismic Retrofit&Remodel 00 7200 City of Renton GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION Project No.CAG-19-051 Page 2 of 46 5.19 Other Contracts.......................................................................................... 21 5.20 Subcontractors and Suppliers........................................................................ 21 5.21 Warranty of Construction.............................................................................. 23 5.22 Indemnification........................................................................................... 23 PART 6-PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION 6.1 Contract Sum............................................................................................. 24 6.2 Schedule ofValues..................................................................................... 24 6.3 Application for Payment................................................................................ 24 6.4 Progress Payments..................................................................................... 25 6.5 Payments Withheld..................................................................................... 25 6.6 Retainage and Bond Claim Rights.................................................................. 26 6.7 Substantial Completion................................................................................. 26 6.8 Prior Occupancy......................................................................................... 26 6.9 Final Completion,Acceptance,and Payment.................................................... 26 PART 7-CHANGES 7.1 Change in the Work.................................................................................... 26 7.2 Change in the Contract Sum......................................................................... 28 7.3 Change in the Contract Time......................................................................... 33 PART 8-CLAIMS AND DISPUTE RESOLUTION 8.1 Claims Procedure....................................................................................... 35 8.2 Arbitration................................................................................................. 36 8.3 Claims Audits............................................................................................. 36 PART 9-TERMINATION OF THE WORK 9.1 Termination by Owner for Cause.................................................................... 38 9.2 Termination by Owner for Convenience........................................................... 39 PART 10-MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 10.1 Governing Law........................................................................................... 39 10.2 Successors and Assigns.............................................................................. 40 10.3 Meaning of Words....................................................................................... 40 10.4 Rights and Remedies................................................................................... 40 10.5 Contractor Registration................................................................................. 40 10.6 Time Computations..................................................................................... 40 10.7 Records Retention....................................................................................... 40 10.8 Third-Party Agreements............................................................................... 41 10.9 AntitrustAssignments.................................................................................. 41 10.10 Headings and Captions................................................................................ 41 10.11 Diverse Business Participation........................................................................ 41 10.12 Apprenticeship Participation........................................................................... 41 February 25,2019 00 7200-2 Issued for Bid-2/26/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 ATCT Seismic Retrofit&Remodel 00 7200 City of Renton GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION Project No.CAG-19-051 Page 3 of 46 PART 1 -GENERAL PROVISIONS 1.1 DEFINITIONS A. "Application for PavmenY'means a written request submitted by Contractor to A/E for payment of Work completed in accordance with the Contract Documents and approved Schedule of Values,supported by such substantiating data as Owner or A/E mayrequire. B. "Architect,""Enqineer,"or"A/E"means a person or entity lawfully entitled to practice architecture or engineering, representing Owner within the limits of its delegated authority. C. "Chanqe Order"means a written instrument signed by Owner and Contractor stating their agreement upon all of the following:(1)a change in the Work;(2)the amount of the adjustment in the Contract Sum, if any,and(3)the extent of the adjustment in the Contract Time, ifany. D. "Claim"means Contractor's exclusive remedy for resolving disputes with Owner regarding the terms of a Change Order or a request for equitable adjustment,as more fully set forth in Part8. E. "Contract Award AmounY' is the sum of the Base Bid and any accepted Alternates. F. "Contract Documents"means the Advertisement for Bids, Instructions for Bidders,completed Bid Form,General Conditions, Modifications to the General Conditions,Supplemental Conditions, Public Works Contract,other Special Forms, Drawings and Specifications,and all addenda and modifications thereof. G. "Contract Sum" is the total amount payable by Owner to Contractor,for performance of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, including all taxes imposed by law and properly chargeable to the Work,except Washington State sales tax. H. "Contract Time" is the number of calendar days allotted in the Contract Documents for achieving Substantial Completion of the Work. I. "Contractor"means the person or entity who has agreed with Owner to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. J. "Da s : Unless otherwise specified,day(s)shall mean calendarday(s)." K. "Drawinqs"are the graphic and pictorial portions of the Contract Documents showing the design, location,and dimensions of the Work,and may include plans,elevations,sections,details,schedules,and diagrams. L. "Final Acceptance"means the written acceptance issued to Contractor by Owner after Contractor has completed the requirements of the Contract Documents,as more fully set forth in Section 6.09 B. M. "Final Completion"means that the Work is fully and finally complete in accordance with the Contract Documents,as more fully set forth in Section 6.09A. N. "Force Maieure"means those acts entitling Contractor to request an equitable adjustment in the Contract Time,as more fully set forth in paragraph 3.05A. O. "Notice"means a written notice which has been delivered in person to the individual or a member of the firm or entity or to an officer of the corporation for which it was intended or, if delivered or sent by registered or certified mail,to the last February 25,2019 00 7200-3 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 ATCT Seismic Retrofit&Remodel 00 7200 City of Renton GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION Project No.CAG-19-051 Page 4 of 46 business address known to the party giving notice. P. "Notice to Proceed"means a notice from Owner to Contractor that defines the date on which the Contract Time begins to run. Q. "Owner"means the City of Renton,or its authorized representative with the authority to enter into,administer,and/or terminate the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents and make related determinations and findings. R. "Person"means a corporation,partnership,business association of any kind,trust,company,or individual. S. "Prior Occupancv"means Owner's use of all or parts of the Project before Substantial Completion,as more fully set forth in Section 6.08 A. T. "Proqress Schedule"means a schedule of the Work, in a form satisfactory to Owner,as further set forth in Section 3.02. U. "Project„means the total construction of which the Work performed in accordance with the Contract Documents may be the whole or a part and which may include construction by Owner or by separate contractors. V. "Proiect Record"means the separate set of Drawings and Specifications as further set forth in paragraph 4.02A. W. "Schedule of Values"means a written breakdown allocating the total Contract Sum to each principal category of Work, in such detail as requested by Owner. X. "Specifications"are that portion of the Contract Documents consisting of the written requirements for materials, equipment,construction systems,standards and workmanship for the Work,and performance of related services. Y. "SubcontracY'means a contract entered into by Subcontractor for the purpose of obtaining supplies,materials, equipment,or services of any kind for or in connection with the Work. Z. "Subcontractor"means any person,other than Contractor,who agrees to furnish or furnishes any supplies,materials, equipment,or services of any kind in connection with the Work. AA. "Substantial Completion"means that stage in the progress of the Work when the construction is sufficiently complete, as more fully set forth in Section 6.07. AB. "Work"means the construction and services required by the Contract Documents,and includes, but is not limited to, labor,materials,supplies,equipment,services, permits,and the manufacture and fabrication of components, performed,furnished,or provided in accordance with the Contract Documents. 1.2 ORDER OF PRECEDENCE Any conflict or inconsistency in the Contract Documents shall be resolved by giving the documents precedence in the following order: 1. Signed Public Works Contract, including any Change Orders. 2. Supplemental Conditions. 3. Modifications to the General Conditions. 4. General Conditions. 5. Specifications. Provisions in Division 1 shall take precedence over provisions of any other Division. February 25,2019 00 7200-4 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 Airport Office Seismic RetrofitlRenovation Project 00 7200 City of Renton GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION Project No.CAG-19-051 Page 5 of 46 6. Drawings. In case of conflict within the Drawings, large scale drawings shall take precedence over small scale drawings. 7. Signed and Completed Bid Form. 8. Instructions to Bidders. 9. Advertisement for Bids. 1.3 EXECUTION AND INTENT Contractor Representations: Contractor makes the following representations to Owner: 1. Contract Sum reasonable:The Contract Sum is reasonable compensation for the Work and the Contract Time is adequate for the performance of the Work,as represented by the Contract Documents; 2. Contractor familiar with proiect:Contractor has carefully reviewed the Contract Documents,visited and examined the Project site,become familiar with the local conditions in which the Work is to be performed,and satisfied itself as to the nature, location,character,quality and quantity of the Work,the labor,materials,equipment,goods,supplies,work, services and other items to be furnished and all other requirements of the Contract Documents,as well as the surface and subsurface conditions and other matters that may be encountered at the Project site or affect performance of the Work or the cost or difficulty thereof; 3. Contractor financiallv capable:Contractor is financially solvent,able to pay its debts as they mature,and possesses sufficient working capital to complete the Work and perform Contractor's obligations required by the Contract Documents;and 4. Contractor can complete Work:Contractor is able to furnish the plant,tools,materials,supplies,equipment and labor required to complete the Work and perform the obligations required by the Contract Documents and has sufficient experience and competence to doso. PART 2-INSURANCE AND BONDS 2.1 CONTRACTOR'S LIABILITY INSURANCE General insurance requirements: Prior to commencement of the Work,Contractor shall obtain all the insurance required by the Contract Documents and provide evidence satisfactory to Owner that such insurance has been procured. Review of the Contractor's insurance by Owner shall not relieve or decrease the liability of Contractor.Companies writing the insurance to be obtained by this part shall be licensed to do business under Chapter 48 RCW or comply with the Surplus Lines Law of the City of Renton.Contractor shall include in its bid the cost of all insurance and bond costs required to complete the base bid work and accepted alternates. Insurance carriers providing insurance in accordance with the Contract Documents shall be acceptable to Owner. A. Term of insurance coveraqe:Contractor shall maintain the following insurance coverage during the Work and for one year after Final Acceptance,with the exception of Professional Liability insurance,when required,which shall be maintained for a minimum of three years.Contractor shall also maintain the following insurance coverage during the performance of any corrective Work required by Section 5.16. 1. Commercial General Liabilitv Insurance:Commercial General Liability(CGL)on an Occurrence Form. Coverage shall include,but not be limited to: a. Completed operations/products liability; b. Explosion,collapse,and underground,when applicable to the work being performed;and c. Stop loss coverage applicable to the State of Washington. February 25,2019 00 7200-5 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 Airport Office Seismic RetrofitlRenovation Project 00 7200 City of Renton GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION Project No.CAG-19-051 Page 6 of 46 2. Commercial Automobile Liabilitv Insurance: Required if a commercial vehicle will be used in performance of work or delivery of products by the contractor,beyond normal commutes. 3. Professional Liability: Required if professional services(e.g.architect,engineering,surveying, legal,or medical) are being provided to the Owner and if those professional services are excluded from the CGL policy. Coverage may be on a Claims Made basis, if coverage is maintain at least 3-years beyond the conclusion of work. 4. Excess Liability or Umbrella: Required if needed to reach minimum CGL or auto liability coverage limits. 5. Builders Risk—When applicable to the work being performed, is required up to the amount of the completed value of a new building or major construction project,with no coinsurance provisions. See section 2.6. 6. Pollution Liability—Required if work involves a pollution risk to the environment. Coverage may be included in other required policies. B. Industrial Insurance compliance(Workers'Compensation):Contractor shall comply with the Washington State Industrial Insurance Act and, if applicable,the Federal Longshoremen's and Harbor Workers'Act and the Jones Act. C. Insurance to protect for the followinq:All insurance coverages shall protect against claims for damages for personal and bodily injury or death,as well as claims for property damage,which may arise from operations in connection with the Work whether such operations are by Contractor or any Subcontractor. D. Owner as Additional Insured: Name the City of Renton as a Primary and Non-contributory Additional Insured on the policy(only applies to Commercial General,Auto Liability, Excess/Umbrella,when applicable). E. Insurance certificate requirements and minimum limits may be waived or modified by the Risk Manager or with Risk Manager approval. 2.2 COVERAGE LIMITS Insurance amounts: The minimum coverage limits shall be as follows for applicable required insurance: A. Limits of General Liability shall not be less than$1,000,000 per each Occurrence; including Personal Injury and Advertising Liability for Each Occurrence and$2,000,000 Annual Aggregate B. $1,000,000 Combined Single Limit for Automobile Bodily Injury and Property Damage Liability, Each Accident or Loss. C. $1,000,000 for Professional Liability. D. $1,000,000 for Pollution Liability. E. The Owner does not represent that the minimum required insurance coverage or limits are adequate to protect the vendor/contractor/consultant from all liabilities. 2.3 INSURANCE COVERAGE CERTIFICATES A. Certificate required: Prior to commencement of the Work,Contractor shall furnish to Owner a completed and acceptable certificate of insurance coverage showing all required insurance coverage. B. List Proiect info: All insurance certificates shall name Owner as the certificate holder. The certificate holder should read: City of Renton ATTN:Gary Lamb 1055 South Grady Way Renton,WA.98057 February 25,2019 00 7200-6 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 Airport Office Seismic RetrofitlRenovation Project 00 7200 City of Renton GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION Project No.CAG-19-051 Page 7 of 46 C. Cancellation provisions: The Owner shall be provided with written notice of any policy cancellation within a minimum of two business days of receipt of such notice by the policy holder. 2.4 PAYMENT AND PERFORMANCE BONDS Conditions for bonds: Payment and performance bonds for 100%of the Contract Award Amount,plus state sales tax, shall be furnished for the Work,using the City of Renton Contract Bond Form provided. Prior to execution of a Change Order that,cumulatively with previous Change Orders, increases the Contract Award Amount by 15%or more,the Contractor shall provide either new payment and performance bonds for the revised Contract Sum,or riders to the existing payment and performance bonds increasing the amount of the bonds.The Contractor shall likewise provide additional bonds or riders when subsequent Change Orders increase the Contract Sum by 15%or more. No payment or performance bond is required if the Contract Sum is$35,000 or less and Contractor agrees that Owner may, in lieu of the bond,retain 50%of the Contract Sum for the period allowed by RCW 39.08.010. 2.5 ALTERNATIVE SURETY When alternative suretv required:Contractor shall promptly furnish payment and performance bonds from an alternative surety as required to protect Owner and persons supplying labor or materials required by the Contract Documents if: A. Owner has a reasonable objection to the surety;or B. Any surety fails to furnish reports on its financial condition if required by0wner. 2.6 BUILDER'S RISK A. Contractor to buv Builders Risk Insurance:When the proiect involves substantial new buildinq construction,as determined bv the Owner,Contractor shall purchase and maintain Builders Risk insurance in the amount of the Contract Sum including all Change Orders for the Work on a replacement cost basis until Substantial Completion. For projects not involving New Building Construction,"Installation Floater" is an acceptable substitute for the Builder's Risk Insurance.The insurance shall cover the interest of Owner,Contractor,and any Subcontractors,as their interests may appear. B. Losses covered:Contractor property insurance shall be placed on an"all risk"basis and insure against the perils of fire and extended coverage and physical loss or damage including theft,vandalism,malicious mischief,collapse, false work,temporary buildings,debris removal including demolition occasioned by enforcement of any applicable legal requirements,and shall cover reasonable compensation for A/E's services and expenses required as a result of an insured loss. C. Waiver of subroqation riqhts:Owner and Contractor waive all subrogation rights against each other,any Subcontractors,A/E,A/E's sub-consultants,separate contractors described in Section 5.20, if any,and any of their subcontractors,for damages caused by fire or other perils to the extent covered by property insurance obtained pursuant to this section or other property insurance applicable to the Work,except such rights as they have to proceeds of such insurance held by Owner as fiduciary.The policies shall provide such waivers of subrogation by endorsement or otherwise.A waiver of subrogation shall be effective to a person or entity even though that person or entity would otherwise have a duty of indemnification,contractual or otherwise,did not pay the insurance premium directly or indirectly,and whether or not the person or entity had an insurable interest in the property damaged. February 25,2019 00 7200-7 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 Airport Office Seismic RetrofitlRenovation Project 00 7200 City of Renton GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION Project No.CAG-19-051 Page 8 of 46 PART 3—TIME AND SCHEDULE 3.1 PROGRESS AND COMPLETION Contractor to meet schedule:Contractor shall diligently prosecute the Work,with adequate forces,achieve Substantial Completion within the Contract Time,and achieve Final Completion within a reasonable period thereafter. 3.2 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE A. Preliminary Proqress Schedule: Unless otherwise provided in Division 1,Contractor shall,within 14 Days after issuance of the Notice to Proceed,submit a preliminary Progress Schedule.The Progress Schedule shall show the sequence in which Contractor proposes to perform the Work,and the dates on which Contractor plans to start and finish major portions of the Work, including dates for shop drawings and other submittals, and for acquiring materials andequipment. 1. The Schedule Duration shall be based on the Contract Time of Completion listed on the Bid Form.The Owner shall not be obligated to accept any Early Completion Schedule suggested by the Contractor.The Contract Time for Completion shall establish the Schedule Completion Date. 2. If the Contractor feels that the work can be completed in less than the Specified Contract Time,then the Surplus Time shall be considered Project Float. This Float time shall be shown on the Project Schedule. It shall be available to accommodate changes in the work and unforeseen conditions. Neither the Contractor nor the Owner have exclusive right to this Float Time. It belongs to the project. 3 Form of Proqress Schedule: Unless otherwise provided in Division 1,the Progress Schedule shall be in the form of a bar chart,or a critical path method analysis,as specified by Owner.The preliminary Progress Schedule may be general,showing the major portions of the Work,with a more detailed Progress Schedule submitted as directed by Owner. 4 Owner comments on Proqress Schedule:Owner shall return comments on the preliminary Progress Schedule to Contractor within 14 Days of receipt. Review by Owner of Contractor's schedule does not constitute an approval or acceptance of Contractor's construction means,methods,or sequencing,or its ability to complete the Work within the Contract Time.Contractor shall revise and resubmit its schedule,as necessary.Owner may withhold a portion of progress payments until a Progress Schedule has been submitted which meets the requirements of this section. 5 Monthlv updates and compliance with Proqress Schedule:Contractor shall utilize and comply with the Progress Schedule.On a monthly basis,or as otherwise directed by Owner,Contractor shall submit an updated Progress Schedule at its own expense to Owner indicating actual progress. If, in the opinion of Owner,Contractor is not in conformance with the Progress Schedule for reasons other than acts of Force Majeure as identified in Section 3.05, Contractor shall take such steps as are necessary to bring the actual completion dates of its work activities into conformance with the Progress Schedule,and if directed by Owner,Contractor shall submit a corrective action plan or revise the Progress Schedule to reconcile with the actual progress of the Work. 6 Contractor to notifv Owner of delays:Contractor shall promptly notify Owner in writing of any actual or anticipated event which is delaying or could delay achievement of any milestone or performance of any critical path activity of the Work.Contractor shall indicate the expected duration of the delay,the anticipated effect of the delay on the Progress Schedule,and the action being or to be taken to correct the problem. Provision of such notice does not relieve Contractor of its obligation to complete the Work within the ContractTime. 3.3 OWNER'S RIGHT TO SUSPEND THE WORK FOR CONVENIENCE A. Owner mav suspend Work:Owner may,at its sole discretion,order Contractor, in writing,to suspend all or any part of the Work for up to 90 Days,or for such longer period as mutually agreed. B. Compliance with suspension;Owner's options: Upon receipt of a written notice suspending the Work,Contractor shall February 25,2019 00 7200-8 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 Airport Office Seismic RetrofitlRenovation Project 00 7200 City of Renton GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION Project No.CAG-19-051 Page 9 of 46 immediately comply with its terms and take all reasonable steps to minimize the incurrence of cost of performance directly attributable to such suspension.Within a period up to 90 Days after the notice is delivered to Contractor,or within any extension of that period to which the parties shall have agreed,Owner shall either: 1. Cancel the written notice suspending the Work;or 2. Terminate the Work covered by the notice as provided in the termination provisions of Part 9. C. Resumption of Work: If a written notice suspending the Work is cancelled or the period of the notice or any extension thereof expires,Contractor shall resume Work. D. Equitable Adiustment for suspensions:Contractor shall be entitled to an equitable adjustment in the Contract Time,or Contract Sum,or both,for increases in the time or cost of performance directly attributable to such suspension, provided Contractor complies with all requirements set forth in Part 7. 3.4 OWNER'S RIGHT TO STOP THE WORK FOR CAUSE A. Owner maV stop Work for Contractor's failure to perform: If Contractor fails or refuses to perform its obligations in accordance with the Contract Documents,Owner may order Contractor, in writing,to stop the Work,or any portion thereof,until satisfactory corrective action has been taken. B. No Equitable Adiustment for Contractor's failure to perform:Contractor shall not be entitled to an equitable adjustment in the Contract Time or Contract Sum for any increased cost or time of performance attributable to Contractor's failure or refusal to perform or from any reasonable remedial action taken by Owner based upon such failure. 3.5 DELAY A. Force Maieure actions not a default; Force Maieure defined:Any delay in or failure of performance by Owner or Contractor,other than the payment of money,shall not constitute a default hereunder if and to the extent the cause for such delay or failure of performance was unforeseeable and beyond the control of the party("Force Majeure").Acts of Force Majeure include,but are not limited to: 1. Acts of God or the public enemy; 2. Acts or omissions of any government entity; 3. Fire or other casualty for which Contractor is not responsible; 4. Quarantine or epidemic; 5. Strike or defensive lockout; 6. Unusually severe weather conditions which could not have been reasonably anticipated;and 7. Unusual delay in receipt of supplies or products which were ordered and expedited and for which no substitute reasonably acceptable to Ownerwasavailable. B. Contract Time adiustment for Force Maieure:Contractor shall be entitled to an equitable adjustment in the Contract Time for changes in the time of performance directly attributable to an act of Force Majeure,provided it makes a request for equitable adjustment according to Section 7.03. Contractor shall not be entitled to an adjustment in the Contract Sum resulting from an act of Force Majeure. C. Contract Time or Contract Sum adiustment if Owner at fault:Contractor shall be entitled to an equitable adjustment in Contract Time,and may be entitled to an equitable adjustment in Contract Sum, if the cost or time of Contractor's performance is changed due to the fault or negligence of Owner,provided the Contractor makes a request according to February 25,2019 00 7200-9 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 Airport Office Seismic RetrofitlRenovation Project 00 7200 City of Renton GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION Project No.CAG-19-051 Page 10 of 46 Sections 7.02 and 7.03. D. No Contract Time or Contract Sum adiustment if Contractor at fault:Contractor shall not be entitled to an adjustment in Contract Time or in the Contract Sum for any delay or failure of performance to the extent such delay or failure was caused by Contractor or anyone for whose acts Contractor is responsible. E. Contract Time adiustment onlv for concurrent fault:To the extent any delay or failure of performance was concurrently caused by the Owner and Contractor,Contractor shall be entitled to an adjustment in the Contract Time for that portion of the delay or failure of performance that was concurrently caused,provided it makes a request for equitable adjustment according to Section 7.03,but shall not be entitled to an adjustment in Contract Sum. F. Contractor to mitiqate delav impacts:Contractor shall make all reasonable efforts to prevent and mitigate the effects of any delay,whether occasioned by an act of Force Majeure orotherwise. 3.6 NOTICE TO OWNER OF LABOR DISPUTES A. Contractor to notifv Owner of labor disputes: If Contractor has knowledge that any actual or potential labor dispute is delaying or threatens to delay timely performance in accordance withthe Contract Documents,Contractor shall immediately give notice, including all relevant information,to Owner. B. Pass throuqh notification provisions to Subcontractors:Contractor agrees to insert a provision in its Subcontracts and to require insertion in all sub-subcontracts,that in the event timely performance of any such contract is delayed or threatened by delay by any actual or potential labor dispute,the Subcontractor or Sub-subcontractor shall immediately notify the next higher tier Subcontractor or Contractor,as the case may be,of all relevant information concerning the dispute. 3.7 DAMAGES FOR FAILURE TO ACHIEVE TIMELY COMPLETION A. Liquidated Damaqes 1. Reason for Liquidated Damaqes:Timely performance and completion of the Work is essential to Owner and time limits stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence.Owner will incur serious and substantial damages if Substantial Completion of the Work does not occur within the Contract Time. However, it would be difficult if not impossible to determine the exact amount of such damages.Consequently,provisions for liquidated damages are included in the Contract Documents. 2. Calculation of Liquidated Damaqes amount:The liquidated damage amounts set forth in the Contract Documents will be assessed not as a penalty,but as liquidated damages for breach of the Contract Documents.This amount is fixed and agreed upon by and between the Contractor and Owner because of the impracticability and extreme difficulty of fixing and ascertaining the actual damages the Owner would in such event sustain.This amount shall be construed as the actual amount of damages sustained by the Owner,and may be retained by the Owner and deducted from periodic payments to the Contractor. 3. Contractor responsible even if Liquidated Damaqes assessed:Assessment of liquidated damages shall not release Contractor from any further obligations or liabilities pursuant to the Contract Documents. B. Actual Damaqes Calculation of Actual Damapes:Actual damages will be assessed for failure to achieve Final Completion within the time provided.Actual damages will be calculated on the basis of direct architectural,administrative,and other related costs attributable to the Project from the date when Final Completion should have been achieved, based on the date Substantial Completion is actually achieved,to the date Final Completion is actually achieved.Owner may offset these costs against any payment due Contractor. February 25,2019 00 7200-10 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 Airport Office Seismic RetrofitlRenovation Project 00 7200 City of Renton GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION Project No.CAG-19-051 Page 11 of 46 PART 4—SPECIFICATIONS, DRAWINGS,AND OTHER DOCUMENTS 4.1 DISCREPANCIES AND CONTRACT DOCUMENT REVIEW A. Specifications and Drawinqs are basis of the Work:The intent of the Specifications and Drawings is to describe a complete Project to be constructed in accordance with the Contract Documents.Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials,equipment,tools,transportation,permits,and supplies,and perform the Work required in accordance with the Drawings,Specifications,and other provisions of the Contract Documents. B. Parts of the Contract Documents are complementarv:The Contract Documents are complementary.What is required by one part of the Contract Documents shall be binding as if required by all.Anything mentioned in the Specifications and not shown on the Drawings,or shown on the Drawings and not mentioned in the Specifications,shall be of like effect as if shown or mentioned in both. C. Contractor to report discrepancies in Contract Documents:Contractor shall carefully study and compare the Contract Documents with each other and with information furnished by Owner. If,during the performance of the Work, Contractor finds a conflict,error, inconsistency,or omission in the Contract Documents, it shall promptly and before proceeding with the Work affected thereby,report such conflict,error, inconsistency,or omission to A/E inwriting. D. Contractor knowledqe of discrepancv in documents—responsibilitv: Contractor shall do no Work without applicable Drawings,Specifications,or written modifications,or Shop Drawings where required,unless instructed to do so in writing by Owner. If Contractor performs any construction activity,and it knows or reasonably should have known that any of the Contract Documents contain a conflict,error, inconsistency,or omission,Contractor shall be responsible for the performance and shall bear the cost for its correction. E. Contractor to perform Work implied bv Contract Documents:Contractor shall provide any work or materials the provision of which is clearly implied and is within the scope of the Contract Documents even if the Contract Documents do not mention themspecifically. F. Interpretation questions referred to A/E:Questions regarding interpretation of the requirements of the Contract Documents shall be referred to the A/E. 4.2 PROJECT RECORD A. Contractor to maintain Proiect Record Drawinqs and Specifications:Contractor shall legibly mark in ink on a separate set of the Drawings and Specifications all actual construction, including depths of foundations,horizontal and vertical locations of internal and underground utilities and appurtenances referenced to permanent visible and accessible surface improvements,field changes of dimensions and details,actual suppliers, manufacturers and trade names, models of installed equipment,and Change Order Proposals(COP).This separate set of Drawings and Specifications shall be the"Project Record." B. Update Proiect Record weeklv and keep on site:The Project Record shall be maintained on the project site throughout the construction and shall be clearly labeled"PROJECT RECORD."The Project Record shall be updated at least weekly noting all changes and shall be available to Owner at all times. C. Final Proiect Record to A/E before Final Acceptance:Contractor shall submit the completed and finalized Project Record to A/E prior to Final Acceptance 4.3 SHOP DRAWINGS A. Definition of Shop Drawinqs:"Shop Drawings"means documents and other information required to be submitted to A/E by Contractor pursuant to the Contract Documents,showing in detail:the proposed fabrication and assembly of structural elements;and the installation(i.e.form,fit,and attachment details)of materials and equipment.Shop Drawings include,but are not limited to,drawings,diagrams, layouts,schematics,descriptive literature, illustrations, schedules,performance and test data,samples,and similar materials furnished by Contractor to explain in detail February 25,2019 00 7200-11 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 Airport Office Seismic RetrofitlRenovation Project 00 7200 City of Renton GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION Project No.CAG-19-051 Page 12 of 46 specific portions of the Work required by the Contract Documents. For materials and equipment to be incorporated into the Work,Contractor submittal shall include the name of the manufacturer,the model number,and other information concerning the performance,capacity,nature,and rating of the item.When directed,Contractor shall submit all samples at its own expense.Owner may duplicate,use,and disclose Shop Drawings provided in accordance with the Contract Documents. B. Approval of Shop Drawinqs bv Contractor and A/E:Contractor shall coordinate all Shop Drawings,and review them for accuracy,completeness,and compliance with the Contract Documents and shall indicate its approval thereon as evidence of such coordination and review.Where required by law,Shop Drawings shall be stamped by an appropriate professional licensed by the City of Renton.Shop Drawings submitted to A/E without evidence of Contractor's approval shall be returned for resubmission.Contractor shall review,approve,and submit Shop Drawings with reasonable promptness and in such sequence as to cause no delay in the Work or in the activities of Owner or separate contractors.Contractor's submittal schedule shall allow a reasonable time for A/E review.A/E will review,approve,or take other appropriate action on the Shop Drawings.Contractor shall perform no portion of the Work requiring submittal and review of Shop Drawings until the respective submittal has been reviewed and the A/E has approved or taken other appropriate action.A/E shall respond to Shop Drawing submittals with reasonable promptness.Any Work by Contractor shall be in accordance with reviewed Shop Drawings.Submittals made by Contractor which are not required by the Contract Documents may be returned without action. C. Contractor not relieved of responsibilitv when Shop Drawinqs approved:Approval,or other appropriate action with regard to Shop Drawings,A/E shall not relieve Contractor of responsibility for any errors or omissions in such Shop Drawings,nor from responsibility for compliance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. Unless specified in the Contract Documents,review by A/E shall not constitute an approval of the safety precautions employed by Contractor during construction,or constitute an approval of Contractor's means or methods of construction. If Contractor fails to obtain approval before installation and the item or work is subsequently rejected,Contractor shall be responsible for all costs ofcorrection. D. Variations between Shop Drawinqs and Contract Documents: If Shop Drawings show variations from the requirements of the Contract Documents,Contractor shall describe such variations in writing,separate from the Shop Drawings,at the time it submits the Shop Drawings containing such variations. If A/E approves any such variation,an appropriate Change Order will be issued. If the variation is minor and does not involve an adjustment in the Contract Sum or ContractTime,a Change Order need not be issued;however,the modification shall be recorded upon the Project Record. E. Contractor to submit 5 copies of Shop Drawinqs:Unless otherwise provided in Division 1,Contractor shall submit to A/E for approval 5 copies of all Shop Drawings. Unless otherwise indicated,3 sets of all Shop Drawings shall be retained by A/E and 2 sets shall be returned to Contractor. 4.4 ORGANIZATION OF SPECIFICATIONS Specification orqanization bv trade:Specifications are prepared in sections which conform generally with trade practices.These sections are for Owner and Contractor convenience and shall not control Contractor in dividing the Work among the Subcontractors or in establishing the extent of the Work to be performed by any trade. 4.5 OWNERSHIP AND USE OF DRAWINGS.SPECIFICATIONS.AND OTHER DOCUMENTS A. The Citv/Owner not Contractor,owns Copvriqht of Drawinqs and Specifications:The Drawings,Specifications,and other documents prepared by A/E are instruments of A/E's contracted service to the City through which the Work to be executed by Contractor is described. Neither Contractor nor any Subcontractor shall own or claim a copyright in the Drawings,Specifications,and other documents prepared by A/E,and A/E shall be deemed the author of them and will, along with any rights of Owner,retain all common law,statutory,and other reserved rights, in addition to the copyright. All copies of these documents,except Contractor's set,shall be returned or suitably accounted for to A/E,on request, upon completion of the Work. B. Drawinqs and Specifications to be used onlv for this Proiect:The Drawings,Specifications,and other documents February 25,2019 00 7200-12 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 Airport Office Seismic RetrofitlRenovation Project 00 7200 City of Renton GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION Project No.CAG-19-051 Page 13 of 46 prepared by the A/E,and copies thereof furnished to Contractor,are for use solely with respect to this Project.They are not to be used by Contractor or any Subcontractor on other projects or for additions to this Project outside the scope of the Work without the specific written consent of Owner and A/E. Contractor and Subcontractors are granted a limited license to use and reproduce applicable portions of the Drawings,Specifications,and other documents prepared by A/E appropriate to and for use in the execution of theirWork. C. Shop Drawinq license qranted to Owner:Contractor and all Subcontractors grant a non-exclusive license to Owner, without additional cost or royalty,to use for its own purposes(including reproduction)all Shop Drawings,together with the information and diagrams contained therein,prepared by Contractor or any Subcontractor. In providing Shop Drawings,Contractor and all Subcontractors warrant that they have authority to grant to Owner a license to use the Shop Drawings,and that such license is not in violation of any copyright or other intellectual property right.Contractor agrees to defend and indemnify Owner pursuant to the indemnity provisions in Section 5.03 and 5.22 from any violations of copyright or other intellectual property rights arising out of Owner's use of the Shop Drawings hereunder, or to secure for Owner,at Contractor's own cost, licenses in conformity with thissection. D. Shop Drawinqs to be used onlv for this Proiect:The Shop Drawings and other submittals prepared by Contractor, Subcontractors of any tier,or its or their equipment or material suppliers,and copies thereof furnished to Contractor, are for use solely with respect to this Project.They are not to be used by Contractor or any Subcontractor of any tier,or material or equipment supplier,on other projects or for additions to this Project outside the scope of the Work without the specific written consent of Owner.The Contractor,Subcontractors of any tier,and material or equipment suppliers are granted a limited license to use and reproduce applicable portions of the Shop Drawings and other submittals appropriate to and for use in the execution of their Work under the Contract Documents. PART 5-PERFORMANCE 5.1 CONTRACTOR CONTROL AND SUPERVISION A. Contractor responsible for Means and Methods of construction:Contractor shall supervise and direct the Work, using its best skill and attention,and shall perform the Work in a skillful manner. Contractor shall be solely responsible for and have control over construction means,methods,techniques,sequences,and procedures and for coordinating all portions of the Work,unless the Contract Documents give other specific instructions concerning these matters.Contractor shall disclose its means and methods of construction when requested by Owner. B. Competent Superintendent required: Performance of the Work shall be directly supervised by a competent superintendent who has authority to act for Contractor.The superintendent must be satisfactory to the Owner and shall not be changed without the prior written consent of Owner.Owner may require Contractor to remove the superintendent from the Work or Project site, if Owner reasonably deems the superintendent incompetent,careless,or otherwise objectionable,provided Owner has first notified Contractor in writing and allowed a reasonable period for transition. C. Contractor responsible for acts and omissions of self and aqents:Contractor shall be responsible to Owner for acts and omissions of Contractor,Subcontractors,and their employees andagents. D. Contractor to emplov competent and disciplined workforce:Contractor shall enforce strict discipline and good order among all of the Contractor's employees and other persons performing the Work.Contractor shall not permit employment of persons not skilled in tasks assigned to them.Contractor's employees shall at all times conduct business in a manner which assures fair,equal,and nondiscriminatory treatment of all persons.Owner may,by written notice,request Contractor to remove from the Work or Project site any employee Owner reasonably deems incompetent,careless,or otherwise objectionable. E. Contractor to keep proiect documents on site:Contractor shall keep on the Project site a copy of the Drawings, Specifications,addenda,reviewed Shop Drawings,and permits and permit drawings. F. Contractor to complv with ethical standards:Contractor shall ensure that its owner(s)and employees,and those of its Subcontractors,comply with the Ethics in Public Service Act RCW 42.52,which,among other things,prohibits state February 25,2019 00 7200-13 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 Airport Office Seismic RetrofitlRenovation Project 00 7200 City of Renton GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION Project No.CAG-19-051 Page 14 of 46 employees from having an economic interest in any public works contract that was made by,or supervised by,that employee.Contractor shall remove,at its sole cost and expense,any of its,or its Subcontractors'employees, if they are in violation of this act. 5.2 PERMITS.FEES.AND NOTICES A. Permits: Owner will obtain and pay for the Land Use Permit,General Building Permit,Civil Construction Permit and Signage permit.All other permits and fees required to execute the work shall be obtained and paid for by the Contractor. Prior to Final Acceptance,the approved,signed permits shall be delivered to Owner. B. Contractor to comply with all applicable laws:Contractor shall comply with and give notices required by all federal, state,and local laws,ordinances,rules,regulations,and lawful orders of public authorities applicable to performance of the Work. 5.3 PATENTS AND ROYALTIES Pavment, indemnification,and notice:Contractor is responsible for,and shall pay,all royalties and license fees.Contractor shall defend, indemnify,and hold Owner harmless from any costs,expenses,and liabilities arising out of the infringement by Contractor of any patent,copyright,or other intellectual property right used in the Work;however,provided that Contractor gives prompt notice,Contractor shall not be responsible for such defense or indemnity when a particular design, process, or product of a particular manufacturer or manufacturers is required by the Contract Documents. If Contractor has reason to believe that use of the required design,process,or product constitutes an infringement of a patent or copyright, it shall promptly notify Owner of such potential infringement 5.4 PREVAILING WAGES A. Contractor to pav Prevailinq Waqes: Contractor shall pay the prevailing rate of wages to all workers, laborers,or mechanics employed in the performance of any part of the Work in accordance with RCW 39.12 and the rules and regulations of the Department of Labor and Industries.The schedule of prevailing wage rates for the locality or localities of the Work, is determined by the Industrial Statistician of the Department of Labor and Industries.The State of Washington prevailing wage rates applicable for this public works project,which is in King County,may be found at the following website address of the Department of Labor and Industries: http://www.lni.wa.qov/TradesLicensinq/PrevWape/WaqeRates. Based upon the bid submittal deadline for this project,the applicable effective date for prevailing wages for this project is March 19th,2019. B. Statement of Intent to Pav Prevailinq Waqes: Before payment is made by the Owner to the Contractor for any work performed by the Contractor and subcontractors whose work is included in the application for payment,the Contractor shall submit,or shall have previously submitted to the Owner for the Project,a Statement of Intent to Pay Prevailing Wages,approved by the Department of Labor and Industries,certifying the rate of hourly wage paid and to be paid each classification of laborers,workers,or mechanics employed upon the Work by Contractor and Subcontractors. Such rates of hourly wage shall not be less than the prevailing wage rate. C. Affidavit of Waqes Paid: Prior to release of retainage,the Contractor shall submit to the Owner an Affidavit of Wages Paid,approved by the Department of Labor and Industries,for the Contractor and every subcontractor,of any tier,that performed work on the Project. D. Disputes:Disputes regarding prevailing wage rates shall be referred for arbitration to the Director of the Department of Labor and Industries.The arbitration decision shall be final and conclusive and binding on all parties involved in the dispute as provided for by RCW39.12.060. E. Statement with pav application; Post Statements of Intent at iob site: Each Application for Payment submitted by Contractor shall state that prevailing wages have been paid in accordance with the pre-filed statement(s)of intent,as approved.Copies of the approved intent statement(s)shall be posted on the job site with the address and telephone number of the Industrial Statistician of the Department of Labor and Industries where a complaint or inquiry concerning prevailing wages may be made. February 25,2019 00 7200-14 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 Airport Office Seismic RetrofitlRenovation Project 00 7200 City of Renton GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION Project No.CAG-19-051 Page 15 of 46 F. Contractor to pav for Statements of Intent and Affidavits: In compliance with chapter 296-127 WAC,Contractor shall pay to the Department of Labor and Industries the currently established fee(s)for each statement of intent and/or affidavit of wages paid submitted to the Department of Labor and Industries for certification. G. Certified Pavrolls:Consistent with WAC 296-127-320,the Contractor and any subcontractor shall submit a certified copy of payroll records ifrequested. 5.5 HOURS OF LABOR A. Overtime:Contractor shall comply with all applicable provisions of RCW 49.28 and they are incorporated herein by reference. Pursuant to that statute,no laborer,worker,or mechanic employed by Contractor,any Subcontractor,or any other person performing or contracting to do the whole or any part of the Work,shall be permitted or required to work more than eight hours in any one calendar day,provided,that in cases of extraordinary emergency,such as danger to life or property,the hours of work may be extended,but in such cases the rate of pay for time employed in excess of eight hours of each calendar day shall be not less than one and one-half times the rate allowed for this same amount of time during eight hours ofservice. B. 4-10 Aqreements: Notwithstanding the preceding paragraph, RCW 49.28 permits a contractor or subcontractor in any public works contract subject to those provisions,to enter into an agreement with its employees in which the employees work up to ten hours in a calendar day. No such agreement may provide that the employees work ten-hour days for more than four calendar days a week.Any such agreement is subject to approval by the employees. The overtime provisions of RCW 49.28 shall not apply to the hours,up to forty hours per week,worked pursuant to any such agreement. 5.6 NONDISCRIMINATION A. Discrimination prohibited bv applicable laws:The Contractor and all Subcontractors shall comply with all applicable federal and state non-discrimination laws,regulations,and policies and the City of Renton Summary of Fair Practices Policy Adopted by Resolution 4085. No person shall,on the grounds of age,race,creed,color,sex,sexual orientation, religion,national origin,marital status,honorably discharged veteran or military status,or disability(physical,mental,or sensory)be denied the benefits of,or otherwise be subjected to discrimination under any project,program,or activity, funded, in whole or in part,under this Agreement. B. Durinq performance of the Work: 1. Protected Classes:Contractor shall not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race,creed,color,national origin,sex,age,marital status,or the presence of any physical, sensory,or mental disability,Vietnam era veteran status,or disabled veteran status,nor commit any other unfair practices as defined in RCW49.60. 2. Advertisements to state nondiscrimination:Contractor shall, in all solicitations or advertisements for employees placed by or for it,state that all qualified applicants will be considered for employment,without regard to race,creed,color,national origin,sex,age,marital status,or the presence of any physical, sensory,or mentaldisability. 3. Contractor to notifv unions and others of nondiscrimination:Contractor shall send to each labor union, employment agency,or representative of workers with which it has a collective bargaining agreement or other contract or understanding,a notice advising the labor union,employment agency,or workers' representative of Contractor's obligations according to the Contract Documents and RCW 49.60. 4. Owner and State access to Contractor records:Contractor shall permit access to its books,records,and accounts,and to its premises by Owner,and by the Washington State Human Rights Commission,for the purpose of investigation to ascertain compliance with this section of the Contract Documents. February 25,2019 00 7200-15 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 Airport Office Seismic RetrofitlRenovation Project 00 7200 City of Renton GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION Project No.CAG-19-051 Page 16 of 46 5. Pass throuqh provisions to Subcontractors:Contractor shall include the provisions of this section in every Subcontract. February 25,2019 00 7200-16 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 Airport Office Seismic RetrofitlRenovation Project 00 7200 City of Renton GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION Project No.CAG-19-051 Page 17 of 46 5.7 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS A. In performing this contract,the Contractor shall provide for protecting the lives and health of employees and other persons;preventing damage to property,materials,supplies,and equipment;and avoid work interruptions. For these purposes,the Contractorshall: 1. Follow Washington Industrial Safety and Health Act(WISHA)regional directives and provide a site-specific safety program that will require an accident prevention and hazard analysis plan for the contractor and each subcontractor on the work site.The Contractor shall submit a site-specific safety plan to the Owner's representative prior to the initial scheduled construction meeting. 2. Provide adequate safety devices and measures including,but not limited to,the appropriate safety literature, notice,training,permits,placement and use of barricades,signs,signal lights, ladders,scaffolding,staging, runways,hoist,construction elevators,shoring,temporary lighting,grounded outlets,wiring,hazardous materials,vehicles,construction processes,and equipment required by all applicable state,federal,and local laws and regulations. 3. Comply with the State Environmental Policy Act(SEPA),Clean Air Act,Shoreline Management Act,and other applicable federal,state,and local statutes and regulations dealing with the prevention of environmental pollution and the preservation of public natural resources. 4. Post all permits,notices,and/or approvals in a conspicuous location at the construction site. B. Provide any additional measures that the Owner determines to be reasonable and necessary for ensuring a safe environment in areas open to the public. Nothing in this part shall be construed as imposing a duty upon the Owner or A/E to prescribe safety conditions relating to employees,public,or agents of the Contractors. C. Contractor safetv responsibilities: In carrying out its responsibilities according to the Contract Documents,Contractor shall protect the lives and health of employees performing the Work and other persons who may be affected by the Work;prevent damage to materials,supplies,and equipment whether on site or stored off-site;and prevent damage to other property at the site or adjacent thereto. Contractor shall comply with all applicable laws,ordinances,rules, regulations,and orders of any public body having jurisdiction for the safety of persons or property or to protect them from damage, injury, or loss; shall erect and maintain all necessary safeguards for such safety and protection; and shall notify owners of adjacent property and utilities when prosecution of the Work may affect them. D. Contractor to maintain safetv records:Contractor shall maintain an accurate record of exposure data on all incidents relating to the Work resulting in death,traumatic injury,occupationaldisease,or damage to property,materials, supplies,or equipment. Contractor shall immediately report any such incident to Owner.Owner shall,at all times,have a right of access to all records of exposure. E. Contractor to provide HazMat traininp:Contractor shall provide all persons working on the Project site with information and training on hazardous chemicals in their work at the time of their initial assignment,and whenever a new hazard is introduced into their workarea. 1. Information.At a minimum,Contractor shall inform persons working on the Project site of: a. WAC:The requirements of chapter 296-62 WAC,General Occupational Health Standards; b. Presence of hazardous chemicals:Any operations in their work area where hazardous chemicals are present;and c. Hazard communications proqram:The location and availability of written hazard communication programs, including the required list(s)of hazardous chemicals and material safety data sheets required by chapter 296-62 WAC. February 25,2019 00 7200-17 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 Airport Office Seismic RetrofitlRenovation Project 00 7200 City of Renton GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION Project No.CAG-19-051 Page 18 of 46 2. Traininq.At a minimum,Contractor shall provide training for persons working on the Project site which includes: a. Detectinq hazardous chemicals: Methods and observations that may be used to detect the presence or release of a hazardous chemical in the work area(such as monitoring conducted by the employer,continuous monitoring devices,visual appearance or odor of hazardous chemicals when being released,etc.); b. Hazards of chemicals:The physical and health hazards of the chemicals in the work area; c. Protection from hazards:The measures such persons can take to protect themselves from these hazards, including specific procedures Contractor,or its Subcontractors,or others have implemented to protect those on the Project site from exposure to hazardous chemicals,such as appropriate work practices,emergency procedures,and personal protective equipment to be used; and d. Hazard communications proqram:The details of the hazard communications program developed by Contractor,or its Subcontractors, including an explanation of the labeling system and the material safety data sheet,and how employees can obtain and use the appropriate hazard information. F. Hazardous,toxic or harmful substances: Contractor's responsibility for hazardous,toxic,or harmful substances shall include the following duties: 1. Illeqal use of danqerous substances:Contractor shall not keep,use,dispose,transport,generate,or sell on or about the Project site,any substances now or hereafter designated as, or which are subject to regulation as, hazardous, toxic, dangerous, or harmful by any federal, state or local law, regulation, statute or ordinance (hereinafter collectively referred to as"hazardous substances"), in violation of any such law, regulation, statute, or ordinance, but in no case shall any such hazardous substance be stored more than 90 Days on the Projectsite. 2. Contractor notifications of spills,failures, inspections,and fines: Contractor shall promptly notify Owner of all spills or releases of any hazardous substances which are otherwise required to be reported to any regulatory agency and pay the cost of cleanup.Contractor shall promptly notify Owner of all failures to comply with any federal,state,or local law,regulation,or ordinance;all inspections of the Project site by any regulatory entity concerning the same;all regulatory orders or fines;and all responses or interim cleanup actions taken by or proposed to be taken by any government entity or private party on the Project site. G. Public safetv and traffic:All Work shall be performed with due regard for the safety of the public.Contractor shall perform the Work so as to cause a minimum of interruption of vehicular traffic or inconvenience to pedestrians.All arrangements to care for such traffic shall be Contractor's responsibilities.All expenses involved in the maintenance of traffic by way of detours shall be borne by Contractor. H. Contractor to act in an emerpencv: In an emergency affecting the safety of life or the Work or of adjoining property, Contractor is permitted to act,at its discretion,to prevent such threatened loss or injury,and Contractor shall so act if so authorized orinstructed. I. No dutv of safetv bv Owner or A/E: Nothing provided in this section shall be construed as imposing any duty upon Owner or A/E with regard to,or as constituting any express or implied assumption of control or responsibility over, Project site safety,or over any other safety conditions relating to employees or agents of Contractor or any of its Subcontractors,or the public. 5.8 OPERATIONS. MATERIAL HANDLING.AND STORAGEAREAS February 25,2019 00 7200-18 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 Airport Office Seismic RetrofitlRenovation Project 00 7200 City of Renton GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION Project No.CAG-19-051 Page 19 of 46 A. Limited storaqe areas:Contractor shall confine all operations, including storage of materials,to Owner-approved areas. B. Temporary buildinqs and utilities at Contractor expense:Temporary buildings(e.g.,storage sheds,shops,offices)and utilities may be provided by Contractor only with the consent of Owner and without expense to Owner.The temporary buildings and utilities shall be removed by Contractor at its expense upon completion of the Work. C. Roads and vehicle loads:Contractor shall use only established roadways or temporary roadways authorized by Owner.When materials are transported in prosecuting the Work,vehicles shall not be loaded beyond the loading capacity recommended by the manufacturer of the vehicle or prescribed by federal,state,or local law orregulation. D. Ownership and reportinq bv Contractor of demolished materials:Ownership and control of all materials or facility components to be demolished or removed from the Project site by Contractor shall immediately vest in Contractor upon severance of the component from the facility or severance of the material from the Project site.Contractor shall be responsible for compliance with all laws governing the storage and ultimate disposal.Contractor shall provide Owner with a copy of all manifests and receipts evidencing proper disposal when required by Owner or applicable law. E. Contractor responsible for care of materials and equipment on-site:Contractor shall be responsible for the proper care and protection of its materials and equipment delivered to the Project site. Materials and equipment may be stored on the premises subject to approval of the Owner. When Contractor uses any portion of the Project site as a shop, Contractor shall be responsible for any repairs, patching, or cleaning arising from such use. F. Contractor responsible for loss of materials and equipment:Contractor shall protect and be responsible for any damage or loss to the Work,or to the materials or equipment until the date of Substantial Completion,and shall repair or replace without cost to Owner any damage or loss that may occur,except damages or loss caused by the acts or omissions of Owner.Contractor shall also protect and be responsible for any damage or loss to the Work,or to the materials or equipment,after the date of Substantial Completion,and shall repair or replace without cost to Owner any such damage or loss that might occur,to the extent such damages or loss are caused by the acts or omissions of Contractor,or any Subcontractor. 5.9 PRIOR NOTICE OF EXCAVATION A. Excavation defined; Use of locator services: "Excavation"means an operation in which earth,rock,or other material on or below the ground is moved or otherwise displaced by any means,except the tilling of soil less than 12 inches in depth for agricultural purposes,or road ditch maintenance that does not change the original road grade or ditch flow line. Before commencing any excavation,Contractor shall provide notice of the scheduled commencement of excavation to all owners of underground facilities or utilities,through locatorservices. 5.10 UNFORESEEN PHYSICAL CONDITIONS A. Notice requirement for concealed or unknown conditions: If Contractor encounters conditions at the site which are subsurface or otherwise concealed physical conditions which differ materially from those indicated in the Contract Documents,or unknown physical conditions of an unusual nature which differ materially from those ordinarily found to exist and generally recognized as inherent in construction activities of the character provided for in the Contract Documents,then Contractor shall give written notice to Owner promptly and in no event later than 7 Days after the first observance of the conditions. Conditions shall not be disturbed prior to suchnotice. B. Adiustment in Contract Time and Contract Sum: If such conditions differ materially and cause a change in Contractor's cost of,or time required for,performance of any part of the Work,the Contractor may be entitled to an equitable adjustment in the Contract Time or Contract Sum,or both,provided it makes a request therefore as provided in Part7. 5.11 PROTECTION OF EXISTING STRUCTURES. EQUIPMENT.VEGETATION.UTILITIES AND IMPROVEMENTS A. Contractor to protect and repair propertv:Contractor shall protect from damage all existing structures,equipment, improvements,utilities,and vegetation:at or near the Project site;and on adjacent property of a third party,the February 25,2019 00 7200-19 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 Airport Office Seismic RetrofitlRenovation Project 00 7200 City of Renton GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION Project No.CAG-19-051 Page 20 of 46 locations of which are made known to or should be known by Contractor.Contractor shall repair any damage, including that to the property of a third party,resulting from failure to comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents or failure to exercise reasonable care in performing the Work. If Contractor fails or refuses to repair the damage promptly, Owner may have the necessary work performed and charge the cost to Contractor. B. Tree and vepetation protection:Contractor shall only remove trees when specifically authorized to do so,and shall protect vegetation that will remain in place. 5.12 LAYOUT OF WORK A. Advanced planninq of the Work:Contractor shall plan and lay out the Work in advance of operations so as to coordinate all work without delay orrevision. B. Lavout responsibilities:Contractor shall lay out the Work from Owner-established baselines and bench marks indicated on the Drawings,and shall be responsible for all field measurements about the layout.Contractor shall furnish,at its own expense,all stakes,templates,platforms,equipment,tools,materials,and labor required to lay out any part of the Work.Contractor shall be responsible for executing the Work to the lines and grades that may be established. Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining or restoring all stakes and other marks established. 5.13 MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT A. Contractor to provide new and equivalent equipment and materials:All equipment,material,and articles incorporated into the Work shall be new and of the most suitable grade for the purpose intended,unless otherwise specifically provided in the Contract Documents. References in the Specifications to equipment,material,articles,or patented processes by trade name,make,or catalog number,shall be regarded as establishing a standard quality and shall not be construed as limiting competition.Contractor may,at its option,use any equipment,material,article,or process that, in the judgment of A/E, is equal to that named in the specifications,unless otherwise specifically provided in the Contract Documents. B. Contractor responsible for fittinq parts toqether:Contractor shall do all cutting,fitting,or patching that may be required to make its several parts fit together properly,or receive or be received by work of others set forth in,or reasonably implied by,the Contract Documents.Contractor shall not endanger any work by cutting,excavating,or otherwise altering the Work and shall not cut or alter the work of any other contractor unless approved in advance by Owner. C. Owner mav reiect defective Work:Should any of the Work be found defective,or in any way not in accordance with the Contract Documents,this work, in whatever stage of completion, may be rejected by Owner. 5.14 AVAILABILITYAND USE OF UTILITYSERVICES A. Owner to provide and charqe for utilities:Owner shall make all reasonable utilities available to Contractor from existing outlets and supplies,as specified in the Contract Documents. Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the utility service consumed shall be charged to or paid for by Contractor at prevailing rates charged to Owner or, where the utility is produced by Owner,at reasonable rates determined by Owner.Contractor will carefully conserve any utilities furnished. B. Contractor to install temporary connections and meters:Contractor shall,at its expense and in a skillful manner satisfactory to Owner, install and maintain all necessary temporary connections and distribution lines,together with appropriate protective devices,and all meters required to measure the amount of each utility used for the purpose of determining charges. Prior to the date of Final Acceptance,Contractor shall remove all temporary connections, distribution lines, meters,and associated equipment and materials. 5.15 TESTS AND INSPECTION A. Contractor to provide for all testinq and inspection of Work:Contractor shall maintain an adequate testing and inspection program and perform such tests and inspections as are necessary or required to ensure that the Work conforms to the requirements of the Contract Documents.Contractor shall be responsible for inspection and quality February 25,2019 00 7200-20 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 Airport Office Seismic RetrofitlRenovation Project 00 7200 City of Renton GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION Project No.CAG-19-051 Page 21 of 46 surveillance of all its Work and all Work performed by any Subcontractor. Unless otherwise provided,Contractor shall make arrangements for such tests, inspections,and approvals with an independent testing laboratory or entity acceptable to Owner,or with the appropriate public authority,and shall bear all related costs of tests, inspections, and approvals. Contractor shall give Owner timely notice of when and B. Where tests and inspections are to be made.Contractor shall maintain complete inspection records and make them available to Owner. C. Owner mav conduct tests and inspections:Owner may,at any reasonable time,conduct such inspections and tests as it deems necessary to ensure that the Work is in accordance with the Contract Documents.Owner shall promptly notify Contractor if an inspection or test reveals that the Work is not in accordance with the Contract Documents. Unless the subject items are expressly accepted by Owner,such Owner inspection and tests are for the sole benefit of Owner and do not: 1. Constitute or imply acceptance; 2. Relieve Contractor of responsibility for providing adequate quality controlmeasures; 3. Relieve Contractor of responsibility for risk of loss or damage to the Work,materials,or equipment; 4. Relieve Contractor of its responsibility to comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents;or 5. Impair Owner's right to reject defective or nonconforming items,or to avail itself of any other remedy to which it may be entitled. D. Inspections or inspectors do not modifv Contract Documents: Neither observations by an inspector retained by Owner, the presence or absence of such inspector on the site,nor inspections,tests,or approvals by others,shall relieve Contractor from any requirement of the Contract Documents,nor is any such inspector authorized to change any term or condition of the Contract Documents. E. Contractor responsibilities on inspections:Contractor shall promptly furnish,without additional charge,all facilities, labor,material and equipment reasonably needed for performing such safe and convenient inspections and tests as may be required by Owner.Owner may charge Contractor any additional cost of inspection or testing when Work is not ready at the time specified by Contractor for inspection or testing,or when prior rejection makes re-inspection or retest necessary.Owner shall perform its inspections and tests in a manner that will cause no undue delay in the Work. 5.16 CORRECTION OF NONCONFORMING WORK A. Work covered bv Contractor without inspection: If a portion of the Work is covered contrary to the requirements in the Contract Documents, it must, if required in writing by Owner,be uncovered for Owner's observation and be replaced at the Contractor's expense and without change in the Contract Time. B. Pavment provisions for uncoverinq covered Work: If,at any time prior to Final Completion,Owner desires to examine the Work,or any portion of it,which has been covered,Owner may request to see such Work and it shall be uncovered by Contractor. If such Work is in accordance with the Contract Documents,the Contractor shall be entitled to an adjustment in the Contract Sum for the costs of uncovering and replacement,and, if completion of the Work is thereby delayed,an adjustment in the Contract Time,provided it makes such a request as provided in Part 7. If such Work is not in accordance with the Contract Documents,the Contractor shall pay the costs of examination and reconstruction. C. Contractor to correct and pav for non-conforminp Work:Contractor shall promptly correct Work found by Owner not to conform to the requirements of the Contract Documents,whether observed before or after Substantial Completion and whether or not fabricated, installed, or completed.Contractor shall bear all costs of correcting such nonconforming Work, including additional testing and inspections. D. Contractor's compliance with warrantv provisions: If,within one year after the date of Substantial Completion of the February 25,2019 00 7200-21 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 Airport Office Seismic RetrofitlRenovation Project 00 7200 City of Renton GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION Project No.CAG-19-051 Page 22 of 46 Work or designated portion thereof,or within one year after the date for commencement of any system warranties established under Section 6.08,or within the terms of any applicable special warranty required by the Contract Documents,any of the Work is found to be not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents, Contractor shall correct it promptly after receipt of written notice from Owner to do so.Owner shall give such notice promptly after discovery of the condition.This period of one year shall be extended,with respect to portions of Work first performed after Substantial Completion,by the period of time between Substantial Completion and the actual performance of the Work.Contractor's duty to correct with respect to Work repaired or replaced shall run for one year from the date of repair or replacement. Obligations under this paragraph shall survive FinalAcceptance. E. Contractor to remove non-conforminq Work:Contractor shall remove from the Project site portions of the Work which are not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents and are neither corrected by Contractor nor accepted by Owner. F. Owner mav charqe Contractor for non-conforminq Work: If Contractor fails to correct nonconforming Work within a reasonable time after written notice to do so,Owner may replace,correct,or remove the nonconforming Work and charge the cost thereof to the Contractor. G. Contractor to pav for damaqed Work durinp correction:Contractor shall bear the cost of correcting destroyed or damaged Work,whether completed or partially completed,caused by Contractor's correction or removal of Work which is not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. H. No Period of limitation on other requirements: Nothing contained in this section shall be construed to establish a period of limitation with respect to other obligations which Contractor might have according to the Contract Documents. Establishment of the time period of one year as described in Section 5.16D relates only to the specific obligation of Contractor to correct the Work,and has no relationship to the time within which the Contractor's obligation to comply with the Contract Documents may be sought to be enforced, including the time within which such proceedings may be commenced. I. Owner mav accept non-conforminq Work and charqe Contractor: If Owner prefers to accept Work which is not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents,Owner may do so instead of requiring its removal and correction, in which case the Contract Sum may be reduced as appropriate and equitable. 5.17 CLEAN UP Contractor to keep site clean and leave it clean:Contractor shall at all times keep the Project site, including hauling routes, infrastructures,utilities,and storage areas,free from accumulations of waste materials. Before completing the Work,Contractor shall remove from the premises its rubbish,tools,scaffolding,equipment,and materials. Upon completing the Work,Contractor shall leave the Project site in a clean,neat,and orderly condition satisfactory to Owner. If Contractor fails to clean up as provided herein,and after reasonable notice from Owner,Owner may do so and the cost thereof shall be charged to Contractor. 5.18 ACCESS TO WORK Owner and A/E access to Work site:Contractor shall provide Owner and A/E access to the Work in progress wherever located. 5.19 OTHER CONTRACTS Owner mav award other contracts;Contractor to cooperate:Owner may undertake or award other contracts for additional work at or near the Project site.Contractor shall reasonably cooperate with the other contractors and with Owner's employees and shall carefully adapt scheduling and perform the Work in accordance with these Contract Documents to reasonably accommodate the otherwork. 5.20 SUBCONTRACTORS AND SUPPLIERS A. Subcontractor Responsibilitv: The Contractor shall include the language of this paragraph in each of its first-tier subcontracts,and shall require each of its subcontractors to include the same language of this section in each of their February 25,2019 00 7200-22 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 Airport Office Seismic RetrofitlRenovation Project 00 7200 City of Renton GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION Project No.CAG-19-051 Page 23 of 46 subcontracts,adjusting only as necessary the terms used for the contracting parties. Upon request of the Owner,the Contractor shall promptly provide documentation to the Owner demonstrating that the subcontractor meets the subcontractor responsibility criteria below.The requirements of this paragraph apply to all subcontractors regardless of tier.At the time of subcontract execution,the Contractor shall verify that each of its first-tier subcontractors meets the following bidder responsibilitycriteria: 1. Have a current certificate of registration as a contractor in compliance with chapter 18.27 RCW,which must have been in effect at the time of subcontract bidsubmittal; 2. Have a current Washington Unified Business Identifier(UBI)number; 3. If applicable,have: a. Industrial Insurance(workers'compensation)coverage for the subcontractor's employees working in Washington,as required in Title 51 RCW; b. A Washington Employment Security Department number,as required in Title 50 RCW; c. A Washington Department of Revenue state excise tax registration number,as required in Title 82 RCW; d. An electrical contractor license, if required by Chapter 19.28 RCW; 4. Not be disqualified from bidding on any public works contract under RCW 39.06.010 or 39.12.065(3). 5. On a project subject to the apprenticeship utilization requirements in RCW 39.04.320,not have been found out of compliance by the Washington state apprenticeship and training council for working apprentices out of ratio,without appropriate supervision,or outside their approved work processes as outlined in their standards of apprenticeship under chapter 49.04 RCW for the one-year period immediately preceding the date of the Owner's first advertisement of the project. 6. Within the three-year period immediately preceding the date of the bid solicitation,not have been determined by a final and binding citation and notice of assessment issued by the department of labor and industries or through a civil judgment entered by a court of limited or general jurisdiction to have willfully violated,as defined in RCW 49.48.082,any provision of chapter 49.46,49.48,or 49.52 RCW. a. Before award of a public works contract,a bidder shall submit to the contracting agency a signed statement in accordance with RCW 9A.72.085 verifying under penalty of perjury that the bidder is in compliance with the responsible bidder criteria requirements.A contracting agency may award a contract in reasonable reliance upon such a sworn statement. B. Provide names of Subcontractors and use qualified firms:Before submitting the first Application for Payment, Contractor shall furnish in writing to Owner the names,addresses,and telephone numbers of all Subcontractors,as well as suppliers providing materials in excess of$2,500.Contractor shall utilize Subcontractors and suppliers which are experienced and qualified,and meet the requirements of the Contract Documents, if any.Contractor shall not utilize any Subcontractor or supplier to whom the Owner has a reasonable objection,and shall obtain Owner's written consent before making any substitutions oradditions. C. Subcontracts in writinq and pass throuqh provision:All Subcontracts must be in writing. By appropriate written agreement,Contractor shall require each Subcontractor,so far as applicable to the Work to be performed by the Subcontractor,to be bound to Contractor by terms of the Contract Documents,and to assume toward Contractor all the obligations and responsibilities which Contractor assumes toward Owner in accordance with the Contract Documents. Each Subcontract shall preserve and protect the rights of Owner in accordance with the Contract Documents with respect to the Work to be performed by the Subcontractor so that subcontracting thereof will not prejudice such rights.Where appropriate,Contractor shall require each Subcontractor to enter into similar agreements with Sub-subcontractors. However,nothing in this paragraph shall be construed to alter the contractual relations February 25,2019 00 7200-23 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 Airport Office Seismic RetrofitlRenovation Project 00 7200 City of Renton GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION Project No.CAG-19-051 Page 24 of 46 between Contractor and its Subcontractors with respect to insurance or bonds. D. Coordination of Subcontractors;Contractor responsible for Work:Contractor shall schedule,supervise,and coordinate the operations of all Subcontractors. No Subcontracting of any of the Work shall relieve Contractor from its responsibility for the performance of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents or any other obligations of the Contract Documents. E. Automatic assipnment of subcontracts: Each subcontract agreement for a portion of the Work is hereby assigned by Contractor to Owner provided that: 1. Effective onlv after termination and Owner approval:The assignment is effective only after termination by Owner for cause pursuant to Section 9.01 and only for those Subcontracts which Owner accepts by notifying the Subcontractor in writing;and 2. Owner assumes Contractor's responsibilities:After the assignment is effective,Owner will assume all future duties and obligations toward the Subcontractor which Contractor assumed in the Subcontract. 3. Impact of bond:The assignment is subject to the prior rights of the surety, if any,obligated under any bond provided in accordance with the Contract Documents. 5.21 WARRANTY OF CONSTRUCTION A. Contractor warrantv of Work: In addition to any special warranties provided elsewhere in the Contract Documents, Contractor warrants that all Work conforms to the requirements of the Contract Documents and is free of any defect in equipment,material,or design furnished,or workmanship performed by Contractor. B. Contractor responsibilities:With respect to all warranties,express or implied,for Work performed or materials furnished according to the Contract Documents,Contractorshall: 1. Obtain warranties:Obtain all warranties that would be given in normal commercial practice; 2. Warranties for benefit of Owner:Require all warranties to be executed, in writing,for the benefit of Owner; 3. Enforcement of warranties: Enforce all warranties for the benefit of Owner, if directed by Owner;and 4. Contractor responsibilitv for subcontractor warranties: Be responsible to enforce any subcontractor's, manufacturer's,or supplier's warranties should they extend beyond the period specified in the Contract Documents. C. Warranties bevond Final Acceptance:The obligations under this section shall survive Final Acceptance. 5.22 INDEMNIFICATION Contractor shall indemnify,defend and hold harmless Renton, its elected officials,officers,agents,employees and volunteers,from and against any and all claims, losses or liability,or any portion of the same, including but not limited to reasonable attorneys'fees, legal expenses and litigation costs,arising from injury or death to persons, including injuries,sickness,disease or death of Contractor's own employees,agents and volunteers,or damage to property caused by Contractor's negligent act or omission, except for those acts caused by or resulting from a negligent act or omission by Renton and its officers,agents,employees and volunteers. Including Patent infringement:The use of any design,process,or equipment which constitutes an infringement of any United States patent presently issued,or violates any other proprietary interest, including copyright,trademark,and trade secret. Should a court of competent jurisdiction determine that this agreement is subject to RCW 4.24.115,(Validity of agreement to indemnify against liability for negligence relative to construction,alteration, improvement,etc.,of structure or improvement attached to real estate...)then, in the event of liability for damages arising out of bodily injury to persons or damages to property caused by or resulting from the concurrent negligence of the contractor and Renton, its officers,officials,employees and February 25,2019 00 7200-24 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 Airport Office Seismic RetrofitlRenovation Project 00 7200 City of Renton GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION Project No.CAG-19-051 Page 25 of 46 volunteers,Contractor's liability shall be only to the extent of Contractor's negligence. It is further specifically and expressly understood that the indemnification provided in this Agreement constitute Contractor's waiver of immunity under the Industrial Insurance Act, RCW Title 51,solely for the purposes of this indemnification.The Parties have mutually negotiated and agreed to this waiver.The provisions of this section shall survive the expiration or termination of this Agreement. February 25,2019 00 7200-25 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 Airport Office Seismic RetrofitlRenovation Project 00 7200 City of Renton GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION Project No.CAG-19-051 Page 26 of 46 PART 6-PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION 6.1 CONTRACT SUM Owner shall pav Contract Sum:Owner shall pay Contractor the Contract Sum plus state sales tax for performance of the Work, in accordance with the Contract Documents. 6.2 SCHEDULE OF VALUES Contractor to submit Schedule of Values: Before submitting its first Application for Payment,Contractor shall submit to Owner for approval a breakdown allocating the total Contract Sum to each principal category of work, in such detail as requested by Owner ("Schedule of Values").The approved Schedule of Values shall include appropriate amounts for demobilization,record drawings, 0&M manuals,and any other requirements for Project closeout,and shall be used by Owner as the basis for progress payments. Payment for Work shall be made only for and in accordance with those items included in the Schedule of Values. 6.3 APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT A. Monthlv Application for Pavment with substantiation:At monthly intervals,unless determined otherwise by Owner, Contractor shall submit to Owner an itemized Application for Payment for Work completed in accordance with the Contract Documents and the approved Schedule of Values. Each application shall be supported by such substantiating data as Owner mayrequire. B. Contractor certifies Subcontractors paid: By submitting an Application for Payment,Contractor is certifying that all Subcontractors have been paid, less earned retainage in accordance with RCW 60.28.011,as their interests appeared in the last preceding certificate of payment. By submitting an Application for Payment,Contractor is recertifying that the representations set forth in Section 1.03,are true and correct,to the best of Contractor's knowledge,as of the date of the Application for Payment. C. Reconciliation of Work with Proqress Schedule:At the time,it submits an Application for Payment,Contractor shall analyze and reconcile,to the satisfaction of Owner,the actual progress of the Work with the Progress Schedule. D. Pavment for material delivered to site or stored off-site: If authorized by Owner,the Application for Payment may include request for payment for material delivered to the Project site and suitably stored,or for completed preparatory work. Payment may similarly be requested for material stored off the Project site, provided Contractor complies with or furnishes satisfactory evidence of the following: 1. Suitable facilitv or location:The material will be placed in a facility or location that is structurally sound,dry, lighted and suitable for the materials to bestored; 2. Facilitv or location within 10 miles of Proiect:The facility or location is located within a 10-mile radius of the Project.Other locations may be utilized, if approved in writing,by Owner; 3. Facilitv or location exclusive to ProiecYs materials:Only materials for the Project are stored within the facility or location(or a secure portion of a facility or location set aside for the Project); 4. Insurance provided on materials in facilitv or location:Contractor furnishes Owner a certificate of insurance extending Contractor's insurance coverage for damage,fire,and theft to cover the full value of all materials stored,or in transit; 5. Facilitv or location locked and secure:The facility or location(or secure portion thereofl is continuously under lock and key,and only Contractor's authorized personnel shall have access; 6. Owner riqht of access to facilitv or location:Owner shall have the right of access in company of Contractor; 7. Contractor assumes total responsibilitv for stored materials:Contractor and its surety assume total February 25,2019 00 7200-26 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 Airport Office Seismic RetrofitlRenovation Project 00 7200 City of Renton GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION Project No.CAG-19-051 Page 27 of 46 responsibility for the stored materials;and 8. Contractor provides documentation and Notice when materials moved to site:Contractor furnishes to Owner certified lists of materials stored,bills of lading, invoices,and other information as may be required,and shall also furnish Notice to Owner when materials are moved from storage to the Project site. 6.4 PROGRESS PAYMENTS A. Owner to pav within 30 Days:Owner shall make progress payments, in such amounts as Owner determines are properly due,within 30 Days after receipt of a properly executed Application for Payment.Owner shall notify Contractor in accordance with chapter 39.76 RCW if the Application for Payment does not comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents. B. Withholdinq retainaqe;Options for retainaqe:Owner shall retain 5%of the amount of each progress payment until 45 Days after Final Acceptance and receipt of all documents required by law or the Contract Documents, including,at Owner's request,consent of surety to release of the retainage. In accordance with chapter 60.28 RCW,Contractor may request that monies reserved be retained in a fund by Owner,deposited by Owner in a bank or savings and loan, or placed in escrow with a bank or trust company to be converted into bonds and securities to be held in escrow with interest to be paid to Contractor.Owner may permit Contractor to provide an appropriate bond in lieu of the retained funds. C. Title passes to Owner upon pavment:Title to all Work and materials covered by a progress payment shall pass to Owner at the time of such payment free and clear of all liens,claims,security interests,and encumbrances. Passage of title shall not,however,relieve Contractor from any of its duties and responsibilities for the Work or materials,or waive any rights of Owner to insist on full compliance by Contractor with the Contract Documents. D. Interest on unpaid balances: Payments due and unpaid in accordance with the Contract Documents shall bear interest as specified in chapter 39.76 RCW. 6.5 PAYMENTS WITHHELD A. Owner's riqht to withhold pavment:Owner may withhold or,on account of subsequently discovered evidence,nullify the whole or part of any payment to such extent as may be necessary to protect Owner from loss or damage for reasons including but not limitedto: 1. Non-compliant Work: Work not in accordance with the Contract Documents; 2. Remaininq Work to cost more than unpaid balance: Reasonable evidence that the Work required by the Contract Documents cannot be completed for the unpaid balance of the Contract Sum; 3. Owner correction or completion Work:Work by Owner to correct defective Work or complete the Work in accordance with Section 5.16; 4. Contractor's failure to perform:Contractor's failure to perform in accordance with the Contract Documents;or 5. Contractor's neqliqent acts or omissions:Cost or liability that may occur to Owner as the result of Contractor's fault or negligent acts oromissions. B. Owner to notifv Contractor of withholdinq for unsatisfactory performance: In any case where part or all of a payment is going to be withheld for unsatisfactory performance,Owner shall notify Contractor in accordance with chapter 39.76 RCW. 6.6 RETAINAGE AND BOND CLAIM RIGHTS Chapters 39.08 RCW and 60.28 RCW incorporated bv reference:Chapters 39.08 RCW and 60.28 RCW,concerning the rights February 25,2019 00 7200-27 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 Airport Office Seismic RetrofitlRenovation Project 00 7200 City of Renton GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION Project No.CAG-19-051 Page 28 of 46 and responsibilities of Contractor and Owner with regard to the performance and payment bonds and retainage,are made a part of the Contract Documents by reference as though fully set forth herein. 6.7 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION Substantial Completion defined:Substantial Completion is the stage in the progress of the Work(or portion thereof designated and approved by Owner)when the construction is sufficiently complete, in accordance with the Contract Documents,so Owner has full and unrestricted use and benefit of the facilities(or portion thereof designated and approved by Owner)for the use for which it is intended.All Work other than incidental corrective or punch list work shall be completed.Substantial Completion shall not have been achieved if all systems and parts are not functional, if utilities are not connected and operating normally, if all required occupancy permits have not been issued,or if the Work is not accessible by normal vehicular and pedestrian traffic routes.The date Substantial Completion is achieved shall be established in writing by Owner.Contractor may request an early date of Substantial Completion which must be approved by Change Order.Owner's occupancy of the Work or designated portion thereof does not necessarily indicate that Substantial Completion has beenachieved. 6.8 PRIOR OCCUPANCY A. Prior Occupancv defined; Restrictions:Owner may,upon written notice thereof to Contractor,take possession of or use any completed or partially completed portion of the Work("Prior Occupancy")at any time prior to Substantial Completion. Unless otherwise agreed in writing, Prior Occupancy shall not:be deemed an acceptance of any portion of the Work;accelerate the time for any payment to Contractor;prejudice any rights of Owner provided by any insurance,bond,guaranty,or the Contract Documents;relieve Contractor of the risk of loss or any of the obligations established by the Contract Documents;establish a date for termination or partial termination of the assessment of liquidated damages;or constitute a waiver ofclaims. B. Damaqe; Dutv to repair and warranties: Notwithstanding anything in the preceding paragraph,Owner shall be responsible for loss of or damage to the Work resulting from Prior Occupancy.Contractor's one-year duty to repair any system warranties shall begin on building systems activated and used by Owner as agreed in writing by Owner and Contractor. 6.9 FINAL COMPLETION.ACCEPTANCE.AND PAYMENT A. Final Completion defined:Final Completion shall be achieved when the Work is fully and finally complete in accordance with the Contract Documents.The date Final Completion is achieved shall be established by Owner in writing,but in no case,shall constitute Final Acceptance which is a subsequent,separate,and distinct action. B. Final Acceptance defined: Final Acceptance shall be achieved when the Contractor has completed the requirements of the Contract Documents.The date Final Acceptance is achieved shall be established by Owner in writing. Prior to Final Acceptance,Contractor shall, in addition to all other requirements in the Contract Documents,submit to Owner a written notice of any outstanding disputes or claims between Contractor and any of its Subcontractors, including the amounts and other details thereof. Neither Final Acceptance,nor final payment,shall release Contractor or its sureties from any obligations of these Contract Documents or the payment and performance bonds,or constitute a waiver of any claims by Owner arising from Contractor's failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. C. Final pavment waives Claim riqhts:Acceptance of final payment by Contractor,or any Subcontractor,shall constitute a waiver and release to Owner of all claims by Contractor,or any such Subcontractor,for an increase in the Contract Sum or the Contract Time,and for every act or omission of Owner relating to or arising out of the Work,except for those Claims made in accordance with the procedures, including the time limits,set forth in Part8. PART 7-CHANGES 7.1 CHANGE IN THE WORK A. Chanqes in Work,Contract Sum,and Contract Time bv Chanqe Order:Owner may,at any time and without notice to February 25,2019 00 7200-28 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 Airport Office Seismic RetrofitlRenovation Project 00 7200 City of Renton GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION Project No.CAG-19-051 Page 29 of 46 Contractor's surety,order additions,deletions,revisions,or other changes in the Work.These changes in the Work shall be incorporated into the Contract Documents through the execution of Change Orders. If any change in the Work ordered by Owner causes an increase or decrease in the Contract Sum or the Contract Time,an equitable adjustment shall be made as provided in Section 7.02 or 7.03,respectively,and such adjustment(s)shall be incorporated into a Change Order. B. Owner mav request COP from Contractor: If Owner desires to order a change in the Work, it may request a written Change Order Proposal(COP)from Contractor.Contractor shall submit a Change Order Proposal within 14 Days of the request from Owner,or within such other period as mutually agreed. Contractor's Change Order Proposal shall be full compensation for implementing the proposed change in the Work, including any adjustment in the Contract Sum or Contract Time,and including compensation for all delays in connection with such change in the Work and for any expense or inconvenience,disruption of schedule,or loss of efficiency or productivity occasioned by the change in the Work. C. COP neqotiations:Upon receipt of the Change Order Proposal,or a request for equitable adjustment in the Contract Sum or Contract Time,or both,as provided in Sections 7.02 and 7.03,Owner may accept or reject the proposal, request further documentation,or negotiate acceptable terms with Contractor. Pending agreement on the terms of the Change Order,Owner may direct Contractor to proceed immediately with the Change Order Work.Contractor shall not proceed with any change in the Work until it has obtained Owner's approval.All Work done pursuant to any Owner- directed change in the Work shall be executed in accordance with the Contract Documents. D. Chanqe Order as full pavment and final settlement: If Owner and Contractor reach agreement on the terms of any change in the Work, including any adjustment in the Contract Sum or Contract Time,such agreement shall be incorporated in a Change Order.The Change Order shall constitute full payment and final settlement of all claims for time and for direct, indirect,and consequential costs, including costs of delays, inconvenience,disruption of schedule, or loss of efficiency or productivity,related to any Work either covered or affected by the Change Order,or related to the events giving rise to the request for equitable adjustment. E. Failure to aqree upon terms of Chanqe Order; Final offer and Claims: If Owner and Contractor are unable to reach agreement on the terms of any change in the Work, including any adjustment in the Contract Sum or Contract Time, Contractor may at any time in writing,request a final offer from Owner.Owner shall provide Contractor with its written response within 30 Days of Contractor's request.Owner may also provide Contractor with a final offer at any time. If Contractor rejects Owner's final offer,or the parties are otherwise unable to reach agreement,Contractor's only remedy shall be to file a Claim as provided in Part 8. F. Field Authorizations:The Owner may direct the Contractor to proceed with a change in the work through a written Field Authorization(also referred to as a Field Order)when the time required to price and execute a Change Order would impact the Project. The Field Authorization shall describe and include thefollowing: 1. The scope of work 2. An agreed upon maximum not-to-exceed amount 3. Any estimated change to the Contract Time 4. The method of final cost determination in accordance with the requirements of Part 7 of the General Conditions 5. The supporting cost data to be submitted in accordance with the requirements of Part 7 of the General Conditions Upon satisfactory submittal by the Contractor and approval by the Owner of supporting cost data,a Change Order will be executed.The Owner will not make payment to the Contractor for Field Authorization work until that work has been incorporated into an executed Change Order. February 25,2019 00 7200-29 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 Airport Office Seismic RetrofitlRenovation Project 00 7200 City of Renton GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION Project No.CAG-19-051 Page 30 of 46 February 25,2019 00 7200-30 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 Airport Office Seismic RetrofitlRenovation Project 00 7200 City of Renton GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION Project No.CAG-19-051 Page 31 of 46 7.2 CHANGE IN THE CONTRACT SUM A. General Aaalication 1. Contract Sum chanqes onlv bv Chanqe Order:The Contract Sum shall only be changed by a Change Order. Contractor shall include any request for a change in the Contract Sum in its Change Order Proposal. 2. Owner fault or neqliqence as basis for chanqe in Contract Sum: If the cost of Contractor's performance is changed due to the fault or negligence of Owner,or anyone for whose acts Owner is responsible,Contractor shall be entitled to make a request for an equitable adjustment in the Contract Sum in accordance with the following procedure. No change in the Contract Sum shall be allowed to the extent:Contractor's changed cost of performance is due to the fault or negligence of Contractor,or anyone for whose acts Contractor is responsible;the change is concurrently caused by Contractor and Owner;or the change is caused by an act of Force Majeure as defined in Section3.05. (a) Notice and record keepinq for equitable adiustment:A request for an equitable adjustment in the Contract Sum shall be based on written notice delivered to Owner within 7 Days of the occurrence of the event giving rise to the request. For purposes of this part,"occurrence"means when Contractor knew,or in its diligent prosecution of the Work should have known,of the event giving rise to the request. If Contractor believes it is entitled to an adjustment in the Contract Sum,Contractor shall immediately notify Owner and begin to keep and maintain complete,accurate,and specific daily records.Contractor shall give Owner access to any such records and, if requested shall promptly furnish copies of such records to Owner. (b) Content of notice for equitable adiustment; Failure to complv: Contractor shall not be entitled to any adjustment in the Contract Sum for any occurrence of events or costs that occurred more than 7 Days before Contractor's written notice to Owner.The written notice shall set forth,at a minimum,a description of:the event giving rise to the request for an equitable adjustment in the Contract Sum;the nature of the impacts to Contractor and its Subcontractors of any tier, if any;and to the extent possible the amount of the adjustment in Contract Sum requested. Failure to properly give such written notice shall,to the extent Owner's interests are prejudiced,constitute a waiver of Contractor's right to an equitable adjustment. (c) Contractor to provide supplemental information: Within 30 Days of the occurrence of the event giving rise to the request,unless Owner agrees in writing to allow an additional period of time to ascertain more accurate data,Contractor shall supplement the written notice provided in accordance with subparagraph a.above with additional supporting data.Such additional data shall include,at a minimum: the amount of compensation requested, itemized in accordance with the procedure set forth herein;specific facts,circumstances,and analysis that confirms not only that Contractor suffered the damages claimed,but that the damages claimed were actually a result of the act,event,or condition complained of and that the Contract Documents provide entitlement to an equitable adjustment to Contractor for such act,event,or condition;and documentation sufficiently detailed to permit an informed analysis of the request by Owner.When the request for compensation relates to a delay,or other change in Contract Time,Contractor shall demonstrate the impact on the critical path, in accordance with Section 7.03C. Failure to provide such additional information and documentation within the time allowed or within the format required shall,to the extent Owner's interests are prejudiced,constitute a waiver of Contractor's right to an equitable adjustment. (d) Contractor to proceed with Work as directed: Pending final resolution of any request made in accordance with this paragraph,unless otherwise agreed in writing,Contractor shall proceed diligently with performance of the Work. (e) Contractor to combine requests for same event toqether:Any requests by Contractor for an equitable adjustment in the Contract Sum and in the Contract Time that arise out of the same event(s)shall be submitted together. 3. Methods for calculatinq Chanqe Order amount:The value of any Work covered by a Change Order,or of any February 25,2019 00 7200-31 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 Airport Office Seismic RetrofitlRenovation Project 00 7200 City of Renton GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION Project No.CAG-19-051 Page 32 of 46 request for an equitable adjustment in the Contract Sum,shall be determined by one of the following methods: a. Fixed Price: On the basis of a fixed price as determined in paragraph 7.02B. b. Unit Prices: By application of unit prices to the quantities of the items involved as determined in paragraph 7.02C. c. Time and Materials:On the basis of time and material as determined in paragraph 7.02D. 4. Fixed price method is default;Owner mav direct otherwise:When Owner has requested Contractor to submit a Change Order Proposal,Owner may direct Contractor as to which method in subparagraph 3 above to use when submitting its proposal.Otherwise,Contractor shall determine the value of the Work,or of a request for an equitable adjustment,on the basis of the fixed price method. B. Chanae Order Pricina—Fixed Price Procedures:When the fixed price method is used to determine the value of any Work covered by a Change Order,or of a request for an equitable adjustment in the Contract Sum,the following procedures shall apply: 1. Breakdown and itemization of details on COP:Contractor's Change Order Proposal,or request for adjustment in the Contract Sum,shall be accompanied by a complete itemization of the costs, including labor,material,subcontractor costs,and overhead and profit.The costs shall be itemized in the manner set forth below,and shall be submitted on breakdown sheets in a form approved by0wner. 2. Use of industry standards in calculatinq costs:All costs shall be calculated based upon appropriate industry standard methods of calculating labor,material quantities,and equipment costs such as R.S. Means or other standards acceptable to the Owner and Contractor. 3. Costs continqent on Owner's actions: If any of Contractor's pricing assumptions are contingent upon anticipated actions of Owner,Contractor shall clearly state them in the proposal or request for an equitable adjustment. 4. Markups on additive and deductive Work:The cost of any additive or deductive changes in the Work shall be calculated as set forth below,except that overhead and profit shall not be included on deductive changes in the Work.Where a change in the Work involves additive and deductive work by the same Contractor or Subcontractor,small tools,overhead,profit,bond and insurance markups will apply to the net difference. 5. Breakdown not required if chanqe less than$1,000: If the total cost of the change in the Work or request for equitable adjustment does not exceed$1,000,Contractor shall not be required to submit a breakdown if the description of the change in the Work or request for equitable adjustment is sufficiently definitive for Owner to determine fairvalue. 6. Breakdown required if chanqe between$1,000 and$2,500: If the total cost of the change in the Work or request for equitable adjustment is between$1,000 and$2,500,Contractor may submit a breakdown in the following level of detail if the description of the change in the Work or if the request for equitable adjustment is sufficiently definitive to permit the Owner to determine fairvalue: a. lump sum labor; b. lump sum material; c. lump sum equipment usage; d. overhead and profit as set forth below;and February 25,2019 00 7200-32 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 Airport Office Seismic RetrofitlRenovation Project 00 7200 City of Renton GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION Project No.CAG-XX-XXX Page 33 of 46 e. insurance and bond costs as set forth below. 7. Components of increased cost:Any request for adjustment of Contract Sum based upon the fixed price method shall include only the following items: a. Craft labor costs:These are the labor costs determined by multiplying the estimated or actual additional number of craft hours needed to perform the change in the Work by the hourly labor costs.Craft hours should cover direct labor,as well as indirect labor due to trade inefficiencies.The hourly costs shall be based on the following: (1) Basic wapes and benefits: Hourly rates and benefits as stated on the Department of Labor and Industries approved"statement of intent to pay prevailing wages"or a higher amount if approved by the Owner. Direct supervision shall be a reasonable percentage not to exceed 15%of the cost of direct labor. No supervision markup shall be allowed for a working supervisor's hours. (2) Worker's insurance: Direct contributions to the City of Renton for industrial insurance;medical aid;and supplemental pension,by the class and rates established by the Department of Labor and Industries. (3) Federal insurance: Direct contributions required by the Federal Insurance Compensation Act; Federal Unemployment Tax Act;and the State Unemployment Compensation Act. (4) Travel allowance:Travel allowance and/or subsistence, if applicable,not exceeding those allowances established by regional labor union agreements,which are itemized and identified separately. (5) Safetv:Cost incurred due to the Washington Industrial Safety and Health Act,which shall be a reasonable percentage not to exceed 2%of the sum of the amounts calculated in(1),(2),and (3)above. b. Material costs:This is an itemization of the quantity and cost of materials needed to perform the change in the Work. Material costs shall be developed first from actual known costs,second from supplier quotations or if these are not available,from standard industry pricing guides. Material costs shall consider all available discounts. Freight costs,express charges,or special delivery charges,shall be itemized. c. Equipment costs:This is an itemization of the type of equipment and the estimated or actual length of time the construction equipment appropriate for the Work is or will be used on the change in the Work. Costs will be allowed for construction equipment only if used solely for the changed Work,or for additional rental costs actually incurred by the Contractor. Equipment charges shall be computed on the basis of actual invoice costs or if owned,from the current edition of one of the following sources: (1) The Equipment Watch Fleet Manager Estimator Package(digital).The maximum rate for standby equipment shall not exceed that shown in the Associated General Contractors Washington State Department of Transportation(AGC WSDOT) Equipment Rental Agreement,current edition on the Contract execution date. (2) The National Electrical Contractors Association for equipment used on electrical work. (3) The Mechanical Contractors Association of America for equipment used on mechanical work. The Equipment Watch Rental Rate Blue Book shall be used as a basis for establishing rental rates of equipment not listed in the above sources.The maximum rate for standby equipment shall not exceed that shown in the AGC WSDOT Equipment Rental Agreement,current edition on the Contract execution date. d. Allowance for small tools,expendables&consumable supplies: Small tools consist of tools which cost$250 or less and are normally furnished by the performing contractor.The maximum rate for small tools shall not exceed the following: February 25,2019 00 7200-33 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 Airport Office Seismic RetrofitlRenovation Project 00 7200 City of Renton GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION Project No.CAG-XX-XXX Page 34 of 46 (1) 3%for Contractor: For Contractor,3%of direct labor costs. (2) 5%for Subcontractors: For Subcontractors,5%of direct labor costs. Expendables and consumables supplies directly associated with the change in Work must be itemized. e. Subcontractor costs:This is defined as payments Contractor makes to Subcontractors for changed Work performed by Subcontractors of any tier.The Subcontractors'cost of Work shall be calculated and itemized in the same manner as prescribed herein for Contractor. f. Allowance for overhead:This is defined as costs of any kind attributable to direct and indirect delay,acceleration, or impact,added to the total cost to Owner of any change in the Contract Sum. If the Contractor is compensated under Section 7.03D,the amount of such compensation shall be reduced by the amount Contractor is otherwise entitled to under this subsection(�.This allowance shall compensate Contractor for all non-craft labor,temporary construction facilities,field engineering,schedule updating,as-built drawings,home office cost, B&0 taxes,office engineering,estimating costs,additional overhead because of extended time,and any other cost incidental to the change in the Work. It shall be strictly limited in all cases to a reasonable amount,mutually acceptable,or if none can be agreed upon to an amount not to exceed the rates below: (1). Proiects less than$3 million: For projects where the Contract Award Amount is under$3 million,the following shall apply: (a) Contractor markup on Contractor Work: For Contractor,for any Work actually performed by Contractor's own forces, 16%of the first$50,000 of the cost,and 4%of the remaining cost, if any. (b) Subcontractor markup for Subcontractor Work: For each Subcontractor(including lower tier subcontractors),for any Work actually performed by its own forces, 16%of the first$50,000 of the cost,and 4%of the remaining cost, if any. (c) Contractor markup for Subcontractor Work: For Contractor,for any work performed by its Subcontractor(s)6%of the first$50,000 of the amount due each Subcontractor,and 4%of the remaining amount ifany. (d) Subcontractor markup for lower tier Subcontractor Work: For each Subcontractor,for any Work performed by its Subcontractor(s)of any lower tier,4%of the first$50,000 of the amount due the sub-Subcontractor,and 2%of the remaining amount if any. (e) Basis of cost applicable for markup:The cost to which overhead is to be applied shall be developed in accordance with Section 7.02B 7a.—e. (2). Proiects more than$3 million: For projects where the Contract Award Amount is equal to or exceeds$3 million,the following shallapply: (a) Contractor markup on Contractor Work: For Contractor,for any Work actually performed by Contractor's own forces, 12%of the first$50,000 of the cost,and 4%of the remaining cost, ifany. (b) Subcontractor markup for Subcontractor Work: For each Subcontractor(including lower tier subcontractors),for any Work actually performed by its own forces, 12%of the first$50,000 of the cost,and 4%of the remaining cost, if any. (c) Contractor markup for Subcontractor Work: For Contractor,for any Work performed by its Subcontractor(s),4%of the first$50,000 of the amount due each Subcontractor,and 2%of the remaining amount ifany. February 25,2019 00 7200-34 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 Airport Office Seismic RetrofitlRenovation Project 00 7200 City of Renton GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION Project No.CAG-XX-XXX Page 35 of 46 (d) Subcontractor markup for lower tier Subcontractor Work: For each Subcontractor,for any Work performed by its Subcontractor(s)of any lower tier,4%of the first$50,000 of the amount due the sub-Subcontractor,and 2%of the remaining amount if any. (e) Basis of cost applicable for markup:The cost to which overhead is to be applied shall be developed in accordance with Section 7.02B 7a.—e. g. Allowance for profit:Allowance for profit is an amount to be added to the cost of any change in contract sum, but not to the cost of change in Contract Time for which contractor has been compensated pursuant to the conditions set forth in Section 7.03. It shall be limited to a reasonable amount,mutually acceptable,or if none can be agreed upon,to an amount not to exceed the rates below: (1) Contractor/Subcontractor markup for self-performed Work: For Contractor or Subcontractor of any tier for work performed by their forces,6%of the cost developed in accordance with Section 7.02B 7a.—e. (2) Contractor/Subcontractor markup for Work performed at lower tier: For Contractor or Subcontractor of any tier for work performed by a subcontractor of a lower tier,4%of the subcontract cost developed in accordance with Section 7.02B 7a.—h. h. Insurance and bond premiums:Cost of change in insurance or bond premium:This is defined as: (1) Contractor's liabilitv insurance:The cost of any changes in Contractor's liability insurance arising directly from execution of the Change Order;and (2) Pavment and Performance Bond:The cost of the additional premium for Contractor's bond arising directly from the changed Work. The cost of any change in insurance or bond premium shall be added after overhead and allowance for profit are calculated in accordance with subparagraph f.and gabove. C. Chanae Order Pricina—Unit Prices 1. Content of Owner authorization:Whenever Owner authorizes Contractor to perform Work on a unit-price basis, Owner's authorization shall clearlystate: a. Scope: Scope of work to be performed; b. Reimbursement basis:Type of reimbursement including pre-agreed rates for material quantities;and c. Reimbursement limit: Cost limit of reimbursement. 2. Contractorresponsibilities: Contractorshall: a. Cooperate with Owner and assist in monitoring the Work being performed.As requested by Owner, Contractor shall identify workers assigned to the Change Order Work and areas in which they are working; b. Leave access as appropriate for quantity measurement;and c. Not exceed any cost limit(s)without Owner's prior written approval. 3. Cost breakdown consistent with Fixed Price requirements:Contractor shall submit costs in accordance with paragraph 7.02B and satisfy the following requirements: February 25,2019 00 7200-35 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 Airport Office Seismic RetrofitlRenovation Project 00 7200 City of Renton GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION Project No.CAG-XX-XXX Page 36 of 46 a. Unit prices must include overhead,profit,bond and insurance premiums: Unit prices shall include reimbursement for all direct and indirect costs of the Work, including overhead,profit,bond,and insurance costs;and b. Owner verification of quantities:Quantities must be supported by field measurement statements signed by Owner. D. Chanae Order Pricina—Time-and-Material Prices 1. Content of Owner authorization:Whenever Owner authorizes Contractor to perform Work on a time-and- material basis, Owner's authorization shall clearlystate: a. Scope: Scope of Work to be performed; b. Reimbursement basis:Type of reimbursement including pre-agreed rates, if any,for material quantities or labor;and c. Reimbursement limit: Cost limit of reimbursement. 2. Contractorresponsibilities: Contractorshall: a. Identifv workers assiqned:Cooperate with Owner and assist in monitoring the Work being performed.As requested by Owner, identify workers assigned to the Change Order Work and areas in which they are working; b. Provide dailv timesheets: Identify on daily time sheets all labor performed in accordance with this authorization.Submit copies of daily time sheets within 2 working days for Owner's review. c. Allow Owner to measure quantities: Leave access as appropriate for quantity measurement; d. Perform Work efficientiv: Perform all Work in accordance with this section as efficiently as possible; and e. Not exceed Owner's cost limit: Not exceed any cost limit(s)without Owner's prior written approval. 3. Cost breakdown consistent with Fixed Price requirements:Contractor shall submit costs in accordance with paragraph 7.02B and additional verification supported by: a. Timesheets: Labor detailed on daily time sheets;and b. Invoices: Invoices for material. 7.3 CHANGE IN THE CONTRACT TIME A. COP requests for Contract Time:The Contract Time shall only be changed by a Change Order.Contractor shall include any request for a change in the Contract Time in its Change Order Proposal. B. Time extension permitted if not Contractor's fault: If the time of Contractor's performance is changed due to an act of Force Majeure,or due to the fault or negligence of Owner or anyone for whose acts Owner is responsible,Contractor shall be entitled to make a request for an equitable adjustment in the Contract Time in accordance with the following procedure. No adjustment in the Contract Time shall be allowed to the extent Contractor's changed time of performance is due to the fault or negligence of Contractor,or anyone for whose acts Contractor is responsible. February 25,2019 00 7200-36 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 Airport Office Seismic RetrofitlRenovation Project 00 7200 City of Renton GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION Project No.CAG-XX-XXX Page 37 of 46 1. Notice and record keepinq for Contract Time request:A request for an equitable adjustment in the Contract Time shall be based on written notice delivered within 7 Days of the occurrence of the event giving rise to the request. If Contractor believes it is entitled to adjustment of Contract Time,Contractor shall immediately notify Owner and begin to keep and maintain complete,accurate,and specific daily records.Contractor shall give Owner access to any such record and if requested,shall promptly furnish copies of such record to Owner. 2. Timinq and content of Contractor's Notice:Contractor shall not be entitled to an adjustment in the Contract Time for any events that occurred more than 7 Days before Contractor's written notice to Owner.The written notice shall set forth,at a minimum,a description of: the event giving rise to the request for an equitable adjustment in the Contract Time;the nature of the impacts to Contractor and its Subcontractors of any tier, if any;and to the extent possible the amount of the adjustment in Contract Time requested. Failure to properly give such written notice shall,to the extent Owner's interests are prejudiced,constitute a waiver of Contractor's right to an equitable adjustment. 3. Contractor to provide supplemental information:Within 30 Days of the occurrence of the event giving rise to the request,unless Owner agrees in writing to allow an additional period of time to ascertain more accurate data,Contractor shall supplement the written notice provided in accordance with subparagraph 7.03B.2 with additional supporting data.Such additional data shall include,at a minimum:the amount of delay claimed, itemized in accordance with the procedure set forth herein;specific facts,circumstances,and analysis that confirms not only that Contractor suffered the delay claimed,but that the delay claimed was actually a result of the act,event,or condition complained of,and that the Contract Documents provide entitlement to an equitable adjustment in Contract Time for such act,event,or condition;and supporting documentation sufficiently detailed to permit an informed analysis of the request by Owner. Failure to provide such additional information and documentation within the time allowed or within the format required shall,to the extent Owner's interests are prejudiced,constitute a waiver of Contractor's right to an equitable adjustment. 4. Contractor to proceed with Work as directed: Pending final resolution of any request in accordance with this paragraph,unless otherwise agreed in writing,Contractor shall proceed diligently with performance of the Work. C. Contractor to demonstrate impact on critical path of schedule:Any change in the Contract Time covered by a Change Order,or based on a request for an equitable adjustment in the Contract Time,shall be limited to the change in the critical path of Contractor's schedule attributable to the change of Work or event(s)giving rise to the request for equitable adjustment. Any Change Order Proposal or request for an adjustment in the Contract Time shall demonstrate the impact on the critical path of the schedule.Contractor shall be responsible for showing clearly on the Progress Schedule that the change or event:had a specific impact on the critical path,and except in case of concurrent delay,was the sole cause of such impact;and could not have been avoided by resequencing of the Work or other reasonablealternatives. D. Cost of chanqe in Contract Time:Contractor may request compensation for the cost of a change in Contract Time in accordance with this paragraph,7.03D,subject to the followingconditions: 1. Must be solelv fault of Owner or A/E:The change in Contract Time shall solely be caused by the fault or negligence of Owner orA/E; 2. Procedures: Contractor shall follow the procedure set forth in paragraph 7.03B; 3. Demonstrate impact on critical path:Contractor shall establish the extent of the change in Contract Time in accordance with paragraph 7.03C;and 4. Limitations on dailv costs:The daily cost of any change in Contract Time shall be limited to the items below, less the amount of any change in the Contract Sum the Contractor may otherwise be entitled to pursuant to Section 7.02B 7f for any change in the Work that contributed to this change in Contract Time: a. Non-productive supervision or labor:cost of nonproductive field supervision or labor extended February 25,2019 00 7200-37 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 Airport Office Seismic RetrofitlRenovation Project 00 7200 City of Renton GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION Project No.CAG-XX-XXX Page 38 of 46 because ofdelay; b. Weeklv meetinqs and indirect activities:cost of weekly meetings or similar indirect activities extended because of the delay; c. Temporary facilities or equipment r ental:cost of temporary facilities or equipment rental extended because of the delay; d. Insurance premiums: cost of insurance extended because of the delay; e. Overhead:general and administrative overhead in an amount to be agreed upon,but not to exceed 3%of the Contract Award Amount divided by the originally specified Contract Time for each Day of the delay. PART 8-CLAIMS AND DISPUTE RESOLUTION 8.1 CLAIMS PROCEDURE A. Claim is Contractor's remedv: If the parties fail to reach agreement on the terms of any Change Order for Owner- directed Work as provided in Section 7.01,or on the resolution of any request for an equitable adjustment in the Contract Sum as provided in Section 7.02 or the Contract Time as provided in Section 7.03,Contractor's only remedy shall be to file a Claim with Owner as provided in this section. B. Claim filinq deadline for Contractor:Contractor shall file its Claim within 120 Days from Owner's final offer made in accordance with paragraph 7.01 E,or by the date of Final Acceptance,whichever occurs first. C. Claim must cover all costs and be documented:The Claim shall be deemed to cover all changes in cost and time (including direct, indirect, impact,and consequential)to which Contractor may be entitled. It shall be fully substantiated and documented. At a minimum,the Claim shall contain the following information: 1. Factual statement of Claim:A detailed factual statement of the Claim for additional compensation and time, if any,providing all necessary dates, locations,and items of Work affected by the Claim; 2. Dates: The date on which facts arose which gave rise to the Claim; 3. Owner and A/E emplovee's knowledqeable about Claim:The name of each employee of Owner or A/E knowledgeable about the Claim; 4. Support from Contract Documents:The specific provisions of the Contract Documents which support the Claim; 5. Identification of other supportinq information: The identification of any documents and the substance of any oral communications that support the Claim; 6. Copies of supportinq documentation:Copies of any identified documents,other than the Contract Documents,that support the Claim; 7. Details on Claim for Contract Time: If an adjustment in the Contract Time is sought:the specific days and dates for which it is sought;the specific reasons Contractor believes an extension in the Contract Time should be granted;and Contractor's analysis of its Progress Schedule to demonstrate the reason for the extension in Contract Time; 8. Details on Claim for adiustment of Contract Sum: If an adjustment in the Contract Sum is sought,the exact February 25,2019 00 7200-38 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 Airport Office Seismic RetrofitlRenovation Project 00 7200 City of Renton GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION Project No.CAG-XX-XXX Page 39 of 46 amount sought and a breakdown of that amount into the categories set forth in,and in the detail as required by Section 7.02;and 9. Statement certifvinq Claim:A statement certifying,under penalty of perjury,that the Claim is made in good faith,that the supporting cost and pricing data are true and accurate to the best of Contractor's knowledge and belief,that the Claim is fully supported by the accompanying data,and that the amount requested accurately reflects the adjustment in the Contract Sum or Contract Time for which Contractor believes Owner is liable. D. Owner's response to Claim filed:After Contractor has submitted a fully documented Claim that complies with all applicable provisions of Parts 7 and 8,Owner shall respond, in writing,to Contractor as follows: 1. Response time for Claim less than$50,000: If the Claim amount is less than$50,000,with a decision within 60 Days from the date the Claim is received;or 2. Response time for Claim of$50,000 or more: If the Claim amount is$50,000 or more,with a decision within 60 Days from the date the Claim is received,or with notice to Contractor of the date by which it will render its decision.Owner will then respond with a written decision in such additional time. E. Owner's review of Claim and finalitv of decision:To assist in the review of Contractor's Claim,Owner may visit the Project site,or request additional information, in order to fully evaluate the issues raised by the Claim.Contractor shall proceed with performance of the Work pending final resolution of any Claim.Owner's written decision as set forth above shall be final and conclusive as to all matters set forth in the Claim,unless Contractor follows the procedure set forth in Section 8.02. F. Waiver of Contractor riqhts for failure to complv with this Section:Any Claim of the Contractor against the Owner for damages,additional compensation,or additional time,shall be conclusively deemed to have been waived by the Contractor unless made in accordance with the requirements of this Section. 8.2 ARBITRATION A. Timinq of Contractor's demand for arbitration: If Contractor disagrees with Owner's decision rendered in accordance with paragraph 8.01 D,Contractor shall provide Owner with a written demand for arbitration. No demand for arbitration of any such Claim shall be made later than 30 Days after the date of Owner's decision on such Claim;failure to demand arbitration within said 30 Day period shall result in Owner's decision being final and binding upon Contractor and its Subcontractors. B. Filinq of Notice for arbitration: Notice of the demand for arbitration shall be filed with the American Arbitration Association(AAA),with a copy provided to Owner.The parties shall negotiate or mediate under the Voluntary Construction Mediation Rules of the AAA,or mutually acceptable service,before seeking arbitration in accordance with the Construction Industry Arbitration Rules of AAA as follows: 1. Claims less than$30,000:Disputes involving$30,000 or less shall be conducted in accordance with the Northwest Region Expedited Commercial Arbitration Rules;or 2. Claims qreater than$30,000: Disputes over$30,000 shall be conducted in accordance with the Construction Industry Arbitration Rules of the AAA,unless the parties agree to use the expedited rules. C. Arbitration is forum for resolvinq Claims:All Claims arising out of the Work shall be resolved by arbitration. The judgment upon the arbitration award may be entered,or review of the award may occur, in the superior court having jurisdiction thereof. No independent legal action relating to or arising from the Work shall be maintained. D. Settlement outside of arbitration to be documented in Chanqe Order: If the parties resolve the Claim prior to arbitration judgment,the terms of the resolution shall be incorporated in a Change Order.The Change Order shall constitute full payment and final settlement of the Claim, including all claims for time and for direct, indirect,or consequential costs, including costs of delays, inconvenience,disruption of schedule,or loss of efficiency orproductivity. February 25,2019 00 7200-39 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 Airport Office Seismic RetrofitlRenovation Project 00 7200 City of Renton GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION Project No.CAG-XX-XXX Page 40 of 46 8.3 CLAIMSAUDITS A. Owner mav audit Claims:All Claims filed against Owner shall be subject to audit at any time following the filing of the Claim. Failure of Contractor,or Subcontractors of any tier,to maintain and retain sufficient records to allow Owner to verify all or a portion of the Claim or to permit Owner access to the books and records of Contractor,or Subcontractors of any tier,shall constitute a waiver of the Claim and shall bar any recovery. B. Contractor to make documents available: In support of Owner audit of any Claim, Contractor shall,upon request, promptly make available to Owner the following documents: 1. Daily time sheets and supervisor's daily reports; 2. Collective bargaining agreements; 3. Insurance,welfare,and benefits records; 4. Payroll registers; 5. Earnings records; 6. Payroll tax forms; 7. Material invoices,requisitions,and deliveryconfirmations; 8. Material cost distribution worksheet; 9. Equipment records(list of company equipment,rates,etc.); 10. Vendors',rental agencies',Subcontractors',and agents'invoices; 11. Contracts between Contractor and each of its Subcontractors,and all lower-tier Subcontractor contracts and suppliercontracts; 12. Subcontractors'and agents'payment certificates; 13. Cancelled checks(payroll and vendors); 14. Job cost report, including monthly totals; 15. Job payroll ledger; 16. Planned resource loading schedules and summaries; 17. Generalledger; 18. Cash disbursementsjournal; 19. Financial statements for all years reflecting the operations on the Work. In addition,the Owner may require, if it deems it appropriate,additional financial statements for 3 years preceding execution of the Work; 20. Depreciation records on all company equipment whether these records are maintained by the company involved, its accountant,orothers; 21. If a source other than depreciation records is used to develop costs for Contractor's internal purposes in February 25,2019 00 7200-40 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 Airport Office Seismic RetrofitlRenovation Project 00 7200 City of Renton GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION Project No.CAG-XX-XXX Page 41 of 46 establishing the actual cost of owning and operating equipment,all such other source documents; 22. All non-privileged documents which relate to each and every Claim together with all documents which support the amount of any adjustment in Contract Sum or Contract Time sought by each Claim; 23. Work sheets or software used to prepare the Claim establishing the cost components for items of the Claim including but not limited to labor,benefits and insurance,materials,equipment,Subcontractors,all documents which establish the time periods, individuals involved,the hours for the individuals,and the rates forthe individuals;and 24. Work sheets,software,and all other documents used by Contractor to prepare itsbid. C. Contractor to provide facilities for audit and shall cooperate:The audit may be performed by employees of Owner or a representative of Owner.Contractor,and its Subcontractors,shall provide adequate facilities acceptable to Owner,for the audit during normal business hours.Contractor,and all Subcontractors,shall make a good faith effort to cooperate with Owner's auditors. PART 9-TERMINATION OF THE WORK 9.1 TERMINATION BY OWNER FOR CAUSE A. 7 Dav Notice to Terminate for Cause:Owner may,upon 7 Days written notice to Contractor and to its surety,terminate (without prejudice to any right or remedy of Owner)the Work,or any part of it,for cause upon the occurrence of any one or more of the following events: 1. Contractor fails to prosecute Work:Contractor fails to prosecute the Work or any portion thereof with sufficient diligence to ensure Substantial Completion of the Work within the Contract Time; 2. Contractor bankrupt:Contractor is adjudged bankrupt,makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors,or a receiver is appointed on account of its insolvency; 3. Contractor fails to correct Work:Contractor fails in a material way to replace or correct Work not in conformance with the Contract Documents; 4. Contractor fails to supplv workers or materials:Contractor repeatedly fails to supply skilled workers or proper materials orequipment; 5. Contractor failure to pav Subcontractors or labor:Contractor repeatedly fails to make prompt payment due to Subcontractors or for labor; 6. Contractor violates laws:Contractor materially disregards or fails to comply with laws,ordinances, rules, regulations,or orders of any public authority having jurisdiction;or 7. Contractor in material breach of Contract:Contractor is otherwise in material breach of any provision of the Contract Documents. B. Owner's actions upon termination: Upon termination,Owner may at its option: 1. Take possession of Proiect site:Take possession of the Project site and take possession of or use all materials,equipment,tools,and construction equipment and machinery thereon owned by Contractor to maintain the orderly progress of,and to finish,the Work; 2. Accept assiqnment of Subcontracts:Accept assignment of subcontracts pursuant to Section 5.20;and February 25,2019 00 7200-41 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 Airport Office Seismic RetrofitlRenovation Project 00 7200 City of Renton GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION Project No.CAG-XX-XXX Page 42 of 46 3. Finish the Work: Finish the Work by whatever other reasonable method it deems expedient. C. Suretv's role:Owner's rights and duties upon termination are subject to the prior rights and duties of the surety, if any, obligated under any bond provided in accordance with the Contract Documents. D. Contractor's required actions:When Owner terminates the Work in accordance with this section,Contractor shall take the actions set forth in paragraph 9.02B,and shall not be entitled to receive further payment until the Work is accepted. E. Contractor to pav for unfinished Work: If the unpaid balance of the Contract Sum exceeds the cost of finishing the Work, including compensation for A/E's services and expenses made necessary thereby and any other extra costs or damages incurred by Owner in completing the Work,or as a result of Contractor's actions,such excess shall be paid to Contractor. If such costs exceed the unpaid balance,Contractor shall pay the difference to Owner. These obligations for payment shall survive termination. F. Contractor and Suretv still responsible for Work performed:Termination of the Work in accordance with this section shall not relieve Contractor or its surety of any responsibilities for Work performed. G. Conversion of"Termination for Cause"to"Termination for Convenience": If Owner terminates Contractor for cause and it is later determined that none of the circumstances set forth in paragraph 9.01A exist,then such termination shall be deemed a termination for convenience pursuant to Section 9.02. 9.2 TERMINATION BY OWNER FORCONVENIENCE A. Owner Notice of Termination for Convenience:Owner may,upon written notice,terminate(without prejudice to any right or remedy of Owner)the Work,or any part of it,for the convenience of Owner. B. Contractor response to termination Notice: Unless Owner directs otherwise,after receipt of a written notice of termination for either cause or convenience,Contractor shallpromptly: 1. Cease Work:Stop performing Work on the date and as specified in the notice of termination; 2. No further orders or Subcontracts: Place no further orders or subcontracts for materials,equipment,services or facilities,except as may be necessary for completion of such portion of the Work as is notterminated; 3. Cancel orders and Subcontracts:Cancel all orders and subcontracts,upon terms acceptable to Owner,to the extent that they relate to the performance of Work terminated; 4. Assiqn orders and Subcontracts to Owner:Assign to Owner all of the right,title,and interest of Contractor in all orders and subcontracts; 5. Take action to protect the Work: Take such action as may be necessary or as directed by Owner to preserve and protect the Work, Project site,and any other property related to this Project in the possession of Contractor in which Owner has an interest;and 6. Continue performance not terminated:Continue performance only to the extent not terminated C. Terms of adiustment in Contract Sum if Contract terminated: If Owner terminates the Work or any portion thereof for convenience,Contractor shall be entitled to make a request for an equitable adjustment for its reasonable direct costs incurred prior to the effective date of the termination,plus reasonable allowance for overhead and profit on Work performed prior to termination,plus the reasonable administrative costs of the termination,but shall not be entitled to any other costs or damages,whatsoever,provided however,the total sum payable upon termination shall not exceed the Contract Sum reduced by prior payments.Contractor shall be required to make its request in accordance with the provisions of Part7. D. Owner to determine whether to adiust Contract Time: If Owner terminates the Work or any portion thereof for convenience,the Contract Time shall be adjusted as determined by Owner. February 25,2019 00 7200-42 Airport Office Seismic RetrofitlRenovation Project 00 7200 City of Renton GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION Project No.CAG-XX-XXX Page 43 of 46 PART 10- MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 10.1 GOVERNING LAW Applicable law and venue:The Contract Documents and the rights of the parties herein shall be governed by the laws of the State of Washington and the City of Renton.Venue shall be in King county. February 25,2019 00 7200-43 Airport Office Seismic RetrofitlRenovation Project 00 7200 City of Renton GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION Project No.CAG-XX-XXX Page 44 of 46 10.2 SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS Bound to successors;Assiqnment of Contract:Owner and Contractor respectively bind themselves,their partners,successors, assigns,and legal representatives to the other party hereto and to partners,successors,assigns,and legal representatives of such other party in respect to covenants,agreements,and obligations contained in the Contract Documents. Neither party shall assign the Work without written consent of the other,except that Contractor may assign the Work for security purposes,to a bank or lending institution authorized to do business in the City of Renton. If either party attempts to make such an assignment without such consent,that party shall nevertheless remain legally responsible for all obligations set forth in the Contract Documents. 10.3 MEANING OF WORDS Meaninq of words used in Specifications: Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents,words which have well-known technical or construction industry meanings are used in the Contract Documents in accordance with such recognized meanings. Reference to standard specifications,manuals,or codes of any technical society,organization,or association,or to the code of any governmental authority,whether such reference be specific or by implication,shall be to the latest standard specification, manual,or code in effect on the date for submission of bids,except as may be otherwise specifically stated.Wherever in these Drawings and Specifications an article,device,or piece of equipment is referred to in the singular manner,such reference shall apply to as many such articles as are shown on the drawings,or required to complete the installation. 10.4 RIGHTS AND REMEDIES No waiver of riqhts:No action or failure to act by Owner or A/E shall constitute a waiver of a right or duty afforded them under the Contract Documents,nor shall action or failure to act constitute approval or an acquiescence in a breach therein,except as may be specifically agreed inwriting. 10.5 CONTRACTOR REGISTRATION Contractor must be reqistered or licensed: Pursuant to RCW 39.06,Contractor shall be registered or licensed as required by the laws of the City of Renton, including but not limited to RCW 18.27. 10.6 TIME COMPUTATIONS Computinq time:When computing any period of time,the day of the event from which the period of time begins shall not be counted.The last day is counted unless it falls on a weekend or legal holiday, in which event the period runs until the end of the next day that is not a weekend or holiday.When the period of time allowed is less than 7 days, intermediate Saturdays, Sundays,and legal holidays are excluded from the computation. 10.7 RECORDS RETENTION/PUBLIC RECORDS REQUESTS A. Six-vear records retention period:The wage,payroll,and cost records of Contractor,and its Subcontractors,and all records subject to audit in accordance with Section 8.03,shall be retained for a period of not less than 6 years after the date of Final Acceptance. B. Record Keepinq and Reportinq: Contractor shall maintain accounts and records,which properly reflect all direct and indirect costs expended and Services provided in the performance of this Agreement. The Contractor agrees to provide access to and copies of any records related to this Agreement as required by the City to audit expenditures and charges and/or to comply with the Washington State Public Records Act(Chapter 42.56 RCW). C. Public Records Compliance. To the full extent the City determines necessary to comply with the Washington State Public Records Act,Contractor shall make a due diligent search of all records in its possession, including,but not limited to,e- mail,correspondence,notes,saved telephone messages,recordings,photos,or drawings and provide them to the City for production. In the event Contractor believes said records need to be protected from disclosure, it shall,at Contractor's own February 25,2019 00 7200-44 Airport Office Seismic RetrofitlRenovation Project 00 7200 City of Renton GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION Project No.CAG-XX-XXX Page 45 of 46 expense,seek judicial protection.Contractor shall indemnify,defend,and hold harmless the City for all costs, including attorneys'fees,attendant to any claim or litigation related to a Public Records Act request for which Contractor has responsive records and for which Contractor has withheld records or information contained therein,or not provided them to the City in a timely manner.Contractor shall produce for distribution any and all records responsive to the Public Records Act request in a timely manner,unless those records are protected by court order. 10.8 THIRD-PARTYAGREEMENTS No third-partv relationships created:The Contract Documents shall not be construed to create a contractual relationship of any kind between:A/E and Contractor;Owner and any Subcontractor;or any persons other than Owner and Contractor. 10.9 ANTITRUST ASSIGNMENT Contractor assiqns overcharqe amounts to Owner:Owner and Contractor recognize that in actual economic practice, overcharges resulting from antitrust violations are in fact usually borne by the purchaser.Therefore,Contractor hereby assigns to Owner any and all claims for such overcharges as to goods,materials,and equipment purchased in connection with the Work performed in accordance with the Contract Documents,except as to overcharges which result from antitrust violations commencing after the Contract Sum is established and which are not passed on to Owner under a Change Order.Contractor shall put a similar clause in its Subcontracts,and require a similar clause in its sub-Subcontracts,such that all claims for such overcharges on the Work are passed to Owner byContractor. 10.10 HEADINGS AND CAPTIONS Headinqs for convenience onlv:All headings and captions used in these General Conditions are only for convenience of reference,and shall not be used in any way in connection with the meaning,effect, interpretation,construction,or enforcement of the General Conditions,and do not define the limit or describe the scope or intent of any provision of these General Conditions. 10.11 DIVERSE BUSINESS PARTICIPATION The City of Renton encourages participation in all of its contracts by Diverse Businesses as found in RCW Chapters 39,43,and WAC 326.The voluntary Diverse Business goal of 26%,which is an aggregate of: 10%Minority Business Enterprises(MBE),6% Women Business Enterprises(WBE),5%Veteran-owned Business,and 5%Washington Small Businesses self-identified in the Washington Electronic Business Solution (WEBS)http://www.des.wa.qov/services/ContractinqPurchasinq/Business/Paqes/WEBSReqistration.aspx.Contractors are encouraged to meet or exceed the project goals in the advertisement by any level of participation,regardless ofcategory. 10.12 APPRENTICESHIP PARTICIPATION In accordance with RCW 39.04.320,the City of Renton requires 15%apprenticeship participation for projects estimated to cost one million dollars or more.Apprentice participation,under this contract,may be counted towards the required percentage(%) only if the apprentices are from an apprenticeship program registered and approved by the Washington State Apprenticeship and Training Council(RCW 49.04 and WAC 296-05). A. Bidders may contact the Department of Labor and Industries,Specialty Compliance Services Division,Apprenticeship Section, P.O. Box 44530,Olympia,WA 98504-4530 by phone at(360)902-5320,and e-mail at Apprentice(a�Lni.wa.qov,to obtain information on available apprenticeship programs. B. For each project that has apprentice requirements,the contractor shall submit a"Statement of Apprentice and Journeyman Participation" in a format approved by the City with every request for progress payment.The Contractor shall submit consolidated and cumulative data collected by the Contractor and collected from all subcontractors by the Contractor. The data to be collected and submitted includes the following: 1. Contractor name and address February 25,2019 00 7200-45 Airport Office Seismic RetrofitlRenovation Project 00 7200 City of Renton GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION Project No.CAG-XX-XXX Page 46 of 46 2. Contract number 3. Project name END OF DOCUMENT February 25,2019 00 7200-46 • � ,� `�`� PROPOSAL BID BOND TO THE CITY OF RENTON KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS,That we, [Bidder] of [address] as Principal, and [Surety] a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of as a surety corporation,and qualified under the laws of the State of Washington to become surety upon bonds of contractors with municipal corporations, as Surety, are jointly and severally held and firmly bound unto the City of Renton in the full sum of five (5) percent of the total bid amount of the proposal of said Principal for the work hereinafter described,for the payment of which,well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves and our heirs, executors, administrators and assigns, and successors and assigns,jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. The condition of the bond is such, that whereas the Principal herein is herewith submitting his/her or its sealed proposal for the following public works construction project, to wit: ATCT Seismic Retrofit & Remodel said bid and proposal, by reference thereto, being made a part hereof. NOW, THEREFORE, If the said proposal bid by said Principal be accepted, and the contract be awarded to said Principal, and if said Principal shall duly make and enter into and execute said contract and shall furnish contract bond as required by the City of Renton within a period of ten (10) days from and after said award, exclusive of the day of such award, then this obligation shall be null and void, otherwise it shall remain and be in full force and effect. IN THE EVENT, the Principal, following award, fails to execute an Agreement with the City of Renton in accordance with the terms of the Proposal and furnish a contract bond with Surety or Sureties approved by the City of Renton within ten (10) days from and after said award, then Principal shall forfeit the Bid Bond/Bid Proposal Deposit or Surety shall immediately pay and forfeit to the City of Renton the amount of the Proposal Bid Bond, as set forth in RCW 35A.40.200 and RCW 35.23.352. This Proposal Bid Bond shall be governed and construed by the laws of the State of Washington, and venue shall be in King County, Washington. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, the Principal and Surety have caused these presents to be signed and sealed this day of , 20 ATCT Seismic Retrofit&Remodel Proposal Bid Bond to the City of Renton 2019 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 PRINCIPAL SURETY [Principal] [Surety] [Signature of Authorized Official] [Signature of Authorized Official] [Printed Name] [Printed Name] [Title] [Title] [Date] [Date] Name and address of local office of Agent and/or Surety Company: Telephone: Surety WAOIC# Surety NAIC# ATCT Seismic Retrofit&Remodel Proposal Bid Bond to the City of Renton 2019 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 • � ,�. `�`� CONTRACT BOND TO THE CITY OF RENTON Bond No. KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS,That we, [Contractor] of [address] as Principal, and [Surety] a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of as a surety corporation,and qualified under the laws of the State of Washington to become surety upon bonds of contractors with municipal corporations, as Surety, are jointly and severally held and firmly bound to the City of Renton (City) in the penal sum of$ Total Contract Amount,for the payment ofwhich sum on demand we bind ourselves and our heirs,executors,administrators and assigns, successors and assigns, or person representatives, as the case may be. This obligation is entered into pursuant to the statutes of the State of Washington,the Ordinance of the City of Renton. Dated at ,Washington,this day of , 20 Nevertheless, the conditions of the above obligation are such that: WHEREAS, under and pursuant to Contract No. CAG-19-051 providing for construction of the ATCT Seismic Retrofit & Remodel; the Principal has accepted, or is about to accept, the Contract, and undertake to perform the Work therein provided for in the manner and within the time set forth. NOW, THEREFORE, by executing this Contract Bond, a combined Performance and Payment Bond, Surety indemnifies and holds the City, its officers, agents and assigns harmless from all claims, liabilities, causes of action, damages and costs, including property damages and personal injuries, resulting from any defect appearing or developing in the material provided or workmanship performed under the Contract AND for such payments for labor, equipment, and materials by satisfying all claims and demands incurred under the Contract, and reimbursing and paying City all expenses that City may incur in making good any default by Principal. FUTHERMORE, this Contract Bond shall be satisfied and released only upon the condition that Principal: • Faithfully performs all provisions of the Contract and changes authorized by City in the manner and within the time specified as may be extended under the Contract; • Pays all persons in accordance with RCW 39.08, 39.12 and 60.28 including all workers, laborers, mechanics, subcontractors, lower tier subcontractors, material persons, and all other persons or agents who supply labor, equipment, or materials to the Project; • Pays all taxes incurred on said contract under title 50 and 51 Revised Code of Washington (RCW) and all taxes imposed on the Principle under Title 82 RCW; • Receives a written discharge from City, signed by the Mayor or by a duly authorized representative of City. ATCT Seismic Retrofit&Remodel Contract Bond to the City of Renton 2019 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 No change, extension of time, alteration, or addition to the terms of the Contract or to the Work to be performed under the Contract shall in any way affect Surety's obligation on the Contract Bond. Surety hereby waives notice of any change, extension of time, alteration, or addition to the terms of the Contract or the Work, with the exception that Surety shall be notified if the Contract time is extended by more than twenty percent (20%). If any modification or change increases the total amount to be paid under the Contract, Surety's obligation under this Contract Bond shall automatically increase in a like amount. Any such increase shall not exceed twenty-five percent (25%) of the original amount of the Contract Bond without the prior written consent of Surety. This Contract Bond shall be governed and construed by the laws of the State of Washington, and venue shall be in King County, Washington. This Contract Bond shall be executed in two (2) original counterparts, and shall be signed by the parties' duly authorized officers. This Contract Bond will only be accepted if is accompanied by a fully executed and original power of attorney for the office executing on behalf of the Surety. PRINCIPAL SURETY [Principal] [Surety] [Signature of Authorized Official] [Signature of Authorized Official] [Printed Name] [Printed Name] [Title] [Title] [Date] [Date] Name and address of local office of Agent and/or Surety Company: Telephone: ATCT Seismic Retrofit&Remodel Contract Bond to the City of Renton 2019 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 eiT�r o� e� on �� AGREEMENT CONTRACT NO. CAG-19-051 THIS AGREEMENT, made and entered into this [Enter Date] day of [Enter Month], [Enter Year] by and between the CITY OF RENTON, Washington, a municipal corporation of the State of Washington, hereinafter referred to as "City" and [Enter Contractor name], hereinafter referred to as "Contractor." Now, therefore the parties agree as follows: 1. Agreement. This agreement incorporates the following documents as if fully set forth herein: the City's Contract Bid Documents for the Project, including but not limited to Bid package, Instructions to Bidder, General Conditions Addenda, Proposal Form, Supplemental Conditions, Special Provisions, Contract Plans, and Amendments to the Standard Specifications; Contractor's Proposal and all documents submitted therewith in response to the City's Call for Bids Documents; and any additional documents referenced as comprising the Contract and Contract Documents as revised by the Amendments and Special Provisions included with the City's Call for Bids and Contract Documents. 2. Project. Contractor shall complete all work and furnish all labor, tools, materials, and equipment for the project entitled [Enter Project name], [Enter Project number], including all changes to the Work and force account work, in accordance with the Contract Documents. 3. Payments. City shall pay Contractor at the unit and lump sum prices, and by force account as specified in the Proposal according to the Contract Documents as to time, manner, and condition of payment in a contract amount not to exceed $ , unless modified by an approved change order or addendum. The payments to Contractor include the costs for all labor,tools, materials and equipment for the Work. 4. Completion Date. Contract time shall commence upon City's Notice to Proceed to Contractor. The Work under this Agreement shall be completed within the time specified in the Contract Bid Documents. If the Physical Work under this Agreement is not completed within the time specified, Contractor shall pay liquidated damages and all engineering inspection and supervision costs to City as specified in the Contract Bid Documents. 5. Independent Contractor: Contractor's employees, while engaged in the performance of any of Contractor's services under this Agreement, shall be considered employees of the Contractor and not employees, agents, representatives of Renton and as a result, shall not be entitled to any coverage or benefits from the City of Renton. Contractor's relation to Renton shall be at all times as an independent contractor. Any and all Workman's Compensation Act claims on behalf of Contractor employees, and any and all claims made by a third-party as a consequence of any negligent act or omission on the part of Contractor's employees, while engaged in services provided to be rendered under this Agreement, shall be the solely Contractor's obligation and responsibility. 6. Jurisdiction and Venue. Any lawsuit or legal action brought by any party to enforce or interpret this Agreement or any of its terms or covenants shall be brought in the King County Superior Court for the State of Washington at the Maleng Regional Justice Center in Kent, King County, Washington, or its replacement or successor. 7. Severability. A court of competent jurisdiction's determination that any provision or part of this Agreement is illegal or unenforceable shall not cancel or invalidate the remainder of this Agreement, which shall remain in full force and effect. 8. Attorney's Fees. In the event litigation is commenced to enforce this Agreement, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover its costs, including reasonable attorney's and expert witness fees. 9. Disclaimer. No liability of Contractor shall attach to City by reason of entering into this Agreement, except as expressly provided in this Agreement. 10. Counterparts. This Agreement is executed in two (2) identical counterparts, by the parties, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed an original. ATCT Seismic Retrofit&Remodel CAG-19-051 '� � February 25,2019 !s • IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the City has caused these presents to be signed by its Mayor and attested by its City Clerk and the Contractor has hereunto set his hand and seal the day and year first above-written. CONTRACTOR: CITY OF RENTON: President/Partner/Owner Denis Law, Mayor ATTEST Secretary Jason Seth, City Clerk FIRM INFORMATION d/b/a [Enter Firm name] CHECK ONE: ❑ Limited Liability Company ❑ Partnership ❑ Corporation STATE OF INCORPORATION: [Enter state of incorporation] CONTRACTOR CONTACT INFORMATION: CITY CONTACT INFORMATION: [Address Line 1] City of Renton [Address Line 2] 1055 South Grady Way [City, State and Zip] Renton, WA 98057 [Enter Phone Number] [Enter Phone Number] [Enter Fax Number or Email Address] [Enter Fax Number or Email Address] Attention: If business is a CORPORATION, the name of the corporation should be listed in full and both the President and Secretary must sign the contract. OR, if one signature is permitted by corporation by-laws, a copy of the by-laws shall be furnished to the City and made a part of the contract document. If the business is a PARTNERSHIP, the full name of each partner should be listed followed by d/b/a (doing business as) and firm or trade name. Any one partner may sign the contract. If the business is a Limited Liability Company,an authorized managing member or manager must sign followed by his/her title. ATCT Seismic Retrofit&Remodel CAG-19-051 '� � February 25,2019 !s • ciTv aF �� This form must be submitted with the Bid Proposal or as a Supplement to the Bid no later than 24 hours after the time for delivery of the Bid Proposal. Certification of Compliance with Wage Payment Statutes The bidder hereby certifies that, within the three-year period immediately preceding the bid solicitation date, the bidder is not a "willful" violator, as defined in RCW 49.48.082, of any provision of chapters 49.46, 49.48, or 49.52 RCW, as determined by a final and binding citation and notice of assessment issued by the Department of Labor and Industries or through a civil judgment entered by a court of limited or general jurisdiction. I certify under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of Washington that the foregoing is true and correct. Bidder's Business Name Signature of Authorized Official* Printed Name Title Date City State Check One: Sole Proprietorship ❑ Partnership ❑ Joint Venture ❑ Corporation ❑ State of Incorporation, or if not a corporation, State where business entity was formed: If a co-partnership, give firm name under which business is transacted: *If a corporation, proposal must be executed in the corporate name by the president or vice-president (or any other corporate officer accompanied by evidence of authority to signJ. If a co-partnership, proposal must be executed by a partner. NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT Being duly sworn, deposes and says, that he is the identical person who submitted the forgoing proposal or bid, and that such bid is genuine and not sham or collusive or made in the interest or on behalf of any person not therein named, and further, that the deponent has not directly induced or solicited any other Bidder on the foregoing work or equipment to put in a sham bid, or any other person or corporation to refrain from bidding, and that deponent has not in any manner sought by collusion to secure to himself or to any other person any advantage over the other Bidder or Bidders. AND CERTIFICATION RE:ASSIGNMENT OF ANTI-TRUST CLAIMS TO PURCHASER Vendor and purchaser recognize that in actual economic practice overcharges resulting from anti-trust violations are in fact usually borne by the purchaser. Therefore, vendor hereby assigns to purchaser any and all claims for such overcharges as to goods and materials purchased in connection with this order or contract, except as to overcharges resulting from anti-trust violations commencing after the date of the bid, quotation, or other event establishing the price under this order or contract. In addition, vendor warrants and represents that such of his suppliers and subcontractors shall assign any and all such claims to purchaser, subject to the aforementioned exception. AND MINIMUM WAGE AFFIDAVIT FORM I, the undersigned, having been duly sworn, deposed, say and certify that in connection with the performance of the work of this project, I will pay each classification of laborer,workman, or mechanic employed in the performance of such work; not less than the prevailing rate of wage or not less than the minimum rate of wages as specified in the principal contract: that I have read the above and foregoing statement and certificate, know the contents thereof and the substance as set forth therein is true to my knowledge and belief. FOR: NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT,ASSIGNMENT OF ANTI-TRUST CLAIMS TO PURCHASER AND MINIMUM WAGE AFFIDAVIT Name of Project Name of Bidder's Firm Signature of Authorized Representative of Bidder Subscribed and sworn to before me on this day of , 20 ATCT Seismic Retrofit&Remodel Local Agency Non-Collusion Declaration �z�v��rrrc�r� sU�roF��rc�r��rESAcr�ar.rcx �lACJP7`F.L]BY RESf)FLUTIUNNC7. 3�7 T6e pvlicy oF ti� City af RenWn �s to gromat� ausd a$ord equal � and servicE#cs a!1 eitizeos anci to a�sure employrr�eut opportu�aty+ ta persoas wit� disabilifies, w� tl� C�ty o£ Reuto�► ean rr.�sona�iy accomm�ada#e the disabiIity. T�is palicy �tali be basod cxi t1�a princig�les of eq�al em�Icayment a�port�znitY, the Americans With �}isabiiities Acc aad other applic�te gt�ideimes as stet forG1�i�federa�staLe and kjcaF laws. All dcpartir�esxts c�fthe City af Reutou styall adheze to th�folFowing�r.idelines: (1} EMPL�Y„�v�Ni'_PRt�1�CE5 - k11 acti�ties rela#sag us ert�la�tt su�r as r�ent,se€ectiou,promca�n,termi�abion and tra�ing sh�a�1,6e eondu#�d i�a�nn- disc��ry m�tmer. �e=°sauuel dccisaons w�II be based ou i.�dividuai pe�fQmtar�ce, �""""*t5��]II arr�°t.rpw W�'1�IC.I�3�3C'ds8�1�1 1}1,+�I�I�'!CS a�aC.�� OC�IE7 c1�l��fiC.�I?�$�WS�II�LE�LI�IE�Ft5. [z} coor��►r��rr w� x�r� ��{xr� a��xtzATT,r�r�s - � c�y �€ �toa wild coo�seraie f�liy wit� a� organ�•raiians aix# c,o�unis�z4ns org�ani�ed tn pmmate fair practicxs an�, exl� +�PFo�h' � P�rsons witt� d'rsa8iii�es in empioyme�and re�eipi uf City s�rvic�.c,actP,vicies and pro�zams. (3) AME�CANS WCI'�3 DFSAI�ILTI'IL�3 ACT,PDLI�,Y_Tf:�City of Reatou America�ts With Uisabilitirs Act Pakic�y will be maintai�ned w €aciIitatic equitable reg�tian within thz City work force and W assurc et{w�t etnployment oppari�uity a�d equa� access ita City ser►�saes,acti�ities and progra�s�s to a11 p�opte vrith disabitities. Tt shall bc t€te respori,sibility�i the duty af a�! City n�['a�is actd empioy�ees to carry aut the poiicies aatd giude�es as set fostb in this palicy (4) Cf?Ni'R.AC"i"f3RS' �BLIGATI„4�N - �Cos�tractors, subcontractors, c�nsWtan#s and siuppiiers cand�t�g beissuiess wit��e City of R�ntu�.s�att ahide hy thc ra�ires�ents nf th�Americans Wirh Dis��Iities Act�d prnmatc acccss to scrvices, activ�ies �nd pragratns for pet�le wirh disa�rilities. Capies 4£this poGcy s�a1P be ciistributed to al�CitS'emPt�,siaall ap}�ear in al1 aperational docuat�entatian af the City, igciudiug bid cails,as�d shalI be pr�mi�entlY'�P�Y��Pmpriatc City fscilities. Cf3NCUliRED IN by the Cr'ty Council of the C'fty af,�tent�n, Washingrnrt, rhis 4th. day of [7c�o e 1993. C REM�'QN REAITQN CiTY Cfl{�NCJL: , MaSrar` ouncit Pzesidedt Aitr�t: . � City Cterlc ATCT Seismic Retrofit&Remodel Summary of American Disabilities Act Policy 2019 e��r�o� ��v�ar� SIJNiMARY DF FAlR PRAC�ICES PQLICY ADOPTE[?BY RE50�UTI01+! iVO. �+Q87 !# 'ss the pvGcy o€the�ity vf Rentorr to pramote and pro�9c�e eqGal treatment and service tv all c��aens and tv ensure equai employment oppartunity to aCl persvns without regard to their race; religion/�reed; naYional arigin;ancestry;sex; age o�er 4U;sexual orientativn or gertder identity; pregnancy; HIV�AIaS and Hepatitis C status; use vf a guide dog{ser�ice ar�irraal; rr�arital status; parental,lfamily staius; military status; or veteran's status, or the presen�e vf a physical, sensory, vr rr�ental disability, when the City af Renton can reasanably aceorrimcsdate the disability, af emplcryees anti applicants fflr employmenY antl fair, nan-discriminatory treaEment to all citiaens. AIE de�artments of the City af Renton shall adhere to the folit�wing guidelines: �1} EMPLQYPVBEhIT !'RACTICES�l'he City vf Renton wil9 ensure all emplaym�nt related acti�ities ineluded recruitmer+t, seleCtivn, prornation, demotion, tra+ning, retention and separation are co�ducted in a manner which is based vn job-related criteria whi�h does not discriminate against women, minarities and other protect�d tlasses. Human resources decisians wilk be in accordance with i�dividual per#armance, staffin� requirements, go�erning ci�il ser�i�e rrales, an�i labor cdntract agreements. {2) C�t7PEi�ATI�N Wt�'H HUh1�Af14 RIGI-��S C?RGANIZATIONS - The City df Rentan wilk cooperate fully with all organizations and cammissions orgarsized tv promote fair practiees and ec#ual apps�r'tunity in employment. {3J C�EUTRACTC7R5' (�BLlGATi0iV5 - Gantractr�rs, sub-contractcxs, cpnsuitants and 5up�aiuers tonducting business with the City of Rentan shall affirm and su�scril�e to the Fair Practices and Non-dis�rimination pvlicies set forth by the law and by City palicy. CapiEs af this pc�licy sha4� be distributed to �31 City �mployees, shall a�pear in al� operational cfocumenCativn of the City, including bid caits, and shall be prominen�ly cfisplayed in apprapriate ti�y facilities. C�DNCURRED IN k�y the City Council af#he City of Rer�ton, Washingtan, this�th day af March ,zpl l . � CfTV RENTCIN RE��Q3�t CITY CaUNC�L - r � � Denis Law, Mayor ur�cii Pr sider�t Attest: . ��j 1i ..�'' ..:.... �[�F. �:� I'.�,/��s'J�`^�-'' '��`` � C3�r. Bonnoie I. Walton, City Cl�rk ` �� ;_ _�, =�j- ��z '� ,��; =�� ;,,. f��f...''�'�Pl;�fdS,7rEG��>>U��ti ATCT Seismic Retrofit&Remodel Summary of Fair Practices Policy 2019 • � ,�. `�`� FAIR PRACTICES AND NON-DISCRIMINATION POLICY DECLARATION I, by signing the Agreement, hereby declare, under penalty of perjury under the laws of the United States that the following statements are true and correct: 1. That the undersigned person(s),firm, association or corporation affirms and subscribes to the Fair Practices and Non-discrimination policies set forth by the law and by City of Renton policy, adopted by Resolution No. 4085. 2. That by signing the signature page of this Agreement, I am deemed to have signed and to have agreed to the provisions of this declaration. ATCT Seismic Retrofit&Remodel Fair Practices and Non-Discrimination Declaration 2019 • � ,�. `�`� PROPOSAL 2019 ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel TO THE CITY OF RENTON RENTON, WASHINGTON Ladies and/or Gentlemen: The undersigned (Bidder) hereby certify that the Bidder has examined the location and construction details of the proposed work, has read and thoroughly understands the Contract Documents governing the work, and the nature of the work, and the method by which payment will be made for said work. Bidder hereby proposes to undertake and complete the work detailed in and in accordance with these Contract Documents, for the Total Bid Amount shown on the attached Schedule of Prices. The Bidder understands that the quantities mentioned herein are approximate only and are subject to increase or decrease, and hereby proposes to perform all quantities of work as either increased or decreased in accordance with the Contract Documents. As evidence of good faith, pursuant to RCW 35.23.352(1), an original Bid Proposal Deposit in the form of (check one) ❑ bid bond, or ❑ cashier's check (made payable to the City of Renton), or ❑ postal money order(made payable to the City of Renton), in an amount equal to five percent (5%) of the Total Bid Amount, is attached hereto. If a bid bond is signed by an attorney-in-fact, Bidder agrees that the power of attorney authorizing such execution must be current and enforceable, be properly executed by the Surety in accordance with the Surety's by-laws or other applicable rules and resolutions, and include all necessary corporate seals, signatures, and notaries. Bidder understands that Contract Award or Bid rejection will occur within 45 calendar days after the opening of bids, as specified in Section 1-03.2 of the Standard Specifications. Bidder further understands that should Bidder fail to enter into this contract in accordance with his or her Bid and furnish a contract bond within a period of ten (10)days from the date at which he or she is notified that he or she is the successful bidder, the Bid Proposal Deposit shall be forfeited to the City of Renton, as set forth in RCW 35A.40.200 and RCW 35.23.352 Bidder hereby agrees to complete the Physical Work in all respects within 180 workin� days. Contract time shall begin on the first working day following the Notice to Proceed date. ATCT Seismic Retrofit&Remodel Proposal 2019 DIVISION 01 General Requirements , �, � � ATCT Seismic Retrofit&Remodel 01 1000 City of Renton SUMMARY OF WORK Project No.CAG-19-051 Page 1 of 3 SECTION 01 1000 - SUMMARY OF WORK PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. This Section includes the following: 1. Work covered by the Contract Documents. 2. Type of contract. 3. Permits,fees and bonds. 4. Work sequence 5. Owner's occupancy requirements. 6. Contractor use of site and premises. 7. Work restrictions. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 1 Section"Temporary Facilities and Controls"for limitations and procedures governing temporary use of Owner's facilities. 1.02 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections apply to this Section. 1.03 PROJECT A. Project Name: Airport Office Seismic RetrofitlRenovation Project 1. Owner's Name: City of Renton 2. Architect's Name: KPG 3. Project Location:616 West Perimeter Road, Renton,WA 98057 4. The Project consists of the following: a. Demolition of selected architectural features,electrical systems and plumbing systems. b. Clearing and grubbing to accommodate permanent improvements. c. Temporary erosions and sedimentation control(TESC). d. Construction of pile-supported foundations for the external seismic bracing frames. e. Installation of the steel collector rings on the existing tower structure. f. Fabrication,erection and connection of four external steel-truss seismic bracing trusses. g. Replacement of existing building envelop components including exterior walls,roofs,windows and doors. h. Renovation of the first floor administrative offices. i. Alterations to the second floor stairwell and electrical equipment room. j. Relocation of City and Renton IT Servers. k. And all other work as defined in the Contract Documents. 5. Special considerations include requirements for the contractor to ensure uninterrupted air traffic control services during the construction period;certain limitations on working hours;requirements for access to the Airport Operations Area and other limitations and requirements for conducting the work in the airport environment. 1.04 CONTRACT DESCRIPTION A. Contract Type: Single General Construction Contract based on a single lump-sum price as described in Division 00. B. WORK BY OWNER 1. Items noted NIC(Not in Contract)will be supplied and installed by Owner before Substantial Completion. Not all items are listed below but some items include: a. Furnishings b. Specialty signage and plaque. February 25,2019 01 1000-1 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 ATCT Seismic Retrofit&Remodel 01 1000 City of Renton SUMMARY OF WORK Project No.CAG-19-051 Page 2 of 3 1.05 PERMITS, FEES AND BONDS A. The Owner will obtain and pay for the Land Use Permit, General Building Permit, Civil Construction Permit and Signage permit. B. All other permits and fees will be obtained and paid for by the Contractor. 1.06 WORK SEQUENCE A. The work will be a single project B. The Contractor shall schedule and supervise the work to accomplish completion within the contract time. C. The Contractor shall schedule any work that impairs Owner's facility operations to after hours or weekends and only as approved by Owner. D. The Contractor shall schedule work in the shared area, including:rough grading,TESC,soil removal and replacement and testing for drainage,temporary site wall construction and project site fencing to commence at the beginning of the work schedule and complete without interruption. Once the work in the shared area is complete,the contractor shall install temporary fencing to protect the area. This area shall be made available to the Owner after early acceptance by the Architect. 1.07 OWNER OCCUPANCY A. Cooperate with Owner to minimize conflict and to facilitate Owner's operations and adjacent construction project. Maintain access to existing walkways,corridors, and other adjacent facilities. Do not close or obstruct roads,sidewalks,or driveways without written permission from Owner and authorities having jurisdiction. C Adjacent work by others:The Owner may be executing other construction work on the site simultaneous to the work of this contract. 1.08 CONTRACTOR USE OF SITE AND PREMISES A. Construction Operations: Limited to areas noted on Drawings. B. Arrange use of site and premises to allow: 1. Work by Others. 2. Work by Owner. C. Provide access to and from site as required by law. 1. Do not obstruct roadways,sidewalks,or other public ways without permit. D. SPECIFICATION SECTIONS APPLICABLE TO ALL CONTRACTS 1. Unless otherwise noted, all provisions of the sections listed below apply to all contracts. Specific items of work listed under individual contract descriptions constitute exceptions. 2. Section 01 3000-Administrative Requirements. 3. Section 01 3216-Construction Progress Schedule. 4. Section 01 4000-Quality Requirements. 5. Section 01 5000-Temporary Facilities and Controls. 6. Section 01 6000-Product Requirements. 7. Section 01 7000-Execution and Closeout Requirements. 8. Section 01 7800-Closeout Submittals. F. WORK RESTRICTIONS 1. Hours of Operation: Per City of Renton Municipal Code 4-4-030 C.: Commercial, multi-family, new single family and other nonresidential construction activities shall be restricted to the hours between seven o'clock(7:00)a.m. and eight o'clock(8:00) p.m., Monday through Friday. Haul hours shall be restricted to the hours between eight-thirty(8:30)a.m. and three-thirty(3:30) p.m., Monday through Friday unless otherwise approved in advance by the Development Services Division. 2. Existing Utility Interruptions: Do not interrupt utilities serving facilities occupied by Owner or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after arranging to provide temporary utility services according to requirements indicated. a. Provide Owner not less than 72 hours'notice in advance of proposed utility interruptions. b. Do not proceed with utility interruptions without Owner's written permission. 3. Other Restriction per Section 01 1400 February 25,2019 01 1000-2 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 ATCT Seismic Retrofit&Remodel 01 1000 City of Renton SUMMARY OF WORK Project No.CAG-19-051 Page 3 of 3 PART 2 PRODUCTS-NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION-NOT USED END OF SECTION February 25,2019 01 1000-3 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 ATCT Seismic Retrofit&Remodel 01 1130 City of Renton HAZARDOUS MATERIALS Project No.CAG-19-051 Page 1 of 1 SECTION 01 1130 - HAZARDOUS MATERIALS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for hazardous materials. 1.02 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.03 NOT USED 1.04 CONTRACTOR NOTIFICATION A. Pursuant to WAC 296.62.054 to 296.62.05425, provide the Owner with a complete list of all hazardous chemicals and other materials intended to be used during execution of the project, including storage locations. 1.05 ASBESTOS CONTAINING MATERIAL AND LEAD PAINT A. The Contractor shall bring to the attention of the Architect any material suspected of being hazardous which is encountered during execution of the Work. The Owner will arrange for tests to determine if the material is hazardous. If the material is found to be hazardous the Owner will initiate the construction modification procedure for its abatement by the Contractor. B. Compliance with Regulations:All work shall comply with the applicable laws,regulations and requirements. The disposal of any hazardous materials encountered shall also comply with the requirements of applicable state and municipal safety and health requirements. Where there is a conflict between applicable regulations,the most stringent shall apply. PART 2-PRODUCTS(NOT USED) PART 3-EXECUTION(NOT USED) END OF SECTION February 25,2019 01 1130-1 Issuedfor Bid—2/26/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 ATCT Seismic Retrofit&Remodel 01 1131 City of Renton HEALTH AND SAFETY Project No.CAG-19-051 Page 1 of 7 SECTION 01 1131 - HEALTH AND SAFETY PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section specifies procedures for complying with applicable laws and regulations related to worker safety and health. Adhere to applicable federal,state and local safety and health standards. B. It is not the intent of the Owner to develop, manage, direct, and administer the safety and health programs of contractors or in any way assume the responsibility for the safety and health of their employees. C. It is not the intent of the Owner to list and identify applicable safety codes,standards, and regulations requiring compliance by contractor and subcontractor groups. Contractor shall be solely responsible for identifying and determining all safety codes,standards, and regulations that are applicable to the work. D. This Section addresses the Accident Prevention Program (APP)required in Chapter 296-800 WAC. E. This Section describes the requirements for submittal of the Contractor's Site Specific Health and Safety Plan (HASP). A HASP is a supplement to a Contractor's APP, however, it need not duplicate material in the APP. The HASP identifies all real and potential hazards during each phase of execution of the Work and provides a specific plan to deal with each hazard. Essentially, a HASP is a Job Hazard Analysis(JHA)of the entire project. A JHA is sometimes referred to as Job Safety Analysis(JSA)or Activity Hazard Analysis(AHA). The HASP shall clearly define responsibilities for Contractor and subcontractor employees per Chapter 296-155 WAC and WRD 27.00. 1.02 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.03 QUALITYASSURANCE A. Referenced Standards: This Section incorporates by reference the latest revision of the following documents. These references are a part of this Section as specified and modified. In case of conflict between the requirements of this Section and those of the listed documents,the requirements of this Section shall prevail. Reference Title 29 CFR 1910.146 Permit Required Confined Spaces 29 CFR 1910.147 Control of Hazardous Energy (lockout/tagout) 29 CFR 1926 Safety and Health Regularions for Construction(OSHA) Chapter 49.17 RCW Washington Industrial Safety and Health Act(WISHA) Chapter 296-24 WAC DOSH/WISHA General Safety and Health Standards Chapter 296-37 WAC DOSH/WISHA Safety Standards for Commercial Diving Chapter 296-65 WAC DOSH/WISHA Asbestos Removal&Encapsularion Chapter 296-67 WAC DOSH/WISHA Process Safety Management Standards Chapter 296-155 WAC DOSH/WISHA Construction Safety Chapter 296-800 WAC DOSH/WISHA Safety and Health Care Rules Chapter 296-803 WAC DOSH/WISHA Lockout Tagout(Hazardous Energy Control) Chapter 296-809 WAC DOSH/WISHA Permit Required Confined Spaces Chapter 296-823 WAC DOSH/WISHA Bloodborne Pathogens WRD 27.00 DOSH/WISHA Regional Directive NFPA 70E Standards for Electrical Safety in the Workplace NFPA 820 Fire Protecrion in Wastewater Treatment and Collection Faciliries RCW 39.04.180 Trench Safety Systems, Safety Systems Required B. Qualifications: 1. Site Health and Safety Officer: a. Possess a minimum of five years progressive safety experience on projects similar in nature to the work to be done on this Contract. February 25,2019 01 1131 -1 Issued for Bid— 2126/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 ATCT Seismic Retrofit&Remodel 01 1131 City of Renton HEALTH AND SAFETY Project No.CAG-19-051 Page 2 of 7 b. Be knowledgeable concerning all Federal and State regulations applicable to safety. c. Completed the OSHA 40-hour Safety and Health Course(OSHA 500). d. Possess competent person certification in construction safety disciplines related to the work to be performed and be able to identify competent persons required by State and Federal safety standards for which they are not certified. e. Training and current certification for CPR and First Aid. f. Possess training and be capable of performing accident investigations and developing a concise report. g. Possess training in the development and presentation of safety training meetings. 2. Shift Safety Officers: a. Possess a minimum of three years progressive safety experience on projects similar in nature to the work to be done on this Contract. b. Be knowledgeable concerning all Federal and State regulations applicable to safety. c. Completed the OSHA 10-hour Safety and Health Course. d. Possess competent person certification in construction safety disciplines related to the work to be performed and be able to identify competent persons required by State and Federal safety standards for which they are not certified. e. Trained in and possess current certification for CPR and First Aid. 3. Although not required,the following qualifications may be considered as contributing to the relevant experience required. a. Certified Safety Professional(CSP)certification from the American Society of Safety Engineers. b. Degree from an institution of higher learning in Occupational Safety and Health. c. ASSE Certified Safety Technician (CST). d. Qualification as an instructor in CPR/First Aid or the OSHA 30 hour program. C. Work shall meet the requirements of: 1. 29 CFR 1926. 2. Chapter 49.17 RCW 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Procedures: Section 01 30 00. B. Qualifications. C. Company Accident Prevention Plan(APP): 1. Update to reflect responses to Section 00 40 00 review comments in the bid evaluation. 2. Submit within five days of the effective date of the NTP. 3. Submit revisions during the execution of the work. D. Site Specific Health and Safety Plan (HASP): 1. Submit specific to the scope of work prior to starting the related work. 2. Revised HASP that addresses changes in the Work. E. Safety Plan Compliance Document: 1. Submit within five days of the effective date of the NTP. 2. Submit revisions during the execution of the work. F. Accident/Incident Report(s): provide within 24 hours. February 25,2019 01 1131 -2 Issued for Bid— 2126/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 ATCT Seismic Retrofit&Remodel 01 1131 City of Renton HEALTH AND SAFETY Project No.CAG-19-051 Page 3 of 7 G. Minutes and list of attendees of the pre-job safety meeting: provide within three days of the meeting. H. Minutes and list of attendees of weekly safety tailgate meeting: provide within three days of the meeting. I. Monthly Contractor Injury Summary Report: provide each month on Form 01063-A within ten days of the end of each month. J. Weekly summary of the daily site safety walk-through K. Notice and listing of flammable liquids and liquefied petroleum gases when they are planned to be used on the Site. 1.05 SITE SPECIFIC HEALTH AND SAFETY PLAN(HASP) A.A comprehensive HASP covers all aspects of the Contractor's work activities related specifically and distinctly to the Work and site conditions. The HASP shall be based on a site specific hazard analysis and shall explain how the APP elements and site specific safety procedures shall be applied to the identified hazards in the work. B. At a minimum, provide the HASP detailing the safe work procedures and the safety preventive measures to be taken to provide an appropriate work environment for its employees, as well as Owner staff on site. C. The HASP shall be descriptive in nature,to provide the appropriate level of understanding for the potential hazards associated with the work to be performed at all stages and phases. D. The HASP shall provide an appropriate work environment for all persons on Site including Contractor and subcontractor employees, Owner staff, and authorized individuals. E. The HASP shall address all necessary personal protective equipment(PPE), atmospheric/air monitoring,safety equipment and tools, safety planning and coordination necessary to perform work safely. F. During the work, update as an addendum to the HASP,changes in conditions or scope of work before continuing work. G. Before beginning the work addressed in the HASP, meet the requirements of Section 01 30 00 that indicate a marking of a"1"or a"2". H. HASP organization: 1. Organized and bound to readily accept revisions and additions. 2. Outline form. 3. Table of contents. 4. Numbered pages. I. Contractor and subcontractors are encouraged to use the consulting services of the State of Washington's Department of Labor and Industries(WISHA). The Seattle Field Office is located at: 315 5th Avenue South, Suite 200 Seattle,WA 98104-2607 (206)515-2800 http://www.lni.wa.gov/wisha/ Call or write for assistance with the requirements of this Section. 1.06 HASP CONTENT A. The following describes certain minimum precautions for consideration in developing a HASP. Include in the HASP all of the items which may apply to the work. There may be other items not indicated below which shall be addressed in the HASP. The items indicated below do not cover every possible situation or hazard. Items that are not needed shall be noted in the HASP as not applicable(N/A). B. Hazard Communication(Chapter 296-800 WAC): 1. Contaminant gases that may be encountered include, but are not limited to: hydrogen sulfide, methane,carbon monoxide, and carbon dioxide. February 25,2019 01 1131 -3 Issued for Bid— 2126/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 ATCT Seismic Retrofit&Remodel 01 1131 City of Renton HEALTH AND SAFETY Project No.CAG-19-051 Page 4 of 7 2. Provide a written Hazard Communication Program and emergency management plan addressing these and other potential hazardous substances that may exist and be brought on site during the work. 3. For work requiring use of hazardous materials and chemicals, provide a list and corresponding Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS)/Safety Data Sheets(SDS)for hazardous chemicals to be used on site. If no hazardous chemicals are to be used, provide statement to that effect. C. Confined Space(Chapter 296-809 WAC): 1. The nature of the work may expose workers to permit required confined spaces having possible explosive,toxic, and oxygen deficient atmospheric conditions. 2. Provide a written Permit Required Confined Space Safety Program that meets the requirements of 29 CFR 1910.146 and Chapter 296-809 WAC. D. Lockout Tagout(Hazardous Energy Control)(Chapter 296-803 WAC). 1. The nature of the work may expose workers to hazardous energy sources that include, but are not limited to,electrical, mechanical, pneumatic, hydraulic,thermal, and computerized systems. 2. Provide a written plan outlining safe work practices addressing hazardous energy control procedures that meet the requirements of 29 CFR 1910.147 and Chapter 296-803 WAC. E. Fall Prevention and Protection (Chapter 296-24 WAC Part J-1 and Chapter 296-155 WAC Part C-1): 1. The nature of the work may expose workers to fall hazards. 2. Provide a written Fall Prevention and Protection plan outlining safe work practices addressing fall hazards that meet the requirements of Chapter 296-24 WAC Part J-1 and Chapter 296-155 WAC Part C-1. F. Personal Protective Equipment(PPE)(Chapter 296-800 WAC): 1. The nature of the work may expose workers to miscellaneous injury hazards that include, but are not limited to: head, hands, feet, body,eyes, and ears. 2. Provide a written PPE plan outlining safe work practices addressing the use of PPE and clothing that meet the requirements of Chapter 296-800 WAC. G. Fire Protection-Hot Work and Hot Work Permits(HWP): 1. A HWP shall be utilized in all WTD facilities and on construction sites where the potential for the ignition of explosive gases, liquids and flammable/combustible materials, and oxygen enriched atmospheres may potentially exist. 2. Identify any type of work that produces a possible source of ignition in the presence of a fuel and oxygen (Fire Triangle) including, but not limited to: sparks,static electricity,welding,torch cutting,flame heating, brazing, grinding,sanding, and drilling. These activities are considered extremely dangerous in areas where the potential for a Lower Explosive Limit(LEL)above 10%or oxygen-enriched atmosphere above 23%could be encountered. 3. A HWP is required for areas that are classified per the WAC or NFPA 820, as applicable. 4. Permit-Required Confined Spaces. 5. Process Safety Management(PSM)system areas. 6. Class 1 Division 1/Division 2 hazardous locations. 7. All other areas where the hot work would be in close proximity to combustibles or flammables. 8. All sites under contractor control. 9. Document how contractor HWP is established. 10. Employ a system for issuing and monitoring HWP use. 11. A HWP is valid only for: February 25,2019 01 1131 -4 Issued for Bid— 2126/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 ATCT Seismic Retrofit&Remodel 01 1131 City of Renton HEALTH AND SAFETY Project No.CAG-19-051 Page 5 of 7 a. The parties performing the work. b. The work shift when the work is conducted. c. Only for the conditions observed and evaluated when the permit is issued. 12. A HWP may also be required by the local Fire Department/Fire Marshall Jurisdiction Having Authority(JHA). H. Flammable Liquids and Liquefied Petroleum Gases(LPG): 1. No propane, propylene, butane, isobutane, and butylenes shall be stored inside buildings. 2. Provide a written list of any of these materials that will be used on Site. I. Excavation,Trenching and Shoring(Chapter 296-155 WAC Part N): 1. Due to the hazards associated with excavation,trenching and shoring,specific safety protocols and procedures are required to ensure worker safety. 2. Each worker in a trench shall be protected from a cave-in by an adequate protective system. 3. A trench that is four feet or more in depth shall have a safe means for workers to get in and out of the trench. A means of egress is required to be within 25 feet of lateral travel. 4. When excavation operations approach the location of underground installations,the exact location of the installations shall be determined by safe and acceptable means. 5. Follow the requirements in Chapter 296-155 WAC Part N in developing an excavation,trenching and shoring plan. J. Heavy Equipment Operations, Staging: 1. All vehicles shall have a service brake system, an emergency brake system, and a parking brake system. These systems shall be maintained in operable condition and may use common components. 2. Before leaving a motor vehicle unattended the motor shall be stopped. The parking brake shall be engaged and the wheels turned into curb or berm when parked on an incline. If parking on an incline and there is no curb or berm,the wheels shall be chocked or otherwise secured. K. Suspect Material: 1. Unless otherwise indicated, promptly suspend work and notify the Project Representative of unusual conditions, including oily soil found on the Site. Work shall remain suspended until the Project Representative authorizes, in writing that the work may resume. L. Traffic Control Plan: 1. The needs and control of all road users(motorists, bicyclists, and pedestrians)within the highway,or on private roads open to public travel, including persons with disabilities,through a temporary Traffic Control zone shall be an essential part of highway construction, utility work, maintenance operations, and the management of traffic incidents. 2. When the work requires the occupation of traffic lanes, parking lanes, parkways,or other public right-of way closures, it shall be per the Local Authority Having Jurisdiction See Section 01570 for requirements. M.Electrical Safety: 1. Use either ground-fault circuit interrupters or assured equipment grounding conductor program to protect employees on construction sites covering all cord sets,receptacles which are not a part of the building or structure, and equipment connected by cord and plug which are available for use or used by employees. These requirements are in addition to any other requirements for equipment grounding conductors per WAC 296-155-447. 2. In work areas where the exact location of underground electric power lines is unknown, no activity that may bring employees into contact with those power lines shall begin until the power lines have been positively and unmistakably de-energized and grounded. 3. Where overhead electric conductors are encountered in proximity to a work area be responsible for ascertaining the voltage and minimum clearance distance required and maintaining the minimum clearance distance per WAC 296-155-428. 4. Do not permit an employee to work in such proximity to any part of an electric power circuit that the employee could contact February 25,2019 01 1131 -5 Issued for Bid— 2126/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 ATCT Seismic Retrofit&Remodel 01 1131 City of Renton HEALTH AND SAFETY Project No.CAG-19-051 Page 6 of 7 the electric power circuit in the course of work, unless the employee is protected against electric shock by de-energizing the circuit and grounding it or by guarding it effectively by insulation or other means. 5. Work on energized equipment: a. Only qualified persons shall work on electric circuit parts of equipment that have not been de-energized under the procedures of WAC 296-155-429(4). Such persons shall be capable of working safely on energized circuits and shall be familiar with the proper use of special precautionary techniques, PPE, insulating and shielding materials, and insulated tools. b. Use of an Energized Electrical Work Permit shall be required to ensure all shock and arc flash hazard have been considered. 1.07 SAFETY PLAN COMPLIANCE DOCUMENT A. INSERT 1.08 CONTRACTOR SAFETY QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Review the entire scope of work and applicable Contract requirements. B. Inspect the work site location and adjacent structures and systems to ensure that all safety considerations and requirements are addressed and planned prior to the start of work in the site specific HASP. C. Ensure that all Contractor and subcontractor employees comply with the APP and HASP. D. Designate a Site Health and Safety Officer on site with appropriate training,responsibility, and full authority to coordinate, implement, and enforce the Contractor's APP and HASP for the duration of the Work. E. In the APP and HASP, provide the name and telephone number of the Site Health and Safety Officer and the resume reflecting experience and training for the position. If there will be an alternate or additional staff with safety responsibilities, provide name and telephone number and qualifications in the APP and HASP. F. Ensure that safe work principles and practices are followed in completing work tasks. G. Document a daily site safety walk-through noting observations and corrective actions. H. If the Health and Safety Officer is to be changed during the Contract,submit Qualifications per this Section of the proposed officer prior to implementation on the Contract. I. Be responsible to correct hazardous conditions and practices. When more than one contractor is working within a given area, identify which personnel have the authority to take action to prevent physical harm and property damage. 1.09 UTILITES A. Call the Utilities Underground Location Center(UULC)before you dig, phone number 811. B. During the performance of the work,take appropriate precautions when working near, around, and with utilities, in order to protect the health and safety of the worker,the public, property, and the environment. C. Provide a flagged warning line for all work conducted in proximity to power lines. Coordinate and meet the requirements of the utility owner for this work. D. Coordinate and meet the requirements of the utility owner and the Project Representative to obtain approval to disconnect or reconnect utilities. PART 2-PRODUCTS(NOT USED) PART 3—EXECUTION 3.01 SAFETY AND HEALTH COMPLIANCE A. Implement the written APP as required by Chapter 296-800 WAC,submitted in the bid evaluation per Section 00440 and accepted at the conclusion of the bid evaluation. B. The Project Representative reserves the right to audit the Contractor's APP and implementation of the HASP. February 25,2019 01 1131 -6 Issued for Bid— 2126/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 ATCT Seismic Retrofit&Remodel 01 1131 City of Renton HEALTH AND SAFETY Project No.CAG-19-051 Page 7 of 7 C. Ongoing work and hazardous situations that are considered a health and safety risk by the Project Representative shall be corrected immediately. D. Be responsible to stop that portion of the work that is determined to be an imminent or immediate threat to worker health and safety. E. Ensure that necessary air monitoring,ventilation equipment; protective clothing, hazardous energy control devices,fall prevention, and other specified supplies and equipment are made readily available to employees to facilitate implementation of the APP and the HASP. F. Incidents: 1. Notify the Project Representative immediately of all near miss incidents and all incident accidents involving personal injury and property damage. 2. Provide a written report known as the Incident Report within 24 hours of any incident. Report for each incident occurrence shall include: a. Description of the event. b. Names of personnel involved. c. Description of injuries and treatment required(short term and long term). d. Description of property damage. e. Site visits and inspections of other agencies as a result of an incident. Include names of the persons, purpose of the visit, and any other pertinent information. G. Conduct a pre-job safety meeting with Contractor staff and with all subcontractor staff. Submit list of attendees and minutes of pre-job safety meeting. H. Conduct all weekly safety tailgate meetings. Submit list of attendees and minutes of weekly safety tailgate meetings. I. Submit a Monthly Contractor Injury Report,consisting of a summary of the current month's injury accidents. J. Use of intoxicants or of illegal or debilitating drugs while working on a Owner contract is prohibited. K. Failure to comply with safety and health regulations may result in work suspension until adequate safety and health measures are implemented. L. Use the Safety Officer that meets the requirements for implementation per Section 01 30 00. No Safety Officer shall be assigned that does not meet the requirements of Section 01 30 00 and this Section. M. Submit all safety related citations received for Contract work immediately upon receipt. If appealed to the state of Washington, notify the Project Representative a minimum of every month updating the status of the appeal until resolved. Submit documentation of the findings when resolved. 3.02 SITE SPECIFIC HEALTH AND SAFETY PLAN REVISIONS A. In the event that the Project Representative,regulatory agencies,or jurisdictions determine the HASP, associated documents,or organizational structure to be inadequate to protect employees and the public: 1. Modify the APP and HASP to meet the requirements of said regulatory agencies,jurisdictions, and the Project Representative. 2. Provide submittal for revisions to the APP and HASP within seven days of the notice of a required modification. 3. The revision shall be meet the requirements of Section 01 30 00 prior to changing work practices. 3.03 POSTING A. Provide and maintain a copy of the most up to date APP and the HASP at the Contractor's site office and at each of the subcontractors' offices. 3.04 COMPLIANCE A. Failure to comply with this Section will result in work suspension until adequate safety and health measures are implemented. END OF SECTION February 25,2019 01 1131 -7 Issued for Bid— 2126/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 ATCT Seismic Retrofit&Remodel 01 1140 City of Renton PROJECT MILESTONES Project No.CAG-19-051 Page 1 of 1 SECTION 01 1140 - PROJECT MILESTONES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section specifies completion times,milestones,constraints, hours of work,and liquidated damages. B. The Contractor shall schedule and conduct all work in a manner consistent with the Contract,and comply with the construction scheduling requirements,Contract milestones and constraints on the Work as specified. 1.2 COMPLETION TIMES A. Time is of the essence of this Contract. B. The Contractor shall achieve Substantial Completion within 180 days after the effective date of Notice to Proceed.(NTP) C. The Contractor shall achieve Final Acceptance within the time specified by the Project Representative and stated in the Certificate of Substantial Completion per Section 00 72 00. 1.3 MILESTONES A. Substantial Completion: 180 days from NTP B. Final Completion:210 days from NTP 1.4 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES A. Liquidated damages for failure to achieve Substantial Completion,shall be in the amount of$1,000.00 per day. B. Liquidated damages for failure to achieve Final Completion,shall be in the amount of$1,0000.00 per day. C. Liquidated Damages for unscheduled interruptions to essential utility services or,after planned interruptions of essential utilities,for failure to restore electrical service or data connectivity by 6:00 am local time,or failure to restore other essential utility services by 6:30 am local time,shall be in the amount of$1,000.00 per hour. PART 2 PRODUCTS-NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION-NOT USED END OF SECTION February 25,2019 01 3216-1 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 ATCT Seismic Retrofit&Remodel 01 1400 City of Renton WORK RESTRICTIONS Project No.CAG-19-051 Page 1 of 5 SECTION 01 1400 - WORK RESTRICTIONS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section specifies restrictions on the conduct of the Work, and special procedures the contractor shall follow,which are related to: 1. Construction activities at Renton Municipal Airport. 2. Coordination with ongoing Air Traffic Control Tower(ATCT)services within the Air Traffic Control Tower. 1.02 DEFINITIONS A. Airport Operations Area(AOA) B. After Hours—See Section 1.05 C. Construction Safety and Phasing Plan (CSPP) D. Critical Area—The exterior of the Air Traffic Control Tower building above Floor 2 and the interior of the building on Floors 3 through 5. E. Safety Plan Compliance Document(SPCD) F. Work Area—See G02 and Appendix A of CSPP 1.03 SAFETY PLAN COMPLIANCE DOCUMENT A. The Airport Manager has prepared Construction Safety and Phasing Plan(CSPP)document for this project in accordance with the requirements of the Federal Aviation Administration Advisory Circular No. 150/5370-2F. The CSPP is incorporated into the Contract Documents by reference. B. The Contractor shall prepare,sign and submit a Safety Plan Compliance Document(SPCD)in the form and manner prescribed by the CSPP no later than 7 days prior to the date of the Pre-Construction Conference. 1. The Contractor shall be bound by the requirements of the CSPP,the representations made in the SPCD and the requirements of this Section. 1.04 CONTRACTOR'S AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL A. The Contractor shall be responsible to restrict access to the Work Area and to the Airport Operations Area to personnel employed by the Contractor or the Contractor's sub-contractors and vendors. B. The Contractor's supervisory personnel shall apply to the Airport for an electronic identification and access card, and shall keep the card on their persons at all times when they are in the Work Area or the Airport Operations Area. C. A member of the Contractor's supervisory personnel bearing an Airport-issued electronic identification and access card shall be present at all times when employees of the Contractor or the Contractor's sub-contractors and vendors are in the Work Area or the Airport Operations Area. D. All employees of the Contractor or the Contractor's sub-contractors and vendors shall carry government-issued photo identification and an employer-issued identification card whenever they are in the Work Area or the Airport Operations Area, and they shall present these credentials to the Project Representative,or a member of the Airport staff on request. 1.05 COORDINATION WITH AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL SERVICES A. Renton Municipal Airport is provided with Federal Aviation Administration(FAA)air traffic control tower services seven day per week (including State and Federal holidays)from 7:00 am to 8:00 pm local time(October 1st through April 30th), and from 7:00 am to 9:00 pm local time(May 1st through September 30th). 1. These services are provided by air traffic controllers and supporting personnel who occupy floors 3 through 5(Tower Cab)in the Renton ATCT. Floors 1 and 2 of the Renton ATCT are occupied by Renton Municipal Airport administrative staff. 2. Air Traffic Control personnel occupy the tower from 30 minutes before air traffic control tower services commence to 30 minutes after air traffic control tower services cease. The period from 30 minutes after air traffic control tower services cease until 30 February 25,2019 01 1400-1 Issuedfor Bid—2/26/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 ATCT Seismic Retrofit&Remodel 01 1400 City of Renton WORK RESTRICTIONS Project No.CAG-19-051 Page 2 of 5 minutes before air traffic control tower services commence shall be considered"after hours". 3. The Renton Municipal Airport administrative staff will vacate the building during the construction period, however Air Traffic Control personnel will continue to occupy the tower and provide air traffic control services throughout the construction period. 4. In the interest of public safety,the proper functioning of the ATCT shall not be compromised or interrupted at any time during the construction period. 5. The requirements below are the minimum measures required ensure that air traffic control services are not compromised or interrupted during the construction period. Notwithstanding these requirements, it shall be the Contractor's responsibility to identify potential issues that could adversely affect the functioning of the ATCT and bring those issues to the immediate attention of the Project Representative. B. The Contractor shall ensure that ongoing ATCT services are not interrupted or compromised by the Contractor's activities throughout the construction period.The Contractor shall, at minimum,ensure the following: 1. Essential utility services to Floors 3 through 5 of the ATCT, including electrical service,water service,sewer service and data/IT service, are not interrupted. a. Where a temporary interruption of essential utility services to Floors 3 through 5 or to the Telco Room on Floor 1 is necessary, the Contractor shall perform this work after hours. b. The Contractor shall notify the Project Representative no later than 5 days prior to any temporary interruption of essential utility services. Such notification shall include the specific nature and duration of the interruption. c. The Contractor shall not interrupt essential utility services until: 1) A coordination meeting with the Project Representative,the Airport Manager,the Air Traffic Manager and the Airway Transportation Systems Specialist(ATSS)has been held, and 2) The Project Representative has provided written permission for the interruption, and 3) The ATSS is available to be present when electrical service is shut off or data/IT connectivity is interrupted and when these services are restored. d. The Contractor shall ensure that, after a planned interruption in electrical service or data connectivity,the affected utilities are restored no later than 6:00 am local time, in order to permit restart and testing of essential equipment prior to the resumption of air traffic services. e. In the event of unforeseen circumstances or an emergency which may prevent the restoration of electrical service or data connectivity by 6:00 am local time,or other essential utility services by 6:30 am local time,the Contractor shall immediately notify the Project Representative,the Airport Manager,the Air Traffic Manager and the ATSS by methods established at the Preconstruction Conference. f. In the event that interruption of utility services results in lack heating or cooling on Floors 3 through 5 of the ATCT,the Contractor shall provide temporary heating or cooling necessary to maintain the temperature within the range of 55 to 80 degrees Fahrenheit. g. The Contractor shall be subject to Liquidated Damages in the amount of$1000 per hour in accordance with the provision of Section 01 01 40 for unscheduled interruptions to essential utility services or, after planned interruptions of essential utilities,for failure to restore electrical service or data connectivity by 6:00 am local time,or failure to restore other essential utility services by 6:30 am local time. 2. The Contractor shall coordinate all work in the Critical Area with the Project Representative prior to initiating the work. a. The Contractor shall prepare and submit a Critical Area Work Plan for all work in the Critical Area which shall include the following: 1) For each work location,the nature of the work, the number of personnel required for the work,equipment required for the work, methods employed to deliver materials to the work location and/or remove demolition debris from the work location,the expected duration of the work,characterization of the amount of noise, dust or other adverse effects and measures to mitigate those effects. February 25,2019 01 1400-2 Issuedfor Bid—2/26/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 ATCT Seismic Retrofit&Remodel 01 1400 City of Renton WORK RESTRICTIONS Project No.CAG-19-051 Page 3 of 5 b. The Contractor shall submit the Critical Area Work Plan seven days prior to the scheduled date of the Preconstruction Meeting. c. The Critical Area Work Plan shall be reviewed in detail at the Preconstruction Meeting and the Contractor shall modify the plan as required to accommodate the Project Representative's directives regarding interference with ongoing ATCT services. d. The Contractor shall provide means of delivering personnel,equipment and materials related to work on the exterior of Floor 5 (Tower Cab)from the exterior of the building. Access to the Tower Cab roof or mezzanine through the Tower Cab is prohibited. The delivery method shall consist of an extendable lift or other means that does not introduce a climbing path or otherwise compromise the security of the Tower Cab. e. The Project Representative or other designated representative of the Owner shall be present at all times while work on Floors 3, 4 and 5 (Tower Cab)is under way. 3. The Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining security for the Critical Area as follows: a. When initiating work on Floors 3 through 4,the Contractor shall notify tower personnel and request that an access door on Floor 1 be unlocked electronically. The Contractor may block the door in the open position while work is being performed. When the work is completed and all personnel and equipment have been removed from the Critical Area,the Contractor shall close the Floor 1 access door,verify the security of the door, and notify the tower personnel that the door has been secured. b. The Contractor shall take all necessary measures to ensure that only personnel working under the Contractor's supervision can gain access to the Critical Area. c. Prior to vacating the Critical Area, the Contractor shall perform a floor-by-floor sweep to ensure that all personnel have vacated the space and all materials and equipment have been removed, unless specifically authorized in the approved Critical Area Work Plan. 4. The Contractor shall provide a safe, unobstructed access pathway from the designated ATCT personnel parking area shown on Drawing G01 to the Tower Cab for the duration of the construction period. a. The exterior pathway shall extend from the designated ATCT personnel parking area depicted on Drawing G02 to Door D009. The routing of this pathway may be altered during the construction period, but the Contractor shall notify the Project Representative at least 48 hours in advance of changing the route, and the Contractor shall ensure the route is clearly marked and illuminated during hours of darkness. 1) Average illumination along the pathway shall not be less than 1 foot-candle, measured at the walking surface,with a minimum illumination of 0.1 foot-candle. 2) Lighting shall be shielded and shall be directed down and toward the west to avoid interference with aircraft operations. b. When alterations to the stair landing at Floor 2 are being performed,the Contractor shall provide a safe, unobstructed pathway for ingress and egress through the construction area for ATCT personnel. 1) During construction and demolition activities associated with the alterations to the stair landing at Floor 2,the Contractor shall maintain the integrity of the 2-hour envelope around the stairwell, and prevent air leaks that could compromise the stairwell pressurization system. 1.06 AREAS AVAILABLE FOR CONTRACTOR USE: A. The Project Work Area depicted on Drawing G02 is available for the Contractor's exclusive use during the construction period(except as provided above with respect to maintaining air traffic control services), include parking and material laydown. B. Three additional parking areas are available for the Contractor's personnel as depicted on Appendix A of the CSPP. These areas are available for parking of personal and company passenger vehicles only, and shall not be used for staging, laydown or storage of machinery, materials or equipment.An exception this can be made with prior written approval. C. The Contractor may request temporary closure of one lane of West Perimeter Road subject to the requirements of the City of Renton regarding signage, barricades and traffic control. 1. The Contractor shall pay all costs and fees associated with a lane closure. D. Taxiway Alpha east of the Project Work Area as depicted on Drawing G02 may be used by the Contractor if needed during erection of the exterior seismic bracing trusses. February 25,2019 01 1400-3 Issuedfor Bid—2/26/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 ATCT Seismic Retrofit&Remodel 01 1400 City of Renton WORK RESTRICTIONS Project No.CAG-19-051 Page 4 of 5 1. Use of this area is subject to its inclusion in the Contractor's Safety Plan Compliance Document in accordance with Paragraph 1.03 of this Section. 2. No less than 5 days prior to the planned use of this area,the Contractor shall notify the Project Representative of the requested date and duration of use. 3. Prior to using this area,the Contractor shall erect reflective, lighted barricades as depicted on Drawing G04 under the supervision of the Project Representative. The Project Representatives supervision is intended to ensure the Contractor's work in erecting the barricades does not conflict with aircraft movements. a. The Owner will furnish the reflective, lighted barricades required by this Paragraph. 4. The Contractor shall remove the barricades under the supervision of the Project Representative when work in this area is complete, all,vehicles and equipment have been removed, and a FOD inspection has been performed. 1.07 PROJECT WORK LIMITS: A. The Project Work Limits are depicted on Drawings G02. B. The Contractor shall delimit the Project Work Limits on the site and erect a chain-link security fence as indicated on Drawing G03. 1. The security fence shall be not less than six feet in height. Individual fence segments shall be securely clamped to adjacent segments. 2. The fence shall be securely fixed to moveable concrete foundation blocks.Where the fence separates the Work Area from the Airport Operations Area, it shall be mounted on concrete barriers fitted with reflective devices and lights, as depicted on Drawing G03. 3. The Project Work Area fence east of the Control Tower shall be erected under the supervision of the Project Representative. The Project Representative's supervision is intended to ensure the Contractor's work in erecting the barricades does not conflict with aircraft movements. 4. The Contractor shall provide, at minimum one vehicle gate on the east side and one vehicle gate on the west side of the Project Work Area. These gates shall be kept locked at all times when the Contractor is not present on-site. a. When the Contractor is present on-site, all access gates through the fencing at the boundary of the Airport Operations Area shall be kept locked, unless the gate is open for passage of a vehicle or equipment. Whenever the gate is open,the Contractor shall station personnel at the gate to prevent unauthorized persons from entering the Airport Operations Area. 5. The Contractor shall install a Knox Box meeting the requirements of the Renton Fire Department at a location specified by the Fire Marshall which contains keys to the gates. C. The Contractor shall provide adequate illumination in accordance with State and Local law for work within the Project Work Limits during hours of darkness. All site lighting shall be directed downward and toward the west, away from the runway and from the path of aircraft approaching the airport from the north and south. 1.08 ACCESS TO THE AIRPORT OPERATIONS AREA: A. The Contractor,the contractor's personnel and subcontractors are strictly forbidden from entering Airport Operations Area except as provided below: 1. When accompanied by designated airport personnel. 2. When accompanied by Contractor's personnel who have received Airport Operations Area training and are issued an access card. 3. Entry into the Airport Operations Area shall only be for purposes directly related to construction activity. 4. The Contractor,the contractor's personnel and subcontractors are only authorized to access the vehicle drive lane on the west side of Taxiway Alpha from Gates V6 and V8 to the Project Work Area as depicted on Drawing G04. B. The Contractor shall furnish and equip all vehicles as follows, prior to bringing the vehicles into the Airport Operations Area, as follows: 1. All vehicles shall be fitted with an FAA-approved orange and white checkered flag,securely mounted to the uppermost part of the vehicle. February 25,2019 01 1400-4 Issuedfor Bid—2/26/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 ATCT Seismic Retrofit&Remodel 01 1400 City of Renton WORK RESTRICTIONS Project No.CAG-19-051 Page 5 of 5 2. All vehicles operating in hours of darkness shall be fitted with an FAA-approved flashing amber beacon securely mounted to the uppermost part of the vehicle. 1.09 USE OF TALL EQUIPMENT: A. The Contractor shall provide at least 5 days'notice in writing to the Technical Representative prior to mobilizing cranes, drilling rigs or other equipment that, at its maximum extent,rises more than 40 feet above ground level. 1. The Contractor shall not operate a piece of equipment that rises more than 40 feet above ground level unless it is fitted at its highest point with an FAA-approved white and orange checkered flag by day and an FAA-approved flashing red light during hours of darkness. B. Drilling of pilings: 1. If the Contractor's drilling rig extends higher than 40 feet above ground, drilling operations for pilings east of the existing building(between the building and the Airport Operations Area)shall take place after hours. 2. Drilling for all other pilings may take place during regular hours. C. Erection of exterior seismic bracing frames: 1. Erection of the seismic bracing frames shall take place after hours. a. Crane rigging and lifting operations shall not commence until the tower has closed and all air traffic personnel have vacated the premises. b. Seismic braces must be secure, and the crane must be lowered and de-rigged prior to the end of the after-hours period. 1.10 HOURS OF WORK A. Unless otherwise specified,conform to applicable jurisdictions and other pertinent ordinances regarding limitations on work hours or specific parts of the work. Request work hour variations in writing and obtain written approval from Local Authority Having Jurisdiction(City of Renton)and the Project Representative prior to initiating work hours outside of the hours allowed by this Contract. B. Submit a schedule of working hours in accordance with Section 00 72 00. C. Work outside of the scheduled work hours shall be submitted and requires approval by the Project Representative 72 hours prior to the start of such work. 1. If the Contractor works unscheduled hours and/or if the Contractor has not obtained Project Representative's approval at least 72 hours prior to the start of unscheduled work,the contractor shall be liable for the costs of the City of Renton's overtime inspection at the rate of$xxx for each hour for each person performing such inspection for the County. 1.11 NOISE CONTROL A. Meet all requirements of WAC 173-60-040. Maintain the level of construction noise inside adjacent buildings from exceeding a dB(A) 60 curve(with windows closed). B. Meet all requirements of the City of Renton Municipal Code. C. Outdoor Vehicle and Internal Combustion Engine Noise: The noise level of each piece of equipment shall not be greater than 85 dB(A) at a distance of 50 feet as measured under noisier operating conditions. Provide rubber-tired equipment whenever possible instead of metal-tracked equipment. Mufflers for stationary engines shall provide hospital-area silencing quality. D. Air Compressors: Equip air compressors with silencing packages. Electric-driven compressors are preferred. PART 2-PRODUCTS(NOT USED) PART 3-EXECUTION(NOT USED) END OF SECTION February 25,2019 01 1400-5 Issuedfor Bid—2/26/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 ATCT Seismic Retrofit&Remodel 01 2000 City of Renton PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES Project No.CAG-19-051 Page 1 of 4 SECTION 01 2000 - PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Procedures for preparation and submittal of applications for progress payments. B. Documentation of changes in Contract Sum and Contract Time. C. Modification procedures. D. Procedures for preparation and submittal of application for final payment. 1.02 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplemental Conditions and Division 1 specification sections, apply to this section. B. Section 01 2200-Unit Prices: payment and modification procedures relating to unit prices. C. See General Conditions all requirements pertaining to retainage. 1.03 SCHEDULE OF VALUES A. Format: On 8 1/2"X 11"paper. B. Forms filled out by hand will not be accepted. C. Submit printed schedule on form acceptable to the Owner. Contractor's standard form or electronic media printout will be considered. D. Submit for Architect approval,three copies of Schedule of Values, a minimum of 15 days before first Application for Payment submittal. Approved Schedule of Values will be used by the Owner as the basis for progress payments. E. Format: Schedule of Values shall breakdown the total Contract Sum to each category of work utilizing the Table of Contents of this Project Manual. Identify each line item with number and title of the specification Section. Identify Site Mobilization, Bonds and Insurance, Demobilization, Record Drawings, 0&M Manuals and requirements for Project Closeout. 1. Site mobilization shall not exceed 3%of Contract Sum. 2. Construction closeout shall not be less than 2%of Contract Sum. 3. For each line item exceeding 1/20 of Contract Sum,show breakdown by major products and operations. 4. Cross reference Schedule of Values amounts to the Construction Progress Schedule scheduled tasks with specified in Section 01 3216 5. Round figures to nearest dollar amount. 6. Make sum of total scheduled costs equal to Contract Sum. 7. Major cost items,which are not directly a cost of actual work-in-place,such as distinct temporary facilities, may be either shown as items in schedule of values or included in General Conditions, mobilization and/or demobilization at Contractor's option. F. Revise schedule to list approved Change Order Proposals(COP) and Field Authorizations(FA),with each Application for Payment. 1.04 APPLICATIONS FOR PROGRESS PAYMENTS A. Payment Period: Submit at intervals stipulated in the Agreement, if not stipulated, at monthly intervals. B. Prior to first Application for Payment,submit approved Intent to Pay Prevailing Wages forms for Contractor and all subcontractors. Without exception, processing of an Application for Payment will not begin until approved copies are on file with Owner for each classification of laborers,workers,or mechanics employed by Contractor or subcontractors included in that Application. 1. Submit a list of all subcontractors and suppliers. 2. Submit instructions to Owner for the disposition of retainage funds. a. In accordance with chapter 60.28 of the Revised Code of Washington (RCW), Owner shall reserve a contract retainage not to exceed Five percent of the moneys earned by Contractor as trust fund for the protection and payment of: 1) The claims of any person and Owner arising in accordance with the Contract Documents. 2) The state with respect to taxes imposed pursuant to Title 82 RCW which may be due from such Contractor. b. The funds held in retainage shall be held until forty-five(45)days following Final Acceptance subject to the provisions of February 25,2019 01 2000-1 Issuedfor Bid—2/26/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 ATCT Seismic Retrofit&Remodel 01 2000 City of Renton PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES Project No.CAG-19-051 Page 2 of 4 chapters 39.12 and 60.28 RCW. c. Contractor's written instructions should be addressed to the Owner with a copy to the Architect. d. At the option of Contractor,the moneys reserved by Owner shall be either: 1) Retained in a fund by Owner. 2) Bonded for all or any portion of the contract retainage in a form acceptable to Owner;or 3) Deposited in an interest-bearing account in a bank, mutual savings bank,or savings and loan association. 4) Placed in escrow with a bank or trust company by Owner. (a) Escrow Agent: If the retained funds are to be placed in escrow, Contractor will select the escrow agent, subject to approval by Owner. The selected agent must be a bank or trust company in the State of Washington. (b) Pursuant to electing the escrow option, an escrow agreement shall be executed by Contractor, Owner, and bank. Three copies of the agreement should be completed and executed by Contractor and returned to Owner for joint execution,who in turn will forward all copies to the bank for receipt and acceptance. The bank will retain one copy and return one copy each to Contractor and Owner. A completed and signed escrow agreement must be on file with Owner for payment before Contractor's first application is processed. (c) Escrow Payments: As each progress estimate is presented for payment, Contractor shall make a vouchered request for the retained funds that are to be placed in escrow. Upon receiving a retainage invoice, Owner will issue a check payable to Contractor and the bank jointly. Such checks will be mailed to the bank and Contractor will receive copies of check transmittal letters. (d) Escrow Investments: The bank shall invest the retained funds in bonds and other securities selected by Contractor from the following list approved by Owner: (1) Bills,certificates, notes or bonds of the United States. (2) Other obligations of the United States or its agencies. (3) Obligations of any corporation wholly owned by the government of the United States. (4) Indebtedness of the Federal National Mortgage Association. (5) Time deposits in commercial banks, mutual savings banks, and savings and loan associations in the State of Washington. (e) Deposits in savings accounts in commercial banks,mutual savings banks, and savings and loan associations in the State of Washington. (f) The investments selected must mature on or prior to the date set for completion of the contract, including extensions thereof or forty-five(45)days following the Final Acceptance of the improvement or work. Interest on such investments shall be paid to Contractor as it accrues. (g) Escrow Costs and Fees: All escrow costs and fees shall be paid by Contractor, in accordance with the Escrow Agreement. (h) Release of Escrow Investments to Contractor: Upon Final Acceptance and the expiration of forty-five(45) days following the date of Acceptance, and contingent upon Contractor's compliance with provisions of the public works statutes, Owner will issue written instructions to the bank to release to Contractor the investment held in escrow. If there should be either unpaid taxes or other unsatisfied claims against the retained percentage,the provisions of the Escrow Agreement will govern. C. Submit draft Application for Payment to Architect for approval 10 days prior to submittal of actual Application for Payment. D. Present required information in digital form. E. Form:As approved by the Owner F. Execute certification by signature of authorized officer. G. Use data from approved Schedule of Values. Provide dollar value in each column for each line item for portion of work performed. H. List each authorized Change Order as a separate line item, listing Change Order number and dollar amount as for an original item of Work. I. Submit one signed digital image of each Application for Payment. J. Include the following with the application: 1. Construction progress schedule,revised and current as specified in Section 01 3216. 2. Partial release of liens from major Subcontractors and vendors. 3. Affidavits attesting to off-site stored products if any. February 25,2019 01 2000-2 Issuedfor Bid—2/26/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 ATCT Seismic Retrofit&Remodel 01 2000 City of Renton PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES Project No.CAG-19-051 Page 3 of 4 4. Statements of Intents to Pay Prevailing Wages as documented by the Washington State Department of Labor and Industries for each contractor or subcontractor included on the Pay Application. K. When Architect requires substantiating information,submit data justifying dollar amounts in question. Provide one copy of data with cover letter for each copy of submittal. Show application number and date, and line item by number and description. 1.05 MODIFICATION PROCEDURES A. Architect will advise of minor changes in the Work not involving an adjustment to Contract Sum or Contract Time as authorized by the Conditions of the Contract by issuing supplemental instructions on Architect's standard form. B. For other required changes,Architect will issue a Field Authorization(FA)signed by the Owner,A/E and Contractor instructing Contractor to proceed with the change,for subsequent inclusion in a Change Order. 1. The document will describe the required changes,will identify an initial estimate of the probable cost of any changes, and will designate method of determining any change in Contract Sum or Contract Time. 2. Promptly execute the change. C. For changes for which advance pricing is desired,Architect will issue a request for Change Order Proposal(COP)that includes a detailed description of a proposed change with supplementary or revised drawings and specifications, a change in Contract Time for executing the change and the period of time during which the requested price will be considered valid. Contractor will prepare and submit a fixed price quotation within 14 days. D. Contractor may propose a change by submitting a request for change to Architect, describing the proposed change and its full effect on the Work,with a statement describing the reason for the change, and the effect on the Contract Sum and Contract Time with full documentation. Document any requested substitutions in accordance with Section 01 6000. E. Computation of Change in Contract Sum: Will be as specified in the Agreement and the General Conditions. 1. For change requested by Architect for work falling under a fixed price contract,the amount will be based on Contractor's price quotation. 2. For change requested by Contractor,the amount will be based on the Contractor's request for a Change Order as approved by Architect. 3. For pre-determined unit prices and quantities,the amount will be based on the fixed unit prices. 4. For change ordered by Architect without a quotation from Contractor,the amount will be determined by Architect based on the Contractor's substantiation of costs as specified for Time and Material work. F. Substantiation of Costs: Provide full information required for evaluation. 1. Provide following data: a. Quantities of products, labor, and equipment. b. Taxes, insurance, and bonds. c. Overhead and profit. d. Justification for any change in Contract Time. e. Credit for deletions from Contract,similarly documented. f. Invoices and receipts for products,equipment, and subcontracts,similarly documented. 2. For Time and Material work,submit itemized account and supporting data after completion of change,within time limits indicated in the Conditions of the Contract. G. Execution of Change Orders: Architect will issue Change Orders for signatures of parties as provided in the Conditions of the Contract. H. After execution of Change Order, promptly revise Schedule of Values and Application for Payment forms to record each authorized Change Order as a separate line item and adjust the Contract Price. I. Promptly revise progress schedules to reflect any change in Contract Time,revise sub-schedules to adjust times for other items of work affected by the change, and resubmit. J. Promptly enter changes in Project Record Documents. 1.06 APPLICATION FOR FINAL PAYMENT A. Prepare Application for Final Payment as specified for progress payments, identifying total adjusted Contract Sum, previous payments, and sum remaining due. February 25,2019 01 2000-3 Issuedfor Bid—2/26/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 ATCT Seismic Retrofit&Remodel 01 2000 City of Renton PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES Project No.CAG-19-051 Page 4 of 4 B. Application for Final Payment will not be considered until the following have been accomplished: 1. Closeout procedures specified in Section 01 7000. 2. Contractor's Certification of Payment of Debts Claims. 3. Contractor's Certificate of Release of Liens. 4. Architect's approval of Closeout submittals specified in Section 01 7800. 5. Completion of punchlist with Owner's approval. 6. Completion of all Change Orders. 7. Submittal of Affidavit of wages paid for Contractor and subcontractors. 8. L&I release. 9. Sign-off of all required permits. 10. Posting of Certificate of Occupancy. PART 2 PRODUCTS-NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION-NOT USED END OF SECTION February 25,2019 01 2000-4 Issuedfor Bid—2/26/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 ATCT Seismic Retrofit&Remodel 01 2100 City of Renton PREVAILING WAGE RATES Project No.CAG-19-051 Page 1 of 1 SECTION 01 2100 - PREVAILING WAGE RATES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This project, located in King County Washington, is subject to the payment of prevailing wages to all workers. It is the contractor's responsibility to determine and use the applicable rates for the appropriate area of the state,as published by the Washington State Department of Labor and Industries.These rates are available on the web at https://fortress.wa.qov/Ini/waqelookup/prvWaqelookup.aspx. 1. Contractor must include these provisions in all subcontracts for work performed under this Contract. B. Based in the bid submittal deadline for this project,the applicable effective date for prevailing wages for this project is March 26,2019. Upon written request,the Architect will mail a hard copy of the applicable prevailing wages for this project. PART 2-PRODUCTS(NOT USED) PART 3-EXECUTION(NOT USED) END OF SECTION February 25,2019 01 2100-1 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 ATCT Seismic Retrofit&Remodel 01 2200 City of Renton UNIT PRICES Project No.CAG-19-051 Page 1 of 2 SECTION 01 2200 - UNIT PRICES PART1GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. List of unit prices,for use in preparing Bids. B. Measurement and payment criteria applicable to Work performed under a unit price payment method. 1.02 COSTS INCLUDED A. Unit Prices included on the Bid Form shall include full compensation for all required labor, products,tools,equipment, plant, transportation,services and incidentals;erection, application or installation of an item of the Work;overhead and profit. B. Unit Price amount shall only be used for material quantities above or below the base bid quantities indicated and included in the Bid Allowance.All costs for the base bid quantities shall be included in the base bid amount on the Bid Proposal Form. C. Contractor shall document quantity of all work performed as the Bid Allowance and notify Owner when work designated as a unit price is to be performed. Measurement of material shall be as specified in these specifications, and shall be completed prior to the work being covered. Contractor shall not receive credit or payment for work designated as a unit price or allowance if the Contractor fails to properly facilitate measurement of materials. 1.03 UNIT QUANTITIES SPECIFIED A. Quantities listed under unit description of Unit Prices indicated on the Bid Proposal form are for contract purposes only. Quantities and measurements of actual Work will determine the actual payment amount. 1.04 MEASUREMENT OF QUANTITIES A. Measurement methods delineated in the individual specification sections complement the criteria of this section. In the event of conflict,the requirements of the individual specification section govern. B. Take all measurements and compute quantities. Measurements and quantities will be verified by Owner. C. Assist by providing necessary equipment,workers, and survey personnel as required. D. Measurement by Volume: Measured by cubic dimension using mean length,width and height or thickness. Measurement shall be taken of the installed work. 1.05 PROCEDURES A. Payment for Work governed by unit prices will be made on the basis of the actual measurements and quantities of Work that is incorporated in or made necessary by the Work and accepted by the Architect, multiplied by the unit price. B. The pricing for Unit Prices shall include the full price for the work in place including all Contractor fees,overhead,transportation, equipment, direct and indirect costs and mark-ups. C. Payment will not be made for any of the following: 1. Products wasted or disposed of in a manner that is not acceptable to the City of Renton. 2. Products determined as unacceptable before or after placement. 3. Products not completely unloaded from the transporting vehicle. 4. Products placed beyond the lines and levels of the required Work. 5. Products remaining on hand after completion of the Work. 6. Loading, hauling, and disposing of rejected Products. 1.06 DEFINITION OF UNIT PRICES A. Contractor shall include in the base bid the cost of achieving the final grades shown on the Contract Documents.All excavation, export, import,filling, and compaction required to achieve the final grades and completed structures shall be included in the basic bid. 1. Over excavation:A unit price shall be applied to unsuitable soils as determined by the Geotechnical Engineer encountered below the sub grade elevation.The contractor shall be responsible for measuring the quantity of unsuitable material that is removed(in place)bank yards by field measurement and to be verified by the Geotechnical Engineer or the Special Testing and Inspection Agent prior to backfilling with imported structural fill or approved on-site soil. 2. Sub Grade: For the purpose of the Contractor Bid, the following shall define the sub-grade elevations. February 25,2019 01 2200-1 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 ATCT Seismic Retrofit&Remodel 01 2200 City of Renton UNIT PRICES Project No.CAG-19-051 Page 2 of 2 a. Footings: Two feet below the elevation of the bottom of the footing as detailed. b. Buildings: The elevation at the bottom of the capillary break. c. Paving: The elevation at the bottom of the paving section. d. Utility Trenches: The elevation of the bottom of the pipe bedding. e. Landscaped Areas: The elevation below the stripping depth or the soil planting section. 3. Unsuitable Material as determined by the Geotechnical Engineer in the field. Unsuitable material shall be that material below the sub-grade elevation that does not meet bearing capacity requirements as defined by the Geotechnical Engineer. 4. The Contractor will be compensated at his bid unit price for over-excavation and disposing of an assumed quantity of this material identified in the Bid Form. 5. The Contractor shall include in his base bid the cost of excavating and disposing of an assumed quantity of this material identified in the Bid Form. 6. Soil integrity will be influenced by the weather conditions and the Contractor's handling and protection of the material as it is removed and placed. It is the sole responsibility of the Contractor to protect soils from the elements. Material that is deemed unsuitable due to lack of protection will not be applied to the unit price.The Contractor will be responsible for removing such material and replacing with acceptable material at no additional cost to the Owner. 1.07 SCHEDULE OF UNIT PRICES A. Contractor proposes to provide the Unit Prices as described in the Contract Documents, and subject to the same conditions as indicated in the Form of Bid.The quantities shown are assumed as additions to the scope shown in the Contract Documents. Actual quantities will be dictated by the conditions found during construction and the Contractor shall measure the appropriate units by field measurement that shall be observed,verified and documented by the Geotechnical Engineer. Quantities exceeding the assumed quantity shall be compensated at the stated Unit Price and added to the Contract by Change Order. If actual final quantity is less than the assumed quantity,the difference shall be credited to the Owner at the stated Unit Price and deducted from the Contract by Change Order. 1. Excavation(disposed off-site)per bank cubic yard(over or under 220 cubic yards defined above) a. Unit of Measurement: Cubic Yard(CY)of soils excavated,trucked and legally dumped off site, neat line measured at its original compacted and in-place location. Contractor to note that all Unit Prices must be listed on the Bid Proposal. PART 2 PRODUCTS-NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION-NOT USED END OF SECTION February 25,2019 01 2200-2 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 ATCT Seismic Retrofit&Remodel 01 3000 City of Renton ADMINISTRATIUE REQUIREMENTS Project No.CAG-19-051 Page 1 of 11 SECTION 01 3000 - ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS PART1GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Administration and supervisory personnel. B. Communication procedures. C. Project meetings. D. Preconstruction meeting. E. Site mobilization meeting. F. Progress meetings. G. Coordination procedures. H. Submittal Types. I. Submittals for review and information. J. Number of copies of submittals. K. Submittal procedures. L. Daily Progress reports. 1.02 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplemental Conditions and Division 1 specification sections, apply to this section. B. Section 01 1000-Summary of Work:Work sequence and Owner occupancy. C. Section 01 3216-Construction Progress Schedule: Form,content, and administration of schedules. D. Section 01 4000-Quality Requirements: Procedural requirements for quality assurance and quality control. E. Section 01 7000-Execution and Closeout Requirements: Additional coordination requirements. F. Section 01 7800-Closeout Submittals: Project record documents. G. Section 01 9113-General Commissioning Requirements: Additional procedures for submittals relating to commissioning. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Personnel list: For principal staff assignments. Include areas of responsibility, addresses, and phone numbers for 24-hour- contact. Include back-up personnel. B. Coordination drawings. C. In addition to submittals required by individual Section specifications,submit information on items shown on the Drawings but not specified in the Specifications and on Contractor chosen items to be included in the final product. D. Submit information on all repair and corrective work required of or generated by the Contractor such that the acceptability of the quality of the repair or correction can be assessed before it is performed. E. Submit descriptive information that will enable the Project Representative to assess whether the proposed materials,equipment,or methods of work are in general conformance with the work and in compliance with the Contract. F. Specifically identify and annotate any deviation or substitutions in the submittal. If deviations or substitutions are not clearly identified or annotated,the original contract provisions shall prevail; if the item has been installed without specific acceptance of the deviation or substitution it shall be removed and the contract required item installed in its place. February 25,2019 01 3000-1 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 ATCT Seismic Retrofit&Remodel 01 3000 City of Renton ADMINISTRATIUE REQUIREMENTS Project No.CAG-19-051 Page 2 of 11 G. No fabrication or construction work shall occur on a specific submittal item without a submittal Review Action of"1"NO EXCEPTIONS TAKEN or"2"NOTE MARKINGS. Any procurement or construction activity undertaken by the Contactor absent such a submittal Review Action will not be progress on project schedule or schedule of values. H. Unless specified otherwise in this Contract, preparation, and revisions of submittals is to be an incidental expense and not a pay item. 1.04 MASTER SUBMITTAL LIST A. Prepare and submit a Master Submittal List, in accordance with Section 01 3000 3.13, listing of all items for which submittals are required by the Specifications. Organize the Master Submittal List by Specification Section number and include the following information for all listed items: 1. Item identification. 2. Specification Section number. 3. Planned submittal date. 4. Identification of those items that are substitutions or contain deviations from the Specifications. 5. Identification of those items that require other jurisdictional agency review and approval. 6. The List shall include columns for future use as information becomes available shall be provided for the following items: a. Trade name, model, and catalog designation. b. The scheduled need dates for control purposes. c. Date submitted. d. The date approval is needed. e. The date on which material is needed. 1.05 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES A. Be responsible for the accuracy and completeness of the information contained in each submittal. The cost to review the initial submittal and the first revised submittal shall be borne by the Owner. The cost to review all additional revised submittals shall be charged to the Contractor. B. Verify that the material and equipment described in each submittal conforms to the requirements of the Contract prior to submittal. C. Ensure that the material,equipment and methods of work used are described in the submittal. D. Coordinate and integrate all submittal dates with the Baseline Schedule. E. Annotate on the Submittal Transmittal Form 013000-A if the submittal conflicts or may affect the work with other submittals. F. Ensure coordination of submittals among the suppliers,related crafts,subcontractors, and with the planned work.The Contractor will be held responsible for any cost or schedule impact caused by a submittal coordination failure. G. Submit a request for all substitutions using Form 013000-B received from the Project Representative. H. Call out all deviations from the Contract on the Submittal Form 013000-A transmitted to Project Representative and note where applicable in the body of the submittal. I. Include Preliminary Operations and Maintenance information as required in Section 01 73 00. 1.06 SUBMITTALS ON ITEMS DIFFERING FROM THAT REQUIRED BY THE CONTRACT DOCUMENT A. Approved Equal: 1. Definition: An item of material or equipment proposed by the Contractor that has the same function, quality, durability, appearance,strength, and design characteristics equal to that named,that meets the requirements of the Specification, February 25,2019 01 3000-2 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 ATCT Seismic Retrofit&Remodel 01 3000 City of Renton ADMINISTRATIUE REQUIREMENTS Project No.CAG-19-051 Page 3 of 11 and is sufficiently similar so that no change in related work is required. The item of material or equipment shall reliably perform at least equally well for the function imposed by the design concept of the completed work as a functioning whole. In general, approved equal applies to manufactured items. 2. Clearly note on the submittal Form 013000-A if any items are submitted as an equal 3. Acceptance is at the Project Representative's sole discretion and the decision regarding acceptance or rejection shall be final. If the Contractor disagrees, a Request for a Change Order shall be filed in accordance with contract provisions. Do not assume acceptance at any time prior to the rendering of decision by the Project Representative. B. Substitution: 1. Definition: An item of difference in materials,equipment, means, method,technique, dimension,sequence,or procedure which functionally meets the Contract requirements, but does not meet the Specification(s)and is equal to or better than the specified item. 2. Substitutions requested by the Contractor shall conform to the requirements of Section 00 72 00 7.1. A submittal shall be provided for each substitution request, must be submitted using Form 013000-B, and shall address all items on the form. The request shall include complete specifications or means and methods for the item including procurement,operational and maintenance cost data. Substitution Request forms shall be numbered sequentially beginning with the number No. 1. 3. Any Substitution not identified on a submittal is not accepted or approved regardless of any action taken on the submittal by the Owner. Action taken by the Owner on the submittal shall not relieve the Contractor from complying with the original Contract requirements. 4. Acceptance is at the Project Representative's sole discretion and the decision regarding acceptance or rejection of the substitution shall be final. If the substitution is rejected, proceed with the contract specifications without delay. Do not assume acceptance at any time prior to the rendering of a written decision by the Project Representative. C. Deviations: 1. Definition:A minor change or omission to a specified material, procedure or product proposed by the Contractor that does not fully conform to the requirements specified, but conforms to dimensional,operational, and maintenance requirements and can be shown to accomplish the functional and operational and maintenance performance of the specified item. 2. Annotate in the submittal all deviations from stated requirements in the Contract. Any deviation not identified on the submittal is not accepted or approved regardless of any subsequent action on the submittal by the Owner. Failure of the Owner to comment on the deviation shall not relieve the Contractor from complying with the original Contract requirements. 3. Acceptance is at the Project Representative's sole discretion and the decision regarding acceptance or rejection shall be final. Do not assume acceptance at any time prior to the rendering of a decision by the Project Representative. PART 2 PRODUCTS-NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 ADMINISTRATION AND SUPERVISORY PERSONNEL A. Provide designated Project Manager, Superintendent and other administrative and supervisory personnel as required for proper performance of the Work. 3.02 COMMUNICATION PROCEDURES A. General 1. Owner represents the Owner for this Contract. Address all Project correspondence through the Owner. Do not contact Architect or Architect's sub consultants directly. Contractor's subcontractors will not directly contact the Architect,or Architect's sub consultants. 2. Owner will issue all instructions,whether verbal or written. No other instructions will be recognized. Owner will confirm verbal instructions in writing to Contractor. a. Exception: Minor clarifications may be confirmed in site reports or meeting minutes. 3. Format: Number correspondence sequentially beginning with Serial Letter No. 1. Include project title and number on all February 25,2019 01 3000-3 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 ATCT Seismic Retrofit&Remodel 01 3000 City of Renton ADMINISTRATIUE REQUIREMENTS Project No.CAG-19-051 Page 4 of 11 correspondence. B. Requests for Information 1. When field conditions or Contract Documents require clarification or verification by the Owner submit a written Request for Information(RFI). 2. Format: Number RFI's sequentially using a consistent form approved by Architect,containing the following information: a. Project name and number. b. RFI number(three digits, beginning with 001). c. Date of request. d. Date of required response. e. Subject title. f. Initiator of request. g. Contract Document reference(drawing and/or specification). h. Location on site. i. Description of issue. j. Contractor's proposed solution, if known. k. Cost impacts, if known. I. Space adequate for Architect's review acknowledgement and reply. 3. Provide only one question per RFI. 4. Route RFI's in same manner as Project correspondence. 5. Allow 10 working days for Owner to issue response. 6. Owner reserves the right to void any RFI whose resolution is already contained within the Contract Documents. 3.03 PROJECT MEETINGS A. Preconstruction Meeting 1. Owner will schedule a meeting to take place before or on the date for Notice to Proceed. 2. Attendance Required: a. Owner. b. Architect and selected consultants. c. Contractor, including Project Manager, Superintendent, QAM, and major site related subcontractors. d. Owner's Testing Agent(s). e. Owner's Commissioning Authority. 3. Agenda: a. Distribution of Contract Documents. b. Designation of project personnel. c. Procedures and processing of field decisions,submittals,substitutions, applications for payments, proposal request, Change Orders, Record drawings and Contract closeout. d. Scheduling,early occupancy e. Working hours. f. Responsibility for temporary facilities and controls. g. Construction related air quality control procedures. h. Safety. i. Security. j. Site access,traffic control, parking availability. 4. Architect will record minutes and provide copies to Owner and Contractor for their distribution to all parties affected by decisions or actions resulting from the meeting. B. Progress Meetings 1. Attend progress meetings at bi-weekly intervals. Coordinate meeting schedule with preparation of applications for payment. 2. Architect will prepare agenda and preside at meetings. 3. Attendance Required: a. Owner. b. Contractor, including Project Manager, Superintendent. c. Others as appropriate,such as but not limited to; Major Subcontractors, Suppliers, Manufacturers Representatives, Consultants. February 25,2019 01 3000-4 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 ATCT Seismic Retrofit&Remodel 01 3000 City of Renton ADMINISTRATIUE REQUIREMENTS Project No.CAG-19-051 Page 5 of 11 4. Agenda: a. Safety Report. b. Review minutes of previous meetings for any discrepancies and correct or approve. c. Review of Work progress since previous meeting. d. Look Ahead Schedule: Provide three(3)week look ahead simplified bar chart schedule coordinated and interfaced with project CPM schedule. e. Coordination issues,field observations, problems, and decisions. f. Identification of problems that impede,will impede,or present the potential for impeding planned progress. Identify corrective measures to regain projected schedules. g. Review Non-conforming work and status of correction. h. Review of submittals schedule and status of submittals. i. Review of off-site fabrication and delivery schedules. j. Review Requests for Information status. k. Review issuance of Supplemental Instructions. I. Review Contract Modifications status, including any effect on coordination and progress schedule. m. Maintenance of quality and work standards. n. Construction related indoor air quality control procedures. o. Other business relating to Work. 5. Architect will record minutes and provide copies to Owner and Contractor for their distribution to all parties affected by decisions or actions resulting from the meeting. C. Preinstallation Meetings 1. Where required by individual Specification sections,conduct preinstallation meetings at the Project site prior to start of each construction activity. 2. Contractor is responsible for preparing agenda and presiding at meetings. Advise Architect Seven(7)days in advance of each meeting. 3. Required Attendees: a. Superintendent b. Subcontractor(s)and/or Installer(s) c. Manufacturer(s)representative(s) d. Fabricator(s) e. Installer(s)or Fabricator(s)affected by installation and integration with proceeding and/or succeeding activities. 4. Agenda: a. Contract Documents. b. Related Change Orders. c. Submittals, including mockups. d. Purchases and deliveries. e. Coordination and Scheduling. f. Weather limitations. g. Manufacturer's written requirements. h. Warranty requirements. i. Potential conflicts and compatibility issues. j. Acceptability of substrates. k. Temporary facilities and controls. I. Space and access limitations. m. Regulations of authorities having jurisdiction. n. Testing and inspection requirements. o. Required performance results. p. Protection of construction and personnel. 5. QAM will record minutes and provide copies to Owner,Architect, all attendees, and all others affected by decisions or actions resulting from each meeting. 3.04 COORDINATION PROCEDURES A. Coordinate construction operations to ensure orderly and efficient installation of each part of the Work,with due consideration of February 25,2019 01 3000-5 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 ATCT Seismic Retrofit&Remodel 01 3000 City of Renton ADMINISTRATIUE REQUIREMENTS Project No.CAG-19-051 Page 6 of 11 those features of the Work dependent on each other for proper installation,connection, and operation. Ensure full accessibility for required maintenance,service, and repair. Make adequate accommodations for items scheduled for installation by others. B. When necessary to assure coordination, provide memoranda for distribution to each party involved, describing special coordination procedures. Include such items as required notices,reports, and meetings. 1. Prepare similar memoranda for Owner and separate contractors if coordination of their work is required. C. Coordination Meetings: Superintendent will conduct coordination meetings at appropriate intervals. Project coordination meetings are in addition to specific meetings held for other purposes,such as progress and pre-installation meetings. 1. Required Attendees: a. Superintendent b. Subcontractors c. Suppliers d. Other entities concerned with current progress or involved in planning,coordination,or performance of future activities. 2. Agenda: a. Scheduling. b. Interface requirements. c. Off-site fabrication. d. Access requirements. e. Site utilization. f. Temporary facilities and controls. g. Quality standards. D. Coordination Drawings: Construction model-derived 2D drawings, drawn accurately to a scale large enough to indicate and demonstrate the resolution of conflicts. Do not base coordination drawings on standard printed data that has not been incorporated into the model. Include the following information, as applicable: a. Use applicable Drawings and the BIM Model provided by the Architect as a basis for preparation of coordination drawings. Prepare sections,elevations, and details as needed to describe relationship of various systems and components. b. Indicate functional and spatial relationships of components of architectural,structural,civil, mechanical, and electrical systems. c. Indicate space requirements for routine maintenance and for anticipated replacement of components during the life of the installation. d. Show location and size of access doors required for access to concealed dampers,valves, and other controls. e. Indicate required installation sequences. f. Indicate dimensions shown on the Drawings. Specifically note dimensions that appear to be in conflict with submitted equipment and minimum clearance requirements. Provide alternate sketches to Architect indicating proposed resolution of such conflicts. Minor dimension changes and difficult installations will not be considered changes to the Contract. E. Electronic Base Drawings: Upon receipt of a signed Agreement for Transfer of Electronic Media,the Architect will provide the Contractor with a 3-D Model of the building. Copying and distribution shall be the Contractor's sole responsibility. F. Coordination Drawing Review Meeting: Contractor will conduct Coordination Drawing review meeting as soon as practical after receiving Architects completed submittal review. 1. Required Attendees: a. Architect, Mechanical and Electrical consultants b. Project Manager and Superintendent c. MEP Subcontractors, including Fire sprinkler and Security Access subcontractors. d. Other subcontractors,fabricators or suppliers deemed appropriate. 2. Agenda: a. Review drawings and comments. b. Review Interface requirements. c. Review Access requirements. d. Review Quality standards. 3. QAM will record minutes and provide copies to Owner,Architect, all attendees, and all others affected by decisions or February 25,2019 01 3000-6 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 ATCT Seismic Retrofit&Remodel 01 3000 City of Renton ADMINISTRATIUE REQUIREMENTS Project No.CAG-19-051 Page 7 of 11 actions resulting from meeting. G. If complete coordination drawings are not provided, any costs for rerouting,relocation,or other modifications to installed work made necessary due to conflicts or clash shall be the sole responsibility of the contractor. 3.05 SUBMITTAL TYPES A. Product Data: Manufacturer's standard published data. Product data includes, as applicable, manufacturer's catalog cuts,written recommendations,specifications, and installation instructions;factory installed wiring diagrams; printed performance curves; operational range diagrams;compliance with recognized standards;testing agency labels, and other standard information. Mark each copy to identify applicable products, models, options, and other data. B. Shop Drawings: Project-specific information as depicted through fabrication and installation drawings, dimensions(field and factory),roughing-in and setting diagrams, utility and service connections,field-installed wiring diagrams, instructions,templates and patterns,schedules, design calculations,coordination requirements, and other project-specific information. C. Coordination Drawings. Similar to shop drawings, but encompassing the work of several disciplines and intended to control placement of various products,equipment, and systems for mutual benefit,effective operation, and ease of access for maintenance. D. Samples for Selection: Manufacturer's accurately printed or actual samples showing full range of available features,options, colors,textures, and patterns. E. Samples for Verification: Project-specific samples of actual products, illustrating functional and aesthetic characteristics and including all integral parts and attachment devices. Provide actual finishes in selected colors,textures, and patterns. F. Schedules: A form of shop drawing,typically presented in tabular form and summarizing key features of the Work. Not to be confused with construction progress schedule specified in Section 01 3216. G. Qualification Data: Written information demonstrating the capabilities and experience of a firm or person. H. Certificates:Written statements certifying compliance with requirements. Submit product, installer, manufacturer, and material certificates on manufacturer's letterhead. Submit welding certificates on AWS or WABO forms or as required by authorities having jurisdiction. I. Test Reports: Reports written by a qualified testing agency, indicating and interpreting test results of materials or products for compliance with requirements. J. Inspection Reports: Reports written by a qualified inspection agency, indicating and interpreting inspection results of materials, products,or assemblies for compliance with requirements. K. Research/Evaluation Reports:Written evidence,from a model code organization acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction,that product complies with building code(s)in effect for Project. L. Manufacturer's Field Reports:Written information documenting factory-authorized service representative's tests and inspections. M. Project Record Documents, Operation &Maintenance Data, and Warranties and Bonds: Combination of submittal types,submitted at project closeout. See Section 01 7800. N. Material Safety Data Sheets: Submit directly to Owner. Architect will not review MSDS submittals. 0. Others as indicated. 3.06 SUBMITTALS FOR OWNER'S REVIEW A. When the following are specified in individual sections,submit them for review: 1. Product data. 2. Shop drawings. 3. Coordination drawings. 4. Samples for selection. February 25,2019 01 3000-7 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 ATCT Seismic Retrofit&Remodel 01 3000 City of Renton ADMINISTRATIUE REQUIREMENTS Project No.CAG-19-051 Page 8 of 11 5. Samples for verification. 6. Schedules. 7. Qualification Data. 8. Division 1 submittals(plans,construction progress schedules, lists, reports,closeout submittals,etc.)specified in individual Division 1 sections. B. Submit to Owner for review for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with information given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents. C. Samples will be reviewed only for aesthetic,color,or finish selection. D. After review, provide copies and distribute in accordance with SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES article below and for record documents purposes described in Section 01 7800-CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS. 3.07 SUBMITTALS FOR INFORMATION A. When the following are specified in individual sections,submit them for information: 1. Certificates. 2. Test reports. 3. Inspection reports. 4. Research/evaluation reports 5. Manufacturer's field reports. 6. Other types indicated. B. Submit for Architect's knowledge. No action will be taken. 3.08 SUBMITTALS FOR PROJECT CLOSEOUT A. When the following are specified in individual sections,submit them at project closeout: 1. Project record documents. 2. Operation and maintenance data. 3. Warranties. 4. Bonds. 5. Permits. 6. Other types as indicated. B. Submit for Owner's benefit during and after project completion. 3.09 NUMBER OF COPIES OF SUBMITTALS A. Submittals may be submitted electronically in a format or system acceptable to the Architect and Owner.Access to the document shall not require special programming,software,or other proprietary systems. Shop Drawings may be submitted electronically but will also require submission of one full-size printed copy. At the completion of the project,the contractor shall provide a complied digital record on a storage device acceptable to the Owner. Additionally,they shall provide and one physical copy of all project submittals,organized by specification sections and contained in 3-ring binders with tabs,titles, and edge identification. B. Superintendents Daily Report 1. For each Project calendar day beginning with the date of Notice to Proceed, prepare a report concerning events at the Project site as follows: a. List of subcontractors on site. b. Number of personnel on site, and general responsibilities. c. Equipment on site. d. Material deliveries. e. High and low temperatures and general weather conditions. f. Accidents. g. Meetings and significant decisions. h. Unusual events, as described under Special Reports below. February 25,2019 01 3000-8 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 ATCT Seismic Retrofit&Remodel 01 3000 City of Renton ADMINISTRATIUE REQUIREMENTS Project No.CAG-19-051 Page 9 of 11 i. Stoppages, delays,shortages, and losses. j. Emergency procedures. k. Orders and requests of authorities having jurisdiction. I. Supplemental Instructions received and implemented. m. Change Orders received and implemented. n. Field Authorizations received, and documentation of activities covered under same. o. Services connected and disconnected. p. Equipment or system tests and startups. Electronically transmit the daily reports to the Architect and Owner on every-other week basis. 2. Special Reports: When an event of an unusual and significant nature occurs at Project site,whether or not directly related to the Work, prepare and submit a special report directly to the Owner within one day of the occurrence. List chain of events, persons participating,and response by Contractor's personnel,evaluation of results or effects,and similar information. Advise Owner in advance when these events are known or predictable. 3.10 TRANSMITTAL PROCEDURE A. General: 1. Submittals shall be accompanied by Submittal/Transmittal Form 01300-A. An electronic blank copy of this form will be provided by the Project Representative. Equipment numbers shall be listed on Form 01300-A for items being submitted. A separate form shall be used for each specific item,class of material,equipment, and items specified in separate, discrete sections for which a submittal is required. Submittals for various items shall be made with a single form when the items taken together constitute a manufacturer's package,or are so functionally related that expediency indicates checking or review the group or package as a whole. No multiple-Section submittals will be allowed except where previously approved by the Project Representative. 2. A unique number,sequentially assigned,shall be noted on the transmittal form accompanying each item submitted. Original submittal numbers shall have the following format: "XXX";where"XXX"is the sequential number assigned by the Contractor. Resubmittals shall have the following format: "XXX-Y";where"XXX"is the originally assigned submittal number and"Y"is a sequential letter assigned for re submittals, i.e.,A, B,or C being the 1st,2nd, and 3rd resubmittals, respectively. Submittal 25B,for example, is the second resubmittal of Submittal 25.3. Submit all proposed approved equals as a part of the submittal process. 3. Transmit one electronic pdf document of each submittal or resubmittal to the Project Representative. The electronic document must be accompanied with a completed Submittal/Transmittal Form 01300-A and include all submittal materials. The electronic documents maybe attached to an e-mail,the Project Representative will provide the e-mail address. Digital files in excess of 5 MB will not be transmitted via e-mail and may be sent using a City of Renton FTP site. The Project Representative will provide instructions for use of the City of Renton FTP site. 4. Transmit one reproducible exact replica of the electronic documents via hand delivery or mail to King County within seven days from transmittal of the electronic submittal document. The reproducible documents shall not exceed 22 inches x 34 inches. Product samples and color samples may not be transmitted electronically B. Samples: Submit the number requested in the Specification Section with the submittal form. C. Certificates: Will be considered as information. No copy shall be returned. D. "Submit for information only': No copy shall be returned. 3.11 REVIEW PROCEDURE A. Unless otherwise specified in the Technical Specifications,within 30 days after receipt of each submittal or resubmittal,the submittal or resubmittal one electronic copy of the Owner's identified Review Action and any review comments will be transmitted to the Contractor. This will be followed with one paper replica of the electronic document within seven days from the transmittal of the February 25,2019 01 3000-9 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 ATCT Seismic Retrofit&Remodel 01 3000 City of Renton ADMINISTRATIUE REQUIREMENTS Project No.CAG-19-051 Page 10 of 11 electronic document. The returned submittal will indicate one of the following actions: 1. If the review indicates that the submittal is in general conformance with the Contract,the submittal copies shall be marked "No Exceptions Taken"and given a Review Action of"1." In this case, implement the work covered in the submittal. 2. If the review indicates that the submittal requires limited corrections,the submittal copies will be marked"Note Markings" and given a Review Action of"2." In this case, begin to implement the work covered in the submittal in accordance with the markings noted. Where submittal information is to be incorporated in 0&M data, a corrected copy shall be resubmitted;otherwise, no further action is required. 3. If the review reveals the submittal is insufficient and contains incorrect data and the comments are of a nature that can be confirmed,the submittal copies shall be marked"Comments Attached—Confirm"and given a Review Action of"3.". A Review Action"3"does not allow implementation of the work covered by the submittal until the information requested to be confirmed in the submittal has been revised,submitted, and returned to the Contractor with a Review Action of either"1"or „2» 4. If the review reveals the submittal is insufficient or contains incorrect data and the comments require that the submittal be revised and resubmitted,the submittal copies shall be marked"Comments Attached--Resubmit"and given a Review Action of"4.". A Review Action"4"does not allow implementation of the work covered by the submittal until the information in the submittal has been revised,resubmitted, and returned to the Contractor with a Review Action of either „�„or„2» 5. If the review reveals that the submittal is not in general conformance with the Contract,or if the submittal is incomplete,the submittal copies shall be marked"Rejected"and given a Review Action of"5." Submittals containing deviations or substitutions from Contract which have not been clearly identified by the Contractor fall into this category. A Review Action"5"does not allow implementation of the work covered by the submittal until the information in the submittal has been revised,resubmitted, and returned with a Review Action of either"1"or"2." 3.12 EFFECT OF REVIEW OF SUMITTALS A. Review of submittals shall not relieve the Contractor of its responsibility for errors or omission therein and shall not be regarded as an assumption of risks or liability by the Owner. B. Unless Contractor specifically identifies and the Owner accepts a Deviation or Substitution on the submittal, no disposition of the submittal by the Owner changes the requirements of the Specification and Drawings. 3.13 CONSTRUCTION PLANNING PERIOD SUBMITTALS A.As a minimum,submittal of the following shall be required during the construction planning period, unless otherwise specified: 1. Schedule of Values: at the Preconstruction Conference,submit a preliminary Schedule of Values. Submit other submittals, including final Schedule of Values, in accordance with Section 01 31 00. 2. Organizational structure:within 10 days after the effective date of the Notice to Proceed,submit an organizational chart of the Contract staff. Indicate on the organizational chart as a minimum, all the staff positions identified to complete the work by Contract, in this Section. Identify by name on the organizational chart the individuals selected by the Contractor to fill each staff position. Include emergency contacts, phone numbers, and pager numbers for 24-hour notice. 3. Submittal schedule:within 20 days after the effective date of the Notice to Proceed, provide a detailed schedule of all submittals required by the Contract(Submittal Control Document).The submittal schedule shall be integrated into the construction schedule and represent achievable durations considering all specification and construction requirements. Submittal schedule shall include the following: February 25,2019 01 3000-10 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 ATCT Seismic Retrofit&Remodel 01 3000 City of Renton ADMINISTRATIUE REQUIREMENTS Project No.CAG-19-051 Page 11 of 11 a. Show all submittals and have separate activities as appropriate for: 1)Submittal preparation. 2)Submittal review. b. Identify submittals for all phases of the work. c. Provide durations that reflect review periods indicated in the Specifications. d. Deviations from the submittal schedule will be allowed only with prior approval of the Project Representative. e.Technical submittal for critical items:for items categorized as"critical"by both the Contractor and the Project Representative, use proper identification to highlight the importance of the submittal.The Project Representative will prioritize the review and disposition to support the Contractor's need. 4. All submittals required for construction and procurement activities which occur within the first 120 days after the effective date of the Notice to Proceed. 5. Contractor's safety submittals: in accordance with Section 01 06 30. 6. Contractors'Safety Plan Compliance Document in accordance with Section xx xx xx. 7. Construction schedule: in accordance with Section 01 31 00. 8. Preconstruction photographs per Section 01 38 00. 9. Haul route plan per Section 01 50 00. 10. Environmental controls submittals required by Section 01 56 00. 11.Traffic Control Plan: proposed plan for all area construction per Section 01570. 12. Erosion Control Plan submittals per Section 31 25 00. 13.Work days and work hours. END OF SECTION February 25,2019 01 3000-11 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 • � � Submittal Form 013000-A Submittal No. � Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel ' • City of Renton Project No. 546.50.41.000 Date of Submittal: To: CC: Subject: Item Qty. Spec Sub Description Submittal # Section Section Action 1 - No Exceptions Taken; 2 - Note Markings/Comments; 3 - Comments Attached; 4 - Rejected 5 - Distribute; 6 - Confirm and Verify; 7 - Provide Corrected Copy; 8 - Revise and Resubmit CONTRACTOR CERTIFICATION: We have verified that the material or equipment contained in this submittal meets all Plan and Specification requirements, including coordination with all related work, specified or shown (no exceptions.) Contractor's Stamp: Date Requested*: * If the date requested is less than 21 calendar days, the Submittal must be accompanied by a telephone call. Submitted By: Items submitted but not stamped, approved and signed by the Contractor will not be reviewed. (Name of Contract, Address, Phone) � '� Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel � City of Renton Project No. 546.50.41.000 . � Response: Attachment Photograph Comments By: Date: ATCT Seismic Retrofit&Remodel 01 3000 City of Renton SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM Project No.CAG-19-051 Page 1 of 2 SECTION 01 30 00-B SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM Date: RENTON ATCT SEISMIC RETROFIT& REMODEL hereby submits for City of Renton's (Name of Contractor) consideration of the following item instead of the specified item for the above project: SECTION PARAGRAPH SPECIFIED ITEM PROPOSED SUBSTITUTION: Provide product data sheet, manufacturers' written installation instructions, drawings, details and similar information to demonstrate the Contractor's proposed substitution is an Approved Equal. Where answers require additional space, provide information on additional attached pages. Fill in blanks below: State differences between proposed substitution and specified item. Differences include but are not limited to interrelationship with other items; materials and equipment; function; utility; life cycle costs; applied finishes; appearance; and quality. Demonstrate how the proposed substitution is compatible with or modifies other systems, parts, equipment or components of the Project and Work under the Contract. What effect does the proposed substitution have on dimensions indicated on the Drawings and previously reviewed Shop Drawings? February 25,2019 01 3000-1 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 ATCT Seismic Retrofit&Remodel 01 3000 City of Renton SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM Project No.CAG-19-051 Page 2 of 2 What effect does the proposed substitution have on the construction schedule and Contract Time? What effect does the proposed substitution have on the Contract Price?This includes all direct, indirect, impact and delay costs. Manufacturer's guarantees of the proposed and specified items are: Same Different (explain on attachment) The undersigned state that the function, utility, life cycle costs, applied finishes, appearance and quality of the proposed substitution are equal or superior to those of the specified item. Submitted by: For use by the Owner Representative: Accepted Accepted as Noted Contractor's Signature Not Accepted Received too Late Fi rm By Address: Date Remark: Date Telephone A/E Representative Remarks on Substitution: **END OF SECTION** February 25,2019 01 3000-2 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 ATCT Seismic Retrofit&Remodel 01 3132 City of Renton GEOTECHNICAL INFORMATION Project No.CAG-19-051 Page 1 of 1 SECTION 01 3132 - GEOTECHNICAL INFORMATION PART1 -GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A.This Section specifies geotechnical information for the Contract. 1.02 Documents A.The following geotechnical documents are considered a part of the Contract and are incorporated as Contract Documents to provide Geotechnical I nformation: 1. Geotechnical Data Report(GDR)dated September 8,2016: a. Presents the results of the field investigation program and geotechnical laboratory testing performed and gathered for this project along the alignment of the Work. b. Includes borings, in-situ and laboratory test results. Locations of the borings are as indicated. 1.03 GEOTECHNICAL INFORMATION USE A. The Contractor shall make its own interpretations,evaluations and conclusions as to the nature of the geotechnical materials and conditions to determine the difficulties performing the Work affected by the geotechnical conditions. B. In making interpretations,evaluations, and conclusions, use the Contract geotechnical documents and the available geotechnical information in a manner that includes a reasonable interpretation after consulting with a registered professional civil engineer with geotechnical expertise or a certified engineering geologist with applicable expertise. C. The Contractor may also conduct other investigations and tests it deems appropriate.Any additional Contractor obtained investigation and test information shall be shared with the Owner. D. The Contractor shall accept full responsibility for making interpretations,evaluations, and conclusions that differ from the GDR. PART 2-PRODUCTS(NOT USED) PART 3-EXECUTION(NOT USED) END OF SECTION February 25,2019 01 2100-1 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 ATCT Seismic Retrofit&Remodel 01 3216 City of Renton CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE Project No.CAG-19-051 Page 1 of 2 SECTION 01 3216 - CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE PART1GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Construction progress schedule, bar chart type. 1.2 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions for Washington State Facility Construction, Supplemental Conditions for Washington State Facilities Construction, and other Division 1 Specification sections, apply to this Section. B. Section 01 0010-Summary: For work sequence, Owner occupancy, and Owner-furnished items. C. Section 01 2000-Payment Procedures: For schedule of values. D. Section 01 3000—Administrative Requirements: For superintendent's daily progress reports. 1.3 REFERENCES A. Comply with AGC(CPSM)-Construction Planning and Scheduling Manual;Associated General Contractors of America;2004. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Construction Progress Schedule: Indicate complete construction sequence,from Notice to Proceed through Final Completion. 1. Submit within 7 days of Notice to Proceed. 2. Include written certification that major contractors have reviewed and accepted proposed schedule. 3. Submit updated schedule with each Application for Payment. PART 2 PRODUCTS-NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 CONTENT A. Show complete sequence of construction by activity,with dates for beginning and completion of each element of construction. 1. Break down work so that no activity is longer than 21 days, unless specifically allowed by the Owner. 2. List submittals, materials and installation as separate line items. 3. List all permit submittals showing submittal and anticipated issuance dates 3. List all Owner supplied material delivery dates on schedule 4. List all Work by Owner completion dates on schedule B. Identify each activity by specification section number. C. Show accumulated percentage of completion of each item, and total percentage of Work completed, as of the first day of each month. D. Indicate procurement activities for long-lead and major items, including submittal, approval, and fabrication activities. See Section 01 3000 for submittal review durations. E. Coordinate content with schedule of values specified in Section 01 1000 F. Provide legend for symbols and abbreviations used. G. Contract Modifications: For each proposed contract modification, and concurrent with its submission, prepare a time-impact analysis using the current approved schedule to demonstrate the effect of the proposed change on the overall project schedule. 3.2 BAR CHARTS A. Include a separate bar for each major portion of Work or operation. B. Identify the first work day of each week. February 25,2019 01 3216-1 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 ATCT Seismic Retrofit&Remodel 01 3216 City of Renton CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE Project No.CAG-19-051 Page 2 of 2 3.3 REVIEW AND EVALUATION OF SCHEDULE A. Participate in joint review and evaluation of schedule with Architect at each submittal. B. Evaluate project status to determine work behind schedule and work ahead of schedule. C. After review,revise as necessary as result of review, and resubmit within 5 days. 3.4 UPDATING SCHEDULE A. Maintain schedules to record actual start and finish dates of completed activities. B. Indicate progress of each activity to date of revision,with projected completion date of each activity. C. Annotate diagrams to graphically depict current status of Work. D. Identify activities modified since previous submittal, major changes in Work, and other identifiable changes. E. Indicate changes required to maintain Date of Substantial Completion. F. Submit reports required to support recommended changes. G. Provide narrative report to define problem areas, anticipated delays, and impact on the schedule. Report corrective action taken or proposed and its effect. 3.5 DISTRIBUTION OF SCHEDULE A. Distribute copies of updated schedules to General Contractor's project site file,to Subcontractors,suppliers, and Architect. B. Instruct recipients to promptly report, in writing, problems anticipated by projections shown in schedules. END OF SECTION February 25,2019 01 3216-2 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 ATCT Seismic Retrofit&Remodel 01 3223 City of Renton SURUEY INFORMATION Project No.CAG-19-051 Page 1 of 2 SECTION 01 3223 - SURVEY INFORMATION PART1 -GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A.This Section specifies survey work requirements. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Referenced Standards:This Section incorporates by reference the latest revision of the following documents.These references are a part of this Section as specified and modified. In the case of conflict between the requirements of this Section and those of a listed documents,the requirements of this Section shall prevail. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Procedures: Section 01 30 00. B. Qualifications of the surveyor. C. Cut sheets for pavement restoration work. D. Survey field notes and all survey calculations. E. Licensed surveys as required by the Project Representative. 1.04 SURVEY BY THE OWNER A. Control point(s)for vertical and horizontal control are indicated on the Drawings. Base all work on the Contract control points as listed on the Drawings. 1.05 SURVEY BY CONTRACTOR A. Using the Contract control point(s), develop and make such additional surveys as needed for construction,such as control lines,slope stakes, batter boards,stakes for pipe locations, and other working points, lines and elevations. Re-establish any benchmarks and survey control points destroyed. B. Complete the layout for the work and be responsible for all measurements that may be required for the execution of the work to the location and limits prescribed on the Drawings. Perform survey work under the supervision of a land surveyor licensed in the State of Washington. C. Perform all survey monument referencing for tie-out prior to the work in the right-of-way and prior to pavement restoration. Check and restore monuments and their casings at completion of work. D. Maintain and preserve all stakes and other marks established until authorized by the Project Representative to remove them. E. The Project Representative may require that work be suspended at any time when location and limit marks established by the Contractor are not reasonably adequate to permit inspection of the work. F. In advance of the site paving and restoration paving, produce survey information in order to check the line and grade which the Contractor will use for paving elevations and slopes. G. Comply with the survey requirements for all monitoring as specified in other Sections. H. Provide new replacement monuments and boxes when removed or damaged during construction. a. Re-establish all permanent survey control monuments prior to final inspection. I. Provide correct line and grade of the utilities to be installed. J. Utility information shown on the Drawings is the best available data.The Contractor is responsible for obtaining the services of a locating company for location of utilities throughout the project. K. Location of all utilities shall be pothole located at the point of connection.Vertical control data shall be recorded for concurrence with connection to the sewer main. L. Provide all requirements of the record drawings per Section 01 72 00. 1.06 SURVEY QUALIFICATIONS A. Surveyor shall be a professional land surveyor who is licensed in the state of Washington. B. The Project Representative reserves the right to disallow the person(s)selected by the Contractor for surveying. If in the Project Representative's opinion,the person is not qualified to do the work,select another surveyor and submit qualifications until a qualified person is approved. PART 2-PRODUCTS(NOT USED) PART 3—EXECUTION February 25,2019 01 2100-1 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 ATCT Seismic Retrofit&Remodel 01 3223 City of Renton SURUEY INFORMATION Project No.CAG-19-051 Page 2 of 2 3.01 GENERAL A. Perform surveys based on control points as shown on the Drawings. Use surveys to establish base lines, line and grade hubs,stake elevations, and other reference and construction points. B. Replaced monuments(if required)shall be set by a licensed land surveyor,registered in the State of Washington. C. Offsetreference stakes: 1. Set at 25 feet intervals or as agreed with Project Representative. 2. Set additional points as required by the Project Representative. D. In advance of the final or restoration paving, produce survey information required to establish paving elevations,slopes, and cross sections. 3.02 FIELD NOTES A. Keep in standard bound survey field notebooks using a clear, orderly manner consistent with standard surveying practice. Include titles, numbering, and indexing. B. Keep a copy of all field notes including references to monuments, property corners and design changes. Submit if required by the Project Representative. C. Keep a copy of grade sheets completed prior to all permanent restoration paving. END OF SECTION February 25,2019 01 2100-2 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 ATCT Seismic Retrofit&Remodel 01 4000 City of Renton QUALITY REQUIREMENTS Project No.CAG-19-051 Page 1 of 5 SECTION 01 4000 - QUALITY REQUIREMENTS PART1GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Administrative and procedural requirements for Quality assurance and Quality control. B. Mock-ups. C. Control of installation. D. Tolerances. E. Testing and inspection agencies and services. F. Control of installation. G. Tolerances. H. Manufacturers'field services. I. Defect Assessment. 1.02 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplemental Conditions and other Division 1 Specification sections, apply to this Section. B. Section 01 4216-Definitions. C. Section 01 4219-REFERENCE STANDARDS. D. Section 01 6000-Product Requirements: Requirements for material and product quality. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS 01 4000 A. NRTL:A nationally recognized testing laboratory according to 29 CFR 1910.7. B. NVLAP:A testing agency accredited according to NIST's National Voluntary Laboratory Accreditation Program. 1.04 DEFINITIONS A. Quality Assurance Services:Activities, actions, and procedures performed before and during execution of the Work to guard against defects and deficiencies and to ensure that proposed construction complies with requirements. B. Quality Control Services:Tests, inspections, procedures, and related actions during and after execution of the Work used to evaluate that actual products incorporated into the Work comply with requirements. Services do not include Contract enforcement activities performed by Architect. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000-ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS,for submittal procedures. B. Project Quality Plan(PQP): Submit within 14 days of the Notice to Proceed a written plan detailing the organization and procedures proposed to achieve quality assurance and quality control so that materials, products,workmanship,on-site and off-site fabrication,construction, and operations are in compliance with the Contract Documents and within generally accepted quality standards for similar work. Demonstrate a thorough knowledge of Contract requirements.The PQP is intended to function as a"living document,"anticipating requirements and documenting results.At minimum,the PQP will include the following: 1. Qualification Data: For Contractor-provided testing agencies,to demonstrate their capabilities and experience, include proof of qualifications in the form of a recent agency inspection report performed by a recognized authority. 2. Schedule of Tests and Inspections: For all required tests and inspections. Prepare in tabular form and include the following: a. Specification Section number and title. b. Description of test or inspection. c. Identification of applicable standards. d. Identification of test and inspection methods. e. Number/frequency of tests and inspections required. f. Time schedule(or time span)for tests and inspections. February 25,2019 01 4000-1 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 ATCT Seismic Retrofit&Remodel 01 4000 City of Renton QUALITY REQUIREMENTS Project No.CAG-19-051 Page 2 of 5 g. Entity responsible for performing tests and inspections. h. Requirements for obtaining samples. i. Unique characteristics of each quality control service. 3. Test and Inspection Log: For use in Part 3 of this Section. C. Superintendent Daily Reports: Submit at bi-weekly intervals. D. Permits, Licenses, and Certificates: For Owner's records,submit copies of permits, licenses, certifications, inspection reports, releases,jurisdictional settlements, notices,receipts for fee payments,judgments,correspondence, records, and similar documents,established for compliance with standards and regulations bearing on performance of the Work. 1.06 QUALITYASSURANCE A. Delegated Design: Where professional design services or certifications by a design professional are specifically required of Contractor, provide products and systems complying with indicated performance and design criteria,or where not indicated, with performance and design criteria of authorities having jurisdiction. In addition to shop drawings, product data, and other required submittals,submit a statement,signed and sealed by the responsible design professional,for each product and system specifically assigned to Contractor to be designed or certified by a design professional, indicating that the products and systems are in compliance with performance and design criteria indicated. Include the list of codes, loads, and other factors used in performing these services. 1. Professional Engineer Qualifications:A professional legally qualified to practice in the State of Washington and experienced in providing engineering services of the kind indicated. B. Basic Quality Assurance Qualifications:Wherever the Specifications refer to installers, manufacturers,fabricators,specialists, or factory-authorized service representatives, provide entities with the following qualifications: 1. Installer Qualifications:A firm or individual experienced in installing,erecting,or assembling work similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project,whose work has resulted in construction with a record of successful in-service performance. 2. Manufacturer Qualifications:A firm experienced in manufacturing products or systems similar to those indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance. 3. Fabricator Qualifications:A firm experienced in producing products similar to those indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance, as well as sufficient production capacity to produce required units. 4. Specialists: Certain sections of the Specifications require that specific construction activities be performed by recognized experts in those operations. Specialists shall satisfy qualification requirements indicated and shall be engaged for the activities indicated. a. Requirements for specialists shall not supersede building codes and regulations governing the Work. 5. Factory-Authorized Service Representative Qualifications:An authorized representative of manufacturer who is trained and approved by manufacturer to inspect installation of manufacturer's products similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project. C. Mock-ups:Where indicated, build mock-ups using actual materials specified for permanent Work and as follows: 1. Build mock-ups in locations and sizes indicated,or if not indicated, as directed by Architect. 2. Notify Architect 7 days in advance of mock-up construction. 3. Demonstrate the full proposed range of aesthetic effects and workmanship. 4. Allow a minimum of Four(4)weeks review. 5. Obtain Architect's approval of mock-ups before starting fabrication or construction of permanent Work. 6. Maintain mock-ups in an undisturbed condition as a standard forjudging the completed Work. 7. Demolish and remove mock-ups immediately prior to Substantial Completion, unless otherwise indicated. 8. Where indicated and if undamaged, approved mock-ups may be incorporated into the finished work. 1.07 QUALITY CONTROL A. Owner will employ and pay for services of an independent Testing Agency to perform construction materials testing and inspections services as indicated under the Structural General Notes in the drawings. B. Employment of agency in no way relieves Contractor of obligation to perform Work in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents. February 25,2019 01 4000-2 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 ATCT Seismic Retrofit&Remodel 01 4000 City of Renton QUALITY REQUIREMENTS Project No.CAG-19-051 Page 3 of 5 C. Preconstruction Testing:Where approval of materials, products,or equipment depends on existing test results or preconstruction testing not specifically assigned to the Owner's Testing Agency, Contractor shall provide evidence of test results or, if necessary,shall arrange and pay for testing agency services. 1. Testing Agency Qualifications:An NRTL-recognized, NVLAP-accredited,or independent agency with the experience and capability to conduct testing and inspecting indicated, as documented according to ASTM E 548, and with additional qualifications specified in individual sections and as required by authorities having jurisdiction. PART 2 PRODUCTS-NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 CONTROL OF INSTALLATION A. Monitor quality control over suppliers, manufacturers, products,services,site conditions, and workmanship,to produce Work of specified quality. B. Complywith manufacturers'instructions, including each step-in sequence. C. Should manufacturers'instructions conflict with Contract Documents,request clarification from Architect before proceeding. D. Comply with specified standards as minimum quality for the Work except where more stringent tolerances,codes,or specified requirements indicate higher standards or more precise workmanship. E. Have Work performed by persons qualified to produce required and specified quality. F. Verify that field measurements are as indicated on shop drawings or as instructed by the manufacturer. G. Secure products in place with positive anchorage devices designed and sized to withstand stresses,vibration, physical distortion, and disfigurement. 3.02 MOCK-UPS A. Before installing portions of the Work where mock-ups are required,construct mock-ups in location and size indicated for each form of construction and finish required to comply with the following requirements, using materials indicated for the completed Work.The purpose of mock-up is to demonstrate the proposed range of aesthetic effects and workmanship. B. Provide supervisory personnel who will oversee mock-up construction. Provide workers that will be employed during the construction at Project. C. Assemble and erect Mock-ups with specified materials,components, attachments, anchorage devices,flashings,seals, and finishes. D. Obtain Architect's approval of mock-ups before starting work,fabrication,or construction. 1. Architect will issue written comments within seven(7)working days of initial review and each subsequent follow up review of each mock-up. 2. Make corrections as necessary until Architect's approval is issued. E. Accepted mock-ups shall be a comparison standard for the remaining Work. F. Mock-ups will be removed at completion of construction unless specified to remain.Where allowed to remain, protect from all damage. G. Where possible salvage and recycle the demolished mock-up materials. 3.03 TOLERANCES A. Monitor fabrication and installation tolerance control of products to produce acceptable Work.Tolerances will not be cumulative. B. Comply with manufacturers'tolerances. Should manufacturers'tolerances conflict with Contract Documents,request clarification from Architect before proceeding. C. Adjust products to appropriate dimensions; position before securing products in place. 3.04 TEST AND INSPECTION LOG A. Prepare and maintain a record of tests and inspections. Include the following: 1. Date of test or inspection. 2. Description of Work tested or inspected. 3. Identification of testing agency or special inspector conducting test or inspection. February 25,2019 01 4000-3 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 ATCT Seismic Retrofit&Remodel 01 4000 City of Renton QUALITY REQUIREMENTS Project No.CAG-19-051 Page 4 of 5 4. Test or inspection results. 5. Date test or inspection results were transmitted to Owner and Architect. B. Maintain log at Project site. Post additions and modifications as they occur. Provide access to test and inspection log for Architect's reference during normal working hours and prior to each Application for Payment. 3.05 TESTING AND INSPECTION A. Testing Agency Duties: 1. Provide qualified personnel at site. Cooperate with Architect and Contractor in performance of services. 2. Perform specified sampling and testing of products in accordance with specified standards. 3. Ascertain compliance of materials and mixes with requirements of Contract Documents. 4. Promptly notify Architect and Contractor of observed irregularities or non-conformance of Work or products. 5. Perform additional tests and inspections required by Architect. 6. Attend preconstruction meetings. 7. Submit reports of all tests/inspections specified. B. Limits on Testing/Inspection Agency Authority: 1. Agency may not release,revoke, alter,or enlarge on requirements of Contract Documents. 2. Agency may not approve or accept any portion of the Work. 3. Agency may not assume any duties of Contractor. 4. Agency has no authority to stop the Work. C. Contractor Responsibilities: 1. Cooperate with laboratory personnel, and provide access to the Work. 2. Provide incidental labor and facilities: a. To provide access to Work to be tested/inspected. b. To obtain and handle samples at the site or at source of Products to be tested/inspected. c. To facilitate tests/inspections. d. To provide storage and curing of test samples. 3. Schedule tests and inspections with Testing Agency. Notify Architect and laboratory 24 hours prior to expected time for operations requiring testing/inspection services. 4. Employ services of an independent qualified testing laboratory and pay for additional samples,tests, and inspections required by Contractor beyond specified requirements. 5. Arrange with Owner's agency and pay for additional samples,tests, and inspections required by Contractor beyond specified requirements. D. Re-testing required because of non-conformance to specified requirements shall be performed by the same agency on instructions by Architect. E. Re-testing required because of non-conformance to specified requirements shall be paid for by Contractor by deducting testing charges from the Contract Sum. 3.06 MANUFACTURERS' FIELD SERVICES A. When specified in individual specification sections,require material or product suppliers or manufacturers to provide qualified staff personnel to observe site conditions,conditions of surfaces and installation, quality of workmanship, as applicable, and to initiate instructions when necessary. B. Report observations and site decisions or instructions given to applicators or installers that are supplemental or contrary to manufacturers'written instructions. 3.07 DEFECT ASSESSMENT A. Replace Work or portions of the Work not conforming to contract document requirements. B. If,in the opinion of Architect, it is not practical to remove and replace the Work,Architect will direct an appropriate remedy or adjust payment. C. Maintain a Log of Non-conforming work,tracking items from instance of identification to resolution. February 25,2019 01 4000-4 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 ATCT Seismic Retrofit&Remodel 01 4000 City of Renton QUALITY REQUIREMENTS Project No.CAG-19-051 Page 5 of 5 3.08 SUPERINDENDENT DAILY REPORTS A. Write daily reports for each calendar day, beginning with date of Notice to Proceed,on form(s)approved by Architect. Daily Reports will be factual records containing numerical data of the Work and quality assurance and control activities. Identify deficiencies in daily reports and in Non-Conforming Work Log as they occur and as they are resolved. Do not address production issues unless they impact quality assurance or quality control. B. Superintendent shall sign and date all reports.Verification shall include a statement that all materials and products incorporated into the Work are in compliance with the terms of the Contract except as noted. C. Submit copies of daily reports at each Progress Meeting. END OF SECTION February 25,2019 01 4000-5 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 ATCT Seismic Retrofit&Remodel 01 4126 City of Renton PERMITS Project No.CAG-19-051 Page 1 of 1 SECTION 01 4126 - PERMITS PART1 -GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A.This Section specifies permits, easement and right-of-entry agreements requirements: 1.02 PERMITS A.The Owner has acquired the following permits: 1. King County Wastewater Discharge Authorization. 2. City of Renton Building Permit. B. Copies of the permits obtained by the Owner are listed in 1.02 A of this Section and included in Attachment A to this Section. Unless otherwise indicated the terms,conditions and requirements of all permits listed in Part 1.02 A are requirements of this Contract and the Contractor shall be responsible for all terms,conditions,fees and responsibilities of each permit. C. In addition to the permits obtained by the Owner and included in this Contract(if any),the Contractor shall obtain from the Authority Having Jurisdiction all other permits required to perform the Contract Work The Contractor shall obtain the needed permits in accordance with Section 00 72 00. D.The Contractor must include in the Baseline Schedule(as required in Section 01 32 16)a dedicated activity for the Contractor to obtain each of the permits required to perform the Contract Work. E.At a minimum the Baseline Schedule must include an activity for each of the following permits: 1.Washington State Department of Labor and Industries Permit for Electrical. 2. City of Renton Plumbing Permit. 3. City of Renton Mechanical Permit. 4. Department of Ecology NPDES Construction Stormwater Permit. F.The Owner will provided to the Contractor the following permits after execution of the Contract.The Contractor shall comply with the requirements of each permit as required in Section 00 72 00. For the purposes of bidding the Contract shall assume the following requirements for each permit. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Procedures: Section 01 30 00. B. Permits, permit applications,easements and right-of-entry agreements obtained by the Contractor. C. All permit,easement or right-of-entry agreement compliance reports. D. Approvals when work is complete for permits obtained by the Contractor. E. Easement releases. 1.04 POSTING PERMITS A. Permits and easements, including those obtained by the Contractor,shall be posted at the site of the Work. PART 2-PRODUCTS(NOT USED) PART 3-EXECUTION(NOT USED) END OF SECTION February 25,2019 01 2100-1 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 ATCT Seismic Retrofit&Remodel 01 4216 City of Renton DEFINITIONS Project No.CAG-19-051 Page 1 of 2 SECTION 01 4216 - DEFINITIONS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplemental Conditions and other Division 1 Specification sections, apply to this Section. 1.02 SUMMARY A. This section supplements the definitions contained in the General Conditions. In case of conflict,the General Conditions will take precedence. B. Other definitions are included in individual specification sections. 1.03 SPECIFICATION FORMAT AND CONTENT A. Specifications Format:These Specifications are organized into Divisions and Sections based on the Construction Specifications Institute's 2016 MasterFormat. B. Specification Content: 1. Language:This specification uses certain conventions in the use of language and the intended meaning of certain terms,words and phrases when used in particular situations or circumstances.These conventions are explained as follows: a. Wording of the contract documents is abbreviated or streamlined and frequently includes incomplete sentences. 1) Abbreviated word and terms shall be interpolated as sense requires. Singular words shall be interpreted as plural and plural words interpreted as singular where applicable to the context indicated. b. These specifications are written in imperative mood.This imperative phraseology is directed to the Contractor, unless specifically noted otherwise. c. The terms"Shall", "Shall be", "Will", and"Will be"and similar words and phrases are defined to have compulsory meaning. 2. Assignment of Specialists: a. The specification requires that certain specific construction activities shall be performed by specialists who are recognized experts in the operations to be performed.The specialist must be engaged for those activities, and their assignments are requirements over which the Contractor has no choice or option. However,the responsibility for fulfilling Contract requirements remains with the Contractor. b. This requirement shall not be interpreted to conflict with enforcement of building codes and similar regulations governing the work. It is also not intended to interfere with local trade union jurisdictional settlements and similar conventions. c. Use of titles such as"carpentry"in not intended to imply that certain construction activities must be performed by accredited or unionized individuals of a corresponding generic name,such as"carpenter". It also does not imply that requirements specified apply exclusively to tradespersons of the corresponding generic name. d. The term "Installer"shall be used to refer to all specialists. 1.04 DEFINITIONS A. General: Basic Contract definitions are included in the Conditions of the Contract. B. Terminology-Certain terms used more generally throughout the contract documents are defined as follows: 1. Addenda:Additions made to the contract documents during the bidding period. Used to revise, delete,or add to any of the bidding requirements or contract documents. 2. Approve:Where used in conjunction with the Architect's response or submittals,requests, applications, inquiries,reports, and claims by the Contractor,the meaning will be held to the limitations of the Architect's responsibilities and duties as specified in Section 00 7200, General Conditions of the Contract. February 25,2019 01 4216-1 Issuedfor Bid—2/26/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 ATCT Seismic Retrofit&Remodel 01 4216 City of Renton DEFINITIONS Project No.CAG-19-051 Page 2 of 2 3. Confirm: Confirm or verify dimension or condition and notify Owner of findings prior to proceeding with the work. 4. Construction Documents:All of the written and graphic documents prepared and assembled by the Owner for communicating the design and administering the construction contract.They include the following categories: bidding requirements,contract forms, conditions of the contract,specifications, drawings, addenda and contract modifications.This term is interchangeable with "contract documents". 5. Contract Documents:The legally enforceable requirements which become part of the contract when the agreement is signed. Including the bid package, project manual and all related documents including construction documents. See"construction documents"above. 6. Contract Modifications-After agreement has been signed, any additions, deletions,or modifications to the work are accomplished by supplemental instructions or change order. 7. Directed:Where not otherwise explained,terms such as"directed", "requested", "authorized", "selected", "approved", "permitted", "required", and"accepted"mean"directed by the Owner", "requested by the Owner",etc. However, no such implied meaning will be interpreted to extend the Owner's responsibility into the Contractor's area of construction supervision. 8. Drawings: Graphic representations of the work. 9. Furnish: To supply and deliver to project site, unload, and inspect for damage. 10. Install: To unpack, assemble,erect, apply, place, anchor,finish,cure, protect,clean,start up, protect, and similar operations and make ready for use. 11. Installer:The person or entity engaged by the Contractor or its subcontractor or sub-subcontractor for the performance of a particular unit of work at the project site, including installations,erections, applications, and similar required operations. It is a general requirement that installers be recognized experts in the work they are engaged to perform. 12. Product: Material, machinery,components,equipment,fixtures, and systems forming the work result. Not materials or equipment used for preparation,fabrication,conveying,or erection and not incorporated into the work result. Products may be new, never before used,or re-used materials or equipment. 13. Project Manual: The book-sized(8 1/2 by 11-inch format and bound)volume that includes the procurement requirements(if any),the contracting requirements, and the specifications. 14. Project Site:The space available to the Contractor for the performance of the work,either exclusively or in conjunction with others performing other work as part of the project.The extent of the project site is shown on the drawings and may or may not be identical with the description of the land upon which the project is built. 15. Provide: To furnish and install,complete and ready for intended use. 16. Record Drawings: Drawings prepared by the Contractor to indicate construction changes, including nature and location of concealed work. 17. Shop Drawings: Drawings,schedules, and other information prepared by the Contractor to describe fabrication and installation of elements of the work. 18. Specifications: Define the qualitative requirements for products, materials and workmanship upon which the contract is based. 19. Supply: Same as Furnish. 20. Testing Agency:An independent entity engaged to perform specific inspections or tests of the work, both at the project site or elsewhere, and to report and, if required,to interpret the results of those inspections or tests. 21. Notification: PART 2 PRODUCTS-NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION-NOT USED END OF SECTION February 25,2019 01 4216-2 Issuedfor Bid—2/26/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 ATCT Seismic Retrofit&Remodel 01 5000 City of Renton TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS Project No.CAG-19-051 Page 1 of 4 SECTION 01 5000 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Temporary utilities. B. Temporary telecommunications services. C. Temporary sanitary facilities. D. Temporary Controls: barriers,enclosures,fencing,etc. E. Security requirements. F. Vehicular access and parking. G. Waste removal facilities and services. H. Field offices. 1.02 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplemental Conditions and Division 1 specification sections, apply to this section. B. Section 01 5721 -Indoor Air Quality Controls for construction HVAC. 1.03 TEMPORARY UTILITIES A. General: Cost or use charges for temporary facilities shall be included in the Contract Sum.Allow other entities to use temporary services and facilities without cost, including but not limited to, Owner's construction forces,Architect,consultants,occupants of the project,testing agencies and authorities having jurisdiction. B. All costs associated with preparing utilities for use is the sole responsibility of the Contractor. C. Usage costs for temporary site utilities will be provided the Contractor. 1.04 TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES A. Provide, maintain, and pay for telecommunications services to field office at time of project mobilization. 1.05 TEMPORARY SANITARY FACILITIES A. Provide and maintain self-contained single-occupant chemical toilet units in quantity determined by workforce. Commence service upon site mobilization. B. Maintain daily in clean and sanitary condition. 1.06 BARRIERS A. Provide barriers to prevent unauthorized entry to construction areas,to prevent access to areas that could be hazardous to workers or the public and to protect existing facilities and adjacent properties from damage from construction operations and demolition. B. Provide protection for trees designated to remain. C. Protect stored materials,site, and structures from damage. 1.07 FENCING A. Construction: Commercial grade chain link fence. No orange roll-up type fencing is allowed. B. Provide 6 foot(1.8 m)high fence around construction site;equip with vehicular and pedestrian gates with locks. Install fencing around Project Limit as designated on sheet D02 for initial portion of project. Maintain continuous fence across the full property width at south edge or entire property until removal requested by Owner. February 25,2019 01 5000-1 Issuedfor Bid—2/26/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 ATCT Seismic Retrofit&Remodel 01 5000 City of Renton TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS Project No.CAG-19-051 Page 2 of 4 C. Silt Fencing: Provide silt fencing in compliance with AHJ requirements and contract documents. 1.08 EXTERIOR ENCLOSURES A. Provide temporary insulated weather tight closure of exterior openings to accommodate acceptable working conditions and protection for Products,to allow for temporary heating and maintenance of required ambient temperatures identified in individual specification sections, and to prevent entry of unauthorized persons. Provide access doors with self-closing hardware and locks. 1.09 TEMPIORARY HEAT AND VENTILATION A. Provide temporary heat and ventilation during the time that the permanent heating plant is not operational, as required to maintain adequate environmental conditions to facilitate progress of Work. Use methods approved by Architect and Owner. Pay for all fuel and equipment. B. After permanent heating plant is operational the Contractor may use the plant in lieu of temporary heat and ventilation specified and pay for energy usage at prevailing rate. Use of the permanent plant does not obligate the Owner to acceptance of the heating system used during construction. 1.10 CONSTRUCTION AIDS A. Provide,operate, and maintain a complete plant for fabricating, handling,conveying, installing and erecting all Work required under the Contract. Maintain plant and equipment in safe and efficient operating condition. Contractor shall be responsible for damages due to defective plant and equipment and uses made thereof. B. Furnish, install, and maintain for the duration of construction all required scaffolding, lifts,tarpaulins, barricades,canopies,warning signs,steps, bridges, platforms and other temporary construction necessary for proper completion of the work. Maintain in compliance with all pertinent safety and other regulations. 1.11 SECURITY A. Provide security and facilities to protect Work, and Owner's operations from unauthorized entry,vandalism,or theft. 1.12 VEHICULAR ACCESS AND PARKING A. Comply with regulations relating to use of streets and sidewalks, access to emergency facilities, and access for emergency vehicles. B. Provide and maintain access to fire hydrants,free of obstructions. C. Provide means of removing mud from vehicle wheels before entering pedestrian walkways, driveways, parking areas,city streets, and the airport perimeter fence(Airside). D. Comply with City traffic and parking regulations. E. Delivery and Storage: Conduct operations in such a manner as to avoid unnecessary interference to existing pedestrian and vehicle traffic. Minimize heavy vehicle traffic to and from site during peak traffic hours(7-9 a.m. and 3-6 p.m.). Do not park vehicles in traffic lanes. Provide flag persons, and traffic control signs and devices as required. Notify Owner in advance of any unusually long or large deliveries. Storage of materials adjacent to the Project site outside of the construction fence is not permitted unless authorized by AHJ and Owner. I. Traffic Control: Provide and implement a traffic control plan for all work located in street. Include temporary barriers,signs,flaggers, etc. Comply with all requirements of the City of Renton for work in the Right-of-Way. 1.13 WASTE REMOVAL A. Provide waste removal facilities and services as required to maintain the site in clean and orderly condition. B. Provide containers with lids. Remove trash from site on a regular basis as needed. C. If materials to be recycled or re-used on the project must be stored on-site, provide suitable non-combustible containers; locate containers holding flammable material outside the structure unless otherwise approved by the authorities having jurisdiction. D. Open free-fall chutes are not permitted. Terminate closed chutes into appropriate containers with lids. 1.14 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION February 25,2019 01 5000-2 Issuedfor Bid—2/26/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 ATCT Seismic Retrofit&Remodel 01 5000 City of Renton TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS Project No.CAG-19-051 Page 3 of 4 A. Provide project identification sign of design and construction per Section 01 5813 1.15 FIELD OFFICE(S) A. Office: Weathertight,with lighting,electrical outlets, heating,cooling equipment, and equipped with sturdy furniture,file cabinets, bookcases, drawing rack and drawing display table. B. Provide space for Project meetings,with table and chairs to accommodate 6 persons. C. Provide signage directing all construction related deliveries and visitors to the field office(s) 1.16 EQUIPMENT A. Fire Extinguishers: Portable, UL-rated,with extinguishing agent as required by locations and classes of fire exposure. B. HVAC Equipment: Prior to use of permanent HVAC system, provide fans and vented,self-contained heaters with individual space thermostatic control as necessary to maintain in enclosed portions of buildings a minimum temperature of 50 deg F for rough-in activities and 65 deg F for finishing activities.All cost for temporary heat and ventilation shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. 1. Gasoline-burning space heaters, open-flame heaters,or salamander-type heating units are prohibited. 2. Heating Units: Listed and labelled for type of fuel consumed, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. 3. Permanent HVAC Equipment: See Section 01 5721. 4. Use of permanent HVAC shall in no way affect warranty provisions of this Contract. 1.17 REMOVAL OF UTILITIES, FACILITIES,AND CONTROLS A. Remove temporary utilities,equipment,facilities, materials, prior to Substantial Completion inspection. B. Remove underground installations to a minimum depth of 2 feet(600 mm). Grade site as indicated. C. Clean and repair damage caused by installation or use of temporary work. D. Restore existing facilities used during construction to original condition. E. Restore new permanent facilities used during construction to specified condition. 1.18 QUALITYASSURANCE A. Regulations: Comply with industry standards and applicable laws and regulations of authorities having jurisdiction, including but not limited to: 1. Building code requirements 2. Health and safety regulations 3. Utility company regulations 4. Police, Fire department and rescue squad rules 5. Environmental protection regulations B. Standards: 1. General: Comply with the following: a. NFPA Code 241, "Building Construction and Demolition Operations". b. ANSI-A10 Series standards for"Safety Requirements for Construction and Demolition". c. NECA Electrical Design Library"Temporary Electrical Facilities". 2. Recommendations: Refer to"Guidelines for Bid Conditions for Temporary Job Utilities and Services"prepared jointly by AGC and ASC for industry recommendations. 3. Electrical Service: Comply with NEMA, NECA, and UL standards and regulations for temporary electrical service. Install service in compliance with NEC(NFPA 70). C. Inspections:Arrange for authorities having jurisdiction to inspect and test each temporary utility before use. Obtain required certifications and permits. 1.18 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Conditions of Use: 1. Keep temporary services and facilities clean and neat in appearance. Operate in a safe and efficient manner.Take necessary February 25,2019 01 5000-3 Issuedfor Bid—2/26/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 ATCT Seismic Retrofit&Remodel 01 5000 City of Renton TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS Project No.CAG-19-051 Page 4 of 4 fire prevention measures. 2. Take necessary fire prevention measures. 3. Do not overload facilities or permit them to interfere with Owner's operations. 4. Do not allow hazardous, dangerous,or unsanitary conditions or public nuisances to develop or persist on the site. 1.19 SUBMITTALS A. Temporary Facilities Site Plan: Show temporary facilities, utility connections,staging areas and parking areas for construction personnel. B. Temporary Utilities: Prepare a schedule for Owner's approval indicating dates for implementation and termination of each temporary utility provision. PART 2 PRODUCTS-NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION-NOT USED END OF SECTION February 25,2019 01 5000-4 Issuedfor Bid—2/26/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 ATCT Seismic Retrofit&Remodel 01 5100 City of Renton CONTRACTOR'S FACILITIES Project No.CAG-19-051 Page 1 of 4 SECTION 01 5100 - CONTRACTOR'S FACILITIES PART1 -GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section specifies the following Contractor temporary construction facilities and construction requirements: 1. Utilities: power, heating,ventilation,telephone,water,sanitary facilities and lighting. 2. Work site access control: concrete barriers,fencing, and security. 3. Miscellaneous items: parking,staging,cleaning, project signage, and Contractor office. 4. Roads: haul roads, haul routes, and access roads. B. Provide protections necessary to prevent damage to roadways,sidewalks and parking areas. C. Only rubber-tired equipment is permitted to operate on paved roads. D. Protect existing trees and other vegetation indicated to remain in place against cutting, breaking or skinning of roots,skinning and bruising of bark,or smothering of trees by stockpiling materials within dripline. Provide necessary temporary guards to protect trees and vegetation to remain in place. E. Make every effort to minimize damage and cutting major tree roots during excavation operations. Provide protection for larger tree roots exposed or cut during excavation operations. F. Unless otherwise noted, be responsible for all costs for utility usage and permitting associated with the requirements of this Section. G. Unless otherwise noted,the Owner will not furnish any materials,facilities, utilities,or services. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Procedures: Section 01 30 00: B. Access and Haul Plan: 1. Transportation routes. 2. Haullocations. 3. Haul summary reports: weekly. C. A plan to meet each of the requirements of this Section. 1.03 USE OF SPACE A. Only in areas that Contract covers and only during active inclusive dates of Contract. B. Contractor vehicle and equipment parking only as designated by the Project Representative. 1.04 PROTECTION OF WORK A. Protect Work, materials, and equipment against damage,weather conditions,or other hazards. Equipment,Work,or materials found damaged or in other than new condition will be rejected by Project Representative. 1.05 REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT OPF INTERFEREING ITEMS A. Should any items,such as signs, bumper blocks,or related items, interfere with the proper construction process,remove and reinstall such items to the satisfaction of the Project Representative. 1.06 TRAFFICIPEDESTRIAN CONTROLS A. Conduct the work to interfere minimally with public travel,whether vehicular or pedestrian. B. Properly warn the public of construction equipment and activities,open trenches, and/or other unsafe conditions by providing all necessary warning equipment. Equipment includes warning signs, barricades,fencing,flashing lights and traffic control personnel (flaggers). C. Conduct operations with the least possible obstruction and inconvenience to the public in accordance with appropriate section(s)of the WSDOT"Standard Specifications." 1.07 UTILITIES A. Existing subsurface utilities on Project are represented on Contract Drawings to the best of the Owner's knowledge. It is Contractor's responsibility to verify existence of utilities, and determine exact location and depth. Maintain use of utilities during February 25,2019 01 2100-1 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 ATCT Seismic Retrofit&Remodel 01 5100 City of Renton CONTRACTOR'S FACILITIES Project No.CAG-19-051 Page 2 of 4 construction through temporary connections or other measures suitable to Commission. No extra compensation will be made for removal,temporary connections,relocations,or replacement of utilities. B. Coordinate and schedule outages for water, and sewer service connections or repairs with the Project Representative,so as not to inconvenience staff or public. 1.08 POWER A. Connect to existing utility owned power service. B. Provide power requirements and coordinate with the electrical utility for power takeoff points,voltage and phasing requirements, transformers, and metering installation. 1.09 HEATING A. Provide temporary heating of the buildings and enclosures as necessary to protect work and material against damage by dampness and cold, and to facilitate completion of the work. Supply the fuel,equipment, and materials required for temporary heating. 1.10 VENTILATION A. Ventilate enclosed areas to assist cure of materials,to dissipate humidity, and to prevent accumulation of dust,fumes,vapors,or gasses. 1.11 TELEPHONE A. Provide for Contractor's own use,telephone service at the construction site office. B. In order that the Project Representative can coordinate with the Contractor on a local exchange, provide a telephone number contact where long distance does not apply for Project Representative's calls to field personnel. 1.12 WATER A. Provide necessary water, piping, and special connections to an existing water supply. 1.13 SANITARY FACILITIES A. Provide toilet and wash-up facilities for the work force at the site. Comply with applicable laws,ordinances, and regulations pertaining to the public health and sanitation of dwellings and camps. 1.14 CONCRETE BARRIERS A. Erect and maintain concrete barriers to limit access to excavations, hazardous areas, and to protect existing facilities from damage during construction and demolition operations and at locations shown on the Drawings. 1.15 FENCING A. Maintain at all times during the construction period,fences which shall enclose the areas of the site and prevent unauthorized entry to construction areas. Fences shall be chain link and a minimum of 6-feet high. Gates shall be provided at access points where required and these shall be kept locked during off-work hours. A key lock shall be given to the Project Representative. B. Provide fencing as shown on the Drawings and in accordance with Section 01 01 45. 1.16 TEMPORARY SIDEWALKS A. Unless noted on the plans,the Contractor shall maintain sidewalks to provide safe pedestrian access around work sites. 1.17 CONTRACTOR'S SECURITY A. Provide security and facilities to protect the work, all temporary and existing facilities from unauthorized entry,vandalism,or theft. 1. Contractor is responsible for costs associated with unauthorized entry,vandalism, and theft. 1.18 HAUL ROADS AND LOCATIONS A. Provide as necessary for the work. B. Submit all haul locations for all types and classification of material to be removed from the worksite. If haul locations are to be added or location of material haul location is changed,submit new haul location and types and classification of material. February 25,2019 01 2100-2 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 ATCT Seismic Retrofit&Remodel 01 5100 City of Renton CONTRACTOR'S FACILITIES Project No.CAG-19-051 Page 3 of 4 C. Submit weekly in the haul summary report the type, amount, and location of disposal of material removed from the site. D. Repair any damage to roadway surfaces from the direct or indirect result of the Contractor's operation to the requirements of the responsible agency. E. Obtain all necessary street use permits in connection with Contractor's operations. 1. When hauling is done over highways or city streets,the loads shall be trimmed and the vehicle shelf areas shall be cleaned after each loading. The loads shall be watered after trimming to minimize dust. 2. Maintain traffic patterns in the existing structural filled areas which preserve the stability of the soil under all future structural foundations or paved areas. F. Haul roads: 1. Construct haul roads required to transport materials on site. 2. Select haul road alignment to avoid interference with facility operations. 3. Remove haul roads after completion of embankment construction. 1.19 RESTORATION OF ROADS A. Clean and repair roads used by the Contractor as required during and completion of the work. B. Unless otherwise noted,resurface paved roadways, and bring to original grade and section roads which are not paved,where the surface is removed, broken, damaged,caved,or settled during the work. 1.20 PARKING AND STAGING AREA A. Be responsible for obtaining and maintaining parking and staging areas unless otherwise specified. 1.21 CLEANING A. Remove debris and rubbish from pipe chases, plenums, attics,crawl spaces, and other closed or remote spaces, prior to enclosing the space. B. Sweep and vacuum clean interior areas prior to start of surface finishing, and continue cleaning to eliminate dust. C. Clean the exposed surfaces of piping, ductwork,or equipment which has become soiled with dirt, mortar,or other materials before covering with insulation, painting, or enclosing in the building structure. 1.22 CONTRACTOR'S OFFICE A. Maintain a suitable office near the site of the work to be the headquarters of the representative authorized to receive drawings, instructions,or other communication or articles. B. Communications given by the Project Representative or delivered at the site office in the Contractor's absence shall be deemed to have been delivered to the Contractor. C. Copies of the Drawings, Specifications, permits, , regulatory required items, and other Contract Documents shall be kept at the site office and available for use at all times. 1.23 TRANSPORTATION ROUTE A. Select transportation route for hauling materials and equipment without creating traffic congestion. Construction traffic flow scheme for the entire work is required in Section 01 01 45. 1.24 ROAD CLOSURES A. Temporary detours and road closures due to work of others shall be anticipated by the Contractor. Contractor is responsible to plan and coordinate all its operations to work with possible temporary detours and road closures. B. Closure of the access driveway is not in the best interest of the Owner,only close roads being trenched while conduits,etc., are being installed, and immediately reopened for traffic. Supply necessary barricades,etc.,to effectively prevent automotive traffic from entering upon any traveled way while trenches are open, unless other approved appropriate safety measures are taken. C. Be responsible for all additional costs resulting from temporary road closures. February 25,2019 01 2100-3 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 ATCT Seismic Retrofit&Remodel 01 5100 City of Renton CONTRACTOR'S FACILITIES Project No.CAG-19-051 Page 4 of 4 1.25 CONSTRUCTION SIGNS A. Commercial or advertising signs shall not be allowed on the site. PART 2-PRODUCTS(NOT USED) PART 3-EXECUTION 3.01 RESPONSIBILITIES B. Ensure all subcontractors,suppliers and individuals associated with Contract activities use approved routes. C. Provide required signage and Contractor oversight for approved route to ensure compliance with traffic routing requirements. If Contractor fails to abide by the approved haul routes, Project Representative will assign City off-duty police officers for enforcement of haul route restrictions at the expense of the Contractor. END OF SECTION February 25,2019 01 2100-4 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 ATCT Seismic Retrofit&Remodel 01 5600 City of Renton ENUIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT Project No.CAG-19-051 Page 1 of 6 SECTION 01 5600 - ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section specifies environmental controls and requires a plan to describe how Contractor will manage environmental mitigation and temporary environmental controls required to be maintained during construction. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Referenced Standards: This Section incorporates by reference the latest revisions of the following documents.They are part of this Section as specified and modified. In case of conflict between the requirements of this Section and those of the listed documents,the requirements of this Section shall prevail. Reference Title KCC Title 9 KC Surface Water Design Manual KCC Title 9 King County Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual KCC Title 12 King County Noise Ordinance WAC 173-201A Water Quality Standards for Surface Waters of the State of Washington RCW 90.48 Water Pollution Control Standards WSDOE Stormwater Management Manual for Western Washington WAC 173-60 Noise Levels RCW 70.105 Hazardous Waste Management KC Exec Policy LUD 16-1: Cultural Resources Procedures Various Local codes,regulations 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Procedures: Section 01 30 00. B. Environmental Mitigation Plan and all its revisions. C. Waste disposal logs. 1.04 ENVIRONMENTAL MITIGATION PLAN A. Develop and maintain for the duration of the Contract an Environmental Mitigation Plan which will effectively describe methods to incorporate and implement all required environmental protection precautions. Use the form provided by the Project Representative. B. Appoint an employee who is qualified and authorized to supervise and enforce compliance with the Plan. Ensure that all necessary pollution control equipment,supplies,or materials are available to implement the Plan. C. Plan:Address the issues in the format provided which include: 1. Person Responsible. 2. Site Maintenance Program per requirements of this section and permits. 3. Waste Disposal per Contract requirements and requirements of the Local Authority Having Jurisdiction(LAHJ)and permits. 4. Street cleaning per requirements of this Contract,the LAHJ and permits. 5. Water and Erosion Control. 6. Air Pollution Control Measures per the requirements of this Contract,the LAHJ and permits. 7. Noise Control Measures per requirements of this Contract,the LAHJ and permits. 8. Vibration Control and Settlement Monitoring. 9. Tree and plant protection. 10. Water Quality Protection and Stormwater Control. 11. Petroleum Spill Prevention Measures per requirements of this Contract,the LAHJ and permits. 12. Chemical Storage per requirements of this Contract, the LAHJ and permits. February 25,2019 01 5600-1 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 ATCT Seismic Retrofit&Remodel 01 5600 City of Renton ENUIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT Project No.CAG-19-051 Page 2 of 6 13. Cultural Resources per requirements of this Contract,the LAHJ and permits. 14. Erosion and Sediment Control per requirements of Section 31 25 00 and other sections of this Contract,the LAHJ and permits. 15. Traffic Control per requirements of Section 01 5700 and other sections of this Contract,the LAHJ and permits. 16. Worker Protection per requirements of Section 01 06 30 and other sections of this Contract,the LAHJ and permits. 17. Lighting. 18. Other issues specific to the Contract Work. D. Submit Plan prior to initiating work activities. E. In the event that the Owner,regulatory agencies,or jurisdictions determine the Plan or the Contractor's activities to be inadequate to protect environment: 1. Stop the work in progress until adequate environmental protection measures are implemented. 2. Modify the Plan to meet the requirements of regulatory agencies,jurisdictions, and the Owner. 3. Submit the revisions to the Plan prior to restarting work. PART 2- PRODUCTS [NOT USED] PART 3— EXECUTION 3.01 PERSON RESPONSIBLE A. Provide a person responsible for environmental management with authority to take appropriate action to safeguard the environment. B. Provide person's name and 24 hour access phone number. 3.02 SITE MAINTENANCE A. Keep the work site, including staging areas and Contractors'facilities,clean, neat and free from rubbish and debris. Remove materials and equipment from the site when they are no longer necessary. Upon completion of the work and before request for inspection,clear the work site of equipment, unused materials, and rubbish to present a clean and neat appearance. B. Do not allow waste material to remain on the site of the work or on adjacent streets. Collect, carry off the site, and legally dispose of such materials daily,weekly,or as otherwise specified by the Project Representative. Potentially contaminated soils(suspect soils) which require determination of make-up may be stockpiled on the site per the Project Representative requirements. C. Be responsible for obtaining necessary permits or approval for the Contractor's disposal sites. D. In the event that waste material,refuse, debris, and rubbish are not removed from the work site,the Owner reserves the right to have the waste material,refuse, debris, and rubbish removed. E. Handle paints,solvents, and other construction materials with care to prevent entry of contaminants into storm drains,surface waters,or soils. F. Unless otherwise indicated,restore ground surface to its pre-construction condition. Restore disturbed areas by replanting or repaving as soon as practical after construction. 3.03 WASTE DISPOSAL A. Be responsible for managing and disposal of all waste generated by Contractor's activities including existing site materials required to be removed,waste from excess materials brought to the site and not incorporated into the work, and waste products from the Contractor's operation such as contaminated waste solvents. B. Identify an employee who is responsible for managing wastes and their proper, legal disposal. C. Identify all wastes leaving the project site and the disposition of the waste. D. Submit record logs of disposition of all disposal material leaving the site. February 25,2019 01 5600-2 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 ATCT Seismic Retrofit&Remodel 01 5600 City of Renton ENUIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT Project No.CAG-19-051 Page 3 of 6 3.04 STREET CLEANING A. Use sealed trucks for the removal of all contaminated or flowing running spoils from the construction site. B. Prevent dirt and dust from escaping trucks departing the work site by covering dusty loads,washing truck tires before leaving the site, using crushed rock at entrances,or other reasonable methods. C. When working dump trucks and other equipment on paved streets and roadways,clean the streets no later than at the end of each day's operations and at such additional interim periods as required. Clean the area using a vacuum sweeping truck. Cleaning equipment shall be available 24 hours per day,while haul routes are in use. D. Contractor may use power washing trucks to clean street surface only after receiving approval from the Project Representative and only if following the best management practices to prevent exceedance of Washington State Water Quality Standards. E. All streets in the construction area used by Contractor's trucks or any other equipment hauling material to and from the area, whether within the Contract limits or adjacent thereto,shall be kept clean and shall be continuously serviced by the Contractor's use of sprinkling trucks to control dust. F. Violations of the above requirements are sufficient grounds for the Project Representative to order the streets in question to be cleaned by others with all cost withheld from the Application for Payment. G. Do not flush untreated solid material or soils or water containing solid material or soils into receiving waters including catch basins, ditches,streams, lakes,or wetlands. 3.05 WATER AND EROSION CONTROL A. Do not allow site erosion to cause violation of the Washington State Water Quality Standards. B. Temporary drainage:conform to the regulations and requirements of legally authorized surface water management agencies. C. Prevent solids or turbid runoff from entering storm drains or local surface waters. Cover excavated areas,spoil piles, and imported or stored fill materials. Cut and cover techniques,sediment barriers around storm drains and construction sites,siltation fencing, and similar erosion control measures shall be employed as required to prevent contamination of local surface waters. D. Erosion control measures shall be installed prior to excavation,clearing,or grading activities. E. Erosion and sedimentation control measures shall be in place prior to any clearing or grading activity. Disturbed areas and spoils piles shall be covered, bermed,or otherwise secured when runoff from rain is or would be likely to cause turbid water that may enter local water bodies.Work shall be suspended if it cannot be performed without causing turbid runoff to leave the construction area or enter local water bodies. F. Comply with additional requirements of Section 31 23 16. 3.06 AIR POLLUTION CONTROL A. Do not discharge smoke, dust, and other contaminants into the atmosphere that violate the regulations of legally constituted authorities. Prevent smoke, dust, engine exhaust fumes, and other contaminants from entering building spaces by directing them away from building intake plenums, building doors,or openings. Do not allow internal combustion engines to idle for prolonged periods of time. Maintain construction vehicles and equipment in good repair.When exhaust emissions are determined to be excessive,repair or replace equipment. B. Unless otherwise needed for functioning of equipment,contractor shall not allow gasoline or diesel powered machines and/or equipment to idle longer than five minutes. Examples of this exception may include;testing,servicing,repairing, and reaching operating temperatures and safe operational conditions. 1. Contractor shall communicate this restriction to employees on a regular basis. 2. The contractor shall make use of available Original Equipment Manufacturer(OEM)or aftermarket telemetrics systems on heavy equipment and trucks that reports on engine performance. Contractor shall provide a written report on the fuel burn of each piece of heavy equipment to the Project Representative on a monthly basis. C. Use electrically-powered equipment where practical. February 25,2019 01 5600-3 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 ATCT Seismic Retrofit&Remodel 01 5600 City of Renton ENUIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT Project No.CAG-19-051 Page 4 of 6 D. Minimize dust nuisance by cleaning,sweeping,sprinkling with water,or other means.The use of water in amounts which result in mud on public streets is not acceptable as a substitute for sweeping or other methods. Make equipment for this operation available at all times. E. Protect existing facilities and equipment from dust generated from Contractor's activities. 3.07 NOISE CONTROL A. Noise complaints received by the Project Representative during the Work will be shared with the contractor.Work with the Project Representative, as required,to resolve noise related complaints. B. Noisy operations shall be scheduled to minimize their impact. C. Unless otherwise indicated through a noise variance,comply with local controls and noise level rules, regulations, and ordinances which apply to work performed. D. Each internal combustion engine, used on the job or related to the job,shall be equipped with a muffler of a type recommended by the manufacturer. No internal combustion engine shall be operated without said muffler. E. Noise levels for scrapers, pavers, graders, and trucks shall not exceed 90 dBA at 50 feet as measured under the noisiest operating conditions. For other equipment, noise levels shall not exceed 85 dBA. Equipment that cannot meet these levels shall be quieted by use of improved exhaust mufflers, noise attenuation barriers or other means. F. Use electric or hydraulic tools whenever practical to reduce noise. G. Provide notification of special circumstances or emergency conditions that require work beyond the hours specified as follows: 1. Notify the Project Representative and local authority in advance of any proposed extended work hours for preauthorization. Include any additional measures to mitigate noise generated by this construction activity if deemed necessary by the Project Representative. 2. If an emergency situation occurs that warrants extended hours, notify the Project Representative immediately upon determining the need for this work. 3.08 TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION A. Unless specified to be removed, protect existing trees from damage by construction activities. Unless otherwise indicated,trees may not be removed within construction limits without written approval from the Project Representative. Unless otherwise indicated, if a tree is damaged or destroyed by construction, replace in species,size, and grade with a healthy tree. Should it not be practical to replace the tree, pay for damages to trees in accordance with requirements of the Owner, as required by the Project Representative. B. Restore damaged landscaped areas and other surface improvements as nearly as possible to their original condition. C. Minimize vegetation removal. Do not clear areas until construction activities require the Work. D. Additional requirements as shown on the Drawings. 3.09 WATER QUALITY PROTECTION AND STORMWATER CONTROL A. Conform to the regulations and requirements of legally authorized surface water management agencies. Do not allow any discharge to exceed the state Water Quality Standards. B. Prepare and implement a Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan(SWPPP)as required by Washington Department of Ecology. These requirements and a template for a SWPPP are on the WSDOE website. C. If water quality standards or permit conditions are violated,shut down work causing the violation until protection and remediation is completed. Be responsible for all associated impacts. D. Be responsible for the overflow of any storm drains resulting from the addition of flow from Contractor's activities and any damages associated with such overflow. E. Conduct operations in such a manner as to prevent sediment,construction equipment wash water, and other pollutants from reaching existing sewers, storm drains,wetlands, and surface waters. February 25,2019 01 5600-4 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 ATCT Seismic Retrofit&Remodel 01 5600 City of Renton ENUIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT Project No.CAG-19-051 Page 5 of 6 F. Inspect, maintain, and repair all BMPs on a weekly basis to assure continued performance of their intended function.The Department of Ecology requires all on-site erosion and sediment control measures be inspected at least once every seven days and within 24 hours after any storm event of greater than 0.5 inches of rain per 24 hour period measured at SeaTac International Airport. Keep a weekly log of the inspections for review by the Project Representative. G. Water in contact with uncured concrete is toxic to aquatic life. Do not discharge water contaminated with fresh concrete into surface water bodies or storm or sewer pipes.Water in contact with concrete may only be discharged when it complies with WAC 173-201A and it has necessary permits from authority having jurisdiction. H. Prevent additional construction wastes such as paper,wood, garbage,sanitary wastes, and fertilizer from leaving the site and entering waterways. Dispose of all debris on land in such a manner that it cannot enter a waterway or cause water quality degradation. 3.10 PETROLEUM SPILL PREVENTION AND CONTROL A. Prevent,contain, and clean the spilling of oil,fuel, and other petroleum products used. Discharge of oil from equipment or facilities into state waters or onto adjacent land is not permitted and violates state water quality regulations. B. At a minimum, perform the following measures regarding oil spill prevention,containment, and clean-up: 1. Inspect fuel hoses, lubrication equipment, hydraulically-operated equipment,oil drums, and other equipment and facilities regularly for drips, leaks,or signs of damage, and maintain and store properly to prevent spills. Maintain proper security to discourage vandalism. 2. Dike or locate all land-based oil and products storage tanks so as to prevent spills from escaping into the water. Line dikes and subsoils with impervious material to prevent oil from seeping through the ground and dikes. 3. Immediately contain all visible floating oils with booms, dikes,or other appropriate means and remove from the water prior to discharge into state waters. Immediately contain all visible oils on land using dikes,straw bales,or other appropriate means and remove using sand, ground clay,sawdust,or other absorbent material and properly dispose of waste materials. 4. Temporarily store waste materials in drums or other leak-proof containers after clean-up and during transport to disposal. Dispose of waste materials off property at a legal site. 5. In the event of any oil or product discharges into public waters,or onto land with a potential for entry into public waters, immediately notify the following agencies at their listed 24-hour response numbers: a. WDOE, Northwest Regional Office: (425)649-7000. b. U.S. Coast Guard: (206)286-5540. 6. As a minimum, maintain at each work site, and restock as necessary to ensure an adequate and continuous supply,the following materials: a. Oil-absorbent booms: 4 each,5 feet long. b. Oil-absorbent pads or bulk material, adequate for coverage of 200 square feet of surface area. c. Oil-skimming system, if appropriate. d. Hay bales. e. Oil absorbent material,such as kitty litter or sawdust,for material spills on land, gloves for use when performing the work and plastic bags to collect the used material. 3.11 CHEMICAL STORAGE A. Store solid chemicals, liquid chemicals, paints, petroleum products,caustic solutions, and waste materials, including batteries and electronic components,to prevent entry of contaminants into all waters including groundwater. B. Store to prevent spillage in the event of overfilling,tipping or rupture. C. Store on impervious surfaces with impervious berms able to contain 110%of the storage volume. D. Protect from vandalism. E. Cover stored liquids. February 25,2019 01 5600-5 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 ATCT Seismic Retrofit&Remodel 01 5600 City of Renton ENUIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT Project No.CAG-19-051 Page 6 of 6 F. Designate waste storage areas with the appropriate hazardous labels. G. Segregate non-compatible or reactive chemicals to prevent possibility of mixing. H. Store all'empty'containers not cleaned in upright secure manner. 3.12 FINES A. Be responsible for all fines incurred from non-compliance with regulations of governing authorities. END OF SECTION February 25,2019 01 5600-6 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 ATCT Seismic Retrofit&Remodel 01 5721 City of Renton INDOOR AIR QUALITY CONTROLS Project No.CAG-19-051 Page 1 of 4 SECTION 01 5721 - INDOOR AIR QUALITY CONTROLS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Construction procedures to promote adequate indoor air quality after construction. B. Building flush-out after construction and before occupancy. C. Testing indoor air quality after completion of construction. 1.02 PROJECT GOALS A. Dust and Airborne Particulates: Prevent deposition of dust and other particulates in HVAC ducts and equipment. 1. Contractor shall bear the cost of cleaning required due to failure to protect ducts and equipment from construction dust. B. Airborne Contaminants: Procedures and products have been specified to minimize indoor air pollutants. 1. Furnish products meeting the specifications. 2. Avoid construction practices that could result in contamination of installed products leading to indoor air pollution. 1.03 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplemental Conditions and Division 1 specification sections, apply to this section. B. Section 01 4000-Quality Requirements: Testing and inspection services. C. Section 01 9113-General Commissioning Requirements D. Section 23 0593-Testing,Adjusting, and Balancing for HVAC: Testing HVAC systems for proper air flow rates, adjustment of dampers and registers, and settings for equipment. 1.04 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASHRAE Std 52.2-Method of Testing General Ventilation Air-Cleaning Devices for Removal Efficiency by Particle Size;2007. B. SMACNA(OCC)-IAQ Guideline for Occupied Buildings Under Construction;2007. 1.05 DEFINITIONS A. Adsorptive Materials: Gypsum board, acoustical ceiling tile and panels,carpet and carpet tile,fabrics,fibrous insulation, and other similar products. B. Contaminants: Gases,vapors,regulated pollutants, airborne mold and mildew, and the like, as specified. C. Particulates: Dust, dirt, and other airborne solid matter. D. Wet Work: Concrete, plaster,coatings, and other products that emit water vapor or volatile organic compounds during installation, drying,or curing. 1.06 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000-Administrative Requirements,for submittal procedures. B. Indoor Air Quality Management Plan: Describe in detail measures to be taken to promote adequate indoor air quality upon completion; use SMACNA IAQ Guidelines for Occupied Buildings Under Construction as a guide. 1. Submit not less than 60 days before enclosure of building. 2. Identify potential sources of odor and dust. 3. Identify construction activities likely to produce odor or dust. 4. Identify areas of project potentially affected,especially occupied areas. 5. Evaluate potential problems by severity and describe methods of control. 6. Describe construction ventilation to be provided, including type and duration of ventilation, use of permanent HVAC systems, types of filters and schedule for replacement of filters. 7. Describe cleaning and dust control procedures. February 25,2019 01 5721 -1 Issuedfor Bid—2/26/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 ATCT Seismic Retrofit&Remodel 01 5721 City of Renton INDOOR AIR QUALITY CONTROLS Project No.CAG-19-051 Page 2 of 4 8. Describe coordination with commissioning procedures. D. Interior Finishes Installation Schedule: Identify each interior finish that either generates odors, moisture,or vapors or is susceptible to adsorption of odors and vapors, and indicate air handling zone,sequence of application, and curing times. E. Duct and Terminal Unit Inspection Report. F. Air Contaminant Test Plan: Identify: 1. Testing agency qualifications. 2. Locations and scheduling of air sampling. 3. Test procedures, in detail. 4. Test instruments and apparatus. 5. Sampling methods. G. Air Contaminant Test Reports: Show: 1. Location where each sample was taken, and time. 2. Test values for each air sample; average the values of each set of 3. 3. HVAC operating conditions. 4. Certification of test equipment calibration. 5. Other conditions or discrepancies that might have influenced results. 1.07 QUALITYASSURANCE A. Testing and Inspection Agency Qualifications: Independent testing agency having minimum of 5 years'experience in performing the types of testing specified. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Low VOC Materials: See other sections for specific requirements for materials with low VOC content. B. Auxiliary Air Filters: MERV of 8, minimum,when tested in accordance with ASHRAE 52.2. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 CONSTRUCTION PROCEDURES A. Prevent the absorption of moisture and humidity by adsorptive materials by: 1. Sequencing the delivery of such materials so that they are not present in the building until wet work is completed and dry. 2. Delivery and storage of such materials in fully sealed moisture-impermeable packaging. 3. Provide sufficient ventilation for drying within reasonable time frame. B. Begin construction ventilation when building is substantially enclosed. C. If extremely dusty or dirty work must be conducted inside the building,shut down HVAC systems for the duration;remove dust and dirt completely before restarting systems. D. HVAC equipment and supply air ductwork may be used for ventilation during construction: 1. Operate HVAC system on 100 percent outside air,with 1.5 air changes per hour, minimum. 2. Ensure that air filters are correctly installed prior to starting use;replace filters when they lose efficiency. 3. Do not use return air ductwork for ventilation unless absolutely necessary. 4. Where return air ducts must be used for ventilation, install auxiliary filters at return inlets,sealed to ducts; use filters with the equivalent efficiency as those required at supply air side, but not less than MERV of 8; inspect and replace filters when they lose efficiency. E. Do not store construction materials or waste in mechanical or electrical rooms. F. Prior to use of return air ductwork without intake filters clean up and remove dust and debris generated by construction activities. 1. Inspect duct intakes,return air grilles, and terminal units for dust. 2. Clean plenum spaces, including top sides of lay-in ceilings,outsides of ducts,tops of pipes and conduit. 3. Clean tops of doors and frames. 4. Clean mechanical and electrical rooms, including tops of pipes, ducts, and conduit,equipment, and supports. February 25,2019 01 5721 -2 Issuedfor Bid—2/26/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 ATCT Seismic Retrofit&Remodel 01 5721 City of Renton INDOOR AIR QUALITY CONTROLS Project No.CAG-19-051 Page 3 of 4 5. Clean return plenums of air handling units. 6. Remove intake filters last, after cleaning is complete. G. Do not perform dusty or dirty work after starting use of return air ducts without intake filters. H. Use other relevant recommendations of SMACNA IAQ Guideline for Occupied Buildings Under Construction for avoiding unnecessary contamination due to construction procedures. 3.02 BUILDING FLUSH-OUT A. Contractor's Option: Either full continuous flush-out OR satisfactory air contaminant testing is required, not both. B. Perform building flush-out before occupancy. C. Do not start flush-out until: 1. Construction is complete. 2. HVAC systems have been tested, adjusted, and balanced for proper operation. 3. Inspection of inside of return air ducts and terminal units confirms that cleaning is not necessary. 4. New HVAC filtration media have been installed. D. Building Flush-Out: Operate all ventilation systems at normal flow rates with 100 percent outside air until a total air volume of 14,000 cubic feet per square foot(4500 cubic meters per square meter)of floor area has been supplied. 1. Obtain Owner's concurrence that construction is complete enough before beginning flush-out. 2. Maintain interior temperature of at least 60 degrees F(15 degrees C)and interior relative humidity no higher than 60 percent. 3. If additional construction involving materials that produce particulates or any of the specified contaminants is conducted during flush-out,start flush-out over. 4. If interior spaces must be occupied prior to completion of the flush-out,supply a minimum of 25 percent of the total air volume prior to occupancy, and: a. Begin ventilation at least three hours prior to daily occupancy. b. Continue ventilation during all occupied periods. c. Provide minimum outside air volume of 0.30 cfm per square foot(0.0015 cu m/s/sq m)or design minimum outside air rate, whichever is greater. E. Install new HVAC filtration media after completion of flush-out and before occupancy or further testing. 3.03 AIR CONTAMINANT TESTING A. Contractor's Option: Either full continuous flush-out OR satisfactory air contaminant testing is required, not both. B. Perform air contaminant testing before occupancy. C. Do not start air contaminant testing until: 1. Construction is complete, including interior finishes. 2. HVAC systems have been tested, adjusted, and balanced for proper operation. 3. New HVAC filtration media have been installed. D. Indoor Air Samples: Collect from spaces representative of occupied areas: 1. Collect samples while operable windows and exterior doors are closed, HVAC system is running normally as if occupied,with design minimum outdoor air, but with the building unoccupied. 2. Collect samples from spaces in each contiguous floor area in each air handler zone, but not less than one sample per 25,000 square feet(2300 square meters);take samples from areas having the least ventilation and those having the greatest presumed source strength. 3. Collect samples from height from 36 inches(915 mm)to 72 inches(1830 mm)above floor. 4. Collect samples from same locations on 3 consecutive days during normal business hours; average the results of each set of 3 samples. 5. Exception: Areas with normal very high outside air ventilation rates,such as laboratories, do not need to be tested. 6. When retesting the same building areas,take samples from at least the same locations as in first test. E. Outdoor Air Samples: Collect samples at outside air intake of each air handler at the same time as indoor samples are taken. F. Analyze air samples and submit report. February 25,2019 01 5721 -3 Issuedfor Bid—2/26/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 ATCT Seismic Retrofit&Remodel 01 5721 City of Renton INDOOR AIR QUALITY CONTROLS Project No.CAG-19-051 Page 4 of 4 G. Air Contaminant Concentration Determination and Limits: 1. Carbon Monoxide: Not more than 9 parts per million and not more than 2 parts per million higher than outdoor air. 2. Airborne Mold and Mildew: Measure in relation to outside air; not higher than outside air. 3. Formaldehyde: Not more than 50 parts per billion. 4. Formaldehyde: Measure in micrograms per cubic meter, in relation to outside air; not more than 20 micrograms per cubic meter higher than outside air. 5. Total Volatile Organic Compounds(TVOC): Not more than 500 micrograms per cubic meter. 6. Total Volatile Organic Compounds(TVOC): Measure in micrograms per cubic meter, in relation to outside air; not more than 200 micrograms per cubic meter higher than outside air. 7. Particulates(PM10): Not more than 50 micrograms per cubic meter. 8. Total Particulates(PM): Measure in micrograms per cubic meter, in relation to outside air; not more than 20 micrograms per cubic meter higher than outside air. END OF SECTION February 25,2019 01 5721 -4 Issuedfor Bid—2/26/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 ATCT Seismic Retrofit&Remodel 01 5813 City of Renton TEMPORARY PROJECT SIGNAGE Project No.CAG-19-051 Page 1 of 2 SECTION 01 5813 - TEMPORARY PROJECT SIGNAGE PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Project identification sign. B. Project informational signs. 1.02 QUALITYASSURANCE A. Design sign and structure to withstand 50 miles/hr(80 km/hr)wind velocity. B. Sign Painter: Experienced as a professional sign painter for minimum three years. C. Finishes, Painting: Adequate to withstand weathering,fading, and chipping for duration of construction. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000-Administrative Requirements for submittal procedures. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 SIGN MATERIALS A. Structure and Framing: New,wood,structurally adequate. B. Sign Surfaces: Exterior grade plywood with medium density overlay, minimum 3/4 inch (19 mm)thick,standard large sizes to minimize joints. C. Paint and Primers: Exterior quality,two coats;sign background of white color. D. Lettering: Exterior quality paint, contrasting colors. 2.02 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGN A. 1 painted sign, 48 sq ft(4.5 sq m)area, bottom 6 feet(2 m)above ground. B. Content: 1. Project number,title, logo and name of Owner as indicated on Contract Documents. 2. Name of Architect 3. Name of Prime Contractor. 4. Graphic Image of Project. C. Graphic Design, Colors, Style of Lettering: Architect will provide art and layout of the sign. 2.03 PROJECT INFORMATIONAL SIGNS A. Painted informational signs of same colors and lettering as Project Identification sign,or standard products;size lettering to provide legibility at 100 foot(30 m)distance. B. Provide at each field office,storage sheds, and directional signs to direct traffic into and within site. Relocate as Work progress requires. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install project identification sign within 30 days after date fixed by Notice to Proceed. B. Erect at designated location. C. Install sign surface plumb and level,with buttjoints. Anchor securely. February 25,2019 01 5813-1 Issuedfor Bid—2/26/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 ATCT Seismic Retrofit&Remodel 01 5813 City of Renton TEMPORARY PROJECT SIGNAGE Project No.CAG-19-051 Page 2 of 2 3.02 REMOVAL A. Remove signs,framing,supports, and foundations at completion of Project and restore the area. END OF SECTION February 25,2019 01 5813-2 Issuedfor Bid—2/26/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 ATCT Seismic Retrofit&Remodel 01 6000 City of Renton PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS Project No.CAG-19-051 Page 1 of 5 SECTION 01 6000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. General product requirements. B. Transportation, handling,storage and protection. C. Product option requirements. D. Substitution limitations and procedures. E. Procedures for Owner-supplied products. F. Maintenance materials, including extra materials,spare parts,tools, and software. 1.02 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplemental Conditions and Division 1 specification sections, apply to this section. B. Section 01 4000-Quality Requirements: Product quality monitoring. C. Section 01 7419-Construction Waste Management and Disposal: Waste disposal requirements potentially affecting packaging and substitutions. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 NEW PRODUCTS A. Provide new products unless specifically required or permitted by the Contract Documents. B. Do not use products having any of the following characteristics: 1. Made using or containing CFC's or HCFC's. 2. Made of wood from newly cut old growth timber. C. Where all other criteria are met, Contractor shall give preference to products that: 1. Are extracted, harvested, and/or manufactured closer to the location of the project. 2. Have longer documented life span under normal use. 3. Result in less construction waste. 4. Are made of vegetable materials that are rapidly renewable. D. Urea-Formaldehyde Prohibition: 1. Overall Project Requirement: Provide composite wood and agrifiber products having no added urea-formaldehyde resins. a. Require each installer to certify compliance and submit product data showing product content. 2. Specific Product Categories: Comply with limitations specified elsewhere. E. Adhesives and Joint Sealants: 1. Provide only products having lower volatile organic compound(VOC)content than required by South Coast Air Quality Management District Rule No.1168. a. Require each installer to certify compliance and submit product data showing product content. 2. Specific Product Categories: Comply with limitations specified elsewhere. F. Aerosol Adhesives: 1. Provide only products having lower volatile organic compound(VOC)content than required by GreenSeal GS-36. a. This provision is applicable to LEED Credit EQ 4.1;submit LEED Prohibited Content Installer Certification Forms. 2.02 PRODUCT OPTIONS A. Products Specified by Reference Standards or by Description Only: Use any product meeting those standards or description. B. Products Specified by Naming One or More Manufacturers with a Provision for Substitutions: Submit a request for substitution for any February 25,2019 01 6000-1 Issuedfor Bid—2/26/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 ATCT Seismic Retrofit&Remodel 01 6000 City of Renton PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS Project No.CAG-19-051 Page 2 of 5 manufacturer not named. 2.04 MAINTENANCE MATERIALS A. Furnish extra materials,spare parts,tools, and software of types and in quantities specified in individual specification sections. B. Deliver and place in location as directed;obtain receipt prior to final payment. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES A. Prior to Bid: Submit requests for substitutions for receipt by Owner no later than 10 calendar days prior to the bid due date. B. Document each request with complete data substantiating compliance of proposed substitution with Contract Documents. C. A request for substitution constitutes a representation that the submitter: 1. Has investigated proposed product and determined that it meets or exceeds the quality level of the specified product. 2. Will provide the same warranty for the substitution as for the specified product. 3. Will coordinate installation and make changes to other Work that may be required for the Work to be complete with no additional cost to Owner. 4. Waives claims for additional costs or time extension that may subsequently become apparent. D. Substitutions will not be considered when they are indicated or implied on shop drawing or product data submittals,without separate written request,or when acceptance will require revision to the Contract Documents. E. Substitution Submittal Procedure: 1. Submit each request with form provided at end of this section. Substitution requests submitted without provided form will not be considered. 2. Submit requests by email to wadams(c�rentonwa.qov Email requests will be in PDF format. Facsimile(Faxed)Substitution requests will not be considered. 3. Submit One(1)copy of request for substitution for consideration. Limit each request to one proposed substitution. 4. Submit shop drawings, product data, and certified test results attesting to the proposed product equivalence. Burden of proof is on proposer. 5. Provide samples when needed to convey equivalence or upon Architects request. 6. Acceptance will be acknowledged through Addendum only. F. After Contract Award: Requests for substitutions submitted after the Bid Period will not be considered except when One(1)of the following conditions exists: 1. Unavailability:A product is unavailable through no fault of the General Contractor. 2. Regulatory Requirements: Final code interpretations,regulatory requirements,safety requirements,or insurance requirements necessitate a change due to inability of the specified item to meet conformance. 3. Warranty: Manufacturer or fabricator cannot certify or warrant required performance of specified item. 4. Owner Benefit:The substitution offers significant benefit in cost-savings, quality enhancement,operations and maintenance or other beneficial considerations. G. After Contract Award: Submit requests for substitution in quantities identified for submittals in Section 01 3000. H. Redesign and coordination: In submitting a request for substitution approval,the Contractor represents that it has investigated the proposed product and, in its opinion, it is equal or equivalent in all respects to that specified. If bidding a product identified as an approved substitution,the Contractor agrees to coordinate all trades including changes as may be required. It further agrees to waive all claims for additional costs which subsequently become apparent as a consequence of the substitution and that it will bear all costs related, including costs of A/E's services for redesign if deemed necessary. I. Substitutions will not be considered if they are indicated or implied on Shop Drawings or other project data submittals without proper Notice indicated on attached substitution form provided. 3.02 OWNER-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS A. See Section 01 1000-Summary for identification of Owner-supplied products. February 25,2019 01 6000-2 Issuedfor Bid—2/26/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 ATCT Seismic Retrofit&Remodel 01 6000 City of Renton PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS Project No.CAG-19-051 Page 3 of 5 B. Owner's Responsibilities: 1. Arrange for and deliver Owner reviewed shop drawings, product data, and samples,to Contractor. 2. Arrange and pay for product delivery to site. 3. On delivery, inspect products jointly with Contractor. 4. Submit claims for transportation damage and replace damaged, defective,or deficient items. 5. Arrange for manufacturers'warranties, inspections, and service. C. Contractor's Responsibilities: 1. Review Owner reviewed shop drawings, product data, and samples. 2. Receive and unload products at site; inspect for completeness or damage jointly with Owner. 3. Handle,store, install and finish products. 4. Repair or replace items damaged after receipt. 3.03 TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING A. Coordinate schedule of product delivery to designated prepared areas in order to minimize site storage time and potential damage to stored materials. B. Transport and handle products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. C. Transport materials in covered trucks to prevent contamination of product and littering of surrounding areas. D. Promptly inspect shipments to ensure that products comply with requirements, quantities are correct, and products are undamaged. E. Provide equipment and personnel to handle products by methods to prevent soiling, disfigurement,or damage. F. Arrange for the return of packing materials,such as wood pallets,where economically feasible. 3.04 STORAGE AND PROTECTION A. Designate receiving/storage areas for incoming products so that they are delivered according to installation schedule and placed convenient to work area in order to minimize waste due to excessive materials handling and misapplication. B. Store and protect products in accordance with manufacturers'instructions. C. Store with seals and labels intact and legible. D. Store sensitive products in weather tight,climate controlled,enclosures in an environment favorable to product. E. For exterior storage of fabricated products, place on sloped supports above ground. F. Cover products subject to deterioration with impervious sheet covering. Provide ventilation to prevent condensation and degradation of products. G. Prevent contact with material that may cause corrosion, discoloration,or staining. H. Provide equipment and personnel to store products by methods to prevent soiling, disfigurement,or damage. I. Arrange storage of products to permit access for inspection. Periodically inspect to verify products are undamaged and are maintained in acceptable condition. END OF SECTION (FORM ATTACHED) February 25,2019 01 6000-3 Issuedfor Bid—2/26/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 ATCT Seismic Retrofit&Remodel 01 6000 City of Renton PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS Project No.CAG-19-051 Page 4 of 5 SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM T0: Renton Municipal Airport Attn: William Adams 616 W Perimeter Road Renton,WA 98057 wadams(a�rentonwa.qov PROJECT NAME:Airport Office Seismic RetrofitlRenovation Project PROPOSER: WE HEREBY SUBMIT FOR CONSIDERATION,THE FOLLOWING PRODUCT INSTEAD OF THE SPECIFIED ITEM FOR ABOVE PROJECT: SECTION PARAGRAPH SPECIFIED ITEM PROPOSED SUBSTITUTION: ATTACH COMPLETE DIMENSIONAL INFORMATION AND TECHNICAL DATA, INCLUDING LABORATORY TESTS, IF APPLICABLE. INCLUDE COMPLETE INFORMATION ON CHANGES TO DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS WHICH PROPOSED SUBSTITUTION WILL REQUIRE FOR ITS PROPER INSTALLATION. SUBMIT WITH REQUEST ALL NECESSARY SAMPLES AND SUBSTANTIATING DATA TO PROVIDE EQUAL QUALITY, PERFORMANCE,AND APPEARANCE TO THAT SPECIFIED. CLEARLY MARK MANUFACTURER'S LITERATURE TO INDICATE EQUALITY OR EQUIVALENCE IN PERFORMANCE. INDICATE DIFFERENCES IN QUALITY OF MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION. FILL IN BLANKS BELOW: A. DOES THE SUBSTITUTION AFFECT DIMENSIONS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS: No Yes If yes,clearly indicate changes: B. WILL THE UNDERSIGNED PAY FOR CHANGES TO THE BUILDING DESIGN, INCLUDING ENGINEERING AND DETAILING COSTS CAUSED BY THE REQUESTED SUBSTITUTION? C. WHAT EFFECT DOES SUBSTITUTION HAVE ON OTHER TRADES, OTHER CONTRACTS,AND CONTRACT COMPLETION DATE? D. WHAT EFFECT DOES SUBSTITUTION HAVE ON APPLICABLE CODE REQUIREMENTS? E. DIFFERENCES BETWEEN PROPOSED SUBSTITUTION AND SPECIFIED ITEM: February 25,2019 01 6000-4 Issuedfor Bid—2/26/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 ATCT Seismic Retrofit&Remodel 01 6000 City of Renton PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS Project No.CAG-19-051 Page 5 of 5 F. MANUFACTURER'S WARRANTIES OF THE PROPOSED AND SPECIFIED ITEMS ARE: Same _Different(explain): G. LIST OF NAMES AND ADDRESSES OF 3 SIMILAR PROJECTS ON WHICH PRODUCT WAS USED, DATE OF INSTALLATION,AND A/E'S NAME AND ADDRESS: (ATTACH LIST WITH REQUESTED INFORMATION) H. COST IMPACT: UNDERSIGNED ATTESTS FUNCTION AND QUALITY ARE EQUAL OR EQUIVALENT TO SPECIFIED ITEMS. CERTIFICATION OF EQUAL OR EQUIVALENT PERFORMANCE AND ASSUMPTION OF LIABILITY FOR EQUAL OR EQUIVALENT PERFORMANCE: Signature Firm Address By Date Signature must be by person having authority to legally bind Contractor to the above terms. FOR USE BY A/E REMARKS: Accepted Not Accepted Accepted as Noted Received Too Late February 25,2019 01 6000-5 Issuedfor Bid—2/26/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 ATCT Seismic Retrofit&Remodel 01 7000 City of Renton EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS Project No.CAG-19-051 Page 1 of 8 SECTION 01 7000 - EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Examination, preparation, and general installation procedures. B. Requirements for alterations work, including selective demolition,except removal, disposal, and/or remediation of hazardous materials and toxic substances. C. Pre-installation meetings. D. Cutting and patching. E. Surveying for laying out the work. F. Cleaning and protection. G. Starting of systems and equipment. H. General requirements for maintenance service. 1.02 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplemental Conditions and Division 1 specification sections, apply to this section. B. Section 01 3000-Administrative Requirements: Submittals procedures. C. Section 01 4000-Quality Requirements: Testing and inspection procedures. D. Section 01 5000-Temporary Facilities and Controls: Temporary exterior enclosures. E. Section 01 7419-Construction Waste Management and Disposal: Additional procedures for trash/waste removal,recycling,salvage, and reuse. F. Section 01 7800—Closeout Submittals: 0&M, Record Drawings and other documents due at completion. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. NFPA 241 -Standard for Safeguarding Construction,Alteration, and Demolition Operations;2009. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For Land Surveyor B. Survey work: Submit name, address, and telephone number of Surveyor before starting survey work. 1. Submit documentation verifying accuracy of survey work. 2. Submit a copy of site drawing signed by the Land Surveyor,that the elevations and locations of the work are in conformance with Contract Documents. 3. Submit digital record survey for the project record in AutoCAD format. Note final location of building,site improvements, benchmarks, and utilities. C. Cutting and Patching: Submit written request in advance of cutting or alteration that affects: 1. Structural integrity of any element of Project. 2. Integrity of weather exposed or moisture resistant element. 3. Efficiency, maintenance,or safety of any operational element. 4. Visual qualities of sight exposed elements. 5. Work of Owner or separate Contractor. 6. Include in request: a. Identification of Project. b. Location and description of affected work. c. Necessity for cutting or alteration. February 25,2019 01 7000-1 Issuedfor Bid—2/26/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 ATCT Seismic Retrofit&Remodel 01 7000 City of Renton EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS Project No.CAG-19-051 Page 2 of 8 d. Description of proposed work and products to be used. e. Effect on work of Owner or separate Contractor. f. Written permission of affected separate Contractor. g. Date and time work will be executed. D. Project Record Documents: Per Section 01 7800 1.05 QUALIFICATIONS A. For survey work,employ a land surveyor registered in State of Washington and acceptable to Architect. Submit evidence of Surveyor's Errors and Omissions insurance coverage in the form of an Insurance Certificate. B. For field engineering,employ a professional engineer of the discipline required for specific service on Project, licensed in Washington. 1.06 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Protect site from puddling or running water. Comply with all requirements for storm water management and soil erosion prevention. B. Ventilate enclosed areas to assist cure of materials,to dissipate humidity, and to prevent accumulation of dust,fumes,vapors,or gases. C. Dust Control: Execute work by methods to minimize raising dust from construction operations. Provide positive means to prevent air-borne dust from dispersing into atmosphere and over adjacent property. D. Noise Control: Provide methods, means, and facilities to minimize noise produced by construction operations. E. Pest and Rodent Control: Provide methods, means, and facilities to prevent pests and insects from damaging the work. F. Rodent Control: Provide methods, means, and facilities to prevent rodents from accessing or invading premises. G. Pollution Control: Provide methods, means, and facilities to prevent contamination of soil,water, and atmosphere from discharge of noxious,toxic substances, and pollutants produced by construction operations. Comply with federal,state, and local regulations. 1.07 COORDINATION A. See Section 01 1000 for occupancy-related requirements. B. Coordinate scheduling,submittals, and work of the various sections of the Project Manual to ensure efficient and orderly sequence of installation of interdependent construction elements,with provisions for accommodating items installed later. C. Notify affected utility companies and comply with their requirements. D. Verify that utility requirements and characteristics of new operating equipment are compatible with building utilities. Coordinate work of various sections having interdependent responsibilities for installing,connecting to, and placing in service,such equipment. E. Coordinate space requirements,supports, and installation of inechanical and electrical work that are indicated diagrammatically on Drawings. Follow Coordination Drawings routing shown for pipes, ducts, and conduit, as closely as practicable; place runs parallel with lines of building. Utilize spaces efficiently to maximize accessibility for other installations,for maintenance, and for repairs. F. In finished areas except as otherwise indicated,conceal pipes, ducts, and wiring within the construction. Coordinate locations of fixtures and outlets with finish elements. G. Coordinate completion and clean-up of work of separate sections. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 PATCHING MATERIALS A. New Materials: As specified in product sections; match existing products and work for patching and extending work. B. Type and Quality of Existing Products: Determine by inspecting and testing products where necessary,referring to existing work as a standard. C. Product Substitution: For any proposed change in materials,submit request for substitution described in Section 01 6000. February 25,2019 01 7000-2 Issuedfor Bid—2/26/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 ATCT Seismic Retrofit&Remodel 01 7000 City of Renton EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS Project No.CAG-19-051 Page 3 of 8 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that existing site conditions and substrate surfaces are acceptable for subsequent work. Start of work means acceptance of existing conditions. B. Verify that existing substrate is capable of structural support or attachment of the work being applied or attached. C. Examine and verify specific conditions described in individual specification sections. D. Take field measurements before confirming product orders or beginning fabrication,to minimize waste due to over-ordering or mis- fabrication. E. Verify that utility services are available,of the correct characteristics, and in the correct locations. F. Prior to Cutting: Examine existing conditions prior to commencing work, including elements subject to damage or movement during cutting and patching. After uncovering existing work, assess conditions affecting performance of work. Beginning of cutting or patching means acceptance of existing conditions. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Clean substrate surfaces prior to applying next material or substance. B. Seal cracks or openings of substrate prior to applying next material or substance. C. Apply manufacturer required or recommended substrate primer,sealer,or conditioner prior to applying any new material or substance in contact or bond. 3.03 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. When required in individual specification sections, convene a preinstallation meeting at the site prior to commencing work of the section. B. Require attendance of parties directly affecting,or affected by,work of the specific section. C. Notify Owner four days in advance of ineeting date. D. Prepare agenda and preside at meeting: 1. Review conditions of examination, preparation and installation procedures. 2. Review coordination with related work. E. Record minutes and distribute copies within two days after meeting to participants,with two copies to Architect, Owner, participants, and those affected by decisions made. 3.04 LAYING OUT THE WORK A. Verify locations of survey control points prior to starting work. B. Promptly notify Owner of any discrepancies discovered. C. Contractor shall locate and protect survey control and reference points. D. Control datum for survey is that indicated on Drawings. E. Promptly report to Owner the loss or destruction of any reference point or relocation required because of changes in grades or other reasons. F. Replace dislocated survey control points based on original survey control. Make no changes without prior written notice to Owner. G. Utilize recognized engineering survey practices. H. Establish a minimum of two permanent bench marks on site,referenced to established control points. Record locations,with horizontal and vertical data,on project record documents. I. Establish elevations, lines and levels. Locate and lay out by instrumentation and similar appropriate means: February 25,2019 01 7000-3 Issuedfor Bid—2/26/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 ATCT Seismic Retrofit&Remodel 01 7000 City of Renton EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS Project No.CAG-19-051 Page 4 of 8 1. Site improvements including pavements;stakes for grading,fill and topsoil placement; utility locations,slopes, and invert elevations. 2. Grid or axis for structures. 3. Building foundation, column locations, ground floor elevations, and elevated deck elevations. J. Periodically verify layouts by same means. K. Maintain a complete and accurate log of control and survey work as it progresses. 3.05 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A. Install products as specified in individual sections, in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations, and so as to avoid waste due to necessity for replacement. B. Make vertical elements plumb and horizontal elements level, unless otherwise indicated. C. Install equipment and fittings plumb and level, neatly aligned with adjacent vertical and horizontal lines, unless otherwise indicated. D. Make consistent texture on surfaces,with seamless transitions, unless otherwise indicated. E. Make neat transitions between different surfaces, maintaining texture and appearance. 3.06 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. Whenever possible,execute the work by methods that avoid cutting or patching. B. Perform whatever cutting and patching is necessary to: 1. Complete the work. 2. Fit products together to integrate with other work. 3. Provide openings for penetration of inechanical,electrical, and other services. 4. Match work that has been cut to adjacent work. 5. Repair areas adjacent to cuts to required condition. 6. Repair new work damaged by subsequent work. 7. Remove samples of installed work for testing when requested. 8. Remove and replace defective and non-conforming work. C. Execute cutting and patching including excavation and fill: 1. To complete the work. 2. To uncover work in order to install improperly sequenced work. 3. To remove and replace defective or non-conforming work. 4. To remove samples of installed work for testing when requested. 5. To provide openings in the work for penetration of inechanical and electrical, and other services. 6. To execute patching to complement adjacent work. 7. To fit materials and products to integrate with other work. D. Execute work by methods that avoid damage to other work and that will provide appropriate surfaces to receive patching and finishing. In existing work, minimize damage and restore to original condition. E. Employ original installer to perform cutting for weather exposed and moisture resistant elements, and sight exposed surfaces. F. Restore work with new products in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents. G. Fit work air tight to pipes,sleeves, ducts,conduit, and other penetrations through surfaces. H. At penetrations of fire rated walls, partitions,ceiling,or floor construction,completely seal voids with fire rated material in accordance with Section 07 8400,to full thickness of the penetrated element or as otherwise required. I. Cutting: 1. Cut work by methods that will not damage work to be retained and work adjoining. Review proposed procedure(s)with original installer where possible and comply with its recommendations. 2. Where cutting is required,cut work with sawing, drilling,coring and grinding tools. Pneumatic hammering and chopping tools not allowed without prior approval. February 25,2019 01 7000-4 Issuedfor Bid—2/26/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 ATCT Seismic Retrofit&Remodel 01 7000 City of Renton EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS Project No.CAG-19-051 Page 5 of 8 J. Patching: 1. Finish patched surfaces to match finish that existed prior to patching. Patch with seams which are durable and invisible as possible. Comply with specified tolerances of the work. On continuous surfaces,refinish to nearest intersection or natural break. For an assembly,refinish entire unit. 2. Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and,where necessary,extend finish restoration onto retained work adjoining in a manner which will eliminate evidence of patching. 3. Where feasible, inspect and test patched areas to demonstrate integrity of work. 4. Match color,texture, and appearance. 5. Repair patched surfaces that are damaged, lifted, discolored,or showing other imperfections due to patching work. If defects are due to condition of substrate,repair substrate prior to repairing finish. 3.07 PROGRESS CLEANING A. Maintain areas free of waste materials, debris, and rubbish. Maintain site in a clean and orderly condition. B. Remove debris and rubbish from pipe chases, plenums, attics,crawl spaces, and other closed or remote spaces, prior to enclosing the space. C. Broom and vacuum clean interior areas prior to start of surface finishing, and continue cleaning to eliminate dust. D. Collect and remove waste materials, debris, and trash/rubbish from site periodically and dispose off-site; do not burn or bury. 3.08 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED WORK A. Protect installed work from damage by construction operations. B. Provide special protection where specified in individual specification sections. C. Provide temporary and removable protection for installed products. Control activity in immediate work area to prevent damage. D. Provide protective coverings at walls, projections,jambs,sills, and soffits of openings. E. Protect cast concrete to remain exposed in the finished building,finished floors,stairs,roofing and other surfaces from traffic, dirt, wear,damage,or movement of heavy objects, by protecting with durable sheet materials. F. Prohibit traffic or storage upon waterproofed or roofed surfaces. If traffic or activity is necessary,obtain recommendations for protection from waterproofing or roofing material manufacturer. G. Prohibit traffic from landscaped areas. H. Remove protective coverings when no longer needed;reuse or recycle plastic coverings if possible. 3.09 CLOSE-OUT COORDINATION A. See Section 01 1000 for occupancy-related requirements. B. Coordinate scheduling,submittals, and work of the various sections of the Project Manual to ensure efficient and orderly sequence of installation of interdependent construction elements,with provisions for accommodating items installed later. C. Notify affected utility companies and comply with their requirements. D. Verify that utility requirements and characteristics of new operating equipment are compatible with building utilities. Coordinate work of various sections having interdependent responsibilities for installing,connecting to, and placing in service,such equipment. E. Coordinate space requirements,supports, and installation of inechanical and electrical work that are indicated diagrammatically on Drawings. Follow Coordination Drawings routing shown for pipes, ducts, and conduit, as closely as practicable; place runs parallel with lines of building. Utilize spaces efficiently to maximize accessibility for other installations,for maintenance, and for repairs. F. In finished areas except as otherwise indicated, conceal pipes, ducts, and wiring within the construction. Coordinate locations of fixtures and outlets with finish elements. G. Coordinate completion and clean-up of work of separate sections. February 25,2019 01 7000-5 Issuedfor Bid—2/26/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 ATCT Seismic Retrofit&Remodel 01 7000 City of Renton EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS Project No.CAG-19-051 Page 6 of 8 3.10 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION A. Substantial Completion is defined in the General Conditions B. Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting inspection for determining date of Substantial Completion,complete the following. List items below that are incomplete in request, provide detailed work plan to complete each item and anticipated dates of completion. 1. Submit Contractor's Punch List. For each item, include the dollar value of Work remaining, and reasons why the Work is not complete. 2. Submit substantial completion checklist. 3. Advise Owner of pending insurance changeover requirements. 4. Obtain and submit releases permitting Owner unrestricted use of the Work and access to services and utilities. Include occupancy permits,operating certificates, and similar releases. 5. Prepare and submit initial Operation and Maintenance Manuals, damage or settlement surveys, property surveys, and similar final record information. 6. Make final changeover of permanent locks and deliver keys to Owner. Advise Owner's personnel of changeover in security provisions. 7. Participate in commissioning in accordance with Division 1 Section "Commissioning Requirements." 8. Submit test/adjust/balance records. 9. Terminate and remove temporary facilities from Project site, along with mockups,construction tools, and similar elements. 10. Submit changeover information related to Owner's occupancy, use,operation, and maintenance. 11. Complete final cleaning requirements. 12. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred exposed finishes to eliminate visual defects. C. Inspection: Submit a written request for inspection for Substantial Completion. On receipt of request, Owner will either proceed with inspection or notify Contractor of unfulfilled requirements. During inspection, Owner will verify submitted Contractor's Punch List and will add or deduct items as necessary to form the Owner's Substantial Completion Punch List. The Owner's Substantial Completion Punch List will subsequently be provided to the Contractor for resolution. Owner will prepare the Certificate of Substantial Completion after inspection or will notify Contractor of items,either on the Contractor's Punch List or the Owner's Substantial Completion Punch List that must be completed or corrected before certificate will be issued. 1. Reinspection: If,following Owner's inspection, Certificate of Substantial Completion is not granted, request reinspection when the Work identified as incomplete is completed or corrected. Unless waived by Owner, a deductive Change Order for A/E costs will be executed for all Substantial Completion reinspections. 2. Results of completed inspection will form the basis of requirements for Final Completion. D. Checklist: In order to certify, Substantial Completion, all elements on the Substantial Completion Checklist(attached to this section) MUST be complete. 3.11 FINAL COMPLETION A. Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting final inspection for determining date of Final Completion,complete the following: 1. Submit specific warranties,workmanship bonds, maintenance service agreements,final certifications, and similar documents. 2. Submit copy of Architect's Substantial Completion Punch List,with signed and dated certification by the QAM stating that every item has been completed or otherwise resolved for acceptance. 3. Submit evidence of final,continuing insurance coverage complying with insurance requirements. 4. Prepare and submit Project Record Documents,final Operation and Maintenance Manuals, damage or settlement surveys, property surveys, and similar final record information. 5. Deliver tools,spare parts,extra materials, accessory keys, and similar items to location designated by Owner. Label with manufacturer's name and model number where applicable. Except where impractical, provide parts and materials in original unopened packaging. Permanently label all accessory keys. 6. Complete any deferred testing as defined in Division 1 Section "Commissioning Requirements." 7. Submit pest-control final inspection report and certification. 8. Instruct Owner's personnel in operation, adjustment, and maintenance of products,equipment, and systems. 9. Submit Application for Final Payment and required support documentation and certifications according to Division 1 Section "Payment Procedures." February 25,2019 01 7000-6 Issuedfor Bid—2/26/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 ATCT Seismic Retrofit&Remodel 01 7000 City of Renton EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS Project No.CAG-19-051 Page 7 of 8 B. Inspection: Submit a written request for final inspection for acceptance. On receipt of request, Owner will either proceed with inspection or notify Contractor of unfulfilled requirements. Owner will certify Application for Final Payment after inspection or will notify Contractor of construction that must be completed or corrected before certificate will be issued. 1. Reinspection: Request reinspection when the Work identified in previous inspections as incomplete is completed or corrected. Unless waived by Owner, a deductive Change Order for A/E costs will be executed for Final Completion reinspections greater than one in number. C. Checklist: In order to certify, Final Completion, all elements on the Final Completion Checklist(attached to this section)MUST be complete. 3.12 LIST OF INCOMPLETE ITEMS(CONTRACTOR'S PUNCH LIST) A. General: The QAM shall prepare a single list of items to be completed and corrected. Include name and identification of each space and area affected by construction operations for incomplete items and items needing correction including, if necessary, areas disturbed by Contractor that are outside the limits of construction. Use layout provided in electronic format by Owner. Submit three copies of list. 1. Organize list of spaces in sequential order,starting with exterior areas first and proceeding from lowest floor to highest floor. 2. Organize items applying to each space by major element, including categories for floors, individual walls,ceiling,equipment, and building systems. 3.13 SYSTEM STARTUP A. Coordinate with requirements of Section 01 9113-General Commissioning Requirements. B. Coordinate schedule for start-up of various equipment and systems. C. Verify that each piece of equipment or system has been checked for proper lubrication, drive rotation, belt tension,control sequence, and for conditions that may cause damage. D. Verify tests, meter readings, and specified electrical characteristics agree with those required by the equipment or system m an ufacturer. E. Verify that wiring and support components for equipment are complete and tested. F. Execute start-up under supervision of applicable Contractor personnel and manufacturer's representative in accordance with manufacturers'instructions. G. When specified in individual specification Sections,require manufacturer to provide authorized representative to be present at site to inspect,check, and approve equipment or system installation prior to start-up, and to supervise placing equipment or system in operation. H. Submit a written report that equipment or system has been properly installed and is functioning correctly. 3.14 ADJUSTING A. Adjust operating products and equipment to ensure smooth and unhindered operation. B. Testing, adjusting, and balancing HVAC systems: See Division 23. 3.15 FINAL CLEANING A. Execute final cleaning prior to Substantial Completion. B. Use cleaning materials that are nonhazardous. C. Clean interior and exterior glass, surfaces exposed to view;remove temporary labels,stains and foreign substances, polish transparent and glossy surfaces,vacuum carpeted and soft surfaces. D. Clean equipment and fixtures to a sanitary condition with cleaning materials appropriate to the surface and material being cleaned. E. Replace filters of operating equipment. F. Clean debris from roofs, gutters, downspouts, and drainage systems. February 25,2019 01 7000-7 Issuedfor Bid—2/26/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 ATCT Seismic Retrofit&Remodel 01 7000 City of Renton EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS Project No.CAG-19-051 Page 8 of 8 G. Clean site;sweep paved areas,rake clean landscaped surfaces. H. Remove waste,surplus materials,trash/rubbish, and construction facilities from the site; dispose of in legal manner; do not burn or bury. 3.16 MAINTENANCE A. Provide service and maintenance of components indicated in specification sections. B. Maintenance Period: As indicated in specification sections or, if not indicated, not less than one year from the Date of Substantial Completion or the length of the specified warranty,whichever is longer. C. Examine system components at a frequency consistent with reliable operation. Clean, adjust, and lubricate as required. D. Include systematic examination, adjustment, and lubrication of components. Repair or replace parts whenever required. Use parts produced by the manufacturer of the original component. E. Maintenance service shall not be assigned or transferred to any agent or subcontractor without prior written consent of the Owner. END OF SECTION CHECKLIST FORMS FOLLOW February 25,2019 01 7000-8 Issuedfor Bid—2/26/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 ATCT Seismic Retrofit&Remodel 01 7300 City of Renton OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS Project No.CAG-19-051 Page 1 of 2 SECTION 01 7300 - OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS PART 1 —GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section specifies operating and maintenance(0&M)information and manuals. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Procedures: Section 01 30 00. B. Provide 0&M Information from the OEM(original equipment manufacturer)at these project development phases. 1. Provide preliminary 0&M information with the original equipment product data submittal. The preliminary submittal shall conform with 3.01 of this Section. 2. Prior to beginning system testing per Section 23 05 93, provide Initial 0&M submittal including all components in the system being tested. The Initial 0&M submittal shall conform with 3.02 of this Section. 3. After completion of commissioning but prior to final acceptance by the Owner, provide complete Final 0&M manuals for all components in that system being accepted for beneficial use per 3.04. 1.03 CONTENT A. Where specified, provide 0&M information for equipment and material. Provide the following items of information: 1. Names and addresses of the manufacturer,the nearest representative of the manufacturer, and the nearest supplier(s) of the manufacturer's equipment and parts. 2. Significant design criteria including pertinent calculations used in designing,selecting,or verifying the suitability of the installed equipment. 3. Performance data and curves: manufacturer's certified performance data and curves when specified in the Contract; otherwise, manufacturer's catalog performance data and curves. 4. Lubrication information: manufacturer's recommendations regarding the lubricants to be used and lubrication schedule to be followed. 5. Control diagrams: include diagrams for internal and connection wiring. 6. Installation and startup procedures: manufacturer's recommendations for installation, adjustment,calibration, and troubleshooting. 7. Operating procedures: manufacturer's recommended step-by-step procedures for starting,operating, and stopping the equipment under specified modes of operation. 8. Preventive maintenance procedures: manufacturer's recommended steps and schedules for maintaining the equipment. 9. Overhaul instructions and required parts and materials: manufacturer's directions for the disassembly,repair, and reassembly of the equipment, parts and any safety precautions that must be observed while performing the work. a. Overhaul parts list: manufacturer's recommendations of manufacturer's part numbers and quantity of parts which should be stored by the Owner and special storage precautions which may be required for a complete overhaul, as well as the generic title, description and manufacturer's part number of each component part of the equipment. b. Exploded view or plan and section views: detailed plan and section views of equipment shall be provided when exploded views are not available. All views shall have detailed part callouts matching those callouts of the manufacturer's overhaul parts list. Exploded or cut views of equipment shall be provided, if available, as a standard item of the manufacturer's information. 1. Specific information: as necessary where items of information are not included in the above list but are required for operation and maintenance. PART 2—PRODUCTS[NOT USED] 2.01 BINDER MATERIALS A. Binders for final bound 0&M manuals: 1. 3-post. 2. Durable covers with metal piano hinges and locking slide bar assembly. 3. Capable of extending to a maximum 5-inch thickness. 4. Acceptable Manufacturers a. Specialty Loose Leaf Inc. Model 98086. February 25,2019 01 7300-1 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 ATCT Seismic Retrofit&Remodel 01 7300 City of Renton OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS Project No.CAG-19-051 Page 2 of 2 b. Oxford Esselte C619-3. c. Or Approved Equal. 2.02 ELECTRONIC MATERIALS A. Electronic copies of material: 1. USB flash drive. PART 3—EXECUTION 3.01 PRELIMINARY 0&M INFORMATION SUBMITTAL A. Provide OEM information adequate to insure the equipment: 1. is packaged and shipped correctly, 2. is stored and maintained properly per manufacturer's recommendations, 3. is installed per manufacturer's recommendations, 4. is maintained properly prior to commissioning 5. is fully tested and started per manufacturer's recommendation, 6. Is maintained properly until accepted by the Owner. 3.02 INITIAL 0&M SUBMITTAL A. Manufacturer's standard brochures and OEM manuals, used to describe the equipment and the 0&M procedures,shall be modified to reflect only the model or series of equipment used. Extraneous material shall be crossed out neatly or otherwise annotated or eliminated. B. Photocopies of manufacturer's standard brochures and manuals will not be approved for the final bound sets. C. Facsimile paper or photocopies of facsimile information will not be allowed. D. Disposition of 0&M information will be noted on the returned submittals. Only 0&M information with a disposition of"1"or "2"shall be included in the 0&M final bound sets. E. Operational Testing shall not start on any equipment until Initial 0&M information for that equipment is submitted and receives a disposition of"1"or"2". 3.03 FIELD CHANGES A. Following the accepted installation and operation of an equipment item,the item's instructions and procedures shall be modified and supplemented to reflect field changes or additional field data information. 3.04 FINAL SUBMISSIONS A. Provide: 1. Three complete individually bound sets of the approved 0&M information 2. Two complete copies in a bookmarked and searchable PDF file on CD-R or USB flash drive of the approved, bound 0&M information. Bookmarks shall be the same as the items in the Table of Contents. 3. The information shall be organized in the binders in numerical order by the Specification Sections. All brochures and manuals contained therein shall be appropriately labeled with the applicable equipment name and equipment number as it appears in the Contract Documents, and shall also indicate the Specification Section. 4. Each complete bound set and electronic file shall contain a table of contents and spare parts information and shall be provided with tab sheets to permit easy location of the desired sections of the manual. 5. Each complete bound set and electronic file shall contain an index that includes a complete equipment list in alpha- numerical order by the equipment numbers assigned in the Contract. Each equipment number shall be cross- referenced to the applicable Specification Section tab located in the manuals. 3.05 PAYMENT A. One percent of the awarded Contract Price shall be reserved for preparation and submittal of the final 0&M manual. Payment will not be considered until the final 0 &M manual submittal is approved per this Section and the requirements of Section 01 30 00. END OF SECTION February 25,2019 01 7300-2 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 ATCT Seismic Retrofit&Remodel 01 7419 City of Renton CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL Project No.CAG-19-051 Page 1 of 3 SECTION 01 7419 - CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WASTE MANAGEMENT REQUIREMENTS A. Owner requires that this project generate the least amount of trash and waste possible. B. Employ processes that ensure the generation of as little waste as possible due to error, poor planning, breakage, mishandling, contamination,or other factors. C. Minimize trash/waste disposal in landfills;reuse,salvage,or recycle as much waste as economically feasible. D. Required Recycling, Salvage, and Reuse: The following may not be disposed of in landfills or by incineration: 1. Aluminum and plastic beverage containers. 2. Corrugated cardboard. 3. Wood pallets. 4. Clean dimensional wood: May be used as blocking or furring. 5. Land clearing debris, including brush, branches, logs, and stumps: See Section 31 1000 for use options. 6. Concrete: May be crushed and used as riprap, aggregate,sub-base material,or fill. 7. Bricks: May be broken or crushed and used as sub-base material or fill. 8. Concrete masonry units: May be broken or crushed and used as sub-base material or fill. 9. Asphalt paving: May be recycled into paving for project. 10. Metals, including packaging banding, metal studs,sheet metal,structural steel, piping,reinforcing bars, door frames, and other items made of steel, iron, galvanized steel,stainless steel, aluminum,copper,zinc, lead, brass, and bronze. 11. Glass. 12. Gypsum drywall and plaster. 13. Carpet,carpet cushion,carpet tile, and carpet remnants, both new and removed: DuPont(http://flooring.dupont.com)and Interface(www.interfaceinc.com)conduct reclamation programs. 14. Plastic sheeting. E. Contractor shall develop and follow a Waste Management Plan designed to implement these requirements. F. Methods of trash/waste disposal that are not acceptable are: 1. Burning on the project site. 2. Burying on the project site. 3. Dumping or burying on other property, public or private. 4. Other illegal dumping or burying. G. Regulatory Requirements: Contractor is responsible for knowing and complying with regulatory requirements, including but not limited to Federal,state, and King County requirements, pertaining to legal disposal of all construction and demolition waste materials. 1.02 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplemental Conditions and Division 1 specification sections, apply to this section. B. Section 01 3000-Administrative Requirements: Additional requirements for project meetings,reports,submittal procedures, and project documentation. C. Section 01 5000-Temporary Facilities and Controls: Additional requirements related to trash/waste collection and removal facilities and services. D. Section 01 6000-Product Requirements: Waste prevention requirements related to delivery,storage, and handling. E. Section 01 7000-Execution and Closeout Requirements: Trash/waste prevention procedures related to demolition,cutting and patching, installation, protection, and cleaning. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. Clean: Untreated and unpainted; not contaminated with oils,solvents,caulk, adhesives, glues,or the like. February 25,2019 01 7419-1 Issuedfor Bid—2/26/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 ATCT Seismic Retrofit&Remodel 01 7419 City of Renton CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL Project No.CAG-19-051 Page 2 of 3 B. Construction and Demolition Waste: Solid wastes typically including building materials, packaging, trash, debris, and rubble resulting from construction,remodeling,repair and demolition operations. C. Hazardous: Exhibiting the characteristics of hazardous substances, i.e., ignitibility,corrosivity,toxicity or reactivity. D. Nonhazardous: Exhibiting none of the characteristics of hazardous substances, i.e., ignitibility,corrosivity,toxicity,or reactivity. E. Nontoxic: Neither immediately poisonous to humans nor poisonous after a long period of exposure. F. Recyclable: The ability of a product or material to be recovered at the end of its life cycle and remanufactured into a new product for reuse by others. G. Recycle: To remove a waste material from the project site to another site for remanufacture into a new product for reuse by others. H. Recycling: The process of sorting,cleansing,treating and reconstituting solid waste and other discarded materials for the purpose of using the altered form. Recycling does not include burning, incinerating,or thermally destroying waste. I. Return: To give back reusable items or unused products to vendors for credit. J. Reuse: To reuse a construction waste material in some manner on the project site. K. Salvage: To remove a waste material from the project site to another site for resale or reuse by others. L. Sediment: Soil and other debris that has been eroded and transported by storm or well production run-off water. M. Source Separation: The act of keeping different types of waste materials separate beginning from the first time they become waste. N. Toxic: Poisonous to humans either immediately or after a long period of exposure. 0. Trash: Any product or material unable to be reused,returned,recycled,or salvaged. P. Waste: Extra material or material that has reached the end of its useful life in its intended use. Waste includes salvageable, returnable,recyclable, and reusable material. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000-Administrative Requirements,for submittal procedures. B. Waste Management Plan: Include the following information: 1. Analysis of the trash and waste projected to be generated during the entire project construction cycle, including types and quantities. 2. Landfill Options:The name, address, and telephone number of the landfill(s)where trash/waste will be disposed of,the applicable landfill tipping fee(s), and the projected cost of disposing of all project trash/waste in the landfill(s). 3. Landfill Alternatives: List all waste materials that will be diverted from landfills by reuse,salvage,or recycling. 4. Meetings: Describe regular meetings to be held to address waste prevention,reduction,recycling,salvage,reuse, and disposal. 5. Materials Handling Procedures: Describe the means by which materials to be diverted from landfills will be protected from contamination and prepared for acceptance by designated facilities; include separation procedures for recyclables,storage, and packaging. 6. Transportation: Identify the destination and means of transportation of materials to be recycled; i.e.whether materials will be site-separated and self-hauled to designated centers,or whether mixed materials will be collected by a waste hauler. C. Waste Disposal Reports: Submit at specified intervals,with details of quantities of trash and waste, means of disposal or reuse, and costs;show both totals to date and since last report. 1. Submit updated Report with each Application for Progress Payment;failure to submit Report will delay payment. 2. Submit Report on a form acceptable to Owner. 3. Landfill Disposal: Include the following information: a. Identification of material. b. Amount, in tons or cubic yards(cubic meters),of trash/waste material from the project disposed of in landfills. c. State the identity of landfills,total amount of tipping fees paid to landfill, and total disposal cost. d. Include manifests,weight tickets, receipts, and invoices as evidence of quantity and cost. 4. Recycled and Salvaged Materials: Include the following information for each: a. Identification of material, including those retrieved by installer for use on other projects. February 25,2019 01 7419-2 Issuedfor Bid—2/26/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 ATCT Seismic Retrofit&Remodel 01 7419 City of Renton CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL Project No.CAG-19-051 Page 3 of 3 b. Amount, in tons or cubic yards(cubic meters), date removed from the project site, and receiving party. c. Transportation cost, amount paid or received for the material, and the net total cost or savings of salvage or recycling each material. d. Include manifests,weight tickets, receipts, and invoices as evidence of quantity and cost. e. Certification by receiving party that materials will not be disposed of in landfills or by incineration. 5. Material Reused on Project: Include the following information for each: a. Identification of material and how it was used in the project. b. Amount, in tons or cubic yards(cubic meters). c. Include weight tickets as evidence of quantity. 6. Other Disposal Methods: Include information similar to that described above, as appropriate to disposal method. PART 2 PRODUCTS(NOT USED) PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 WASTE MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES A. See Section 01 3000 for additional requirements for project meetings,reports,submittal procedures, and project documentation. B. See Section 01 5000 for additional requirements related to trash/waste collection and removal facilities and services. C. See Section 01 6000 for waste prevention requirements related to delivery,storage, and handling. D. See Section 01 7000 for trash/waste prevention procedures related to demolition,cutting and patching, installation, protection, and cleaning. 3.02 WASTE MANAGEMENT PLAN IMPLEMENTATION A. Manager: Designate an on-site person or persons responsible for instructing workers and overseeing and documenting results of the Waste Management Plan. B. Communication: Distribute copies of the Waste Management Plan to job site foreman,each subcontractor, Owner, and Architect. C. Instruction: Provide on-site instruction of appropriate separation, handling, and recycling,salvage, reuse, and return methods to be used by all parties at the appropriate stages of the project. D. Meetings: Discuss trash/waste management goals and issues at project meetings. 1. Pre-construction meeting. 2. Regular job-site meetings. E. Facilities: Provide specific facilities for separation and storage of materials for recycling,salvage,reuse,return, and trash disposal,for use by all contractors and installers. 1. Provide containers as required. 2. Provide adequate space for pick-up and delivery and convenience to subcontractors. 3. Keep recycling and trash/waste bin areas neat and clean and clearly marked in order to avoid contamination of materials. F. Hazardous Wastes: Separate,store, and dispose of hazardous wastes according to applicable regulations. G. Recycling: Separate,store, protect, and handle at the site identified recyclable waste products in order to prevent contamination of materials and to maximize recyclability of identified materials. Arrange for timely pickups from the site or deliveries to recycling facility in order to prevent contamination of recyclable materials. H. Reuse of Materials On-Site: Set aside,sort, and protect separated products in preparation for reuse. I. Salvage: Set aside,sort, and protect products to be salvaged for reuse off-site. END OF SECTION February 25,2019 01 7419-3 Issuedfor Bid—2/26/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 ATCT Seismic Retrofit&Remodel 01 7800 City of Renton CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS Project No.CAG-19-051 Page 1 of 6 SECTION 01 7800 - CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Project Record Documents. B. Operation and Maintenance Data. C. Warranties and bonds. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplemental Conditions and Division 1 specification sections, apply to this section. B. Section 01 3000-Administrative Requirements: Submittals procedures,shop drawings, product data, and samples. C. Section 01 7000-Execution and Closeout Requirements: Contract closeout procedures. Substantial Completion and Final Completions Checklists. D. Individual Product Sections: Specific requirements for operation and maintenance data. E. Individual Product Sections: Warranties required for specific products or Work. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Project Record Documents: Submit documents to Architect with claim for final Application for Payment. B. Operation and Maintenance Data: 1. Submit PDF preliminary draft or proposed formats and outlines of contents at least 10 days before requesting inspection for Substantial Completion. Owner will review draft and return one copy with comments. 2. For equipment,or component parts of equipment put into service during construction and operated by Owner,submit completed documents within ten days after acceptance. 3. Submit completed documents 15 days prior to final inspection. This will be reviewed and returned after final inspection,with Owner comments. Revise content of all document sets as required prior to final submission. 4. Submit revised final documents in final form within 10 days after final inspection. C. Warranties and Bonds: 1. For equipment or component parts of equipment put into service during construction with Owner's permission,submit documents within 10 days after acceptance. 2. Make other submittals within 10 days after Date of Substantial Completion, prior to final Application for Payment. Provide original hardcopy in binder and digital copy as PDF, provide tabs for all future items. 3. For items of Work for which acceptance is delayed beyond Date of Substantial Completion,submit within 10 days after acceptance, listing the date of acceptance as the beginning of the warranty period. PART 2 PRODUCTS-NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 RECORD DRAWINGS A. Record Prints: Maintain one full-size set of full size hard copy black and white prints of the Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings. 1. Identification: In red ink and block letters,label each Record Drawing,including cover sheets,"PROJECT RECORD DRAWING" in a prominent location on title block. Show all addenda changes on the applicable drawing sheet or specification section. 2. Preparation: Mark Record Prints to show the actual installation where installation varies from that shown originally. Require individual or entity who obtained record data,whether individual or entity is Installer, subcontractor,or similar entity, to prepare the marked-up Record Prints. a. Give particular attention to information on concealed elements that would be difficult to identify or measure and record later. February 25,2019 01 7800- 1 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 ATCT Seismic Retrofit&Remodel 01 7800 City of Renton CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS Project No.CAG-19-051 Page 2 of 6 b. Accurately record information in an understandable drawing technique. c. Record data as soon as possible after obtaining it. Record and check the markup before enclosing concealed installations. 3. Content: Types of items requiring marking include, but are not limited to,the following: a. Dimensional changes to Drawings. b. Revisions to details shown on Drawings. c. Depths of foundations below first floor. d. Locations and depths of underground utilities. e. Revisions to routing of piping and conduits. f. Revisions to electrical circuitry. g. Actual equipment locations. h. Duct size and routing. i. Locations of concealed internal utilities. j. Changes made by Change Order. k. Changes made by Supplemental Instruction. I. Details not on the original Contract Drawings. m. Field records for variable and concealed conditions. n. Record information on the Work that is shown only schematically. 4. Mark the Contract Drawings or Shop Drawings, whichever is most capable of showing actual physical conditions, completely and accurately. If Shop Drawings are marked,show cross-reference on the Contract Drawings. 5. Mark record sets with erasable, red-colored pencil. Use other reproducible colors to distinguish between changes for different categories of the Work at same location. 6. Mark important additional information that was either shown schematically or omitted from original Drawings. 7. Note alternate numbers,Change Order numbers,Supplemental Instruction numbers,and similar identification,where applicable. B. Newly Prepared Record Drawings: Prepare new Drawings instead of preparing Record Drawings where Architect determines that neither the original Contract Drawings nor Shop Drawings are suitable to show actual installation. 1. New Drawings may be required when a Change Order is issued as a result of accepting an alternate, substitution, or other modification. 2. Consult Architect for proper scale and scope of detailing and notations required to record the actual physical installation and its relation to other construction. Integrate newly prepared Record Drawings into Record Drawing sets; comply with procedures for formatting, organizing, copying, binding, and submitting. Include title blocks matching original drawings and assign appropriate sheet numbers. C. Binding: Organize Record Prints and newly prepared Record Drawings into manageable sets and create organized, tabbed PDFs at full scale. Include identification on cover sheets and tabs. 3.02 RECORD SPECIFICATIONS A. General: Annotate by striking out products/manufacturers not included in the work to provide a record of selections made. 1. Note related Change Orders, Record Product Data, and Record Drawings where applicable. B. Mark Specifications to indicate the actual product installation where installation varies from that indicated in Specifications. Include addenda and contract modifications. 1. Give particular attention to information on concealed products and installations that cannot be readily identified and recorded later. 2. Create a PDF copy with each section tabbed. 3.03 RECORD PRODUCT DATA A. Where the actual product or installation varies substantially from that indicated in previously submitted and approved Product Data, submit Record Product Data marked to indicate actual condition. 1. Give particular attention to information on concealed products and installations that cannot be readily identified and recorded later. February 25,2019 01 7800-2 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 ATCT Seismic Retrofit&Remodel 01 7800 City of Renton CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS Project No.CAG-19-051 Page 3 of 6 2. Include significant changes in the product delivered to Project site and changes in manufacturer's written instructions for installation. 3. Note related Change Orders, Record Specifications, and Record Drawings where applicable. 4. Where Record Product Data is required as part of Operation and Maintenance Manuals,submit marked-up Product Data as an insert in manual instead of submittal as Record Product Data. 3.04 MISCELLANEOUS RECORD SUBMITTALS A. Assemble miscellaneous records required by other Specification Sections for miscellaneous record keeping and submittal in connection with actual performance of the Work. Provide full size PDFs in an organized and tabbed file for miscellaneous records and identify each. 3.05 0&M MANUALS,GENERAL A. Provide PDF files that are organized by section and file and fully tabbed and labeled. Provide files in original size,oriented and rotated in the document to read from top to bottom or screen. Scan or save files at a resolution suitable to clearly read all information at original size. Do not use overly large file sizes. Where operation and maintenance documentation includes information furnished by multiple sources, assemble and coordinate information into a comprehensive whole. Eliminate all redundant, inapplicable, or unnecessary information so that submitted documentation reflects only actual installation. The QAM is responsible for final assembly of manuals. B. Identify each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment with same designation used in the Contract Documents. If no designation exists, assign a designation according to ASHRAE Guideline 4,"Preparation of Operating and Maintenance Documentation for Building Systems." C. Directory: Provide a separate directory PDF file summarizing the contents of all 0&M Manuals. Include a section in the directory for each of the following: 1. Tables of Contents: Include a table of contents for each 0&M Manual. 2. List of Systems and Subsystems: List systems alphabetically. Include references to 0&M Manuals that contain information about each system, and separate references to Specification Sections in which each system or subsystem is addressed. 3. List of Equipment: List equipment for each system, organized alphabetically by system. For pieces of equipment not part of system, list alphabetically in separate list. D. Organization: Unless otherwise indicated, organize each manual into a separate section for each system and subsystem, and a separate section for each piece of equipment not part of a system. Each manual shall contain the following materials,in the order listed: 1. Title page. 2. Table of contents. 3. Manual contents. E. Title Page: Tab and label the title page. Include the following information: 1. Subject matter included in manual. 2. Name and address of Project. 3. Name and address of Owner. 4. Date of submittal. 5. Name, address, and telephone number of Contractor. 6. Name and address of Architect. 7. Cross-reference to related systems in other 0&M Manuals. F. Table of Contents: List each product included in manual, identified by product name, indexed to the content of the volume, and cross- referenced to Specification Section number in Project Manual. 1. If operation or maintenance documentation requires more than one volume to accommodate data, include comprehensive table of contents for all volumes in each volume of the set. G. Manual Contents: Organize into sets of manageable size. Arrange contents alphabetically by system,subsystem,and equipment. If possible, assemble instructions for subsystems,equipment, and components of one system into a single binder. 1. Files: File type and format as approved by Owner. Documents shall be PDFs in 8-1/2-by-11-inch format. February 25,2019 01 7800-3 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 ATCT Seismic Retrofit&Remodel 01 7800 City of Renton CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS Project No.CAG-19-051 Page 4 of 6 a. If two or more files are necessary to accommodate data of a system,organize data in each into groupings by subsystem and related components. Cross-reference other files if necessary to provide essential information for proper operation or maintenance of equipment or system. b. Identify each file," Project title or name, and subject matter of contents. Indicate volume number for multiple-volume sets. Use layout supplied by Owner in electronic format approved by Owner. 2. Dividers: Reinforced heavy-paper dividers with plastic-covered tabs for each section. Mark each tab to indicate contents. Include typed list of products and major components of equipment included in the section on each divider, cross-referenced to Specification Section number and title of Project Manual. 3. Protective Plastic Sleeves: Transparent plastic sleeves designed to enclose diagnostic software media for computerized electronic equipment. 4. Supplementary Text: Prepared on 8-1/2-by-11-inch white bond paper. 5. Drawings: Scan at original size at resolution suitable to read all documentation on the drawing sheet. Do not use higher than necessary resolution resulting in overly large files. 3.06 OPERATION COMPONENT OF 0&M MANUALS A. Content: In addition to requirements in this Section,include operation data required in individual Specification Sections and the following information: 1. System,subsystem, and equipment descriptions. 2. Performance and design criteria if Contractor is delegated design responsibility. 3. Operating standards. 4. Operating procedures. 5. Operating logs. 6. Wiring diagrams. 7. Control diagrams. 8. Piped system diagrams. 9. Precautions against improper use. 10. License requirements including inspection and renewal dates. B. Descriptions: Include the following: 1. Product name and model number. 2. Manufacturer's name. 3. Equipment identification with serial number of each component. 4. Equipment function. 5. Operating characteristics. 6. Limiting conditions. 7. Performance curves. 8. Engineering data and tests. 9. Complete nomenclature and number of replacement parts. C. Operating Procedures: Include the following, as applicable: 1. Startup procedures. 2. Equipment or system break-in procedures. 3. Routine and normal operating instructions. 4. Regulation and control procedures. 5. Instructions on stopping. 6. Normal shutdown instructions. 7. Seasonal and weekend operating instructions. 8. Required sequences for electric or electronic systems. 9. Special operating instructions and procedures. D. Emergency Procedures: Describe and explain warnings,trouble indications, error messages, and similar codes and signals. Include responsibilities of Owner's operating personnel for notification of Installer, supplier, and manufacturer to maintain warranties. Include the following, as applicable: 1. Shutdown instructions. February 25,2019 01 7800-4 Issued for Bid-2/26/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 ATCT Seismic Retrofit&Remodel 01 7800 City of Renton CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS Project No.CAG-19-051 Page 5 of 6 2. Operating instructions for conditions outside normal operating limits. 3. Required sequences for electric or electronic systems. 4. Special operating instructions and procedures. E. Systems and Equipment Controls: Describe the sequence of operation, and diagram controls as installed. F. Piped Systems: Diagram piping as installed, and identify color-coding where required for identification. 3.07 PRODUCT MAINTENANCE COMPONENT OF 0&M MANUALS A. Content: Organize digital PDF inanual into a separate section for each product, material, and finish. Include source information, product information, maintenance procedures,repair materials and sources, and warranties and bonds, as described below. B. Source Information: List each product included in manual,identified by product name and arranged to match manual's table of contents. For each product,list name,address,and telephone number of Installer or supplier and maintenance service agent,and cross-reference Specification Section number and title in Project Manual. C. Product Information: Include the following, as applicable: 1. Product name and model number. 2. Manufacturer's name. 3. Color, pattern, and texture. 4. Material and chemical composition. 5. Reordering information for specially manufactured products. D. Maintenance Procedures: Include manufacturer's written recommendations and the following: 1. Inspection procedures. 2. Types of cleaning agents to be used and methods of cleaning. 3. List of cleaning agents and methods of cleaning detrimental to product. 4. Schedule for routine cleaning and maintenance. 5. Repair instructions. E. Repair Materials and Sources: Include lists of materials and local sources of materials and related services. F. Warranties and Bonds: Include copies of warranties and bonds and lists of circumstances and conditions that would affect validity of warranties or bonds. 1. Include procedures to follow and required notifications for warranty claims. 3.08 SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE COMPONENT OF 0&M MANUALS A. Content: For each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a system, include source information, manufacturers' maintenance documentation, maintenance procedures, maintenance and service schedules, spare parts list and source information, maintenance service contracts, and warranty and bond information, as described below. B. Source Information: List each system,subsystem,and piece of equipment included in manual,identified by product name and arranged to match manual's table of contents. For each product, list name, address, and telephone number of Installer or supplier and maintenance service agent, and cross-reference Specification Section number and title in Project Manual. C. Manufacturers' Maintenance Documentation: Manufacturers' maintenance documentation including the following information for each component part or piece of equipment: 1. Standard printed maintenance instructions and bulletins. 2. Drawings, diagrams, and instructions required for maintenance, including disassembly and component removal, replacement, and assembly. 3. Identification and nomenclature of parts and components. 4. List of items recommended to be stocked as spare parts. February 25,2019 01 7800-5 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 ATCT Seismic Retrofit&Remodel 01 7800 City of Renton CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS Project No.CAG-19-051 Page 6 of 6 D. Maintenance Procedures: Include the following information and items that detail essential maintenance procedures: 1. Test and inspection instructions. 2. Troubleshooting guide. 3. Precautions against improper maintenance. 4. Disassembly; component removal,repair, and replacement; and reassembly instructions. 5. Aligning, adjusting, and checking instructions. 6. Demonstration and training video. E. Maintenance and Service Schedules: Include service and lubrication requirements, list of required lubricants for equipment, and separate schedules for preventive and routine maintenance and service with standard time allotment. 1. Scheduled Maintenance and Service: Tabulate actions for daily, weekly, monthly, quarterly, semiannual, and annual frequencies. 2. Maintenance and Service Record: Include manufacturers'forms for recording maintenance. F. Spare Parts List and Source Information: Include lists of replacement and repair parts, with parts identified and cross-referenced to manufacturers'maintenance documentation and local sources of maintenance materials and related services. G. Maintenance Service Contracts: Include copies of maintenance agreements with name and telephone number of service agent. H. Warranties and Bonds: Include copies of warranties and bonds and lists of circumstances and conditions that would affect validity of warranties or bonds. 1. Include procedures to follow and required notifications for warranty claims. 3.09 WARRANTIES AND BONDS A. Obtain warranties and bonds,executed in duplicate by responsible Subcontractors,suppliers, and manufacturers,within 10 days after completion of the applicable item of work. Except for items put into use with Owner's permission, leave date of beginning of time of warranty until the Date of Substantial completion is determined. B. Verify that documents are in proper form,contain full information, and are notarized. C. Co-execute submittals when required. D. Retain warranties and bonds until time specified for submittal. E. Manual: Bind in commercial quality 8-1/2 by 11 inch (216 by 279 mm)three D side ring binders with durable plastic no-print-transfer- type covers. F. Cover: Identify each binder with typed or printed title WARRANTIES AND BONDS,with title of Project; name, address and telephone number of Contractor and equipment supplier; and name of responsible company principal. G. Table of Contents: Neatly typed, in the sequence of the Table of Contents of the Project Manual,with each item identified with the number and title of the specification section in which specified, and the name of product or work item. H. Separate each warranty or bond with index tab sheets keyed to the Table of Contents listing. Provide full information, using separate typed sheets as necessary. List Subcontractor,supplier, and manufacturer,with name, address, and telephone number of responsible principal. END OF SECTION February 25,2019 01 7800-6 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 ATCT Seismic Retrofit&Remodel 01 7900 City of Renton DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING Project No.CAG-19-051 Page 1 of 3 SECTION 01 7900 - DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Demonstration of products and systems where indicated in specific specification sections. B. Training of Owner personnel in operation and maintenance is required for: 1. All software-operated systems. 2. HVAC systems and equipment. 3. Plumbing equipment. 4. Electrical systems and equipment. 5. Landscape irrigation. 6. Items specified in individual product Sections. C. Training of Owner personnel in care,cleaning, maintenance, and repair is required for: 1. Roofing,waterproofing, and other weather-exposed or moisture protection products. 2. Finishes, including flooring,wall finishes, and ceiling finishes. 3. Fixtures and fittings. 4. Items specified in individual product Sections. 1.02 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplemental Conditions and Division 1 specification sections, apply to this section. B. Section 01 7800-Closeout Submittals: Operation and maintenance manuals. C. Section 01 9113-General Commissioning Requirements: Additional requirements applicable to demonstration and training. D. Other Specification Sections: Additional requirements for demonstration and training. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000-Administrative Requirements,for submittal procedures. B. Training Plan: Owner will designate personnel to be trained;tailor training to needs and skill-level of attendees. 1. Submit to Owner. 2. Submit not less than four weeks prior to start of training. 3. Revise and resubmit until acceptable. 4. Provide an overall schedule showing all training sessions. 5. Include at least the following for each training session: a. Identification, date,time, and duration. b. Description of products and/or systems to be covered. c. Name of firm and person conducting training; include qualifications. d. Intended audience,such as job description. e. Objectives of training and suggested methods of ensuring adequate training. f. Methods to be used,such as classroom lecture, live demonstrations, hands-on,etc. g. Media to be used,such as slides, hand-outs,etc. h. Training equipment required,such as projector, projection screen, etc.,to be provided by Contractor. C. Training Manuals: Provide training manual for each attendee; allow for minimum of two attendees per training session. 1. Include applicable portion of 0&M manuals. 2. Include copies of all hand-outs, slides,overheads,video presentations,etc.,that are not included in 0&M manuals. 3. Provide one extra copy of each training manual to be included with operation and maintenance data. D. Training Reports: 1. Identification of each training session, date,time, and duration. 2. Sign-in sheet showing names and job titles of attendees. 3. List of attendee questions and written answers given, including copies of and references to supporting documentation required February 25,2019 01 7900-1 Issuedfor Bid—2/26/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 ATCT Seismic Retrofit&Remodel 01 7900 City of Renton DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING Project No.CAG-19-051 Page 2 of 3 for clarification; include answers to questions that could not be answered in original training session. E. Video Recordings: Submit digital video recording of each demonstration and training session for Owner's subsequent use. 1. Format: DVD Disc or thumb drive 2. Label each with session identification and date. 1.04 QUALITYASSURANCE A. Instructor Qualifications: Familiar with design,operation, maintenance and troubleshooting of the relevant products and systems. 1. Provide as instructors the most qualified trainer of those contractors and/or installers who actually supplied and installed the systems and equipment. 2. Where a single person is not familiar with all aspects, provide specialists with necessary qualifications. PART 2 PRODUCTS-NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 DEMONSTRATION-GENERAL A. Demonstrations conducted during system start-up do not qualify as demonstrations for the purposes of this section, unless approved in advance by Owner. B. Demonstration may be combined with Owner personnel training if applicable. C. Operating Equipment and Systems: Demonstrate operation in all modes, including start-up,shut-down,seasonal changeover, emergency conditions, and troubleshooting, and maintenance procedures, including scheduled and preventive maintenance. 1. Perform demonstrations not less than two weeks prior to Substantial Completion. 2. For equipment or systems requiring seasonal operation, perform demonstration for other season within six months. D. Non-Operating Products: Demonstrate cleaning,scheduled and preventive maintenance, and repair procedures. 1. Perform demonstrations not less than two weeks prior to Substantial Completion. 3.02 TRAINING-GENERAL A. Conduct training on-site unless otherwise indicated. B. Owner will provide classroom and seating at no cost to Contractor. C. Provide training in minimum two hour segments. D. Training schedule will be subject to availability of Owner's personnel to be trained;re-schedule training sessions as required by Owner; once schedule has been approved by Owner failure to conduct sessions according to schedule will be cause for Owner to charge Contractor for personnel"show-up"time. E. Review of Facility Policy on Operation and Maintenance Data: During training discuss: 1. The location of the 0&M manuals and procedures for use and preservation; backup copies. 2. Typical contents and organization of all manuals, including explanatory information,system narratives, and product specific information. 3. Typical uses of the 0&M manuals. F. Product-and System-Specific Training: 1. Review the applicable 0&M manuals. 2. For systems, provide an overview of system operation, design parameters and constraints, and operational strategies. 3. Review instructions for proper operation in all modes, including start-up,shut-down,seasonal changeover and emergency procedures, and for maintenance, including preventative maintenance. 4. Provide hands-on training on all operational modes possible and preventive maintenance. 5. Emphasize safe and proper operating requirements; discuss relevant health and safety issues and emergency procedures. 6. Discuss common troubleshooting problems and solutions. 7. Discuss any peculiarities of equipment installation or operation. 8. Discuss warranties and guarantees, including procedures necessary to avoid voiding coverage. 9. Review recommended tools and spare parts inventory suggestions of manufacturers. 10. Review spare parts and tools required to be furnished by Contractor. February 25,2019 01 7900-2 Issuedfor Bid—2/26/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 ATCT Seismic Retrofit&Remodel 01 7900 City of Renton DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING Project No.CAG-19-051 Page 3 of 3 11. Review spare parts suppliers and sources and procurement procedures. G. Be prepared to answer questions raised by training attendees; if unable to answer during training session, provide written response within three days. END OF SECTION February 25,2019 01 7900-3 Issuedfor Bid—2/26/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 ATCT Seismic Retrofit&Remodel 01 9113 City of Renton GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS Project No.CAG-19-051 Page 1 of 16 SECTION 01 9113 - GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Description of Work 2. Payment Requirements and Commissioning Schedule of Values 3. Commissioning Coordination and Meetings 4. Scheduling Commissioning Activities 5. Submittals 6. Duties of Commissioning Authority 7. Duties of Contractor 8. Duties of Contractor's Commissioning Coordinator 9. Back-Charging Provisions 10. Documentation Requirements 11. Start-up Requirements 12. Installation Verification Requirements 13. Functional Testing Requirements 14. Commissioning Issue Documentation and Correction 15. Performance Period 16. Project Closeout 17. Seasonal Testing 18. Near Warranty End Review B. Related Sections: 1. General Requirements to include the following sections,exact titles may vary. - Sustainable Building Requirements - Indoor Air Quality Management - Project Management and Coordination - Submittals - CloseoutProcedures - Operation and Maintenance Data - Demonstration and Training 2. The following sections specify the commissioning activities for this project: - 22 08 00 Commissioning of Plumbing - 23 08 00 Commissioning of HVAC - 26 08 00 Commissioning of Electrical Systems 3. All sections related to the following commissioned systems may contain start-up,testing and/or commissioning related activities: - DIVISION 22—PLUMBING Domestic Water Piping Domestic Hot Water Heaters Domestic Hot Water Circulator and Controls Thermostatic Mixing Valves Meters(Water, Gas) Automatic Gas Shutoffs and Reset Switches for Cooking Equipment - DIVISION 23—HVAC All HVAC Systems and Components All Building Automation and Control Systems Testing,Adjusting and Balancing - DIVISION 26—ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Lighting Controls Occupancy Sensors Photocells, Daylight Dimming/Switching February 25,2019 01 9113-1 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 ATCT Seismic Retrofit&Remodel 01 9113 City of Renton GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS Project No.CAG-19-051 Page 2 of 16 Meters 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Work includes the completion of formal commissioning procedures on selected equipment and systems as outlined in the paragraph Related Sections above. Commissioning is defined as the process of verifying and documenting that the installation and performance of selected building systems meet the specified design criteria and therefore satisfies the design intent and the Owner's operational needs. The Contractor shall be responsible for participation in the commissioning process as outlined herein, and in subsequent sectional references and attachments throughout the Contract Documents. Commissioning procedures will be designed and conducted under the direction of a Commissioning Authority(CxA)hired by the Owner. B. This section contains the general requirements for commissioning and a description of the commissioning process to be applied across all commissioned systems. 1.03 PAYMENT A. Equipment and systems shall not be accepted by the Owner, and final payment shall not be made by the Owner, until commissioning activities identified in the specifications are complete,commissioning issues are resolved to the Owner's satisfaction and the performance period standards have been met including seasonal testing. B. Payment is subject to the conditions of the Actual Damages clause of the General Conditions. 1.04 COMMISSIONING COORDINATION AND MEETINGS A. A representative for the Contractor,each commissioned system Contractor and the Contractor's Commissioning Coordinator(CCC)shall attend scheduled commissioning meetings as required. 1.05 SCHEDULE A. The Contractor is responsible for coordination and scheduling of commissioning activities into the master schedule. The schedule shall contain the following activities and detail as a minimum. 1. Contractor review and comment on preliminary commissioning plan documents 2. Start-up Plan Development 3. Start-up Activities by Equipment and Systems 4. Installation Verification Activities by Equipment and Systems 5. Functional Testing Activities by Equipment and Systems 6. Training 7. 0&M 8. Seasonal Testing B. The CCC shall develop and maintain a 2-week look-ahead schedule of commissioning activities including, but not limited to: meetings,start-up, installation verification, Functional Performance Testing(FPT)and FPT demonstration. The schedule shall be updated and distributed weekly,or if any currently scheduled activities in the 2-week period change. C. The Owner and the CxA will allocate their time based on the 2-week look-ahead schedule. If the Owner or CxA is not available for the scheduled activity then the Contractor may proceed as scheduled. If a scheduled activity does not take place due to lack of Contractor participation or inaccurate scheduling,the Contractor is subject to back-charging as outlined herein. 1.06 SUBMITTALS A. Commissioning Documentation: Provide one copy of submittals in addition to those quantities specified elsewhere. Include the manufacturer's recommended installation and start-up procedures with associated checklists for each unique piece of equipment under a separate tab titled"Installation/Start-up". These procedures and forms shall be for the specific piece of equipment to be provided. B. The Contractor shall provide the CxA with copies of approved submittals, manufacturer's recommended installation/start-up documents, proposed testing formats,training plans, as-built documentation, 0&M Manuals and other commissioning related materials as requested by the CxA.The CxA will review and approve this material for commissioning related activities. C. The CCC is responsible for managing the submittal process with the CxA. A tracking document for selected submittals is included in the schedules at the end of the individual divisional commissioning specifications for systems to be commissioned. These schedules outline activities that will require specific submittal information by the February 25,2019 01 9113-2 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 ATCT Seismic Retrofit&Remodel 01 9113 City of Renton GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS Project No.CAG-19-051 Page 3 of 16 Contractor. Assignment of Contractors responsible for commissioned systems and due dates will be determined at the initial commissioning coordination meeting. D. 0&M manuals for each piece of commissioned equipment are to be submitted with the proposed installation,testing and start-up documents. 1.07 COMMISSIONING AUTHORITY A. The information provided herein regarding the Commissioning Authority's(CxA)responsibilities is provided to the Contractor for information only and is not a part of the work scope. The CxA is hired under direct contract with the Owner. B. The CxA for this project shall be Welsh Commissioning Group, Inc. (253)856-3322, FAX(253)859-2072 (www.wcxg.com). C. Responsibilities:The CxA responsibilities include, but are not limited to the following: 1. Approve selection of the CCC. 2. Participate in the initial on-site commissioning coordination meeting and subsequent commissioning meetings. 3. Conduct site observations and provide site observation reports. 4. Review and approve the start-up plan and commissioning schedule as developed by the CCC and the Contractor. 5. Develop the commissioning plan including start-up plan, installation verification checklists and functional test documents 6. Review and approve various Contractor completed documents including CCLs,start-up documents and data sheets as they are completed. 7. Witness,spot check or otherwise verify successful completion of selected functional testing by Contractor. 8. Review the TAB report. Witness or spot check a sample of the systems to verify conformance to design and the report. 9. Prepare and submit final commissioning report with recommendation for system acceptance to the Owner. Report is developed with material provided by CCC and Contractor. 1.08 CONTRACTOR A. Contractor Responsibilities 1. Support the commissioning process including integrating related commissioning activities into the construction process and schedule. 2. Assure the participation and cooperation of subcontractors as required to complete the commissioning process as outlined herein and the individual divisional commissioning specifications. 3. Assign a Commissioning Coordinator dedicated to the project. 4. Provide all submittal material as requested by the CxA and as required by the contract documents. 5. Attend commissioning meetings as scheduled. 6. Provide access to commissioned systems including ladders, lifts,scaffolding, access panels and other equipment as required. 7. Install and start-up equipment per the contract documents and start-up plan. 8. Conduct functional testing per the contract documents and commissioning plan 9. Provide required test instrumentation and equipment as needed to conduct functional testing per the commissioning plan. 10. Resolve issues as noted on the commissioning issues list and communicate resolution to the CxA. 11. Support seasonal testing as required. 1.09 CONTRACTOR'S COMMISSIONING COORDINATOR A. Contractor's Commissioning Coordinator(CCC)Qualifications 1. The CCC shall be a regular employee of the Contractor assigned to the project. The CCC shall be responsible for coordination of Contractors responsible for commissioned system regardless of the Contractors they represent. 2. The CCC responsibilities shall not be shared by multiple parties,one individual shall be designated. 3. The individual designated as the CCC shall be available on site from the beginning of construction to final acceptance. 4. The individual designated as the CCC may have other construction or project related assignments, but only to the extent that they will be able to fulfil the CCC responsibilities outlined herein. February 25,2019 01 9113-3 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 ATCT Seismic Retrofit&Remodel 01 9113 City of Renton GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS Project No.CAG-19-051 Page 4 of 16 5. The individual designated as the CCC shall be identified by the Contractor during the submittal process. 6. Submit the name,company,contact information(address, phone,cell phone, FAX and e-mail)and other project duties for the proposed CCC. B. Contractor's Commissioning Coordinator Responsibilities 1. Overall management and coordination of the commissioning work performed by the Contractors responsible for commissioned systems including responsibilities identified as the CCC's responsibility in each section on commissioned systems. 2. Coordinate Owner and CxA participation in scheduled commissioning activities. Notify Owner and CxA a minimum of 5 working days in advance of commissioning activities. 3. Collect,review and submit commissioning material and documentation to the CxA for approval prior to proceeding with commissioning activities including, but not limited to,the following: a. Review and comment on preliminary functional tests provided by CxA. Contractors responsible for the systems to be commissioned shall also review this information. b. Develop, manage and update commissioning schedule with commissioning activities c. Proposed Manufacturer's installation and start-up documents d. Proposed cleaning,flushing,testing, disinfection forms e. Proposed Static tests and calibration forms f. Start-up plan g. Proposed functional performance test forms h. Completed Manufacturer's installation and start-up documents i. Completed cleaning,flushing, pressure testing, disinfection forms j. Completed static tests and calibration forms k. Completed Contractor System Readiness Checklists I. Completed functional performance test forms m. TAB agenda n. TAB preliminary and final report o. Signed off issues lists p. Proposed 0&M Manuals q. Training plans and agenda r. Final 0&M Manuals s. Contractor Closeout Checklists 4. Develop, manage and update commissioning schedule. Integrate commissioning activities into master schedule. Provide a 2-week look-ahead schedule of commissioning activities, updated weekly or as scheduled commissioning activities change during 2-week period. 5. Distribute issues lists to Contractors responsible for the commissioned systems. 6. Assemble, manage and update the start-up plan. 7. Attend regularly scheduled construction and Owner's meetings and review commissioning activities with Contractors responsible for the commissioned systems and design team. Include commissioning activity items in construction meeting minutes. 8. Participate in and lead commissioning meetings as necessary to coordinate contractor activities in the commissioning process. Meetings are generally to be scheduled once every two weeks during initial construction of commissioned systems, and weekly during start-up and functional test phases. The CxA shall lead commissioning meetings when on site and the CCC shall lead all other meetings. 9. Provide material for, participate in the development of,and review the final report. 10. Coordinate and participate in seasonal testing. 1.10 BACK-CHARGING A. The Contractor and CCC are responsible to schedule and coordinate installation,start-up and testing activities with the CxA as specified herein and in each section on commissioned systems. Scheduled installation, start-up or testing activities that are not executed because of lack of preparation or coordination by the Contractor that result in unnecessary trips by the CxA are subject to back-charges to the Contractor. B. Functional testing shall be performed on the systems that are fully complete as reported by the Contractor. Systems that are reprogrammed or have had a software upload that can be shown to invalidate completed functional testing shall be retested to demonstrate proper operation. Tests re-conducted by the Contractor shall be performed at no additional cost to the contract. Tests re-conducted by the CxA shall result in a back-charge to the Contractor. February 25,2019 01 9113-4 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 ATCT Seismic Retrofit&Remodel 01 9113 City of Renton GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS Project No.CAG-19-051 Page 5 of 16 C. The Contractor shall reimburse the Owner for costs associated with any additional efforts required to witness installation,start-ups,testing activities or for excessive back-checking as indicated above. These costs shall include salary,travel costs and per diem lodging costs(where applicable)for the Commissioning Authority. Rates to be used are listed below: Travel Time: $60.00/Hour Salary: $120.00/Hour PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.01 DOCUMENTATION A. Schedule-A(located at the end of each section on commissioned systems,XX-08-00)contains sample versions of the Contractor Checklists(CCL)to be used for the systems to be commissioned. B. Schedule-B(located at the end of each section on commissioned systems,XX-08-00)contains a Functional Performance Test Summary Table that outlines each functional test to be conducted for the systems to be commissioned. Part 4 of each section on commissioned systems contain sample versions of functional performance test procedures and data sheets. These do not represent all functional tests that will be required and are intended only to demonstrate the rigor of functional testing required. C. Paragraph 3.12 contains preliminary versions of the Contractor Closeout Checklists to be used for the systems to be commissioned. 2.02 INSTALLATION VERIFICATION A. The CxA shall conduct an independent Installation Verification using checklists based on the System Readiness Checklists provided in Schedule—A, located at the end of each section on commissioned systems. 2.03 STARTUP FORMS A. Any installation and start-up checklists that are provided by the manufacturer shall be used in the equipment start-up process. Non-manufacturer developed forms must be approved by the CxA prior to use. Start-up forms must be submitted to the CCC for inclusion in the Start-up plan at least one month prior to system start-up to allow for review and approval by the CxA. Documentation for static testing,cleaning,flushing,calibration and other activities required by project documents are considered start-up forms. Schedule—A(located at the end of each section on commissioned systems)outlines the required documents to be submitted by the Contractor. 2.04 FUNCTIONAL PERFORMANCE TEST FORMS A. The functional performance test procedures and data sheets shall be developed by the CxA as outlined in Schedule B(located at the end of each section on commissioned systems),with input from the CCC and Contractor as required. B. The Contractor has specific responsibilities for developing, performing and documenting functional test procedures as directed by the CxA. See Schedule—B for minimum testing and documentation requirements. C. In addition to the testing outlined in Schedule—B,wherever the Project Documents require testing,test reports, checklists,verifying operation, demonstrating proper operation or other similar language with respect to the systems to be commissioned,written testing procedures and documentation of tests will be required from the Contractor, whether specified or not in the commissioning sections. D. A tracking document for these submittals is included in Schedule-B which outlines which of these activities will require submittal information by the Contractor. Contractors responsible for the systems to be commissioned and due dates will be determined at the initial commissioning coordination meeting. 2.05 COMMISSIONING ISSUES LIST A. The CxA shall maintain the Commissioning Issues List. At any time an issue is discovered where the installation or performance of the commissioned system does not meet contract document requirements, an individual issue shall be generated. As issues are resolved and verified by additional inspections or tests,the issues list shall be updated. The issues list shall be a running history of the status of the issue. 2.06 TEST EQUIPMENT A. The Contractor shall provide test equipment,whether specified or not,to execute the functional performance tests. This includes, but is not limited to:calibration gas and devices(e.g. NOx, CO), air and water pressure measuring equipment, airflow measuring equipment, light-level measuring equipment, and temperature measuring equipment. B. The test equipment shall be provided in sufficient quantities to execute functional testing in an expedient fashion. February 25,2019 01 9113-5 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 ATCT Seismic Retrofit&Remodel 01 9113 City of Renton GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS Project No.CAG-19-051 Page 6 of 16 C. The test equipment shall be of industrial quality and suitable for testing and calibration with accuracy within the tolerances necessary to demonstrate system performance. D. Equipment shall be certified to an accuracy of 10%of the smallest tolerance to be measured. For example, if a temperature gage is required to be+2 degrees F,the calibration device must have an accuracy of+0.2 degrees F. E. The test equipment shall have calibration certification per equipment manufacturer's interval level or within one year if not specified. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.01 DOCUMENTATION A. Checklists,start-up documentation,test forms and other commissioning related documentation required by contract shall be neatly and legibly completed and provided to the CxA via the CCC in a clear and easily readable condition. B. Required checklists,start-up documentation,test forms and other commissioning related documentation shall be provided to the CxA via the CCC in a timely fashion and according to the commissioning and construction schedule. C. In every case where the Contractor is unable to comply with an item as listed on the checklist or form,the Contractor shall immediately notify the CxA in writing as to the reasons for non-compliance. 3.02 ACCESS TO EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS A. The Contractor shall provide access to all equipment and systems to be commissioned both during construction and after occupancy as necessary. The Contractor shall coordinate with other trades to assure that access to commissioned equipment is available to the CxA and other trades at the proper times and with sufficient duration. B. The Contractor shall provide all ladders, lifts,scaffolding, access doors,removal/installation of ceiling tiles and any other materials or activities as necessary to allow the CxA to easily access equipment and systems. C. During the commissioning process,the Contractor shall coordinate the installation of ceiling tiles and other finishes to allow all trades and the CxA to perform their work without having to remove or reinstall ceiling tiles or other finished work. Note that above-ceiling access is required to perform Installation Verification and Functional Performance Testing of systems. Ceiling tiles typically must be in place during Testing and Balancing activities. Since Testing and Balancing may occur between Installation Verification and Functional Performance Testing,some ceiling tiles may require multiple removal/reinstallation cycles. D. In the event that system commissioning is not fully completed after occupancy,the Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating with the owner for access to the equipment or system for testing, back-checking and other commissioning activities. This requirement shall include providing access to equipment as indicated above. 3.03 MEETINGS AND SITE OBSERVATIONS A. Commissioning status meetings shall be scheduled to occur during the construction and closeout phase to monitor progress and to help facilitate the commissioning process. Contractor representatives for commissioned systems shall be required to attend these meetings. Meetings will generally be scheduled to occur with scheduled construction or management meetings. The CCC shall schedule,coordinate and lead the meetings including providing meeting minutes. These meetings can coincide with,or be a subset of,the normal subcontractor meetings. When the CxA is on site for commissioning duties or scheduled meetings,the CxA shall lead the commissioning meetings and prepare and distribute minutes. B. Commissioning shall be included in the general construction and Owner's meetings. The CCC will attend these meetings and discuss commissioning related topics there. Commissioning information and issues shall be documented in the meeting minutes. C. The CxA may perform periodic site visits during construction to monitor commissioning activities. The purpose of these observations will be to evaluate compliance to contractual obligations such as cleanliness,capping ductwork, access to equipment, maintainability and so forth to identify concerns before they are repeated throughout the project.Any issues identified will be noted on a Site Observation Report.The Contractor shall review these reports and take action to resolve issues as needed and deemed appropriate in consultation with the Owner, CxA, and Design Team. 3.04 CONTROLS INTEGRATION MEETING—BUILDING AUTOMATION AND LIGHTING A. The controls integration meeting(CIM)shall be conducted after the building automation and lighting controls submittals are complete and the CxA has reviewed the submittals. The meeting is to be conducted prior to finalizing the functional test procedures and shall be attended by the CxA,the controls contractor,the lighting controls February 25,2019 01 9113-6 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 ATCT Seismic Retrofit&Remodel 01 9113 City of Renton GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS Project No.CAG-19-051 Page 7 of 16 contractor,the mechanical/electrical engineers and a representative of the Owner's maintenance group at a minimum. The CIM shall include, but not be limited to,the following topics: 1. Sequence of Operations 2. Alarm Points List 3. Trend Points List 4. Displayed/Adjustable Point List 5. Graphicallnterface 6. Integration with packaged equipment 7. Lighting control interface 8. Point-to-Point Checkout and Commissioning of Existing Equipment 9. Method of Conducting Cx Functional Testing 3.05 PRE-STARTUP ACTIVITIES A. The CxA shall develop a preliminary commissioning plan with input from the Contractors via the CCC. B. As soon as possible after the bid award, approval of submittals and development of the preliminary commissioning plan,the CxA shall conduct an initial commissioning coordination meeting with the CxA, CCC, Contractors, Owner's Representative and the A/E Team. The CxA will explain the commissioning process in detail, and identify specific commissioning related responsibilities. The preliminary commissioning plan shall be provided to the Contractors at this time. The requirements for submittal material shall be reviewed along with a preliminary schedule of commissioning activities. C. The Contractor shall submit to the CxA via the CCC preliminary 0&M manuals prior to developing the Start-up and Commissioning Plan by the CxA. D. The Contractor shall submit to the CCC the proposed start-up and Contractor required testing documentation for assembly into the Start-up and Commissioning Plan by the CxA. E. The CxA shall develop a Start-up Plan based on Contractor submittals and the start-up requirements of the contract documents. It details the procedures and forms for individual pieces of equipment and systems that have start-up and testing requirements. It shall be a three-ring binder indexed by system or equipment. The binder shall be populated with procedures and blank forms and used to file the completed forms as the procedures are completed by the Contractor. The Start-up Plan shall include, but is not limited to,the following: 1. List of commissioning team members. 2. Start-up document tracking forms. 3. Master list of equipment/systems for installation and start-up. 4. Start-up and static testing schedule. 5. Manufacturer and Project Document required installation,start-up and testing procedures 6. Blank copies of start-up and testing forms for each type of equipment/system. 7. System readiness checklists for each system. F. The CxA shall develop the final commissioning plan. The commissioning plan typically includes, but is not limited to, the following: 1. Project overview. 2. Commissioning Authority scope of work. 3. Contractor's Commissioning Coordinator scope of work. 4. Roles and responsibilities of commissioning participants. 5. A schedule with sequential description of commissioning activities. 6. A complete list and description of equipment and systems to be commissioned. 7. The Start-up Plan 8. Installation verification data forms for systems and equipment to be commissioned. 9. Functional performance test criteria,test forms and data forms for systems and equipment designated to be functionally tested including trending needed for the performance period. 10. Sample commissioning issues list. 11. Project closeout activities G. The Contractor shall be responsible for the liability and safety of conducting tests. The CCC and Contractor shall review the Functional Performance Test(FPT)documents provided by the CxA prior to including them in the final commissioning plan. The Contractor is to review preliminary and final test procedures to verify that they: 1. Will not pose a risk of injury to any personnel. February 25,2019 01 9113-7 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 ATCT Seismic Retrofit&Remodel 01 9113 City of Renton GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS Project No.CAG-19-051 Page 8 of 16 2. Will not pose a risk of damage to equipment,structure or any physical element of the building. 3. Will not negate any equipment or system warranties. 4. Are executable with the personnel and equipment available to the Contractor. 3.06 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION AND START-UP A. Installation and Start-up activities include procedures outlined by the contract documents and the equipment manufacturer including cleaning,static testing,calibration and other related activities. The CxA shall provide the Contractor with a start-up plan based on Contractor submitted procedures and checklists. B. The CxA may witness selected equipment start-up and testing performed during construction.The CCC shall keep the CxA informed of commissioning activities with regular status reports and updates to the commissioning plan, start-up plan and schedules C. The Contractor shall perform equipment start-up per the approved start-up plan and start-up forms. The Contractor shall correct issues as they are discovered.The Contractor shall complete the installation and start-up forms as the work is complete and place the fully completed installation and start-up forms in the start-up binder. D. Upon completing the start-up activities for a given system,the associated Contractor Checklists(CCL)shall be completed by the Contractor and placed in the appropriate tab section of the start-up binder. The CCL is used as a cover form for the individual equipment manufacturer's recommended start-up forms for each system. The completed CCL is the Contractor's certification that they have completed all required installation and start-up activities and the system is ready for installation verification by the CxA and subsequent functional performance testing. E. The start-up binder shall be maintained by the Contractor's Commissioning Coordinator. The Contractor is responsible for maintaining the start-up book in good order and to turn the completed document over to the CxA at the conclusion of start-up. If the start-up binder is lost or stolen, it shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to recreate the binder and its contents, including re-conducting start-up activities if necessary. F. Upon completion of all start-up activities including the required documentation,the Contractor shall submit the start- up binder to the CxA via the CCC for review and approval. 3.07 INSTALLATION VERIFICATION(I� A. The IV process shall begin when signed off CCLs and start-up documents are received from the Contractor. B. The CxA shall conduct an independent installation verification audit on selected systems to verify conformance with manufacturer's installation instructions and project documents. The CxA shall use the completed CCL from the contractor to verify installation. Discrepancies discovered will be reported on the Commissioning Issues List by the CxA. A copy of the issues list will be transmitted to the Contractor via the CCC with a copy to the Owner and Design Team. C. The Contractor shall correct any issues discovered and note the action taken on the issues log and return it to the CxA via the CCC. D. The CxA shall back-check and verify that the issues are resolved prior to proceeding with FPT. 3.08 FUNCTIONAL PERFORMANCE TESTS(FPT) A. FPT includes the documented testing of system parameters, under actual or simulated operating conditions. Final performance testing of systems will begin only after the Contractor certifies that systems are 100%complete and ready for functional testing, by providing completed and signed-off copies of the start-up plan and providing completed System Readiness Checklists. B. Any testing procedures and forms which the Contractor is required to provide must be provided by the CCC to the CxA at least one month prior to start of installation of the equipment and as needed to complete the commissioning plan. C. Functional performance testing of commissioned systems shall begin after all critical issues discovered during the start-up and installation verification process have been corrected. The CxA and Contractor shall conduct functional performance tests on selected systems to verify functional performance criteria as outlined in Schedule-B(located at the end of the individual divisional commissioning specifications) and as required in the Project Documents and approved by the CxA in the Commissioning Plan. Discrepancies discovered will be reported on the Commissioning Issues List by the CxA. A copy of the issues list will be transmitted to the Contractor via the CCC. D. Functional tests that have excess failure rates or are aborted due to lack of Contractor participation or scheduling are subject to the back-charging provisions of the paragraph Back Charging. February 25,2019 01 9113-8 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 ATCT Seismic Retrofit&Remodel 01 9113 City of Renton GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS Project No.CAG-19-051 Page 9 of 16 E. The Contractor shall make available to the CxA a method of interfacing with any commissioned control systems at the building site including but not limited to the building automation system, packaged control systems, programmable logic controllers and lighting control systems. This interface shall be made available regardless of whether or not a permanent local work station is specified elsewhere in the contract documents. The on-site interface shall be made available from the time of completion of start-up activities until trending is complete and all commissioned systems are accepted by the owner. The Contractor shall also make available to the CxA a method of remote access to the control system(s)beginning at the time of completion of start-up activities and extending for one year after system acceptance. Remote and local access shall include all software, licensing,software keys and anything else required to facilitate full access to the system(s). The local and remote interfaces shall include all contract required interfaces including, but not limited to, all graphics,trends and alarms. The CxA shall be given an account with full security access privileges to the system(s). 3.09 COMMISSIONING ISSUE DOCUMENTATION AND CORRECTION A. The commissioning issues list is generated and maintained by the CxA to include a description of the issue, date of posting,the current status of issues, assignment to the responsible party and the date of final resolution as confirmed by the CxA. Items listed may include issues where design, products,execution or performance does not appear to satisfy the Contract Documents and the design intent.The resolution of issues identified on this list may or may not be the responsibility of the Contractor. B. Once issues have been identified and assigned to a Contractor on the Commissioning Issues List,the Contractor shall be required to investigate and resolve these issues in a timely manner. After correcting issues noted on the Commissioning Issues List,the Contractor shall sign off on each issue and return the list to the CxA via the CCC for initiation of back-checking by the CxA. C. In the event that an issue has been assigned to the wrong Contractor or resolution of the issue requires multiple trades, Contractor with the initial assignment shall take the lead in working with the CCC and CxA to reassign the issue or coordinating the multiple trades to resolve the issue. D. The CxA shall back-check and verify that the commissioning issues are resolved and update the issues list. Excessive back-checking by the CxA due to issues reported as complete not actually being resolved are subject to the back-charging provisions of the paragraph Back Charging. 3.10 PERFORMANCE PERIOD A. Performance Period:The performance period is a set length of time designated to demonstrate proper facility operation prior to acceptance. The performance period commences after successful completion of all functional testing. Parameters evaluated for heating and ventilation systems typically include zone temperature stability, optimum start/stop,warm-up period and other related functions. For lighting control the parameters include lighting levels,occupancy switching and daylight control. As part of this process the Contractor will be required to set up and provide trends of building automation system parameters per the direction of the CxA.The specific trending needed will be outlined in the commissioning plan,the Contractor should assume that all points in the building automation system will be trended. Lighting control parameters will be trended if system capabilities exist,otherwise the Contractor will provide stand-alone data loggers to demonstrate operation of systems. B. The CxA shall prepare a performance period test plan including measured variables and success criteria based on performance characteristics described in the Project Documents. The CxA will provide the Contractor with a list of trend log definitions or stand-alone data logger requirements based on the performance period test plan included in the Commissioning Plan. C. The Contractor will review the performance period test plan and set up the trend log definitions and stand-alone data loggers. Trend logs shall be set up for all inputs/outputs, both digital and analog,for all points in the system both physical and virtual. Trend interval shall be 5 minutes unless otherwise directed by the CxA. The minimum trend period shall be 14 days. Trend log point headings as displayed on system graphs and data tables shall be adequately descriptive for the point but no longer than 12 characters unless approved by the CxA. System default names are not acceptable. The heading titles shall contain no extraneous characters that are not needed to describe the point. The contractor shall provide the trends to the Commissioning Authority in electronic format, in MS Excel or a comma delimited file with related system parameters grouped together for easy comparison. If building automation system resident memory is limited or there are other issues with the trending requirements,the Contractor will work with the CxA to redefine the test plan. D. The performance period will commence within one week of the final functional tests and run for a minimum of 14 days. A similar performance period may be required for seasonal testing. If failures are encountered,the February 25,2019 01 9113-9 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 ATCT Seismic Retrofit&Remodel 01 9113 City of Renton GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS Project No.CAG-19-051 Page 10 of 16 performance period shall be aborted. After corrections are made,the performance period shall be re-started at day one. Systems shall run per the final sequences of operation for 14 days without adjustments or corrections before the warranty period will commence. 3.11 SEASONAL TESTING A. Seasonal testing is required to demonstrate the system's ability to meet design conditions associated with seasonal extremes,typically peak heating and peak cooling conditions. B. Seasonal testing may also be required when ambient conditions will not support the operation of specific equipment. C. Seasonal testing is required to demonstrate the performance for a fully occupied building or portion of the building as well as for systems that are occupancy sensitive. D. The Contractor shall provide labor and material for seasonal testing and make corrections to any Contractor related issues discovered. 3.12 PROJECT CLOSEOUT A. Post construction Contractor responsibilities include completion and submission of the Project Closeout Checklist for each commissioned system to the CxA for verification of completing contracted obligations for the owner. Sample project closeout requirements,tracking sheet and checklists are included herein.The Contractor is free to submit alternate formats for review and approval by the Owner, Design Team and CxA as appropriate. B. Upon request,the Contractor is responsible for providing the CxA with copies of the balancing reports, as-built drawings, 0&M manuals relevant to the systems commissioned and the Contractor provided material required for the Systems Manual. The CxA shall review this material for compliance with Project Documents and report issues for resolution by the responsible party. C. Upon completion of commissioning activities the CxA will prepare and submit to the owner the Final Commissioning Report detailing the commissioning plan and commissioning activities and recommending acceptance to the Owner. The CCC will support this effort by coordinating the Contractor provided documentation. D. Training on related systems and equipment operation and maintenance shall only be scheduled to commence after functional testing is satisfactorily completed, 0&M manuals have been delivered and approved,the Systems Manual is complete and systems are verified to be 100%complete and functional. Each Contractor is responsible to provide a topical outline of the subjects to be covered in the training session(s),the expected length of time for the training sessions, and a brief resume listing the qualifications of the proposed training presenters. The CCC is responsible for developing the training plan with input from the Contractor and directing any video taping efforts. The training plan is to be submitted to the Owner, Design Team and CxA for approval prior to conducting training. The CCC is responsible for coordinating training with the Owner and CxA and to verify execution of the training plan. E. A Contractor Project Closeout Checklist sample is included in this section. The Contractor responsible for the delivery of each of the listed systems in the Project Closeout System Summary Table below shall be responsible for completion of a Project Closeout Checklist for that system. The checklists included within this Schedule are sample versions and are only representative of what shall be included in the final Commissioning Plan. The Contractor is responsible to demonstrate compliance with all closeout requirements and the final checklists may contain additional requirements to document this compliance. In no case shall the checklists require performance criteria more stringent than specified by the Project Documents except as noted below regarding developing training plans. F. Training Plans: For all Owner instruction,the Contractor shall submit a training plan for each system identified in the Project Closeout System Summary Table below,for review and approval by the Commissioning Authority and the Owner. Training shall not proceed without approval of the training plan. A sample training plan is included following the sample Project Closeout Checklist. The training plan must contain the following as a minimum: 1. Attendee sign-off sheet. 2. Required training hours specified in the project documents. 3. Detailed list of subject to be covered and durations. 4. Qualifications of training provider. 5. Training schedule including duration of each training session. February 25,2019 01 9113-10 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 � � � � � � � � � �� o 0 0 0 � � � � � � � � `n `� — �' c c c � o � w o Z � ca ca ca � � O w � Q N � � � - � � � � � 7 � � � � � d W �' �' �' � � w � N N N � � � � � � � C�6 C�6 C�6 7 7 Z p C6 C6 C6 U U O U > > > C C � � = 0 Y � � O U J � N O � � � ,� � O W Z � O L.L � � w y � � � U � � 0 � � � � O Y � �o � � a� a� c � W ,� L N �L ~ a 0 O Y � � � N � j U � � 'a� � � � a` Q � � L � 0 •� V � R m Q� � Q � � U 0 E � otS � � U 0 0 � � 0 � a� 6' � p � -Q � � � 0 � Q � ' o U � o � m � � � a � N � Z � � � Q � � � � � � (,~j � � � tU/1 N � C6 ,� � C6 j� � OO � � � ¢ �c.�-i � a�i Q p v� _ � > o v� cn Q X .� � cA v� � � -� � o c �, c L N N � � iaia -� � d -�= � � o a� � �,-� dUC� o � � N cn y v� � � � � �� o � L � U cn ca � � � c 0 c� o ,, cnoo � � L cn — � � � � � aoo cn .= - � � �- � i c°�n � N = = i� � � � N U o � � °> � ca > � � � N � �' >'"� a' o � p � U U � .U N � � C � cn N = C6 �--� U � � Q � J J � 0 � u'i m U � a�i a�i � � � � � �i O cn c�i � _ � � c�.� � � o .� �-� '� N � � y � � � o °� cn y � � � � � �- � o �' � � y � � c�i ">, c c� � a> > o o � � � � � � � � a> ca c X � �.L �� x a ca � °� � DDD � Q � C� 0 » > D � � wQcAQm 0 � w00 � � � M (n c0 � � � Q1 w O O � � W � � � � � C1 � w � C� Z Z O � � � � O U J N O � O O W �"> ' Z � � W � � � U � c6 0 � C6 O � U U � U � � N � � p O � � U � � C6 N � � � C6 � Cn � � C ' �� 0 � 'p O p- � � �--� CQ '— U -p N —y� C6 � 0 Q � L � U o � U � � o � � � a> -a c � � � � � c � � o 'C p �6 -� > .� Q � O -� U � O � � O � � N Q � N � � � C C6 � N � �6 C6 Cn p C N � O � �' � U � � C� •� -p N y '6 p � � � � � � � � (q � .> �6 � N � � �� U �- -a o � "o � � � � p � d O � � C�6 � � � N � � � � L � 0 � � otS � � � � � � 0 � � p >' > � � N � O fl' � Q d � L Q � 0 � C U � � � (j � � � .� �i � Cn -` c� o c c O � � v� �� o U � � � � Q o � N � o o � ca Q � � U Q � in � � � � � ('�j � Q � ('�j � � o � 0 0 N N � X N 0 rn � �' o � � o � c U � � � O a c� � � "� � o ia -� ia � ia ia �' Y � o Q � � � � � in N � cn � cn cn c N U � N � N � N O N � � � ia ia ia cn rn I R � � N U N U N U N o � � >, O C6 � C6 � C6 � O N m �+ cn U o � o � o � z N � o � Q oo U o �i �i C� _ — � � � � � 3 a�i � � � � ATCT Seismic Retrofit&Remodel 01 9113 City of Renton GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS Project No.CAG-19-051 Page 13 of 16 SAMPLE DOCUMENT-Contractor Closeout Checklist System: Instructions: Contractor shall complete all specified items as listed on the following checklist and return the signed checklist to the Commissioning Authority via the Contractor Commissioning Coordinator prior to substantial completion. In addition, the Contractor may be required to demonstrate compliance with specified criteria on-site, as deemed appropriate by the Commissioning Coordinator or Commissioning Authority. Project Closeout Checklist: Instruction: ❑ Owner instruction is complete per project documents. Warranty and Spares: ❑ Warranty has been provided with operations and maintenance manuals. ❑ All spares have been submitted to owner and receipt of materials signed. Documentation: ❑ 0&M Manuals are complete and submitted. ❑ As-built drawings, material list, technical literature, list of recommend spare parts, system description, and sequence of operation have been updated and included in the 0&M manuals. Final Acceptance: ❑ Final performance testing completed and system accepted by owner, CC and CxA. Please note: This checklist is not intended to represent all the requirements of the Project Documents within this section. Completion of the items on this checklist does not release the Contractor from their contractual obligation to complete all the work as detailed within the entire specification section. Sign-Off: Team Member Print NamelCo. Initial Date Installing Contractor: General Contractor CC: February 25,2019 01 9113-13 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 ATCT Seismic Retrofit&Remodel 01 9113 City of Renton GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS Project No.CAG-19-051 Page 14 of 16 SAMPLE DOCUMENT-Operation and Maintenance Training Agenda Equipment 1 System: SECTION 1 Filled out by the project Owner, submit to contractor SECTION 2 Contractor to indicate Trainer and credentials SECTION 3 Contractor to indicate proposed Agenda and Topics. SECTION 1 —Audience and General Scope Check all Description that applies Intended Audience Facility Manager Facility Engineer Facility Technician Project Manager Tenant Other General Objectives and scope of training Provide an overview of the purpose and operation of equipment, including required interactions with trainees. Provide technical information regarding the purpose,operation and maintenance of equipment at an intermediate level expecting that some support from outside contractors will be provided as needed. Provide technical information regarding the purpose,operation,troubleshooting and maintenance of equipment at a detailed level expecting that most operational and maintenance,service and repair will be conducted by trainees. Use blank spaces to describe additional/other objectives for the training session as needed. SECTION 2—Credentials-Trainersllnstructors&Photographer Company TrainerlPhotographer PositionlQualifications February 25,2019 01 9113-14 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 ATCT Seismic Retrofit&Remodel 01 9113 City of Renton GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS Project No.CAG-19-051 Page 15 of 16 SECTION 3—A enda and Trainin To ics Description Indicate Duration Trainer Complete covered (min.) items General purpose of the equipment/system (design intent). Review of drawings and schematics. Review start-up, loading,operation, unloading,shut-down, occupied/unoccupied operation,seasonal change-over procedures as applicable. Review building automation control interface,set points,schedules, alarms, graphical interface as applicable. Review unitary(packaged)controls, programming,troubleshooting, alarms, and manual operation procedures as applicable. System interface with other systems—fire alarm,emergency power system, and other systems as applicable. Energy conservation strategies as applicable. System/equipment troubleshooting methods, procedures,error messages as applicable. Service, maintenance, preventive maintenance procedures. Spare parts provided and suggested. Special requirements to maintain warranty. Special procedures related to tenant interface with the system. Health and/or safety issues as applicable. Use of 0&M manuals. Use of as-built drawings, plans and/or schematics. Discussion/lecture. Site demonstration of equipment operation. Written handouts. Manufacturer training manuals. Video presentation. Question and answer session. Training session to be taped for owner's future reference and training requirements. Use blank spaces to fill in any additional/other subjects covered. February 25,2019 01 9113-15 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 ATCT Seismic Retrofit&Remodel 01 9113 City of Renton GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS Project No.CAG-19-051 Page 16 of 16 SAMPLE DOCUMENT-Training Session Attendee Roster Equipment 1 Session: Training Date: Attendees Organization END OF SECTION February 25,2019 01 9113-16 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 Project 546.50.41.000 DIVISION 02 Existing Conditions , �, � � SECTION 02 41 00 DEMOLITION AND DECONSTRUCTION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Selective demolition. 2. Disposition of removed items and materials. 3. Excavation associated with this Project. 4. Protection of construction and assets. 5. Restoration of damage resulting from demolition activities. 6. Utility contacts. 1.02 REFERENCES A. Comply with requirements of Section 01420 - References; and as listed herein. The following is a list of standards referenced in this Section: 1. American National Standards Institute -www.ansi.org. a. ANSI A10.6 -Safety Requirements for Demolition Operations. 2. National Fire Protection Association -www.nfpa.org. a. NFPA 13- Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler System. b. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code. c. NFPA 72- National Fire Alarm Code. d. NFPA 101 - Life Safety Code. e. NFPA 241 - Standard for Safeguarding Construction, Alteration and Demolition Operations. 3. Occupational Safety and Health Administration -www.osha.gov. 4. Revised Code of Washington (RCW) -www.apps.leg.wa.gov/RCW a. RCW 19.122. 5. Washington State Department of Transportation (WSDOT) - Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction. 6. Washington State Legislature-www.leg.wa.gov. a. WISHA. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. Existing to Remain: Items that are to remain in current locations and that are not otherwise indicated to be removed, salvaged, reinstalled and recycled. B. Remove: Detach items from existing construction and legally dispose of them off-site, unless indicated to be removed and salvaged or removed and reinstalled. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid - 2/26/2019 §02 41 00 — 1/13 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit & Remodel DEMOLITION AND DECONSTRUCTION C. Remove and Salvage: Detach items from existing construction and deliver them to Owner. D. Remove and Reinstall: Detach items from existing construction, prepare them for reuse, and reinstall them where indicated. 1.04 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Protect adjacent construction and assets including landscaped areas, building elements, finish surfaces, railings, utilities, pavement, sidewalks, concrete structures, manholes, electrical items including poles, automobiles, trucks, equipment, scales, and other items. Contractor shall repair or replace any damages at no cost to the Owner and to the Owners satisfaction. B. Perform demolition work in close coordination with the Owner. 1. Consult regularly, on as frequently as a daily basis, with the Owner before scheduling work activities involving demolition. 2. Request authorization from the Owner prior to undertaking any demolition work activity for which the Contractor shall intend to claim additional compensation, or additional time. C. Selectively demolish and remove only those existing permanent improvements indicated to be removed on the Drawings, and as identified in this Section. D. Excavate, handle, and remove earth, soil, rock, quarry spalls, mulch, and related materials in those areas and limited locations as indicated on the Drawings, as identified in this Section, and as necessary to perform the Work. 1. Instruct all truckers, equipment operators, and others as to the permissible traffic lanes, routes, and procedures that have been accepted by the Owner. 2. Failure to use the designated traffic routes may result in penalty to the Contractor under the provisions of the Contract. E. Perform temporary modifications deemed necessary by the Contractor and that are acceptable to the Owner for water lines, electrical conduits, irrigation lines, valving, catch basins, drainage, underground items, assemblies of equipment and apparatus, and other facility services to assure the entire facility remains fully functional and unaffected by construction processes and activities. 1. Temporary modifications shall be made sufficiently equivalent to the permanent installations so as to not affect or limit performance and operation of the Renton Air Traffic Control Tower. F. Existing Utilities: 1. Locate utilities within or adjacent to the Work Area. 2. Take all necessary precautionary measures to Work Area utilities. 3. Provide adequate means of support and protection during removal operations for utilities that are to remain in service. 4. Do not interrupt existing utilities serving facilities occupied by the City, airport lessess or other, except when permitted in writing by the Owner, Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid - 2/26/2019 §02 41 00 — 2/13 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit & Remodel DEMOLITION AND DECONSTRUCTION and then only after acceptable temporary utility services have been provided if required by the Owner. a. Provide minimum seven calendar days notice to the Owner and utility owner, and receive written notice to proceed before interrupting any utility. 5. Coordinate with utility companies for shutoff of services, if lines are active. 1.05 MATERIALS OWNERSHIP A. Except for items or materials indicated to be reused, salvaged, reinstalled, or otherwise indicated to remain Owner's property, demolished materials shall become Contractor's property and shall be removed from Work Area and disposed in accordance will applicable Federal, State and local regulations.. 1.06 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit the following: B. Submittals associated with Excavation Activities: 1. Provide written documents identified in Part 3 of this Section, and sufficient for communication, review and acceptance of Contractor- proposed implementation of excavation activities by the Owner. C. Select Utility Contact Schedule: 1. The Contractor shall provide the Owner with the contact persons of each utilities and public service agencies serving the facility. a. Format the schedule similarly to the schedule provided in this Section. b. Include electrical utility, water, waste water, fire department, security company, and others deemed appropriate by the Owner. 2. The identified contact persons shall be the same persons responsible to arrange and perform utility shut-offs, perform restoration of service, troubleshoot and assure uninterrupted operation and support of the Landfill Campus. a. Utilities may have numerous persons each assuming responsibility for portions of the above. b. The Contractor shall identify each such contact person and record the respective contact information to create the Select Utility Contact Schedule. 3. The Contractor shall review the assembled information with the Owner, and make any required edits prior to printing and distribution of the document. 4. Provide copies of the approved Select Utility Contact Schedule to the Owner, subcontractors, and other persons as deemed appropriate by the Owner. D. Proposed Dust-Control and Noise Control Measures: Submit statement or drawing that indicates the measures proposed for use, proposed locations, and proposed time frame for their operation. Identify options if proposed measures are later determined to be inadequate. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid - 2/26/2019 §02 41 00 — 3/13 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit & Remodel DEMOLITION AND DECONSTRUCTION E. Schedule of Selective Demolition Activities: Indicate the following: 1. Detailed sequence of selective demolition and removal work, with starting and ending dates for each activity. Ensure Owner's on-site operations are uninterrupted. 2. Interruption of utility services. 3. Coordination for shutoff, capping, and continuation of utility services. 4. Locations of temporary partitions and means of egress, including for other tenants affected by selective demolition operations. 5. Coordination of Owner's continuing occupancy of portions of existing building and of Owner's partial occupancy of completed Work. F. Inventory: After selective, demolition is complete, submit a list of items that have been removed and salvaged. 1.07 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Demolition Firm Qualifications: A firm with a minimum of five years specialized experience in demolition work similar in material and extent to that indicated for this Project. B. Regulatory Requirements: 1. Comply with hauling and disposal regulations of authorities having jurisdiction. C. Standards: Comply with ANSI A10.6 and NFPA 241. D. Pre-Demolition Conference: Conduct conference at Work Area. Review methods and procedures related to selective demolition including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Inspect and discuss condition of construction to be selectively demolished. 2. Review structural load limitations of existing structure. 3. Review and finalize selective demolition schedule and verify availability of materials, demolition, personnel, equipment, and facilities needed to make progress and avoid delays. 4. Review requirements of work performed by other trades that rely on substrates exposed by selective demolition operations. 1.08 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver products to site under provisions of this Section. 1.09 PROJECT/SITE CONDITIONS A. Owner will occupy portions of the building immediately adjacent to selective demolition area. Conduct selective demolition so Owner's operations will not be disrupted. B. Provide notice to Owner of approved demolition activities that will affect Owner's operations as required by Section 01 14 00, or not less than 72 hours, whichever is greater. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid - 2/26/2019 §02 41 00 — 4/13 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit & Remodel DEMOLITION AND DECONSTRUCTION C. Maintain access to existing walkways, corridors, and other adjacent occupied or used facilities. 1. Do not close or obstruct walkways, corridors, or other occupied or used facilities without written permission from Owner and authorities having jurisdiction. D. Owner assumes no responsibility for condition of areas to be selectively demolished. 1. Conditions existing at time of inspection for bidding purpose will be maintained by Owner as far as practical. E. Hazardous Materials: Handle and dispose of hazardous materials in accordance with Section 02 82 00. F. Storage or sale of removed items or materials on Owner's Property is prohibited. G. Utility Service: Maintain existing utilities indicated to remain in service and protect them against damage during selective demolition operations. 1. Maintain fire-protection facilities in service during selective demolition operations. 2. Existing fire extinguishers are to remain in spaces occupied by the Owner during construction. 1.10 OWNER'S INSTRUCTIONS A. Disposition of Removed Items and Materials. 1. Unless otherwise indicated, removed items and materials shall become the property of the Contractor. 2. No requirement of this Section shall be interpreted in a manner to violate applicable state, local, federal laws, regulations and requirements pertaining to the Work. 3. Excavated Materials: a. Stockpiling is not acceptable unless the Contractor agrees to provide closed, covered containers acceptable to the Owner, and which are suitably positioned inside the Contractor's permissible work area limits without. b. The Contractor is responsible to maintain any such containers containing excavated materials dry, and in a protected manner so as to avoid sediment and contamination entering the storm drainage system. c. Mulch materials and materials containing organics are to be removed from the facility immediately and not reused in the completed Work. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 REPAIR MATERIALS A. Use repair materials identical to existing materials unless otherwise directed by Owner. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid - 2/26/2019 §02 41 00 — 5/13 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit & Remodel DEMOLITION AND DECONSTRUCTION 1. If identical materials are unavailable or cannot be used for exposed surfaces, use materials that visually match existing adjacent surfaces to the fullest extent possible. a. Material selected must be approved by Owner prior to installation. 2. Use materials whose installed performance equals or surpasses that of existing materials. B. Comply with material and installation requirements specified in individual sections. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Prior to construction, Contractor shall: 1. Verify that utilities have been disconnected and capped. 2. Survey existing conditions and correlate with requirements indicated to determine extent of selective demolition required. 3. Inventory and record the condition of items to be removed and reinstalled and items to be removed and salvaged. 4. When unanticipated mechanical, electrical, or structural elements that conflict with intended function or design are encountered, investigate and measure the nature and extent of conflict. Promptly submit a written report to Owner. 5. Perform surveys as the Work progresses to detect hazards resulting from selective demolition activities. 3.02 UTILITY SERVICES A. Existing Utilities: Maintain services indicated to remain and protect them against damage during selective demolition operations as required in Section 01 14 00. B. Provide temporary services during interruptions to existing utilities as acceptable to Owner and to authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Provide at least seventy-two hours notice to Owner if shutdown of service is required during changeover. C. Utility Requirements: Locate, identify, disconnect, and seal or cap off indicated utilities serving areas to be selectively demolished. 1. Owner will arrange to shut off indicated utilities when requested by Contractor. a. Utilities intended to be shut off that will cause a disruption of utility service must be approved by Owner and scheduled at an time that will minimize the impacts on Owner's operations. 2. If utility services are required to be removed, relocated, or abandoned, before proceeding with selective demolition provide temporary utilities that bypass area of selective demolition and that maintain continuity of service to other parts of building. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid - 2/26/2019 §02 41 00 — 6/13 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit & Remodel DEMOLITION AND DECONSTRUCTION 3. Cut off pipe or conduit in walls or partitions to be removed. 4. Cap valve, or plug and seal remaining portion of pipe or conduit after bypassing. D. Utility Requirements: Refer to Division 23 and 26 for shutting off, disconnecting, removing, and sealing or capping utilities. E. Do not start selective demolition work until utility disconnecting and sealing have been completed and verified in writing. 3.03 PREPARATION A. Excavation Activities: 1. Excavation activities shall be planned and organized prior to construction. 2. Propose, arrange and provide protection of paving surfaces, pavement markings, drainage structures, and scales. a. Have arrangements made in advance to immediately remove excavated materials from the site. b. Do not affect, remove or damage pavement markings. c. Buckets and scrapers shall be fitted with attachments that will not mark or divot pavements. d. Sweepers are the preferred method for removing debris. e. Initiate and maintain an on-going program of FOD prevention and removal as required by the approved Safety Plan Compliance Document. B. Electrical Power Service: 1. Electrical power service is not to be interrupted at any unscheduled or unapproved time during the construction. a. Interruptions to electrical power in the Critical Area shall be conducted in accordance with Section 01 14 00. C. Water Service: 1. Water service may be interrupted to the Critical Area only as provided in Section 01 14 00. a. The Contractor shall not interrupt fire service. b. The Contractor is required to relieve air from any water system of the facility that is introduced to the plumbing piping as a result of any Contractor-initiated shut-down. D. Contractor shall be responsible for locating underground utilities prior to construction: 1. Provide at minimum two business days' notice prior to excavation to Call Before You Dig 1 (800) 424-5555. 2. Contractor shall also retain a private service to locate Owner maintained on-site utilities. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid - 2/26/2019 §02 41 00 — 7/13 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit & Remodel DEMOLITION AND DECONSTRUCTION 3. Accurately mark structures in the work area that necessitate worker attention in order to prevent damage during construction activities. 4. Contact and coordinate utilities locating services. 5. Establish other contacts as required in the performance of the Work. 6. Comply with requirements of RCW 19.122. E. Site Access and Temporary Controls: Conduct selective demolition and debris-removal operations to ensure minimum interference with roads, streets, walks, walkways, and other adjacent occupied and used facilities. 1. Do not close or obstruct streets, walks, walkways, or other adjacent occupied or used facilities without permission from Owner and authorities having jurisdiction. 2. Provide alternate routes around closed or obstructed traffic ways if required by governing regulations. 3. Erect temporary protection, such as walks, fences, railings, canopies, and covered passageways, where required by Owner and authorities having jurisdiction. 4. Protect existing site improvements, appurtenance, and landscaping to remain. 5. Use of the Airport Operations Area during demolition and debris removal shall be in accordance with Section 01 14 00. F. Temporary Facilities: Provide temporary barricades and other protection required to prevent injury to people and damage to adjacent buildings and facilities to remain: 1. Owner may require work be conducted during non-operating hours. 2. Provide alternate routes around closed or obstructed traffic way if required by Owner. 3. Provide protection to ensure safe passage of people around selective demolition area and to and from occupied portions of building. 4. Provide temporary weather protection, during interval between selective demolition of existing construction on exterior surfaces and new construction, to prevent water leakage and damage to structure and interior areas. 5. Protect walls, ceilings, floors, and other existing finish work that are to remain or that are exposed during selective demolition operations. 6. Cover and protect furniture, furnishings, and equipment that have not been removed. G. Temporary Enclosures: Provide temporary enclosures for protection of existing building and construction, in progress and completed, from exposure, foul weather, other construction operations, and similar activities. Provide temporary weathertight enclosure for building exterior. 1. Where heating or cooling is needed and permanent enclosure is not complete, provide insulated temporary enclosures. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid - 2/26/2019 §02 41 00 — 8/13 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit & Remodel DEMOLITION AND DECONSTRUCTION 2. Coordinate enclosure with ventilating and materials drying or curing requirements to avoid dangerous conditions and effects. H. Temporary Partitions: Erect and maintain dustproof partitions and temporary enclosures to limit dust and dirt migration and to separate areas from fumes and noise. I. Temporary Shoring: Provide and maintain interior and exterior shoring, bracing, or structural support to preserve stability and prevent movement, settlement, or collapse of construction to remain, and to prevent unexpected or uncontrolled movement or collapse of construction being demolished. 1. Strengthen or add new supports when required during progress of selective demolition. 3.04 POLLUTION CONTROLS A. Dust Control: 1. Use water mist, and water spray, to limit spread and propagation of dust. 2. Provide water connections, hoses, tanks, and other equipment necessary to contain dust. 3. Do not allow dust and/or dust control water to contact ground vehicles or aircraft. B. Comply with governing environmental-protection regulations. 1. Do not use water when it may damage existing construction or create hazardous or objectionable conditions, such as ice, flooding, and pollution. 2. Wet mop floors to eliminate trackable dirt and wipe down walls and doors of demolition enclosure. Vacuum carpeted areas. C. Disposal: Remove and transport debris in a manner that will prevent spillage on adjacent surfaces and areas. D. Cleaning: Clean adjacent structures and improvements of dust, dirt, and debris caused by selective demolition operations. E. Return adjacent areas to the existing condition prior to the commencing of selective demolition operation. 3.05 EXCAVATION ACTIVITIES A. Coordinate the work in accordance with the advance planning required elsewhere in this Section. B. Perform excavation and hauling at Owner approved times. 3.06 DEMOLITION A. Remove only those fixtures, equipment and devices from inside or otherwise attached to the existing building that are indicated/identified "TO BE REMOVED" on the Drawings. 1. Neatly cut openings and holes plumb, square, and true to dimensions required. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid - 2/26/2019 §02 41 00 — 9/13 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit & Remodel DEMOLITION AND DECONSTRUCTION 2. Use cutting methods least likely to damage construction to remain or adjoining construction. 3. Temporarily cover openings to remain. 4. Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces to avoid marring existing finished surfaces. 5. Comply with applicable WISHA, OSHA and other safety regulations when performing demolition activities. 6. Remove structural framing members and lower to ground by method suitable to avoid free fall and to prevent ground impact or dust generation. 7. Locate selective demolition equipment and remove debris and materials so as not to impose excessive loads on supporting walls, floors, or framing. 8. Dispose of demolished items and materials promptly. 9. Return elements of construction and surfaces that are to remain to condition existing before selective demolition operations began. B. Protect and store items indicated to be reused. 1. The Contractor is responsible to ensure the protected and stored items are returned to service. 2. In the event items indicated to be reused are lost, stolen, damaged, or otherwise not available for return to service, the Contractor shall replace and install new items of equal or greater quality, to the satisfaction of the Owner. 3. Reinstall items in locations indicated. 4. Comply with installation requirements for new materials and equipment. 5. Provide connections, supports, and miscellaneous materials necessary to make item functional for use indicated. C. Existing Items to Remain: 1. Protect construction indicated to remain against damage and soiling during selective demolition. 2. When permitted by Owner, items may be removed to a suitable, protected storage location during selective demolition and cleaned and reinstalled in their original locations after selective demolition operations are complete. D. Structural Demolition: 1. Operate to minimize noise and dust impacts. a. Limit noise production of air compressors and breakers. 2. Schedule activities to reduce impacts on facility operation and users of the facility. 3. Concrete: a. Concrete slabs-on-grade: Saw-cut perimeter or area to be demolished. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid - 2/26/2019 §02 41 00 — 10/13 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit & Remodel DEMOLITION AND DECONSTRUCTION b. Concrete sawcuts shall be full depth of concrete. E. Plumbing: 1. Coordinate work of this Section with Division 22. 2. Remove and dispose of those portions of plumbing piping indicated on the Drawings to be removed. a. Shut downs will be temporary and will not affect normal operating hours. b. Coordinate demolition of plumbing piping with the Owner prior to shutting off the water to the system. c. Expedite the work, or install shut-off valves in accessible locations to permit the facility to operate as normal as possible during demolition and construction. F. Mechanical: 1. Coordinate Work of this Section with Division 23. G. Electrical: 1. Coordinate Work of this Section with Division 26. 3.07 PATCHING AND REPAIRS A. Promptly repair damage to adjacent construction caused by selective demolition operations. B. Repairs: Where repairs to existing surfaces are required, patch to produce surfaces suitable for new materials. C. Finishes: Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and extend restoration into adjoining construction in a manner that eliminates evidence of patching and refinishing. 3.08 DISPOSAL OF DEMOLISHED MATERIALS A. Promptly dispose of demolished materials. B. Do not allow demolished materials to accumulate on-site. C. Burning: Do not burn demolished materials. D. Disposal: Transport demolished materials and dispose of at legal off-site waste disposal location. 3.09 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Hazards: 1. Welding and Cutting: a. Provide and implement a visual screening and separation plan to eliminate the possibility that facility users will be in direct line of sight with welding operations in progress. b. Periodically and continuously adjust screening and separation devices to assure that facility users are not within direct line of sight of welding operations in progress. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid - 2/26/2019 §02 41 00 — 11/13 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit & Remodel DEMOLITION AND DECONSTRUCTION 2. Fire Protection: a. Do not use cutting torches until the work area is cleared of flammable material. b. Provide fire suppression as required by authorities having jurisdiction. B. Daily Cleanup: 1. Maintain an orderly work site. 2. Maintain clearly distinguishable work areas. 3. Keep debris, stockpiles, and sorted materials out of areas used for transportation and vehicle movements. 4. Remove contaminated and unsafe materials from the site in an expedient manner and without delay. 5. Remove nails, sharp objects and other hazards to tires and vehicles in a continuous and diligent manner. 3.10 CLEANING A. Daily Cleanup: 1. Maintain an orderly work site. 2. Maintain clearly distinguishable work areas. 3. Keep debris, stockpiles, and sorted materials out of areas used for transportation and vehicle movements. 4. Remove contaminated and unsafe materials from the site in an expedient manner and without delay. 5. Remove nails, sharp objects and other hazards to tires and vehicles in a continuous and diligent manner. 3.11 PROTECTION A. Provide and maintain physical separation barriers to prevent facility users and landfill campus personnel from entering the work area and facility without authorization. 1. Work of this Section will require temporary perimeter fencing to prevent unauthorized persons from gaining access to the facility. a. Prior to leaving the facility at the end of each work day, the Contractor shall ensure the facility perimeter fence is maintained continuous and uninterrupted, with no gaps or unrestrained portions sufficiently large for a person to push through. b. Provide additional fencing sections on hand to assure sufficient materials are available. B. Protect adjacent structures and improvements from foreseeable damage associated with the work of this Section. 1. Protect trees within the work area that are indicated to remain. 2. Do not disturb trees and vegetation outside the work area. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid - 2/26/2019 §02 41 00 — 12/13 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit & Remodel DEMOLITION AND DECONSTRUCTION C. Provide, maintain, and periodically adjust shoring, bracing, or structural supports necessary in the course of demolition. 1. Prevent unexpected movement. D. Protect against collapse of structures. 3.12 SCHEDULES A. Select Utility Contact Schedule: The Contractor shall add the appropriate additional contacts and formalize the schedule in accordance with the submittal requirements of this Section. Example format: UTILITY CONTACT TELEPHONE NUMBER END OF SECTION 02 41 00 Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid - 2/26/2019 §02 41 00 — 13/13 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit & Remodel DEMOLITION AND DECONSTRUCTION SECTION 02 82 00 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS ABATEMENT PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Hazardous Materials Abatement. 1.02 REFERENCES A. Code of Federal Regulations -www.gpo.gov. 1. 29 CFR 1910.1025 Lead Standard for General Industry 2. 29 CFR 1910.134 Respiratory Protection 3. 29 CFR 1910.1200 Hazard Communication 4. 29 CFR 1910.245 Specifications for Accident Prevention (Sign and Tags) 5. 29 CFR 1926 Construction Industry Standards 6. 29 CFR 1926.62 Construction Industry Lead Standard 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. Abatement: Means any measure designed to permanently eliminate hazardous materials in accordance with standards established by the EPA Administrator. B. Abatement Area: Means interior and exterior areas of the building where abatement activities are undertaken and which are isolated from uncontaminated areas by containment. C. Containment: Means a process for protecting other workers, residents, and the environment by isolating areas from exposures to lead dust and debris created during abatement in a work area. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Approval Submittals: 1. Abatement Plan. B. Quality Assurance Submittals: 1. Statement of Abatement Subcontractor's Qualifications. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Employ a competent Abatement Subcontractor with at least five years rehabilitation experience on similar building types. 1. The Abatement Subcontractor shall employ a competent Licensed Supervisor with at least three years supervisory experience on projects of similar scope and magnitude who shall be responsible for all work involving lead-based paint and glazing compounds, asbestos materials and PCB abatement. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §02 82 00— 1/4 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit & Remodel HAZARDOUS MATERIALS ABATEMENT 1.06 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Allow the Work of this Contract to be inspected if required by local, state, federal and any other authorities having jurisdiction over such work. Immediately notify Owner and maintain written evidence of such inspection for review by the Owner. B. The Contractor shall obtain the approval of the local fire department, if necessary, for all finish materials, and the use of lead hazard control work area isolation materials. C. The Contractor shall incur the cost of all fines resulting from regulatory non-compliance as issued by federal, state, and local agencies. Contractor shall incur the cost of all work requirements mandated by federal, state, and local agencies as a result of regulatory noncompliance or negligence. 1.07 SCOPE OF ABATEMENT A. The Owner believes that certain materials in the building contain hazardous materials, including: 1. Paint (lead). 2. Window glazing putty, vinyl composition tiles and plumbing wraps (asbestos). 3. Fluorescent light ballasts (PCB compounds). B. The Contractor shall: 1. Perform abatement of these building materials in accordance applicable Federal, State and Local regulations. 2. Test other building materials and components uncovered in the course of demolition that are suspected of containing hazardous materials, and notify the Owner of any hazardous materials found before proceeding with demolition. 1.09 ABATEMENT PLAN C. Prior to the initiation of the abatement work, the Abatement Subcontractor shall establish an Abatement Plan which describes at least the following: 1. Testing and evaluation procedures that will be used to identify contaminated material requiring abatement. 2. Schematic drawings depicting the location and extent of contaminated material requiring abatement. 3. Method(s) that will be used to remove contaminated materials. 4. Type and extent of containment that will be used during the abatement process. 5. Detailed plan for collection, categorization and storage of contaminated materials. 6. Disposal plan for contaminated materials, including means of safely transporting materials and the disposal location(s). 7. Testing of abated areas to demonstrate that all contaminants have been removed. 8. Final cleaning of abated areas. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §02 82 00—2/4 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit & Remodel HAZARDOUS MATERIALS ABATEMENT PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. Provide and maintain all services, materials, equipment and labor required for the Work of this Section. B. Comply with all applicable requirements of the Specifications for materials and assemblies required for Work of this Section. C. Remove from the site all materials and supplies provided in this Section when no longer required. 2.02 ABATEMENT EQUIPMENT D. Impermeable containers are to be used to receive and retain any contaminated materials until disposal at an acceptable disposal site. The containers shall be labeled in accordance with EPA and DOT standards. E. HEPA filtered exhaust systems shall be used during any dust generating abatement operations. F. All caustics shall be properly labeled and containerized in leak- tight containers. G. Vacuum units, of suitable size and capacities for project, shall have HEPA filter( s) capable of trapping and retaining at least 99.97% of all monodispersed particles of 0.3 micrometers in diameter. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 SIGNS. A. Prior to the preparation of an area for abatement, the Abatement Subcontractor shall place warning signs immediately outside all entrances and exits to the building or exterior abatement area, warning that abatement work is being conducted in the vicinity. 1. The signs shall be at least 20" x 14" and shall read: WARNING: CONTAMINATED MATERIAL REMOVAL HAZARD UNAUTHORIZED ENTRY PROHIBITED NO SMOKING, EATING OR DRINKING ALLOWED IN THE WORK AREA 2. Signs shall be in bold lettering with lettering not smaller than two inches tall. 3.02 CONTAINMENT A. Construct and maintain suitable polyethylene barriers within and without the building to isolate the abatement areas from interior and exterior uncontaminated areas. B. Maintain polyethylene barriers, as long as needed for the safe and proper completion of the work. Any breeches in the work area barriers shall be corrected immediately and as Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §02 82 00—3/4 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit & Remodel HAZARDOUS MATERIALS ABATEMENT necessary during the work day with such breeches reported immediately to the Owner. Work will not be allowed to commence until all barriers are in place and acceptable to the Owner. 3.03 DISPOSAL OF CONTAMINATED MATERIAL A. Contaminated waste which is taken out of the work area must be properly handled in accordance with applicable local, state and federal requirements. B. The surface of any waste containers, removed from the work area, shall be wiped down with a minimum of a 5% solution of tri-sodium phosphate or other equivalent cleaning agent prior to removing it from the work area. C. All materials, whether hazardous or non-hazardous, shall be disposed of in accordance with all applicable federal, state, county, or local regulations and guidelines. It shall be the sole responsibility of the Abatement Subcontractor to assure compliance with all laws and regulations relating to this disposal. Until analytical results are available, all waste materials (including water) shall be segregated and treated as hazardous. END OF SECTION 02 82 00 Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §02 82 00—4/4 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit & Remodel HAZARDOUS MATERIALS ABATEMENT DIVISION 03 Concrete , �, � � SECTION 03 10 00 CONCRETE FORMING AND ACCESSORIES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Formwork for cast-in place concrete, with shoring, bracing and anchorage. B. Form accessories. C. Form stripping. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 03 20 00 - Concrete Reinforcing. B. Section 03 30 00 - Cast-in-Place Concrete. C. Section 31 23 16 - Excavation: Shoring and underpinning for excavation. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ACI 117 - Standard Specifications for Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials; 2010. B. ACI 301 - Specifications for Structural Concrete; 2016. C. ACI 318 - Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete and Commentary; 2014 (Errata 2016). D. ACI 347R - Guide to Formwork for Concrete; 2014. E. PS 1 - Structural Plywood; 2009. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 30 00 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate pertinent dimensions, materials, bracing, and arrangement of joints and ties. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Designer Qualifications: Design formwork under direct supervision of a Professional Structural Engineer experienced in design of concrete formwork and licensed in the State in which the Project is located. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 FORMWORK - GENERAL A. Provide concrete forms, accessories, shoring, and bracing as required to accomplish cast-in-place concrete work. B. Design and construct to provide resultant concrete that conforms to design with respect to shape, lines, and dimensions. C. Chamfer outside corners of beams, joists, columns, and walls. D. Comply with applicable state and local codes with respect to design, fabrication, erection, and removal of formwork. E. Comply with relevant portions of ACI 347R, ACI 301, and ACI 318. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid —2/26/2019 §03 10 00 1/3 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel CONCRETE FORMING AND ACCESSORIES 2.02 WOOD FORM MATERIALS A. Form Materials: At the discretion of the Contractor. 2.03 REMOVABLE PREFABRICATED FORMS A. Preformed Steel Forms: Minimum 16 gage, 0.0598 inch (1.52 mm) thick, matched, tight fitting, stiffened to support weight of concrete without deflection detrimental to tolerances and appearance of finished surfaces. 2.04 FORMWORK ACCESSORIES A. Form Release Agent: Capable of releasing forms from hardened concrete without staining or discoloring concrete or forming bugholes and other surface defects, compatible with concrete and form materials, and not requiring removal for satisfactory bonding of coatings to be applied. 1. Composition: Colorless reactive, mineral oil-based, soy-based, or vegetable-oil based compound. 2. Do not use materials containing diesel oil or petroleum-based compounds. 3. VOC Content: In compliance with applicable local, State, and federal regulations. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify lines, levels and centers before proceeding with formwork. Ensure that dimensions agree with drawings. 3.02 ERECTION - FORMWORK A. Erect formwork, shoring and bracing to achieve design requirements, in accordance with requirements of ACI 301. B. Provide bracing to ensure stability of formwork. Shore or strengthen formwork subject to overstressing by construction loads. C. If formwork is placed after reinforcement, resulting in insufficient concrete cover over reinforcement, request instructions from Architect before proceeding. 3.03 APPLICATION - FORM RELEASE AGENT A. Apply form release agent on formwork in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 3.04 INSERTS, EMBEDDED PARTS, AND OPENINGS A. Provide formed openings where required for items to be embedded in passing through concrete work. 3.05 FORMWORK TOLERANCES A. Construct formwork to maintain tolerances required by ACI 117, unless otherwise indicated. B. Camber slabs and beams in accordance with ACI 301. 3.06 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. An independent testing agency will perform field quality control tests, as specified in Section 01 40 00 - Quality Requirements. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid —2/26/2019 §03 10 00 2/3 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel CONCRETE FORMING AND ACCESSORIES 3.07 FORM REMOVAL A. Do not remove forms or bracing until concrete has gained sufficient strength to carry its own weight and imposed loads. END OF SECTION Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid —2/26/2019 §03 10 00 3/3 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel CONCRETE FORMING AND ACCESSORIES SECTION 03 20 00 CONCRETE REINFORCING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Reinforcing steel for cast-in-place concrete. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 03 10 00 - Concrete Forming and Accessories. B. Section 03 30 00 - Cast-in-Place Concrete. C. Section 31 63 29 - Drilled Concrete Piers and Shafts: Reinforcement for drilled pier foundations. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ACI 301 - Specifications for Structural Concrete; 2016. B. ACI 318 - Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete and Commentary; 2014 (Errata 2016). C. ACI SP-66 - ACI Detailing Manual; 2004. D. ASTM A615/A615M - Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Carbon-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement; 2016. E. CRSI (DA4) - Manual of Standard Practice; 2009. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 30 00 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Shop Drawings: Comply with requirements of ACI SP-66. Include bar schedules, shapes of bent bars, spacing of bars, and location of splices. 1. Prepare shop drawings under seal of a Professional Structural Engineer experienced in design of work of this type and licensed in the State in which the Project is located. C. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify that reinforcing steel and accessories supplied for this project meet or exceed specified requirements. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform work of this section in accordance with ACI 301. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 REINFORCEMENT A. Reinforcing Steel: ASTM A615/A615M, Grade 60 (60,000 psi) (420 MPa). 2.02 RE-BAR SPLICING: A. Coupler Systems: Mechanical devices for splicing reinforcing bars; capable of developing full steel reinforcing design strength in tension and compression. 1. Products: Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid —2/26/2019 §03 20 00 1/2 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel CONCRETE REINFORCING a. Dayton Superior Corporation; Bar Lock Coupler System: www.daytonsuperior.com. b. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. B. Dowel Bar Splicer with Dowel-Ins: Mechanical devices for connecting dowels; capable of developing full steel reinforcing design strength in tension and compression. 1. Products: a. Dayton Superior Corporation; Dowel Bar Splicer D101A with Straight Dowel- In: www.daytonsuperior.com. b. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. 2.03 FABRICATION A. Fabricate concrete reinforcing in accordance with CRSI (DA4) - Manual of Standard Practice. B. Welding of reinforcement is not permitted. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PLACEMENT A. Place, support and secure reinforcement against displacement. Do not deviate from required position. B. Conform to applicable code for concrete cover over reinforcement. 3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. An independent testing agency, as specified in Section 01 40 00, will inspect installed reinforcement for conformance to contract documents before concrete placement. END OF SECTION Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid —2/26/2019 §03 20 00 2/2 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel CONCRETE REINFORCING SECTION 03 30 00 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Concrete for composite floor construction. B. Floors and slabs on grade. C. Concrete foundations and anchor bolts for pre-engineered building. D. Joint devices associated with concrete work. E. Concrete curing. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 03 10 00 - Concrete Forming and Accessories: Forms and accessories for formwork. B. Section 03 20 00 - Concrete Reinforcing. C. Section 03 35 11 - Concrete Floor Finishes: Densifiers, hardeners, applied coatings, and polishing. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ACI 117 - Standard Specifications for Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials; 2010. B. ACI 211.1 - Standard Practice for Selecting Proportions for Normal, Heavyweight, and Mass Concrete; 1991 (Reapproved 2009). C. ACI 301 - Specifications for Structural Concrete; 2016. D. ACI 302.1 R - Guide for Concrete Floor and Slab Construction; 2004 (Errata 2007). E. ACI 304R - Guide for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting, and Placing Concrete; 2000. F. ACI 305R - Guide to Hot Weather Concreting; 2010. G. ACI 306R - Cold Weather Concreting; 2010. H. ACI 308R - Guide to Curing Concrete; 2001 (Reapproved 2008). I. ACI 318 - Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete and Commentary; 2014 (Errata 2016). J. ACI 347R - Guide to Formwork for Concrete; 2014. K. ASTM A615/A615M - Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Carbon-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement; 2016. L. ASTM C33/C33M - Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates; 2016. M. ASTM C39/C39M - Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens; 2016b. N. ASTM C94/C94M - Standard Specification for Ready-Mixed Concrete; 2016a. O. ASTM C150/C150M - Standard Specification for Portland Cement; 2016. P. ASTM C171 - Standard Specification for Sheet Materials for Curing Concrete; 2016. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid —2/26/2019 §03 30 00 1/6 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Q. ASTM C173/C173M - Standard Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Volumetric Method; 2016. R. ASTM C260/C260M - Standard Specification for Air-Entraining Admixtures for Concrete; 2010a (Reapproved 2016). S. ASTM C618 - Standard Specification for Coal Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural Pozzolan for Use in Concrete; 2015. T. ASTM C1116/C1116M - Standard Specification for Fiber-Reinforced Concrete; 2010a (Reapproved 2015). U. ASTM C1240 - Standard Specification for Silica Fume Used in Cementitious Mixtures; 2015. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 30 00 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturers' data on manufactured products showing compliance with specified requirements and installation instructions. 1. For curing compounds, provide data on method of removal in the event of incompatibility with floor covering adhesives. C. Mix Design: Submit proposed concrete mix design. 1. Indicate proposed mix design complies with requirements of ACI 301, Section 4 - Concrete Mixtures. 2. Indicate proposed mix design complies with requirements of ACI 318, Chapter 5 - Concrete Quality, Mixing and Placing. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Follow recommendations of ACI 305R when concreting during hot weather. B. Follow recommendations of ACI 306R when concreting during cold weather. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 FORMWORK A. Comply with requirements of Section 03 10 00. 2.02 REINFORCEMENT A. Comply with requirements of Section 03 20 00. 2.03 CONCRETE MATERIALS A. Cement: ASTM C150/C150M, Type I - Normal Portland type. 1. Acquire cement for entire project from same source. B. Fine and Coarse Aggregates: ASTM C 33. 1. Acquire aggregates for entire project from same source. C. Fly Ash: ASTM C618, Class C or F. D. Calcined Pozzolan: ASTM C618, Class N. E. Silica Fume: ASTM C1240, proportioned in accordance with ACI 211.1. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid —2/26/2019 §03 30 00 2/6 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE F. Water: Clean and not detrimental to concrete. 2.04 ADMIXTURES A. Do not use chemicals that will result in soluble chloride ions in excess of 0.1 percent by weight of cement. B. Air Entrainment Admixture: ASTM C260/C260M. 2.05 BONDING AND JOINTING PRODUCTS A. Slab Isolation Joint Filler: 1/2 inch (13 mm) thick, height equal to slab thickness, with removable top section that will form 1/2 inch (13 mm) deep sealant pocket after removal. 2.06 CURING MATERIALS A. Evaporation Reducer: Liquid thin-film-forming compound that reduces rapid moisture loss caused by high temperature, low humidity, and high winds; intended for application immediately after concrete placement. B. Curing Compound, Naturally Dissipating: Clear, water-based, liquid membrane- forming compound; complying with ASTM C309. C. Curing Agent, Water Replacement Type: Clear, water based, liquid water cure replacement agent complying with ASTM C309 standards for water retention, and with ACI 302.1 R. 2.07 CONCRETE MIX DESIGN A. Proportioning Normal Weight Concrete: Comply with ACI 211.1 recommendations. B. Admixtures: Add acceptable admixtures as recommended in ACI 211.1 and at rates recommended or required by manufacturer. C. Normal Weight Concrete: 1. Compressive Strength, when tested in accordance with ASTM C39/C39M at 28 days: As indicated on drawings. 2. Fly Ash Content: Maximum 15 percent of cementitious materials by weight. 3. Calcined Pozzolan Content: Maximum 10 percent of cementitious materials by weight. 4. Silica Fume Content: Maximum 5 percent of cementitious materials by weight. 5. Water-Cement Ratio: Maximum 40 percent by weight. 6. Total Air Content: 4 percent, determined in accordance with ASTM C173/C173M. 7. Maximum Slump: 4 inches (100 mm). 8. Maximum Aggregate Size: 3/4 inch (19 mm). PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify lines, levels, and dimensions before proceeding with work of this section. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid —2/26/2019 §03 30 00 3/6 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 3.02 PREPARATION A. Coordinate placement of embedded items with erection of concrete formwork and placement of form accessories. B. Where new concrete is to be bonded to previously placed concrete, prepare existing surface by cleaning and applying bonding agent in according to bonding agent manufacturer's instructions. C. Interior Slabs on Grade: Install vapor retarder under interior slabs on grade. Lap joints minimum 6 inches (150 mm). Seal joints, seams and penetrations watertight with manufacturer's recommended products and follow manufacturer's written instructions. Repair damaged vapor retarder before covering. 1. Granular Fill Over Vapor Retarder: Cover vapor retarder with compactible granular fill as indicated on the drawings. Do not use sand. 3.03 PLACING CONCRETE A. Place concrete in accordance with ACI 304R. B. Place concrete for floor slabs in accordance with ACI 302.1 R. C. Notify Architect not less than 24 hours prior to commencement of placement operations. D. Maintain records of concrete placement. Record date, location, quantity, air temperature, and test samples taken. E. Ensure reinforcement, inserts, waterstops, embedded parts, and formed construction joint devices will not be disturbed during concrete placement. F. Place concrete continuously without construction (cold)joints wherever possible; where construction joints are necessary, before next placement prepare joint surface by removing laitance and exposing the sand and sound surface mortar, by sandblasting or high-pressure water jetting. G. Finish floors level and flat, unless otherwise indicated, within the tolerances specified below. 3.04 SLAB JOINTING A. Locate joints as indicated on the drawings. B. Anchor joint fillers and devices to prevent movement during concrete placement. C. Isolation Joints: Use preformed joint filler with removable top section for joint sealant, total height equal to thickness of slab, set flush with top of slab. 1. Install wherever necessary to separate slab from other building members, including columns, walls, equipment foundations, footings, stairs, manholes, sumps, and drains. 3.05 FLOOR FLATNESS AND LEVELNESS TOLERANCES A. Maximum Variation of Surface Flatness: 1. Exposed Concrete Floors: 1/4 inch (6 mm) in 10 feet (3 m). 2. Under Seamless Resilient Flooring: 1/4 inch (6 mm) in 10 feet (3 m). 3. Under Carpeting: 1/4 inch (6 mm) in 10 feet (3 m). Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid —2/26/2019 §03 30 00 4/6 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE B. Correct the slab surface if tolerances are less than specified. C. Correct defects by grinding or by removal and replacement of the defective work. Areas requiring corrective work will be identified. Re-measure corrected areas by the same process. 3.06 CONCRETE FINISHING A. Repair surface defects, including tie holes, immediately after removing formwork. B. Concrete Slabs: Finish to requirements of ACI 302.1 R, and as follows: 1. Decorative Exposed Surfaces: Trowel as described in ACI 302.1 R; use steel- reinforced plastic trowel blades instead of steel blades to avoid black-burnish marks; decorative exposed surfaces include surfaces to be stained or dyed, pigmented concrete, surfaces to receive liquid hardeners, surfaces to receive dry- shake hardeners, surfaces to be polished, and all other exposed slab surfaces. 3.07 CURING AND PROTECTION A. Comply with requirements of ACI 308R. Immediately after placement, protect concrete from premature drying, excessively hot or cold temperatures, and mechanical injury. B. Maintain concrete with minimal moisture loss at relatively constant temperature for period necessary for hydration of cement and hardening of concrete. 1. Normal concrete: Not less than 7 days. C. Formed Surfaces: Cure by moist curing with forms in place for full curing period. D. Surfaces Not in Contact with Forms: 1. Initial Curing: Start as soon as free water has disappeared and before surface is dry. Keep continuously moist for not less than three days by water ponding, water-saturated sand, water-fog spray, or saturated burlap. 2. Final Curing: Begin after initial curing but before surface is dry. 3.08 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. An independent testing agency will perform field quality control tests, as specified in Section 01 40 00 - Quality Requirements. B. Provide free access to concrete operations at project site and cooperate with appointed firm. C. Take one additional test cylinder during cold weather concreting, cured on job site under same conditions as concrete it represents. 3.09 DEFECTIVE CONCRETE A. Defective Concrete: Concrete not conforming to required lines, details, dimensions, tolerances or specified requirements. B. Repair or replacement of defective concrete will be determined by the Architect. The cost of additional testing shall be borne by Contractor when defective concrete is identified. C. Do not patch, fill, touch-up, repair, or replace exposed concrete except upon express direction of Architect for each individual area. END OF SECTION Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid —2/26/2019 §03 30 00 5/6 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid —2/26/2019 §03 30 00 6/6 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE DIVISION 05 Metals , �, � � SECTION 05 40 00 COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY' A. Section includes the following: 1. Cold-formed metal exterior wall framing, including connections of canopy to wall. 2. Cold-formed metal wall framing separating interior conditioned spaces and unconditioned spaces. 3. Accessories required for bracing and attaching metal framing to structure 4. Interior partition wall bracing B. Related Sections: 1. Section 09 20 00 -Gypsum Board and Sheathing 1.02 REFERENCES A. American Institute of Steel Construction (AISC) -www.aisc.org 1. AISC 360 -Specification for Structural Steel Buildings B. American Iron and Steel Institute (AISI) -www.steel.org 1. AISI-NAS - North American Specification for the Design of Cold-Formed Steel Structural Members 2. AISI-GP -Standard For Cold-Formed Steel Framing - General Provisions C. ASTM International (ASTM) -www.astm.org 1. ASTM A123 - Specification for Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products 2. ASTM A153 - Standard Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware 3. ASTM A653 - Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process 4. ASTM A1003 - Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Carbon, Metallic- and Nonmetallic-Coated for Cold-Formed Framing Members 5. ASTM C955 - Standard Specification for Load-Bearing (Transverse and Axial) Steel Studs, Runners (Tracks), and Bracing or Bridging for Screw Application of Gypsum Panel Products and Metal Plaster Bases 6. ASTM C1002 - Standard Specification for Steel Self-Piercing Tapping Screws for the Application of Gypsum Panel Products or Metal Plaster Bases to Wood Studs or Steel Studs 7. ASTM C1007 - Standard Specification for Installation of Load Bearing (Transverse and Axial) Steel Studs and Related Accessories Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §05 40 00— 1/7 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit & Remodel COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING D. American Welding Society (AWS) -www.aws.org 1. AWS D1.1/D1.1 M - Structural Welding Code -Steel 2. AWS D1.3 - Structural Welding Code -Sheet Steel E. Steel Stud Manufacturer's Association (SSMA) -www.ssma.com 1. Product Technical Information - ICC ER-4943P 1.03 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Primary and secondary cold-formed metal framing, bracing, bridging, plates, gussets, clips, fittings, reinforcement, and connections as required to provide a complete framing systems for interior non-loadbearing walls and exterior siding support. 1.04 DELEGATED DESIGN A. Design of cold-formed metal steel framing system supporting new exterior metal siding system is the responsibility of the Contractor, including the configuration, spacing, gauge of framing members and attachments necessary to meet: 1. The wind loads and other requirements of the governing building code and the Authorities Having Jurisdiction. 2. The requirements of the steel siding manufacturer. B. Design of cold-formed metal steel framing system interior non-load bearing partition walls is the responsibility of the Contractor, including the configuration, spacing, gauge of framing members and attachments necessary to meet: 1. Air pressure loads, seismic loads and other requirements of the governing building code and the Authorities Having Jurisdiction. C. Delegated design of cold-formed metal steel framing systems shall be performed by a licensed professional engineer, retained by the Contractor and registered the State of Washington. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Approval Submittals: 1. Product Data: For each type of cold-formed metal framing product and accessory indicated. 2. Shop Drawings: Show layout, spacing, sizes, thicknesses, grade, and types of cold-formed metal framing; fabrication; and fastening and anchorage details, including mechanical fasteners. Show reinforcing channels, opening framing, supplemental framing, strapping, bracing, bridging, splices, accessories, connection details, and attachment to adjoining work. 3. Calculations demonstrating compliance with the requirements of this Section. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §05 40 00—2/7 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING B. Calculations and shop drawings for elements designed by the Contractor shall bear the seal and signature of a professional engineer, retained by the contractor and registered the State of Washington. C. Quality Assurance Submittals: 1. Research/evaluation reports: for cold-formed metal framing. 2. Mill certificates. 3. Welder's certificates that verify AWS qualification within the previous 12 months 4. Welding Procedure Specification (WPS) 5. Welding electrodes 6. Manufacturer's and Installer's Qualifications D. Closeout Submittals 1. None. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent testing agency, as provided for by the Project Representative, will conduct the testing indicated. B. Product Tests: Mill certificates or data from a qualified independent testing agency indicating steel sheet complies with requirements, including base- metal thickness, yield strength, tensile strength, total elongation, chemical requirements, and metallic-coating thickness. C. Welding: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.1, "Structural Welding Code--Steel," and AWS D1.3, "Structural Welding Code-- Sheet Steel." D. AISI Specifications and Standards: Comply with AISI-NAS and AISI-GP. E. Manufacturer's and Installer's Qualifications: 1. Material and products shall be manufactured by a company with current AISI or AF&PA certification and is continuously and regularly employed in the manufacture of similar materials at the time of bid. 2. Installation shall be by an installer that has been in the business of erecting similar materials for at least five consecutive years at the time of bid; and can show evidence of satisfactory completion of projects of similar size and scope. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Subject to compliance with requirements of the Contract Documents, products of one of the following manufacturers shall be incorporated in the Work of this Section: B. Metal Framing and Connectors: 1. SCAFCO Steel Stud Manufacturing Co. -www.scafco.com Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §05 40 00—3/7 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING 2. Steeler, Inc. -www.steeler.com 3. ClarkDietrich Building Systems -www.clarkdietrich.com 4. Simpson Strong-Tie Company, Inc. -www.strongtie.com 5. Phillips -www.phillipsmfg.com 6. Or Approved Equal. C. Powder Actuated Fasteners: 1. Hilti Corporation -www.hilti.com 2. Powers Fasteners -www.powers.com 3. Or Approved Equal. 2.02 MATERIALS A. Cold-formed metal framing: ASTM A1003 1. 16 gage (54 mil) and heavier: 50 ksi, Structural Quality (SQ), Grade 50, Type H 2. 18 gage (43 mil) and lighter: 33 ksi, Structural Quality (SQ), Grade 33, Type H B. Mechanical Fasteners: ASTM C1002 C. Welding Electrodes: 1. Comply with AWS standards. 2. Unless otherwise indicated, filler material shall be E70. 2.03 ACCEPTABLE PRODUCTS A. Studs: Unless otherwise indicated, roll-formed channel studs shall be 20 gage (33 mil) minimum, with flanges not less than 1-3/8-inch wide; punched to receive mechanical and electrical work; suitable to receive wallboard and plaster finishes specified. B. Tracks: Flanges shall not be less than 1-1/4 inches; width and gage to suit studs, as indicated on the Drawings. C. Joists: 18-gage (43 mil) minimum, sizes as indicated on the Drawings. D. Furring Channels: 20 gage (33 mil), depth as required with knockouts for conduit installation, suitable to receive wallboard attached with self-drilling drywall screws, unless otherwise indicated. E. Perforated Resilient Furring Channels: Comply with ASTM C645. Minimum Base-Metal Thickness: 18 mil: 25 Gauge. Depth: one-half inch unless note otherwise on drawings. F. Bridging: Standard for manufacturer of inetal studs, as indicated on the Drawings. G. Accessory Material: All incidental and accessory materials, methods, tools and equipment are required for the satisfactory fabrication and erection of framing, as indicated on the Drawings, including fasteners, attachments and Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §05 40 00—4/7 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING anchorages to building construction. Fabricate steel-framing accessories of the same material and finish used for framing members, with a minimum yield strength of 33 ksi. H. Mechanical Fasteners: 1. Corrosion resistant coated. 2. Self-drilling, self-tapping steel drill screws. 3. Low profile head beneath sheathing, Manufacturer's standard profile elsewhere. I. Powder Actuated Fasteners: As indicated on the Drawings. 2.04 FINISHES A. Galvanize all surfaces with a G60 coating complying with ASTM A653. 2.05 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Shop-fabricated steel shall be provided by a fabricator with current AISI certification. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify conditions are satisfactory to receive Work of this Section; do not commence work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. B. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of conditions. C. Resolve deficiencies in accordance with Manufacturer's Instructions and Recommendations, and this Section. D. Examine supporting substrates and abutting structural framing for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other field conditions affecting performance. 3.02 ERECTION A. Erection Tolerances: Install cold-formed metal framing level, plumb, and true to line to a maximum allowable tolerance variation of 1/8 inch in 10 feet (1:960) and as follows: 1. Space individual framing members no more than plus or minus 1/8 inch from plan location. Cumulative error shall not exceed minimum fastening requirements of sheathing or other finishing materials. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Install system in accordance with applicable codes and regulations, Manufacturer's Instructions and Recommendations, ASTM C1007, and this Section. B. Cold-formed metal framing may be shop or field fabricated for installation, or it may be field assembled. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §05 40 00—5/7 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING C. Install cold-formed metal framing according to the AISI-GP unless more stringent requirements are indicated. D. Install cold-formed metal framing and accessories plumb, square, and true to line, and with connections securely fastened. 1. Cut framing members by sawing or shearing; do not torch cut. 2. Fasten cold-formed metal framing members by welding, screw fastening, clinch fastening, or riveting. Wire tying of framing members is not permitted. a. Comply with AWS D1.3 requirements and procedures for welding, appearance and quality of welds, and methods used in correcting welding work. b. Locate mechanical fasteners and install according to Shop Drawings, and complying with requirements for spacing, edge distances, and screw penetration. E. Install framing members in one-piece lengths unless splice connections are indicated for track or tension members. Splicing of studs is not permitted. F. Install two studs at sides of all openings more than 24 inches wide, unless otherwise indicated. G. Install temporary bracing and supports to secure framing and support loads comparable in intensity to those for which structure was designed. Maintain braces and supports in place, undisturbed, until entire integrated supporting structure has been completed and permanent connections to framing are secured. H. Do not bridge building expansion and control joints with cold-formed metal framing. Independently frame both sides of joints. I. Install insulation, specified in Division 07 Section "Thermal and Acoustical Insulation," in built-up exterior framing members, such as headers, sills, boxed joists, and multiple studs at openings, that are inaccessible on completion of framing work. J. Fasten hole reinforcing plate over web penetrations that exceed size of manufacturer's standard punched openings. 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Correct deficiencies in Work that test and inspection reports have indicated are not in compliance with the Contract Documents. 3.05 PROTECTION A. Protect metal framing from corrosion, deformation, and other damage during delivery, storage and handling. B. Provide protection and maintain conditions in a manner that ensure that metal framing and accessories are without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §05 40 00—6/7 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING END OF SECTION 05 40 00 Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §05 40 00—7/7 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING SECTION 05 50 00 METAL FABRICATIONS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Shop fabricated steel and aluminum items. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 03 30 00 - Cast-in-Place Concrete: Placement of inetal fabrications in concrete. B. Section 09 91 13 - Exterior Painting: Paint finish. 1.03 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. See Section 01 22 00 - Unit Prices, for additional requirements. 1.04 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM A36/A36M - Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel; 2014. B. ASTM A53/A53M - Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc- Coated, Welded and Seamless; 2012. C. ASTM A123/A123M - Standard Specification for Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products; 2015. D. ASTM A153/A153M - Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware; 2016a. E. ASTM A283/A283M - Standard Specification for Low and Intermediate Tensile Strength Carbon Steel Plates; 2013. F. ASTM A307 - Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts, Studs, and Threaded Rod 60 000 PSI Tensile Strength; 2014. G. ASTM A500/A500M - Standard Specification for Cold-Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing in Rounds and Shapes; 2013. H. ASTM A501/A501M - Standard Specification for Hot-Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing; 2014. I. ASTM A653/A653M - Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process; 2015. J. ASTM A1011/A1011M - Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet and Strip, Hot-Rolled, Carbon, Structural, High-Strength Low-Alloy, High-Strength Low-Alloy with Improved Formability, and Ultra-High Strength; 2015. K. ASTM F3125/F3125M - Standard Specification for High Strength Structural Bolts, Steel and Alloy Steel, Heat Treated, 120 ksi (830 MPa) and 150 ksi (1040 MPa) Minimum Tensile Strength, Inch and Metric Dimensions; 2015a. L. AWS A2.4 - Standard Symbols for Welding, Brazing, and Nondestructive Examination; 2012. M. AWS D1.1/D1.1 M - Structural Welding Code - Steel; 2015 (with March 2016 Errata). Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid —2/26/2019 §05 50 00 1/3 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel METAL FABRICATIONS N. IAS AC172 -Accreditation Criteria for Fabricator Inspection Programs for Structural Steel; International Accreditation Service, Inc; 2015. O. SSPC-Paint 15 - Steel Joist Shop Primer/Metal Building Primer; 1999 (Ed. 2004). P. SSPC-Paint 20 - Zinc-Rich Primers (Type I, "Inorganic," and Type II, "Organic"); 2002 (Ed. 2004). Q. SSPC-SP 2 - Hand Tool Cleaning; 1982 (Ed. 2004). 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Indicate profiles, sizes, connection attachments, reinforcing, anchorage, size and type of fasteners, and accessories. Include erection drawings, elevations, and details where applicable. 1. Indicate welded connections using standard AWS A2.4 welding symbols. Indicate net weld lengths. B. Welders' Certificates: Submit certification for welders employed on the project, verifying AWS qualification within the previous 12 months. C. Fabricator's Qualification Statement: Provide documentation showing steel fabricator is accredited under IAS AC172. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fabricator Qualifications: A qualified steel fabricator that is accredited by IAS AC172. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS - STEEL A. Steel Sections: ASTM A36/A36M. B. Steel Tubing: ASTM A501/A501M hot-formed structural tubing. C. Plates: ASTM A283/A283M. D. Pipe: ASTM A53/A53M, Grade B Schedule 40, black finish. E. Fasteners: ASTM A325. F. Bolts, Nuts, and Washers: ASTM A307, Grade A, plain. G. Bolts, Nuts, and Washers: ASTM F3125/F3125M, Type 1, plain. H. Welding Materials: AWS D1.1/D1.1M; type required for materials being welded. I. Shop and Touch-Up Primer: SSPC-Paint 15, complying with VOC limitations of authorities having jurisdiction. J. Touch-Up Primer for Galvanized Surfaces: SSPC-Paint 20, Type I - Inorganic, complying with VOC limitations of authorities having jurisdiction. 2.02 FABRICATION A. Fit and shop assemble items in largest practical sections, for delivery to site. B. Fabricate items with joints tightly fitted and secured. C. Grind exposed joints flush and smooth with adjacent finish surface. Make exposed joints butt tight, flush, and hairline. Ease exposed edges to small uniform radius. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid —2/26/2019 §05 50 00 2/3 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel METAL FABRICATIONS D. Supply components required for anchorage of fabrications. Fabricate anchors and related components of same material and finish as fabrication, except where specifically noted otherwise. 2.03 FINISHES - STEEL A. Prime paint steel items. B. Prepare surfaces to be primed in accordance with SSPC-SP2. C. Clean surfaces of rust, scale, grease, and foreign matter prior to finishing. D. Prime Painting: One coat. 2.04 FABRICATION TOLERANCES A. Squareness: 1/8 inch (3 mm) maximum difference in diagonal measurements. B. Maximum Offset Between Faces: 1/16 inch (1.5 mm). C. Maximum Misalignment of Adjacent Members: 1/16 inch (1.5 mm). D. Maximum Bow: 1/8 inch (3 mm) in 48 inches (1.2 m). E. Maximum Deviation From Plane: 1/16 inch (1.5 mm) in 48 inches (1.2 m). PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that field conditions are acceptable and are ready to receive work. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Clean and strip primed steel items to bare metal where site welding is required. B. Supply setting templates to the appropriate entities for steel items required to be cast into concrete or embedded in masonry. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Install items plumb and level, accurately fitted, free from distortion or defects. B. Provide for erection loads, and for sufficient temporary bracing to maintain true alignment until completion of erection and installation of permanent attachments. C. Field weld components as indicated on drawings. D. Perform field welding in accordance with AWS D1.1/D1.1 M. E. Obtain approval prior to site cutting or making adjustments not scheduled. F. After erection, prime welds, abrasions, and surfaces not shop primed, except surfaces to be in contact with concrete. 3.04 TOLERANCES A. Maximum Variation From Plumb: 1/4 inch (6 mm) per story, non-cumulative. B. Maximum Offset From True Alignment: 1/4 inch (6 mm). C. Maximum Out-of-Position: 1/4 inch (6 mm). END OF SECTION Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid —2/26/2019 §05 50 00 3/3 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel METAL FABRICATIONS DIVISION 06 Wood, Plastics and Composites � ,� � SECTION 06 41 00 ARCHITECTURAL WOOD CASEWORK PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. This Section specifies: 1. Architectural Wood Cabinets. 2. Countertops -Solid-Surface. 3. Lobby Display Wall. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Approval Submittals: 1. Statement of Manufacturer's Qualifications. 2. Statement of Installer's Qualifications. 3. Product Data: Provide data for hardware accessories and casework materials. 4. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions. 5. Shop Drawings: Indicate materials, component profiles, fastening methods, jointing details, and accessories. a. Minimum Scale of Detail Drawings: 1-1/2 inch to 1 foot. b. Provide the information required by AWI/AWMAC/WI Architectural Woodwork Standards. c. Include certification program label. B. Samples: Submit the following: 1. Actual samples of architectural cabinet construction, minimum 12 inches square, illustrating proposed cabinet, countertop, and shelf unit substrate and finish. 2. Actual sample items of proposed pulls, hinges, shelf standards, and locksets, demonstrating hardware design, quality, and finish. C. Quality Assurance Submittals: 1. Statement of Fabricator Qualifications: Statement from Fabricator attesting that the Fabricator complies with all required qualifications. Provide documentary evidence of compliance with experience and certification requirements. D. Closeout Submittals: 1. Operations and Maintenance Manual Content. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §06 41 00— 1/6 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel ARCHTECTURAL WOOD CASEWORK 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fabricator Qualifications: Company specializing in fabricating the products specified in this section with minimum five years of documented experience. 1. Company with at least one project in the past 5 years with value of woodwork within 20 percent of cost of woodwork for this Project. 2. Accredited participant in the specified certification program prior to the commencement of fabrication and throughout the duration of the project. B. Quality Certification: Provide AWI Quality Certification Program inspection report and quality certification of completed work. 1. Provide labels or certificates indicating that the work complies with requirements of AWS Grade or Grades specified. 2. Provide AWI/QCP project number for which the project has been registered. 3. Prior to delivery to the site provide shop drawings with certification labels. 4. Provide labels on each product when required by certification program. 5. Upon completion of installation provide certificate certifying that the installation and products meet the specified requirements. 6. Arrange and pay for inspections required for certification. 7. Replace, repair, or rework all work for which certification is refused. C. Pre-Installation Conference: Convene a Pre-Installation conference not less than one week before starting work of this section; require attendance by all affected installers. 1.4 WARRANTY A. Casework shall be warranted to be free from defects in workmanship, design and materials for a period of two years from the date of Substantial Completion. 1.5 MOCK-UP A. Provide mock-up of typical base cabinet, wall cabinet, and countertop, including hardware, finishes, and plumbing accessories. 1. Locate where directed. 2. Mock-up may remain as part of the Work. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Protect units from moisture damage. 1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §06 41 00—2/6 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel ARCHTECTURAL WOOD CASEWORK A. During and after installation of custom cabinets, maintain temperature and humidity conditions in building spaces at same levels planned for occupancy. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Subject to compliance with the requirements of the Contract Documents, products from the following manufacturers may be incorporated in the Work of this Section: 1. Single Source Responsibility: All cabinets shall be manufactured and installed by a single manufacturer. B. Acceptable Cabinet Manufacturers: 1. Baye Enterprises - www.bayeenterprises.com 2. Northwood Cabinets -www.northwoodcabinets.com 3. Pacific Cabinets -www.pacificcabinets.com 4. Or Approved Equal. 2.2 ARCHITECTURAL WOOD CABINETS A. Description: Architectural wood cabinets as shown on the Drawings. B. Quality Grade: Unless otherwise indicated provide products of quality specified by AWI//AWMAC/WI Architectural Woodwork Standards for Premium Grade. 1. Wood Veneer Faced Cabinets: Premium grade. a. Exposed Surfaces: Birch veneer. b. Semi-Exposed Surfaces: Birch veneer. C. Hardware: 1. Hardware: BHMA A156.9, types as recommended by fabricator for quality grade specified. 2. Material Finish: Unless noted otherwise, provide stainless steel with No. 4 satin finish on all hardware. 3. Adjustable Shelf Supports: Standard side-mounted system using recessed metal shelf standards or multiple holes for pin supports and coordinated shelf rests, polished chrome finish, for nominal 1 inch spacing adjustments. 4. Drawer and Door Pulls: "U" shaped wire pull, steel with chrome finish, size as indicated on Drawings. 5. Sliding Door Pulls: Circular shape for recessed installation. 6. Cabinet Locks: Keyed cylinder, two keys per lock, master keyed steel with Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §06 41 00—3/6 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel ARCHTECTURAL WOOD CASEWORK chrome finish. a. Location: as indicated on the Drawings. 7. Catches: Magnetic. 8. Drawer Slides: a. Type: Extension types as scheduled. b. Static Load Capacity: Commercial grade. c. Mounting: Side mounted. d. Stops: Integral type. 9. Hinges: European style concealed self-closing type, stainless steel with polished finish. 10. Sliding Door Track Assemblies: Upper and lower track of satin anodized aluminum, with matching shoe equipped with nylon rollers. 2.3 COUNTERTOPS - SOLID-SURFACE A. Description: 1. Solid, non-porous, homogeneous resin countertop with mineral fillers 2. Edge profile: bullnose. 3. Color and fillers: As selected by Owner from Manufacturer's full range. B. Products: 1. Formica -Solid Surfacing 2. Or Approved Equal 2.4 LOBBY DISPLAY WALL A. Description: 1. Custom wall surface providing background for display of historic photographs and other artifacts. Panel configuration as indicated on the Drawings. B. Materials: 1. Wood Panels: 1/2" birch plywood (face veneers, premium grade, uniform light color, free of defects and discoloration). 2. Finish: Polyurethane satin varnish. 3. Panel Reveals: Aluminum millwork reveal, black anodized finish. a. Acceptable Products: 1) Fry Reglet- Millwork Reveal MWR5050 2) Or Approved Equal. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §06 41 00—4/6 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel ARCHTECTURAL WOOD CASEWORK 4. Cable Display System: Aluminum track with stainless steel aircraft cable mounting wires. All components shall be provided by same Manufacturer. a. Provide top and bottom mounting track full width of wall (except above door D03). b. Provide 8 mounting wire assemblies, installed as directed by the Project Representative. c. Acceptable Products: 1) Mounting Track: As Hanging Display Systems Click Rail Track (black). 2) Mounting Wires: As Hanging Display Systems T-End Cable. 3) Or Approved Equal. C. Panel Mounting: 1. Mount panels with concealed cleat system. Exposed fasteners not acceptable. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 FABRICATION A. Assembly: Shop-assemble cabinets for delivery to site in units easily handled and to permit passage through building openings. B. Edging: Fit shelves, doors, and exposed edges with specified edging. Do not use more than one piece for any single length. C. Fitting: When necessary to cut and fit on site, provide materials with ample allowance for cutting. Provide matching trim for scribing and site cutting. D. Mechanically fasten back splash to countertops as recommended by laminate manufacturer at 16 inches on center. E. Provide cutouts for plumbing fixtures. Verify locations of cutouts from on-site dimensions. Prime paint cut edges. 3.2 SHOP FINISHING A. Sand work smooth and set exposed nails and screws. B. On items to receive transparent finishes, use wood filler matching or blending with surrounding surfaces and of types recommended for applied finishes. C. Finish work in accordance with AWI/AWMAC/WI Architectural Woodwork Standards, Section 5 - Finishing for Grade specified. 3.3 EXAMINATION Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §06 41 00—5/6 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel ARCHTECTURAL WOOD CASEWORK A. Verify adequacy of backing and support framing. 3.4 INSTALLATION A. Set and secure custom cabinets in place, assuring that they are rigid, plumb, and level. B. Use fixture attachments in concealed locations for wall mounted components. C. Use concealed joint fasteners to align and secure adjoining cabinet units. D. Carefully scribe casework abutting other components, with maximum gaps of 1/32 inch. Do not use additional overlay trim for this purpose. E. Secure cabinets to floor using appropriate angles and anchorages. F. Install countertops level. Shim and support solidly and evenly to prevent distortion or cracking. Support all sides of openings in the countertops. 3.5 ADJUSTING A. Adjust moving or operating parts to function smoothly and correctly. 3.6 CLEANING A. Clean casework, counters, shelves, hardware, fittings, and fixtures. END OF SECTION 06 41 00 Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §06 41 00—6/6 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel ARCHTECTURAL WOOD CASEWORK DIVISION 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection � ,� � SECTION 07 21 00 THERMAL AND ACOUSTICAL INSULATION PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes the following: 1. Batt Insulation- Low-Density Mineral Wool. 1.02 REFERENCES A. Comply with the provisions of[TBD] and the requirements of this Section: B. ASTM International -www.astm.org: 1. ASTM C 209 -Standard Test Methods for Cellulosic Fiber Insulating Board 2. ASTM C 518 -Standard Test Method for Steady-State Thermal Transmission Properties by Means of the Heat Flow Meter Apparatus. 3. ASTM C 578 -Standard Specification for Rigid, Cellular Polystyrene Thermal Insulation. 4. ASTM C 612 -Standard Specification for Mineral Fiber Block and Board Thermal Insulation. 5. ASTM C 665 Standard Specification for Mineral-Fiber Blanket Thermal Insulation for Light Frame Construction and Manufactured Housing. 6. ASTM C 1136 Standard Specification for Flexible, Low Permeance Vapor Retarders for Thermal Insulation. 7. ASTM D 1621 - Standard Test Method for Compressive Properties of Rigid Cellular Plastics. 8. ASTM E 84 -Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. 9. ASTM E 136 - Standard Test Method for Behavior of Materials in a Vertical Tube Furnace at 750° C. 1.03 DEFINITIONS 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit the following: B. Approval Submittals: 1. Product Data: a. Submit Manufacturer's product data for products specified in this Section including product characteristics, performance, certified test results, product limitations and other information necessary to establish conformance with the requirements of this Section. 2. Manufacturer's Instructions: a. Include information on environmental conditions required for installation, and installation techniques. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §07 21 00— 1/4 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel THERMAL AND ACOUSTICAL INSULATION 3. Samples: a. Submit samples of each product specified in this Section, including accessory items and fasteners. C. Quality Assurance Submittals: 1. None. D. Closeout Submittals: 1. None 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with the requirements of this Section: 1. Before covering, demonstrate to the Project Representative that the thermal insulation products specified in this Section have been installed in accordance with the Manufacturer's Instructions and the requirements of this Section. a. Demonstrate that the insulation has been tightly fitted to the surrounding framing, without gaps or other deficiencies that affect the thermal performance of the insulation. b. Demonstrate that batt insulation has been installed without compression that would affect the thermal performance of the insulation. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Comply with the provisions of this Section. 1. Deliver materials in original, unopened packages with manufacturers' labels intact and clearly identifying products. 2. Store materials inside and under cover; keep them dry and protected from weather, high humidity, direct sunlight, surface contamination, aging, damaging temperatures and construction traffic. 3. Stack insulation board flat and off the ground. 4. Protect plastic insulation against ignition at all times. 5. Store batt and compressed fiberglass board insulation so it is not subject to excessive compression, crimping, distortion or other damage that will affect the installed insulation value. 1.07 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Conditions: Comply with Manufacturer's Instructions, and the requirements of this Section: 1. Do not apply insulation adhesives when temperature or weather conditions are detrimental to successful installation. 2. Do not install batt or compressed fiberglass board insulation in areas that are not weather-tight, or are subject to moisture. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §07 21 00—2/4 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel THERMAL AND ACOUSTICAL INSULATION 1.08 SEQUENCING A. Do not install insulation products until the Work of other trades has been completed and inspected. 1. Remove and replace insulation as directed by the Project Representative as necessary to complete inspections or demonstrations required by the Contract Documents. B. Plan installation of foam insulation so that it can be covered and protected from deterioration or exposure to ignition sources as soon as possible after installation. 1.09 WARRANTY A. Provide written warranty against defects in materials and workmanship, and agreeing to repair or replace components that fail during the warranty period. 1. Warranty period for Work of this Section is one year commencing on the date of Substantial Completion. 2. Provide a limited thermal warranty on foam products for a period of fifteen years commencing on the date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Subject to compliance with requirements of the Contract Documents, products of the following manufacturers may be incorporated in the Work of this Section: 1. Mineral Wool Batt Insulation: a. Thermafiber-www.thermafiber.com. b. Or Approved Equal. 2.02 BATT INSULATION- LOW-DENSITY MINERAL WOOL A. Characteristics: 1. Material: Mineral wool. 2. Type: Pre-formed friction-fit batt. 3. Facings: None. 4. Density: 2.5 pounds per cubic foot. 5. Thickness: As indicated on the Drawings. 6. Classification: Blankets shall meet or exceed the requirements of ASTM C 665 Type I Mineral-Fiber Blanket Thermal Insulation for Light Frame Construction and Manufactured Housing. 7. Flame Spread Index: Five or less when tested in accordance with ASTM E 84. 8. Smoke Developed Index: Zero when tested in accordance with ASTM E 84. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §07 21 00—3/4 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel THERMAL AND ACOUSTICAL INSULATION 9. Combustibility: Non-combustible, when tested in accordance with ASTM E 136. 10. Melting point: 2000 degrees F minimum. 11. Formaldehyde Content: Zero. B. Acceptable Products: 1. Thermafiber- `Thermafiber SAFB', 2.5 pcf. 2. Or Approved Equal. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify conditions are satisfactory to receive work of this Section. B. Do not commence work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. C. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of conditions. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Before installation of rigid foam in wall assemblies, ensure that fire blocking has been installed in accordance with applicable codes. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Batt Insulation: 1. Install in locations indicated on Drawings. 2. Install in wall spaces without gaps or voids. Do not compress insulation. 3. Where insulation batts are left exposed to a cavity in the completed wall Assembly, retain the batts in place with wire mesh secured to framing members. 3.04 PROTECTION A. Protect thermal insulation from the damaging effects of weather, moisture or damage from construction activities or traffic. 1. Remove and replace insulation that has been exposed to moisture. END OF SECTION 07 21 00 Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §07 21 00—4/4 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel THERMAL AND ACOUSTICAL INSULATION SECTION 07 25 00 WEATHER BARRIERS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. This Section specifies the following: 1. Air Barriers. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Air Barrier: A membrane that is permits the transmission of water vapor, but prevents the transmission of air and liquid water to a specified degree. 1.3 REFERENCES A. ASTM International (ASTM) -www.astm.org. 1. ASTM D412 -Standard Test Methods for Vulcanized Rubber and Thermoplastic Elastomers -Tension; 2006a. 2. ASTM D882 -Test Method for Tensile Properties of Thin Plastic Sheeting. 3. ASTM D903 -Test Method for Peel or Stripping Strength of Adhesive Bonds. 4. ASTM D1709-Test Methods for Impact Resistance of Plastic Film by the Free-Falling Dart Method. 5. ASTM E84 -Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials; 2012. 6. ASTM E96 -Standard Test Methods for Water Vapor Transmission of Materials; 2012. 7. ASTM E2178 -Standard Test Method for Air Permeance of Building Materials; 2011. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Approval Submittals: 1. Product Data: Submit Manufacturer's product data for products specified in this Section including product characteristics, performance, certified test results, product limitations and other information necessary to establish conformance with the requirements of this Section. 2. Manufacturer's Instructions. 3. Samples: Provide for each product proposed as a substitution for a product specified in this section (if any): a. One twelve-inch-square sample of the membrane material. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §07 25 00— 1/5 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel WEATHER BARRIERS b. Samples of tapes, flashings and other accessory items for a complete assembly. B. Quality Assurance Submittals: 1. Manufacturer's Technical Representative Contact Information. 2. Statement of Installer Qualifications. 3. Manufacturer's statement approving the proposed Installer to perform the Work of this Section. C. Closeout Submittals: 1. Operations and Maintenance Manual Content: a. Membrane repair data. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer's Qualifications: 1. Assign a Manufacturer's Technical Representative to the Project. 2. Make the Manufacturer's Technical Representative available to the Owner to: a. Provide technical assistance in the form of written directions supplementary to the Manufacturer's Instructions. B. Installer Qualifications: 1. Have a minimum of five years of experience in the installation of products specified in this Section, and have a record of successful in-service performance. 2. Able to show evidence of satisfactory completion of projects of similar size, scope and type. 3. Approved in writing by the Manufacturer. C. Source Limitations: 1. Air Barrier: All accessories, materials or components associated with the Air Barrier shall be provided by the Manufacturer unless noted otherwise in this Section, or approved in writing by the Manufacturer. D. Pre-Installation Conference: Convene a Pre-Installation Conference prior to beginning the Work of this Section: 1. The conference shall be attended the Owner's Representative, the Contractor and at least the following: a. Manufacturer's Technical Representative. b. Installer. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §07 25 00—2/5 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit & Remodel WEATHER BARRIERS c. Representatives of other trades whose Work forms the substrate to which Weather Barriers will be applied. d. Representatives of other trades or who's Work will penetrate or cover the completed Weather Barriers. 2. Agenda shall include a review of at least the following: a. Reviewed submittals. b. Substrate condition and readiness. c. Special detailing and flashings. d. Sequence of construction and coordination with the work of other trades. e. Anticipated weather conditions. f. Inspection, testing and quality assurance requirements. g. Protection and repair procedures. 1.6 WARRANTY A. Weather barriers shall be warranted to be free from defects in workmanship, design and materials for a period of two years. 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver, store and handle products specified in this Section in accordance with the Manufacturer's Instructions and the requirements of this Section: 1. Delivery: Deliver materials to site in Manufacturer's original, unopened protective packaging. 2. Storage: Store in original protective packaging until time of installation. 3. Handling: Handle materials in accordance with the Manufacturer's Instructions. 1.8 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Do not install products specified in this Section when ambient conditions exceed limitations established by the Manufacturer. B. Protect installed membranes from weather as required by the Manufacturer. 1.9 SEQUENCING A. Conform to Manufacturer's Instructions for sequence of installation. B. Plan the work of this Section to facilitate inspections prior to Work being covered or concealed. C. Determine in advance the installation sequence for openings, penetrations, and other assemblies in relation to Work of this Section in order to facilitate Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §07 25 00—3/5 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit & Remodel WEATHER BARRIERS installation of inembranes in accordance with Manufacturer's standard details. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Subject to compliance with requirements of the Contract Documents, products of the following Manufacturers shall be incorporated in the Work of this Section: 1. Henry Company (Henry) -www.henry.com. 2. Or Approved Equal. 2.2 AIR BARRIER A. Characteristics: 1. Material: Self-adhesive polyolefin or polypropylene microporous membrane that is water vapor permeable but resistant to the passage of air and liquid water. 2. Maximum Air Permeance (ASTM E2178): 0.004 cfm/sf. 3. Minimum Water Vapor Permeance (ASTM 2178): 29 perm. 4. Minimum Tensile Strength (ASTM D882): 29 Ibf/in. 5. Minimum Thickness: 23 mil. 6. Maximum Flame Spread (ASTM E84): 10 (Class A). 7. Maximum Smoke Developed (ASTM E84): 15 (Class A). B. Acceptable Products: 1. Henry- `Blueskin VP160' 2. Or Approved Equal. 2.3 EQUPMENT AND TOOLS A. Utilize specialized equipment and tools required by the Manufacturer. 2.4 ACCESSORIES A. Install conformable flashings, sill pan assemblies, splice tape, contact adhesives, mastic, sealants, termination bars, and other items necessary for complete assemblies in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify that surfaces and conditions are ready to accept the work of this Section. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §07 25 00—4/5 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit & Remodel WEATHER BARRIERS 3.2 PREPARATION A. Remove projections, protruding fasteners, and loose or foreign matter that might interfere with proper installation. B. Clean substrate and apply primer in accordance with Manufacturer's instructions. Use of primer is required unless it can be demonstrated by field testing that the required adhesion can be achieved without a primer on a substrate approved by the Manufacturer for installation without a primer. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Install membrane over entire exterior wall envelope of building to form a continuous air-tight barrier. B. Seal membrane to adjacent window frames, door frames and other adjacent construction in accordance with the Manufacturer's instructions and standard installation details to prevent air leakage at the edges of the air barrier membrane. C. Install membrane such that all laps shed water. D. Lap seams as required by the Manufacturer. E. Roll material to achieve specified adhesion. F. Do not leave membrane exposed longer than recommended by the Manufacturer. G. Repair holes, fishmouths, tears or other damage in accordance with the Manufacturer's recommendations to ensure a water-tight installation. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Do not cover installed weather barriers until required inspections have been completed. 3.5 PROTECTION A. Do not leave materials exposed to weather longer than recommended by the Manufacturer. END OF SECTION 07 25 00 Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §07 25 00—5/5 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit & Remodel WEATHER BARRIERS SECTION 07 42 00 METAL SIDING AND SOFFIT PANELS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Metal siding panels. 1.02 REFERENCES A. Comply with the requirements of Section 01095 - Reference Standards and as listed herein. The following is a list of standards referenced in this Section: B. ASTM International -www.astm.org: 1. ASTM A 792 - Standard Specification for Steel Sheet fifty five (55) percent Aluminum Zinc Alloy-Coated by the Hot-Dip Process. 2. ASTM D 1056 EPT -Standard Specification for Flexible Cellular Materials -Sponge or Expanded Rubber. 3. ASTM E 331 - Standard Test Method for Water Penetration of Exterior Windows, Skylights, Doors, and Curtain Walls by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. Manufacturer: The company responsible for manufacturing the metal siding and soffit panels, and for providing the design services delegated to the Contractor below. 1.04 DELEGATED DESIGN RESPONSIBILITIES A. Determination of inetal siding gauges, and design of attachments and details necessary for a complete exterior cladding system meeting the design and performance criteria listed below is the responsibility of the Contractor. B. The structural design shall be performed by a Licensed Professional Structural Engineer in good standing, and authorized to practice in the State of Washington. C. Design Requirements: 1. Conform to the details and accessories indicated in the Contract Documents. 2. Determine required panel gauge, fastener type, fastener spacing and other measures required to resist design pressures depicted on the Drawings, except: a. Metal panel thickness (gauge) shall not be less than the minimum thicknesses indicated in this Section. 3. Provide panels which are continuous from top to bottom of walls, and across entire width of soffits, with no panel end-to-end splices or end- laps. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §07 42 00— 1/8 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel METAL SIDING AND SOFFIT PANELS 4. Provide joint protection, including but not limited to sealant at panel seams. 5. Accommodate movement within the metal panel assembly without damage to components or deterioration of seals, including: a. Movement between the metal panel assembly and perimeter components resulting from seasonal temperature cycling. b. Dynamic loading and release of loads. c. Deflection of structural support framing. 6. Provide positive drainage to the exterior for moisture entering, or condensation occurring behind the metal panel assemblies. D. Performance Requirements: 1. Wind Loads: Design the wall and soffit panel assemblies to resist the positive, and negative wind loads required by the governing Building Code, with a maximum deflection of U180. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Approval Submittals: 1. Product Data Sheets. 2. Manufacturer's Instructions. 3. Shop Drawings: a. Show complete details of construction and installation, including materials dimensions, fastenings, finishes, hardware, connections and other information. b. Indicate placement, including elevations, panel layout, panel gauges and panel numbering used for layout purposes. 4. Samples: For each type of inetal panel assembly, provide the following samples: a. A full width section of panel twelve inches in length. b. Samples of accessories, including but not limited to clips, fasteners, closure panels, corner trims, edge trims, flashings, sealants and connectors and other accessory items comprising complete assemblies. c. Manufacturer's color chips or coupons not less than six (6) square inches in area, consisting of a sample of the actual finish coating applied to the panel material. 5. Engineering Calculations: Provide calculations demonstrating compliance with structural performance requirements of this Section prepared and stamped by a Licensed Professional Structural Engineer in good standing and authorized to practice in the State of Washington. 6. Certified Test Results: Provide test results certified by a recognized testing laboratory or agency demonstrating compliance with air infiltration and water penetration performance requirements of this Section. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §07 42 00—2/8 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel METAL SIDING AND SOFFIT PANELS B. Quality Assurance Submittals: 1. Statement of Installer Qualifications: Submit a written statement attesting that the Installer meets the qualifications listed in this Section. a. Submit a list of at least five projects of similar size employing similar materials and subject to similar performance requirements, including the project name, location, scope, materials employed, and the name and contact information of the owner or its representative. b. Submit written confirmation from the Manufacturer that the Installer is approved by the Manufacturer to install the Work of this section. 2. Manufacturer's Technical Representative Contact Information. C. Closeout Submittals: 1. Provide O&M manual documentation. 2. Documentation of Project Representatives acceptance of spare materials. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer's Technical Representative: Manufacturer shall assign a Technical Representative. B. Installer Qualifications: Installer shall: 1. Have a minimum of five (5) years experience installing products specified in this Section. 2. Have demonstrably completed at least five (5) projects of similar scale, employing similar materials and subject to similar performance requirements. 3. Be specifically approved in writing by the Manufacturer to install the Manufacturer's products specified in this Section. C. Source Limitation: Metal siding and soffit panels specified in this Section shall be from a single Manufacturer. D. Pre-Installation Meeting: Convene a Pre-Installation Meeting prior to beginning Work of this Section. 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Storage of panels on-site: 1. Store prefinished material off ground and protected from weather. 2. Prevent twisting, bending, or abrasion, and provide ventilation to stored materials. 3. Slope metal sheets to ensure drainage. 4. Prevent contact with materials that may cause discoloration or staining of products. 1.08 WARRANTY A. Provide written warranty against defects in materials and workmanship, and agreeing to repair or replace components that fail during the Warranty Period. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §07 42 00—3/8 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel METAL SIDING AND SOFFIT PANELS 1. Warranty Period for work of this Section is as follows: 2. Fluoropolymer coating system shall be warranted free from crazing, yellowing, cracking, peeling, fading, and loss of luster for a period of fifteen years commencing on the date of Substantial Completion. 3. Metal wall panels shall be warranted free from rust, both inside and outside surfaces, including but not limited to rust perforation, for a period of fifteen years commencing on the date of Substantial Completion. 1.09 MAINTENANCE MATERIALS A. Provide three, ten foot long lengths of Type 1 metal siding panel. B. Provide three, ten foot long lengths each of Type 2 and Type 3 metal siding panel. C. Package panels in protective wooden crates and label with panel type. D. Provide a minimum of five pounds each of each type of fastener and clip. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Subject to compliance with requirements of the Contract Documents, products of the following manufacturers may be incorporated in the Work of this Section: 1. AEP Span -www.aepspan.com. 2. Or Approved Equal. 2.02 METAL SIDING PANELS TYPE 1 A. Panel Characteristics: 1. Material: Structural steel sheets complying with ASTM A 792, Grade 50, Coating Designation AZ50. a. Thickness: Minimum 20 gauge. 2. Panel type and profile: 1-1/2 inch deep roll-formed exposed-fastener panel with 7 3/16" rib spacing; rectilinear corrugated profile. 3. Acceptable products: a. AEP Span - HR-36 Roof and Wall Panel. b. Or Approved Equal. B. Locations: Provide where indicated on the Drawings. 2.03 METAL SIDING PANELS TYPE 2 A. Panel Characteristics: 1. Material: Structural steel sheets complying with ASTM A 792, Grade 50, Coating Designation AZ50. a. Thickness: Minimum 20 gauge. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §07 42 00—4/8 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel METAL SIDING AND SOFFIT PANELS 2. Panel type and profile: 1-1/2 inch deep roll-formed exposed-fastener panel with 7 3/16" rib spacing; reverse box-rib profile. 3. Acceptable products: a. AEP Span - Reversed Box Rib Roof and Wall Panel. b. Or Approved Equal. B. Locations: Provide where indicated on the Drawings. 2.04 ACCESSORIES A. Fasteners: 1. Screws: a. Characteristics: Stainless steel, self-tapping, hex-head sheet metal screws color-matched to the wall panels. Snap-on type color caps are not acceptable. b. Type: Screws shall have washers with hot-bonded neoprene faces. c. Size: #14 and larger. 2. Pop-rivets: a. Material: Stainless steel. b. Size: Three-sixteenth (3/16) of an inch diameter and larger. 3. Concealed: Provide manufacturer's standard concealed attachment system in accordance with the accepted submittal. B. Profile Closures: 1. Pre-cut rubber closures: Fabricate from closed-cell rubber complying with ASTM D 1056 EPT. 2. Pre-cut metal closures: Fabricate from the same material and color as wall panel material. C. Sealants: 1. Provide sealant materials with indicated service life of twenty (20) years. 2. Ensure full contact of sealant bead with two (2) mating surfaces. 3. Provide one of the following: a. Non-curing, non-skinning butyl polyisobutylene sealant OR: b. Butyl rubber sealant tape. 2.05 FABRICATION A. Shop Cutting and Fitting: Openings six (6) inches and larger in any dimension shall be shop fabricated. 1. Reinforce openings to maintain consistent load carrying capacity in accordance with Manufacturer's written installation instructions. B. Fabricate panels to the extent possible while in the shop. C. Tolerances: Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §07 42 00—5/8 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel METAL SIDING AND SOFFIT PANELS 1. Panel Length: Plus or minus one-eighth (1/8) of an inch. 2. Camber: Not more than three-sixteenth (3/16) of an inch over ten (10) foot length. D. Hem exposed edges. 2.06 FINISHES A. Minimum coating system for metal wall and panels: 1. Type: Enamel coil coating. 2. Locations: Provide at interior surfaces of panels which are not exposed to view in the finished Work. B. Fluoropolymer coating system for metal wall and soffit panels: 1. Type: Factory multi-coat thermocured fluoropolymer coating system. a. Primer: Epoxy primer. 1) Dry film thickness (DFT): Two-tenths (0.2) mil. b. Topcoat: Minimum seventy (70) percent PVC fluoride acrylic resin. 1) Dry film thickness (DFT): Eight-tenths (0.8) mil. c. Minimum system dry film thickness (DFT): One (1.0) mil. 2. Locations: Exposed surface of panels. 3. Color: As selected by Owner from the Manufacturer's standard range. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify conditions are satisfactory to receive work of this Section. B. Do not commence work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. C. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of conditions. D. Prior to beginning the Work of this Section: 1. Ensure that metal framing is complete and ready to receive metal siding and soffit panels: a. Structural framing shall be complete, adjusted and plumb, with bolted connections pre-tensioned, and welding completed. b. Girts and other supporting framing shall be adjusted and plumb, and shall be securely fastened to structural framing. c. Structural framing, girts and other supporting framing shall be completely finished with the specified coating, and the coating shall be permitted to cure sufficiently to permit handling in accordance with the coating manufacturer's installation written instructions. 2. Ensure that metal framing has been inspected, and any deficiencies in assembly, adjustment, fastening and finishing have been corrected. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §07 42 00—6/8 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel METAL SIDING AND SOFFIT PANELS 3. Ensure that all vapor and air barriers have been completed, inspected and approved for service in accordance with Section 07 2500 -Air and Vapor Barriers. 3.02 SEQUENCING A. Do not begin installation of inetal siding systems until underlying assemblies including, but not limited to, air and vapor barriers have been installed and inspected. 3.03 PREPARATION A. Field Measurements: Verify dimensions in the field before fabricating panels. B. Protect surrounding areas and surfaces from damage prior to beginning work of this Section. C. Electrolytic Protection: Provide separation of materials of different galvanic range by means of bituminous coating, bitumen saturated felt material, non- absorptive tape, gasketing or tinning. D. Fastening Tools: Install screws using power tools that have adjustable torque settings. 3.04 INSTALLATION A. General: 1. Comply with Manufacturer's written installation instructions for positive anchorage to structure. 2. Comply with Manufacturer's written installation instructions for positive draining, and weather-tightness of joints and panel assemblies. 3. Install panels on wall and soffits in accordance with Manufacturer's written installation instructions. 4. Protect surfaces in contact with cementitious materials and dissimilar metals with bituminous paint. Allow to dry prior to installation. 5. Fasten panels to metal framing, aligned, level, and plumb. 6. Set pop rivets in wet sealant. 7. Provide waterproof escutcheons for locations where pipe and conduit penetrate the metal siding and soffit panels. 8. Metal closures, of the same material and color as the wall panel, shall be placed in front of rubber closures exposed to view or that have ultraviolet (UV) exposure. 9. Sealant used with the metal panel assemblies shall be applied between surfaces with a minimum amount of UV exposure on the complete installation. 10. Set screws in pre-drilled holes (both panel and substrate). B. Installation tolerances: 1. Panel Plumbness: Three-quarter (3/4) inch in twenty (20) feet both directions. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §07 42 00—7/8 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel METAL SIDING AND SOFFIT PANELS 2. Trim Plumbness: One-half(1/2) inch in twenty (20) feet. 3. Panel Alignment: a. Maximum three-sixteenth (3/16) inch at panel end. C. Field cutting and fitting: 1. Field cutting is not permitted except as noted below. a. Torch cutting of panels, including burning holes with a torch, is not permitted. b. Holes less than six (6) inches in diameter may be performed in the field using means acceptable to the Manufacturer and approved by the Project Representative. D. Manufacturer's written installation instructions: 1. Comply with Manufacturer's instructions, including Shop Drawings, project-specific directions, technical bulletins and product catalog data. 2. Retain Manufacturer's written installation instructions at the Project Site. 3.05 REPAIR/RESTORATION A. Touch up scratches to match the factory finish, using materials approved by the Manufacturer. B. Replace damaged and dented materials at no additional cost to the Owner. 3.06 CLEANING A. Remove temporary labels and protective coverings. B. Wipe down areas after assembly is complete. C. Clean surfaces in accordance with the Manufacturer's written instructions. 3.07 PROTECTION A. Protect adjacent surfaces from damage resulting from Work of this Section. B. Remove excess screws, fasteners and metal cuttings on a regular basis to prevent damage to the installed panels and other work. END OF SECTION 07 42 00 Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §07 42 00—8/8 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel METAL SIDING AND SOFFIT PANELS SECTION 07 50 00 PVC MEMBRANE ROOFING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY OF WORK A. The extent and location of"Single Ply Roofing" Work is shown in the Contract Documents and includes substrate preparation, attachments and appurtenances. 1.02 GOVERNING CODES, STANDARDS, AND REFERENCES A. ASTM E 108 Standard Method of Fire Tests of Roof Coverings -Class B Min. B. Underwriters Laboratory UL 90 - Class B Min. C. Factory Mutual Global FM 1-120 Wind uplift, 1-49 and 1-29 requirements. D. ANSI -American National Standards Institute, New York, NY E. ASTM - American Society of Testing and Materials, Philadelphia, PA F. ASTM E96 -Water vapor transmission of materials G. ASTM D413 - Rubber properties adhesion to flexible substrate (adhesion/bond testing) H. NRCA- National Roofing Contractors Association 1.03 SUBMITfALS A. Product Data: 1. Submit materials data in accordance with Section 01 33 00 - Submittals. Furnish manufacturers' technical literature, standard details, product specifications, and installation instructions for all products. 2. Submittals shall include the following: a. Submit technical product information and installation instructions as necessary to demonstrate products comply with project requirements. b. Samples of roofing ply sheets, walk pads, adhesive product information and fasteners. 3. Product Compatibility: a. Certification from roofing material supplier that major roofing components, including but not limited to single ply roofing sheet, protection sheets, reinforcement fabric felts, adhesives, sealants and insulation are compatible with each other for application intended. B. Shop Drawings 1. Submit complete shop drawings, including roof plan showing seam locations and specific details of insulation and fastening, penetrations through roofing membrane, flashings, perimeter edge treatment, transition into existing roofing, and terminations. a. Shop drawings shall be prepared by or approved by roof system manufacturer. Project 546.50.41.000 000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §07 50 00— 1/10 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel PVC MEMBRANE ROOFING b. Crickets and Saddles: Submit drawings showing location, dimensions, and edge thicknesses for factory fabricated crickets and saddles. c. Coordinate shop drawings with all sections or a trade whose Work attach to, penetrates through, or is otherwise related to roofing. 1.04 QUALITY CONTROL A. Installer Certification: Furnish to the Project Representative, before roofing contract award, written documentation that installer is manufacturer certified to install roofing systems of the type included in this section. B. Have a minimum of ten (10) years experience in single ply roofing and demonstrate to the Owner's satisfaction the skills and experience necessary to satisfactorily complete the Work. C. Have final responsibility for all roof-related new sheet metal Work and application. D. Roofing Materials supplier shall: 1. Provide local company employee representative to make at least one site visit per week; report job progress and quality of Work to the Project Representative. Notify the Project Representative 24 hours prior to site visit. 2. Provide a list of projects employing similar roofing system. 3. Be in business for a minimum of ten years, manufacturing single ply materials. 4. Be acceptable by the Owner. E. Finallnspection: 1. Will be scheduled by the Project Representative upon job completion. 2. Attendance: Project Representative, Installer/Contractor, Roofing Material Supplier Representative. 3. Minimum Agenda: Walkover inspection, identification of problems which may impede issuance of warranty. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Delivery of Materials: 1. Materials shall be delivered to the job site in new, dry, unopened and well marked containers or wrapping, clearly showing name of manufacturer and product. 2. Schedule the installation so that all unnecessary Work over the finished roof will be avoided. Where traffic or Work must be performed over finished roof, provide proper protection to the roofing materials. Repair any damage to the roofing after completion of Work at no cost to the Owner. B. Storage of Materials: 1. Store materials in dry area, protected from water and extreme humidity. Project 546.50.41.000 000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §07 50 00—2/10 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel PVC MEMBRANE ROOFING 2. Discard the rolls which have been damaged, if determined to be so by the Project Representative or the Manufacturer. Place materials on pallets. Do not stack pallets. 3. Do not store materials in areas where temperatures will exceed 130 Deg. F. 4. Stack insulation on pallets. Contractor shall protect the existing roofing membrane from damage. 5. Cover top and sides of all exterior stored materials. Secure protective covering. Contractor is responsible to keep all roofing materials dry prior to installation. Replace all damaged or wet materials as directed by the Project Representative. 6. Rooftop Storage: Disperse material to avoid concentrated loading. All materials shall be secured to prevent blow off. 7. Store materials marked "Keep from Freezing" in areas where temperatures will remain above 40 Deg. F. 8. Materials shall be stored in such a manner as to protect them from any conditions that may adversely affect their performance in service. Rolls shall be stored flat, dry and fully protected from moisture. 9. Store insulation to prevent any broken edges and corners, punctures and indentations. Any damaged insulation shall be removed from the site immediately. 10. Store adhesives and sealants at temperatures above 40 Deg. F. 11. Exercise extreme caution in the storage, handling and use of materials to prevent fire or create fire hazards. Thinners, solvents and adhesives shall be stored in approved metal safety containers in accordance with fire and safety regulations. C. Material Handling: 1. Do not bend, tear, puncture, or cause other damage to any materials during handling and installation. Any damaged material shall be removed from the site immediately. 2. Material handling equipment shall be selected and operated so as to not damage existing construction or applied roofing. Do not operate or place material in locations that will hinder smooth flow of vehicular or pedestrian traffic. 3. Protect the Work of other trades from staining or other damage during the application of the roofing materials. Repair all damage caused by these operations, all to the approval of the Project Representative at no additional cost to the Owner. Protect adjacent surfaces. 4. Remove surplus adhesive and other markings from finished surfaces. Where finished surfaces are soiled by the Work of this contract, consult manufacturer of the surfaces as to recommended cleaning methods and conform to their advice. Project 546.50.41.000 000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §07 50 00—3/10 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel PVC MEMBRANE ROOFING 5. Do not allow waste products, petroleum, grease, oil, solvents, vegetable or mineral oil, animal fat, or direct steam venting to come in direct contact with membrane system. 1.06 SITE CONDITIONS A. Field Measurements and Material Quantities: Roofing Contractor shall have the sole responsibility for accuracy of all measurements and estimates of material quantities and sizes. B. Existing Conditions: 1. Some of the space directly under the roof area covered by this specification will be utilized for ongoing operations. The Contractor shall not interrupt operations unless written approval is received from the Project Representative. C. Environmental Requirements: 1. Do not work in rain, snow or in the presence of water. 2. Do not install materials marked, "Keep from Freezing" when daily temperatures are scheduled to fall below 40 Deg. F. 3. This is a tear-off, the Contractor is responsible for keeping the interior leak free during installation, and all damages incurred shall be repaired at the Contractor's expense. D. Safety Requirements: 1. All application, material handling, protection of employees, tenants, public, and associated equipment shall conform to and be operated in conformance with OSHA and Washington State Department of Labor & Industries safety requirements. 2. Maintain fire extinguishers within easy access at all times. 1.07 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Contractor agrees that in performing the Work contained within the Contract, it will meet all regulations in safety as required by WISHA. 1.08 SUBSTITUTIONS A. All requests for substitutions must include a certificate from a nationally known and accredited testing lab. This report must be less than 60 days old and must show the results of the proposed substitute product properties versus those specified in this Section. The cost of the test shall be paid by the Contractor. B. Substituted roofing systems must be manufactured by the specified manufacturer. "Private labeling" is not acceptable. C. Copy of the installer's certification which indicates that the installer has a minimum ten (10) years experience installing the proposed substituted materials or system and demonstrate to the Owner's satisfaction the skills and experience necessary to satisfactorily complete the Work. Project 546.50.41.000 000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §07 50 00—4/10 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel PVC MEMBRANE ROOFING D. The Owner reserves the right to be the final authority on the acceptance or rejection of any proposed alternate material or systems. The Owner's written determination is final. 1.09 WARRANTY A. Prior to commencing roofing Work, submit samples of manufacturer's proposed warranty for approval. B. Upon completion of the roofing system, deliver to the Project Representative a written warranty signed by an officer of the roofing materials manufacturer stating that the installed elastomeric sheet roofing and flashing will remain intact and free from leaks for a period of at least 25 years following date of Substantial Completion. The warranty shall provide for all labor and materials to repair the roof to a leak-free condition, if and when necessary. The warranty shall also prescribe an annual cleaning method to be performed by the Owner's maintenance forces. The cleaning method prescribed shall not be listed as an exclusion or exception to the warranty. The warranty shall not be prorated but shall indicate the maximum dollar value as being equal to the cost of the roofing system provided by this Contract. C. Upon project acceptance by the Project Representative. Contractor shall issue the Owner a two (2) year guarantee against defective workmanship and materials. 1.10 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Manufacturer Field Representative: 1. Manufacturer's field representative shall make periodic inspections (a minimum of one per week) of the Work in this section to ensure adherence to specifications and ability to provide manufacturer roofing system warranty upon project acceptance. The Contractor shall notify the Project Representative when on site. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. Comply with Quality Control, References, Specifications and manufacturer's written requirements. 2.02 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Sarnafil Corp. - PVC B. Johns Manville - PVC C. Carlisle - PVC D. Or Approved Equal - PVC 2.03 ROOFING MATERIALS A. PVC roofing Membrane: color shall be white or off-white and approved by the Project Representative, reinforcement shall be woven fiberglass or polyester fabric. Project 546.50.41.000 000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §07 50 00—5/10 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel PVC MEMBRANE ROOFING MINIMUM PHYSICAL PROPERTIES PROPERTY TEST METHOD TYPICAL VALUES Thickness ASTM D-751 .060 ± .003 Tensile ASTM D-751 250 Ib. Elongation w/fabric ASTM D-751 27% Seam Strength/min. (% of ASTM D-638 100% tensile) Heat Aging Retention of ASTM D-3045 95 Properties Breaking Strength Elongation ASTM D-3045 95% Tear Strength ASTM D-751 50 Ib. Low Temp. Resistance ASTM D-2136 -40 Deg. F. Accelerated ASTM D-2565 Pass Weathering ASTM G-53 Pass Liner Dimensional Change ASTM D-1204 0.1% Water Absorption ASTM D-570 Pass Emmaqua Langleys ASTM D-838 3,000,000 Ozone Resistance ASTM D-1149 No Cracks 7x Moisture Transmission ASTM E-96 0.151 g/Hr/m Microbial Attack ASTM G-21 0% growth B. Related Materials: 1. PVC flashing material supplied by manufacturer. 2. Termination Bar with Sealant Receiver: ASTM B-221, 1/8 x 1 inch, aluminum bar with pre-punched holes at 6"- 8" on center. 3. Sealant: "795" by Dow Corning Inc., Sikadur, Or Approved Equal urethane adhesive. Do not use any products with silicone sealant base. 4. PVC adhesive as supplied by manufacturer for bonding the field membrane and PVC flashing. 5. Detail edge sealant: Polyurethane or polycarbonate. 6. Tape sealant: Polyisobutylene (butyl) rubber; non-curing, self-adhesive, 20 to 30 mils thick. 7. Pitch pan sealant: Pourable urethane. 8. PVC walk-pads a minimum of 90 mils thick as supplied by manufacturer. Color Manufacturer's standard to have contrast with PVC roof inembrane. C. Wood Blocking, Curbs and Cants: 1. Refer to Section 06 10 00 - Rough Carpentry Project 546.50.41.000 000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §07 50 00—6/10 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel PVC MEMBRANE ROOFING D. Metal Flashing: Refer also to Section 07 60 00 - Flashing and Sheet Metal E. Mechanical Fasteners: 1. Wood to Wood: Type Galvanized, common, annular ring nail or coated sinkers. Length: Sufficient to penetrate underlay blocking 1-1/4". 2. Galvanized sheet steel to wood blocking and metal: a. Sheet Metal Screws, sufficient length to penetrate 3/4". b. Screws, bolts, nuts and washers shall be of the type and size recommended by the manufacturer or specified as a component of an approved system. They shall be coated or plated with a corrosive resistant material. Exposed screws shall be neoprene grommetted. F. Preformed Pipe Boot Flashing: 1. Molded from same material as flexible flashings. Provide stainless steel band clamp for top edge. 2. Provide custom configurations required for structure penetrations. Coordinate configuration and attachment requirements with Work of Section 07 60 00 - Flashing and Sheet. a. Drain insert/retrofit roof drain, as supplied by the roofing system manufacturer. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. The Contractor shall verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive Work, in accordance with manufacturer's written installation recommendations. B. Do not install new roofing system until all unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Beginning Work constitutes acceptance of conditions. C. Verify that Work of other trades penetrating roof deck or requiring men and equipment to traverse roof deck, has been approved by material manufacturer. D. Check projections, curbs and deck for inadequate anchorage, foreign material, moisture or unevenness that would prevent quality and execution of new roofing system. E. Check rigid insulation board for moisture and damage and repair as needed. Notify the Project Representative in writing of defects in the substrate. Do not proceed until defects have been corrected. F. Ensure that all items penetrating roof have been installed prior to commencing installation. 3.02 GENERAL WORKMANSHIP A. Substrate: Free of foreign particles, debris and gravel prior to installing the PVC roof inembrane. Trapped debris in seams or field of roof is cause for rejection of that area. Project 546.50.41.000 000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §07 50 00—7/10 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel PVC MEMBRANE ROOFING B. Laps/Seams: 1. Moisture-free and dirt-free before seaming. a. Wipe all seam areas with methyl ethyl-ketone or approved cleaner on clean rag; allow the area to dry completely before heat welding. 2. Check seams for continuity without voids. 3. Heat welded seams to be fabricated per manufacturer's instructions. C. Preparation of Applied Membrane: Make sure membrane is clean and dry. D. Wrapper and Packaging Materials: Do not include in roofing system. E. Bitumens: Avoid direct contact with single ply sheet roofing and/or components. F. Bar Terminated/ Elastomeric Sheeting Flashings: Sandwich top of elastomeric sheeting between two layers of flashing tape. G. Do not get adhesive in laps to be heat welded or on the surface of the sheet. 3.03 PREPARATION A. Ensure that substrate is clean, smooth, and free of fins, sharp edges, loose and foreign materials, oil and grease. B. Surface joints including wall and substrate shall be 1/4" (6mm) or less in width. Repair all joints wider than 1/4" with sealant before proceeding with installation. C. Do not apply roofing over wet decks, or where frost or snow is present. D. Contractor shall have sole responsibility for accuracy of all measurements and estimates of material quantities and sizes. Manufacturer shall provide material description and coverage rates. E. Protection: 1. Contractor shall be responsible for protection of property during course of Work. Building shall be protected from damage. Repair damage at no extra cost to the Owner. 2. Roofing, flashing, insulation and accessories shall be fully installed and sealed in a watertight manner on the same day of installation or before arrival of inclement weather. 3. During periods of inclement weather, at the end of each working day, seal with water stops along edges of partial installation to prevent water entry. 4. Preparation Work shall be limited to those areas that can be covered with installed roofing material on the same day or be covered before arrival of inclement weather. 5. Arrange Work sequence to avoid use of newly constructed roofing for storage, walking surface, and/or equipment movement. Move equipment and ground storage areas as Work progresses. 6. Provide clean walkways; refer to Division 1 General Requirements, and take other precautions required to prevent tracking of debris onto existing and newly installed roofing membrane. Contractor shall instruct and Project 546.50.41.000 000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §07 50 00—8/10 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel PVC MEMBRANE ROOFING control his workers to ensure that debris is not tracked onto new Work areas by worker's shoes or equipment wheels. Discovery of entrapped debris within new membrane is sufficient cause for its rejection. 3.04 INSU LATION A. See Section 07 21 00 -Thermal and Acoustical Insulation. 3.05 ROOF MEMBRANE A. Fully adhered PVC membrane: 1. Follow manufacturer's requirements for temperature and application rates. 2. The Contractor shall count the amount of adhesive used per square and shall count the number of buckets of adhesive used per day to verify that they are conforming to the specified adhesive rate. 3. Sweep the substrate of all foreign particles. Avoid wrinkles, voids and blisters in the field of the sheet. Rolling the top sheet may be necessary. 4. Do not apply or spill adhesive in lap areas. Heat welding laps with adhesive contamination will be cause for rejection. 5. Contact adhesive and/or emulsion adhesive may be used. 6. Extend membrane two inches up at wall, curb and projection bases, or as recommended by manufacturer. 7. Hand welding and/or machine welding of laps is allowed. B. Quality Control of Welded Seams: 1. All completed welded seams shall be checked after cooling for continuity using a rounded screwdriver or other suitable blunt object by the roofing Contractor. 2. On-site evaluation of welded seams shall be made as determined by the Project Representative, and will be performed by the Contractor at locations as directed by the Project Representative. Two-inch wide cross- sectional samples shall be taken through completed seams. 3. Correct welds will display failure from shearing of the membrane prior to separation of the weld. If test cuts do not fail from shearing the Contractor will be required to make more test cuts to determine the extent of the area not welded correctly. The Contractor at no extra charge to the Owner shall patch each test cut per manufacture's recommendations. 3.06 FLEXIBLE FLASHINGS A. Install flashings adhesive at a rate of 1-1/2 gal. per 100 sq. ft. and allow complete drying time. Do not apply more adhesive than can be covered with flashing membrane in one day. B. Install flexible flashing to all vertical surfaces using adhesive at a rate of .5 gal/100 sq. ft. C. Heat weld all laps, splices and seams per manufacturer's instructions. D. Provide mechanical attachment of sheet roofing at: Project 546.50.41.000 000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §07 50 00—9/10 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel PVC MEMBRANE ROOFING 1. Walls. 2. Rectangular projections and curbs. 3. Secure fascia bottom with 3/4" lock to continuous cleat nailed twelve inches on center. Lap fascia sections three inches at ends, cleat joints-- one inch. Set flange into sealant. Apply elastomeric sealant between over-lapping flanges at joints. Keep sealant off sheeting. 4. Nail interior portion of flange to wood nailer three (3) inches on center slightly staggered. Nails to be within 1" of inside edge of flange. Fasten inside fascia to wood nailer at twelve inches on center. 3.07 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Repair of Deficiencies: Installation of the roofing system noted as deficient during Final Inspection shall be repaired and corrected by applicator, and made ready for re-inspection, within five (5) working days. B. Clean-up: 1. Immediately upon job completion, roof inembrane and flashing surfaces shall be cleaned of debris. Any contamination of painted concrete, metal, or other surfaces resulting from roofing operations shall be restored to the Owner's satisfaction at Contractor's expense. END OF SECTION 07 50 00 Project 546.50.41.000 000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §07 50 00— 10/10 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel PVC MEMBRANE ROOFING SECTION 07 62 00 FLASHING, SHEET METAL AND TRIM PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes the following: 1. Flashing. 2. Reglets. 3. Gutters. 1.02 REFERENCES A. The following is a list of standards referenced in this Section: B. ASTM International -www.astm.org: 1. ASTM A 653 - Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process. C. Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' National Association (SMACNA) -www.smacna.org: 1. SMACNA Manual. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Approval Submittals: 1. Product Data: a. Submit Product Data Sheets for all items to be incorporated into the work. 2. Shop Drawings: a. Show complete details of construction and installation, including materials, gauges, dimensions, fastenings, finishes, hardware and connections. b. Elevation drawings showing placement of materials in relation to the surrounding Work. c. Provide profile drawings for each item. d. Indicate gauge of inetal, and coating that is applied to the metal to match adjacent materials. e. Indicate proposed fasteners. f. Show expansion and contraction features. g. Show attachments, clips, fasteners and other items for gutter applications. h. Show welds where they occur. 3. Samples: For each type of product, provide the following samples: a. Samples of accessory items and fasteners. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §07 62 00— 1/6 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel FLASHING, SHEET METAL AND TRIM b. Color selections as approved by Project Representative. B. Quality Assurance Submittals: C. Statement of Manufacturer's Qualifications. D. Statement of Installer's Qualifications. E. Closeout Submittals: 1. Provide O&M manual documentation. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with the requirements of this Section. 1. Manufacturer's Qualifications: a. Have a minimum of ten years' experience in the successful completion of projects employing similar materials, applications, and performance requirements. 2. Installer Qualifications: a. Be experienced with application of the products specified in this Section, and with a record of successful in-service performance. b. Have a minimum of five years' experience in the successful completion of projects employing similar materials, applications, and performance requirements. c. Be approved in writing by the Manufacturer. 3. Source Limitations: Provide products of same Manufacturer for each type of product, unless otherwise approved. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Comply the requirements of this Section. B. Store in original protective packaging until time of installation. 1.06 WARRANTY A. Provide written warranty against defects in materials and workmanship, and agreeing to repair or replace components that fail during the warranty period. B. Warranty Period for work of this Section is as follows: 1. Warranty period for Work of this Section is for two years, commencing at date of Substantial Completion, except: a. Fluoropolymer coating system is to be warranted free from crazing, yellowing, cracking, peeling, fading, and loss of luster for a period of fifteen years, commencing on the date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Subject to compliance with requirements of the Contract Documents, Products of the following manufacturers may be incorporated in the Work of this Section: Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §07 62 00—2/6 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel FLASHING, SHEET METAL AND TRIM 1. Fry Reglet-www.fryreglet.com. 2. WP Hickman -www.wphickman.com. 3. Or Approved Equal. 2.02 FLASHING A. General: 1. Provide special metal shapes and closures for systems including items not identified in other Sections. 2. Provide weeps, metal drips, heads, window flashings, door flashings, trim and related items. B. Performance Requirements: 1. General: Sheet metal flashing and trim assemblies as indicated shall withstand wind loads, structural movement, thermally induced movement, and exposure to weather without failure due to defective manufacture, fabrication, installation, or other defects in construction. Completed sheet metal flashing and trim shall not rattle, leak, or loosen, and shall remain watertight. 2. Thermal Movements: Provide sheet metal flashing and trim that allows for thermal movements from ambient and surface temperature changes. a. Temperature Change: 120 degrees F ambient; 180 degrees F, material surfaces. C. Galvanized Sheet Metal Characteristics: 1. Provide Prime Commercial Quality Sheet, ASTM A 653, G-90 coating at rate of one and twenty-five hundredth (1.25) ounces per square foot. a. Provide minimum 24 gauge, except: 1) Provide 22 gauge for self-supporting items. b. Use 20 gauge minimum for clips and other attachment and connection devices. 2. Shop pre-coat with fluoropolymer coating system except where concealed. D. Flashing Accessories 1. Fasteners: a. High dome neoprene gasketed. b. Prefinished hex head screws with washers. E. Bituminous Coating: Provide bituminous coating for isolation of dissimilar metals. 2.03 REGLETS A. Acceptable Products: 1. Fry Reglet- `SM Surface-Mounted Reglet'. 2. WP Hickman - `Concealed-Mount Counter Flashing'. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §07 62 00—3/6 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel FLASHING, SHEET METAL AND TRIM 3. Or Approved Equal. 2.04 GUTTERS AND DOWNSPOUTS A. Characteristics: 1. Material: Galvanized Sheet Metal. 2. Provide gutter profiles indicated on the Drawings. 3. Finish: Fluoropolymer coating system. 2.05 FABRICATION A. Conform to the SMACNA manual. B. Form sections true to shape, accurate in size, and in conformance with the requirements of the Drawings and this Section. C. Fabricate continuous cleats, and starter strips from one (1) gauge heavier than the sheet metal material. D. Provide interlocking joints. E. Form pieces in longest practical lengths. F. Form exposed sheet metal without excessive oil canning, buckling and tool marks. G. Space movement joints at maximum spacing of 10 feet with no joints within 24 inches of intersections and corners. H. Precoat materials as indicated. I. Gutters: 1. Conform to SMACNA for construction except for detailing specifically indicated on the Drawings. 2. Layout fabrications to conform to the locations indicated on the Drawings. 2.06 FINISHES A. Provide fluoropolymer coating system in exposed areas. B. Provide G-90 galvanized coating in accordance with ASTM A 653 in concealed areas. C. Colors: 1. Obtain approval of colors from the Project Representative prior to beginning fabrication. D. Match the adjacent metal roof and wall panel finishes to the extent possible. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify conditions are satisfactory to receive work of this Section. B. Do not commence work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. C. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of conditions. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §07 62 00—4/6 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel FLASHING, SHEET METAL AND TRIM 3.02 PREPARATION A. Field Measurements: Verify on job before beginning work. B. Protect surrounding areas and surfaces from damage prior to beginning work of this Section. C. Verify dimensions, layouts, and actual configurations before starting. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Install sheet metal flashing trim, reglets and other items consistent with good practice. B. Securely attach all items using the indicated fasteners on the approved Shop Drawings. 1. Fasteners not indicated on the approved Shop Drawings are not acceptable. C. Manufacturer's Instructions: 1. Comply with manufacturer's instructions, including technical bulletins and product catalog data. 2. Retain manufacturer's written installation instructions Manufacturer's Instructions at the Project Site. D. Employ methods demonstrated in the SMACNA manual conforming as closely as possible to the Drawings. E. Reinforce items as required for stiffness. F. Lap materials at least three inches. G. Protect dissimilar metals with electrolytic protection. H. Comply with Manufacturer's Instructions for positive anchorage to structure. I. Comply with Manufacturer's Instructions for positive draining, and weather- tightness of joints and panel assemblies. J. Provide waterproof escutcheons for locations where pipe and conduit penetrate the metal roof and wall panels. K. Tools: 1. Fastening Tools: a. Install screws using power tools that have adjustable controllable torque settings. L. Field Cutting and Fitting: 1. Field cutting is not permitted unless performed with equipment specifically approved by the manufacturer. a. Torch cutting of panels including burning holes is not permitted. 3.04 CLEANING A. Remove foreign materials including dust and dirt, and excess adhesive using materials and methods in accordance with Manufacturer's Instructions. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §07 62 00—5/6 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel FLASHING, SHEET METAL AND TRIM B. Remove temporary labels and protective coverings. C. Replace damaged materials that cannot be touched up with paint or similar repairs. D. Remove temporary labels and protective coverings. E. Remove cuttings immediately to prevent staining finishes. F. Wipe down areas after assembly is complete. G. Touch up scratches with Manufacturer's Instructions materials to match the factory finish. 3.05 PROTECTION A. Protect work of this Section from damage and deterioration until completion and acceptance by Owner. B. Protect adjacent surfaces from damage resulting from work of this Section. C. Remove excess screws and fasteners on a regular basis to prevent damage to the installed panels and other work. END OF SECTION 07 62 00 Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §07 62 00—6/6 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel FLASHING, SHEET METAL AND TRIM SECTION 07 90 00 JOINT PROTECTION PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes the following: 1. Joint Sealants. 2. Accessories. 1.02 REFERENCES A. The following is a list of standards referenced in this Section: B. ASTM International -www.astm.org: 1. ASTM C 834 -Standard Specification for Latex Sealants. 2. ASTM C 920 -Standard Specification for Elastomeric Joint Sealants. 3. ASTM C 1193 - Standard Guide for Use of Joint Sealants. 4. ASTM C 1330 - Standard Specification for Cylindrical Sealant Backing for Use with Cold Liquid Applied Sealants. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Approval Submittals: 1. Product Data Sheets. 2. Manufacturer's Instructions. 3. Samples: Submit samples of products including accessory items and fasteners. Obtain approval before proceeding. B. Closeout Submittals: 1. Provide O&M manual. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Installer shall be qualified and competent. B. Adhesion Tests: 1. Perform pull tests for each sealant system, on each substrate combination. 2. Use actual materials for the Project, or perform the tests in specific locations of the Project determined to be suitable and representative. a. Coordinate pull test locations with the Project Representative. b. Pull tests are not to be incorporated in the finished Work. c. Joints used for pull test purposes must be cleaned completely and reconstructed following completion of the pull tests. C. Source Limitations: Provide products of same Manufacturer for each type of application unless otherwise approved by the Project Representative. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §07 90 00— 1/6 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel JOINT PROTECTION 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Storage on-site: 1. Store in original protective packaging until time of installation. 2. Temper materials within the application temperature limits prescribed by the Manufacturer's Instructions for a minimum of 24 hours prior to application. 1.06 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Conditions: Comply with Manufacturer's Instructions, and the requirements of this Section: 1. Temperature: a. Interior spaces are to be a minimum of 60 degrees Fahrenheit room temperature. b. Ambient conditions must be forty degrees Fahrenheit or higher before installation, and for at least forty-eight hours following installation. 2. Humidity and Ventilation: a. Interior: Mechanical system is to be operating and maintaining temperature and relative humidity at occupancy levels during work of this Section continuously through the remainder of the construction period. b. Exterior: Do not perform Work of this Section when humidity and dew point are or are likely to exceed the limitations contained in the Manufacturers Instructions. 1.07 WARRANTY A. Provide Manufacturer's written warranty against defects in materials and workmanship, and agreeing to repair or replace components that fail during the warranty period. B. Warranty period for work of this section is two years commencing on the date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Subject to compliance with requirements of the Contract Documents, Products of the following manufacturers may be incorporated in the Work of this Section: 1. 3M - http://solutions.3m.com. 2. Dow Corning (Dow) -www.dowcorning.com. 3. Sika Corporation (Sika) -www.sikaconstruction.com. 4. Sonneborn Products (Sonneborn) -www.buildingsystems.basf.com. 5. Or Approved Equal. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §07 90 00—2/6 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel JOINT PROTECTION 2.02 ONE-COMPONENT POLYURETHANE: A. Locations: 1. Metal Siding and Soffit Wall Panels 2. Aluminum curtain wall perimeter. 3. Gutters and downspouts. B. Characteristics: 1. Elastomeric, single-component, non-sag polyurethane. 2. Complies with ASTM C-920 Type S, Grade NS, Class 35, Uses T, NT, O, M, G and I. C. Acceptable Products: 1. Sika — `Sikaflex-1a' 2. Or Approved Equal. 2.03 ONE-COMPONENTACRYLIC LATEX: A. Locations: 1. Miscellaneous interior joints not subject to moisture. B. Characteristics: 1. Single-component, siliconized, acrylic latex, gun-grade caulk. 2. Complies with ASTM C 834 Type OP. C. Acceptable Products: 1. Sonneborn — `Sonolac' 2. Or Approved Equal 2.04 ONE-COMPONENT SILICONE: A. Locations: 1. Miscellaneous interior joints subject to moisture. 2. Plumbing fixtures. 3. Stainless steel sink units. 4. Thresholds. B. Characteristics: 1. Single-component, mildew-resistant, multipurpose silicone. 2. Complies with ASTM C 920 Type S, Grade NS, Class 25, Uses NT, G and A. C. Acceptable Products: 1. Sonneborn — `Omniplus' 2. Or Approved Equal Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §07 90 00—3/6 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel JOINT PROTECTION 2.05 ACCESSORIES A. Bond Breaker: 1. Polyethylene tape as recommended in the Manufacturer's Instructions. 2. Provide self-adhesive tape where appropriate. B. Cylindrical Sealant Backing: 1. Provide closed cell foam sealant backing complying with ASTM C 1330 Type C. 1) Joint filler products made from open cell foam are not acceptable. 2. Use fillers of correct size and density for the joint size and sealant depth. 3. Use only products that have an appropriately smooth and non-adhesive surface skin. C. Joint Primers and Conditioners: 1. Non-corrosive, non-staining types recommended by the sealant Manufacturers' Instructions, and compatible with substrates. D. Cleaners: 1. Provide as recommended by the sealant Manufacturers' Instructions. E. Masking Tape: 1. Non-staining, non-absorbent type compatible with materials and substrates. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLERS A. Installer is required to be experienced in work of the scope and quality indicated, with a record of successful in-service performance. 3.02 EXAMINATION A. Verify conditions are satisfactory to receive work of this Section. B. Do not commence work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. C. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of conditions. D. Joint Conditions: 1. Width: As indicated on the Drawings. 2. Depth: Assure materials are available to adjust joint depth in accordance with the Manufacturer's Instructions. 3. Moisture: Surfaces must be dry and free from moisture and condensation. 4. Contaminants: Surfaces must be free from contaminants including excess mortar, efflorescence, loosely adhered material, oil, grease, temporary items, and similar defects. 5. Temperature: Comply with Manufacturer's Instructions and the requirements of this Section. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §07 90 00—4/6 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel JOINT PROTECTION 3.03 PREPARATION A. Field Measurements: Verify on job before beginning work. B. Protect surrounding areas and surfaces from damage prior to beginning work of this Section. C. Substrate Cleaning: 1. Clean out joints immediately before installing joint sealants. a. Remove foreign materials including but not limited to, dirt, debris, paints, mortar, oil, grease, waterproofing, water repellants, surface dirt, frost, and water. b. Brush, grind, blast clean, mechanically abrade, or use a combination of these methods to prepare porous surfaces, including concrete. 2. Remove laitance and form-release agents from concrete surfaces. 3. Clean non-porous surfaces with chemical cleaners or other means that do not stain, harm substrates, or leave residues capable of interfering with adhesion of joint sealants. a. Non-porous surfaces include glass, glazing, metal, and glazed surfaces of ceramic tile. 4. Comply with requirements of ASTM C 1193 for preparation of substrates. D. Joint Primers and Surface Conditioners: 1. Prime surfaces when required by: a. The Manufacturer's Instructions, or b. Prior experience, or c. Pre-construction sealant pull-tests. 2. Apply primer in close conformance to Manufacturer Instructions. 3. Confine primers to areas of the substrate-sealant bond. a. Do not apply primer to backing materials. 4. Do not allow spillage or migration onto adjacent surfaces. E. Masking Tape: 1. Use masking tape where necessary to prevent sealant contact with adjacent surfaces. 2. Use masking tape when cleaners would damage adjacent surfaces. 3. Remove tape immediately after tooling without disturbing joint seal. 3.04 APPLICATION A. General: 1. Comply with requirements and procedures identified in ASTM C 1193, and as indicated in this Section. 2. Do not permit any sealants to become adhered on three or more sides. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §07 90 00—5/6 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel JOINT PROTECTION a. Sealant joints shall be bulb-shaped. b. Sealant joints shall adhere to only two surfaces. c. Surfaces to receive joint materials shall be parallel. B. Cylindrical Sealant Backing: 1. Provide backing materials in as long lengths as possible. 2. Install with proper tool. 3. Remove and replace backing materials that are torn or otherwise damaged. 4. Joints less than 1/2 inch Depth. a. Apply bond breaker tape to bottom of joints to prevent adhesion of sealant to the bottom of the joint. C. Sealants: 1. Install sealants free of air pockets, foreign embedded matter, ridges, and sags. 2. Apply sealant within recommended application temperature ranges. 3. Consult Manufacturer if sealant materials cannot be installed within the recommended application temperature ranges. 4. Tool joints concave. a. Conform to the profiles indicated in Manufacturer's Instructions. 3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Curing: 1. Cure sealants in close conformance with Manufacturer's Instructions. a. Perform such activities necessary to achieve high early bond strength, internal cohesive strength, and surface durability. 2. Protect joints during the construction period. 3. Cure to minimize increases in modulus of elasticity and other accelerated aging effects. 4. Replace or restore sealants damaged or deteriorated during the construction period. 3.06 CLEANING A. Remove foreign materials including dust and dirt, and excess adhesive using materials and methods in accordance with Manufacturer's Instructions. 3.07 PROTECTION A. Protect work of this Section from damage and deterioration until completion and acceptance by Owner. END OF SECTION 07 90 00 Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §07 90 00—6/6 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel JOINT PROTECTION DIVISION 08 Openings � ,� � SECTION 08 11 00 HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes the following: 1. Hollow Metal Doors. 2. Hollow Metal Frames. B. Related Sections: 1. 08 71 00 - Door Hardware. 1.02 REFERENCES A. Comply with the requirements of this Section: B. ANSI -www.ansi.org: 1. ANSI/SDI A250.8-2003 (R2008) - Recommended Specifications for Standard Steel Doors and Frames. C. ASTM International -www.astm.org: 1. ASTM A 153 - Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware. 2. ASTM C 591 - Standard Specification for Unfaced Preformed Rigid Cellular Polyisocyanurate Thermal Insulation. 3. ASTM E 152 - Method of Fire Tests of Door Assemblies. D. National Fire Protection Association -www.nfpa.org: 1. NFPA 80: Standard for Fire Doors and Other Opening Protectives. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. Fire rated: Refers to doors, frames, hardware, and other elements that require construction to recognized fire protection standards, including but not limited to fire resistance, temperature rise and smoke control. B. Weather Exposed: Doors exposed to the full range of ambient temperature changes, as designated in the Door Schedule on the Drawings. C. Weather Protected: Doors which are not Weather Exposed, as designated in the Door Schedule on the Drawings. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Approval Submittals: 1. Product Data Sheets. 2. Manufacturer's Instructions. 3. Shop Drawings: a. Show complete details of construction and installation, including materials, dimensions, fastenings, finishes, hardware, connections and other information. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §08 11 00— 1/6 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES b. Provide elevation drawings, labeled with room numbers that depict the installation of each door. 4. Samples: Submit samples of products including accessory items and fasteners. Obtain approval before proceeding. B. Closeout Submittals: 1. Provide O&M manual documentation as required by Section 01 73 00 - Operation and Maintenance Manuals. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with the requirements of this Section: B. Installer Qualifications: Installer shall be qualified and competent. C. Source Limitations: Provide products of same Manufacturer for each type door, and provide each door/frame set from same Manufacturer, unless otherwise approved by the Project Representative. D. Fire /Smoke Control Door Construction: Conform to ASTM E 152, and UL 10B. E. Rated Openings: 1. Provide doors, frames, and other Work of this Section that are in compliance with requirements of Underwriters Laboratories (UL), Factory Mutual, or other testing agency approved by the Owner. 2. Coordinate with Section 08 71 00 - Door Hardware. 3. Obtain concurrence from the Project Representative on behalf of the Owner regarding directions on how to best proceed, in the instance any part of the Work of this Section cannot qualify for appropriate labeling. Do not proceed without authorization. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Comply with the requirements of this Section. B. Store in original protective packaging until time of installation. 1.07 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Conditions: Comply with Manufacturer's Instructions, and the requirements of this Section: B. Environmental Conditions: Comply with Manufacturer's Instructions, and the requirements of this Section: 1. Temperature: Interior spaces are to be a minimum of sixty degrees Fahrenheit room temperature. 2. Humidity and Ventilation: Mechanical system is to be operating and maintaining temperature and relative humidity at occupancy levels during work of this Section continuously through the remainder of the construction period. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §08 11 00—2/6 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 1.08 WARRANTY A. Provide Manufacturer's written warranty against defects in materials and workmanship, and agreeing to repair or replace components that fail during the warranty period. B. Warranty period for work of this section is two years commencing on the date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Subject to compliance with requirements of the Contract Documents, Products of the following manufacturers may be incorporated in the Work of this Section: 1. Ceco-www.cecodoor.com. 2. Curries -www.curries.com. 3. Steelcraft-www.steelcraft.com. 4. Or Approved Equal. 2.02 TYPE E HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES-WEATHER EXPOSED A. Doors: 1. Comply with ANSI/SDI A250.8-2003 (R2008), Level 3 - Extra Heavy Duty, Model 2; Seamless - Hollow Metal. 2. Face Sheets: a. Zinc coated carbon steel; either: 1) ASTM A526, Commercial Quality, or 2) ASTM A642, Drawing Quality, Grade sixty (60) coating designation, mill phosphated. b. Sixteen (16) gauge thickness. 3. Core: a. ASTM C 591; Foamed in place polyurethane foam. 1) Minimum Density: 1.8 pounds PCF. 2) Minimum Compressive strength: Twenty PSI. 3) Acceptable Voids: Not greater than 1/2 inch in any dimension. B. Frames: 1. Profile: Pressed steel single rabbet; flush; with two inch face; and five- eighth of an inch returns, unless noted otherwise. 2. Conform to ANSI/SDI A250.8-2003 (R2008), Level 3. a. Metal Thickness: Sixteen (16) gauge, except use fourteen (14) gage for units over thirty-six (36) inches in width. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §08 11 00—3/6 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 2.03 TYPE P HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES-WEATHER PROTECTED A. Doors: 1. Comply with ANSI/SDI A250.8-2003 (R2008), Level 2 - Heavy Duty, Model 2; Seamless - Hollow Metal. 2. Face Sheets: a. Cold Rolled Steel Sheets: ASTM A366; or ASTM A620. 1) Commercial Steel (CS), or Drawing Steel (DS): Type B. 2) Stretchered level standard or flatness. b. Sixteen (16) gauge thickness. 3. Core: a. ASTM C 591; Foamed in place polyurethane foam. 1) Minimum Density: One and eight-tenths (1.8) pounds PCF. 2) Minimum Compressive strength: Twenty (20) PSI. 3) Acceptable Voids: Not greater than one-half(1/2) of an inch in any dimension. B. Frames: 1. Profile: Pressed steel single rabbet; flush; with two (2) inch face; and five- eighth (5/8) of an inch returns, unless noted otherwise. 2. Conform to ANSI/SDI A250.8-2003 (R2008), Level 3. a. Metal Thickness: Sixteen (16) gauge, except use fourteen (14) gage for units over thirty-six (36) inches in width. 2.04 ACCESSORIES A. Bituminous Coating: Fibered asphalt emulsion. B. Inserts, Nuts, and Fasteners: ASTM A 153, Class C, or D as applicable. 1. Provide hot dipped galvanized items for Weather Exposed doors. C. Glazing Stops: 1. Thickness: 0.0359 inch thickness. 2. Provide non-removable stops at the following locations: a. Outside of exterior doors. b. Secure side of interior doors. 3. Glazing Beads: Screw-applied, removable. 2.05 FINISHES A. Preparation: 1. Weather Exposed: SSPC-SP6 Commercial Blast Cleaning. 2. Enclosed or Protected: SSPC-SP3 Power Tool Cleaning. B. Primer and Adhesive Promoter: Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §08 11 00—4/6 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 1. In accordance with Section 09 91 00 - Painting. C. Finish: In accordance with Section 09 91 00 - Painting. 1. Special Requirement: Do not paint over labels for rated doors and frames PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLERS A. Installer is required to be experienced in work of the scope and quality indicated, with a record of successful in-service performance. 3.02 EXAMINATION A. Verify conditions are satisfactory to receive work of this Section. B. Do not commence work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. C. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of conditions. D. Prior to beginning the work of this Section, verify the following: 1. Frame dimension. 2. Hardware. 3. Clearance requirements for flooring material or threshold. E. Adjust dimensions as necessary to make all parts come together as indicated. 3.03 PREPARATION A. Field Measurements: Verify on job before beginning work. B. Protect surrounding areas and surfaces from damage prior to beginning work of this Section. C. Bituminous Coating: Back paint metal frames indicated to be installed in concrete with bituminous coating. 3.04 INSTALLATION A. Install doors, frames, and gasket assemblies plumb and square to provide continuous seal. B. Fire /Smoke Control Door Installation: Conform to NFPA 80. C. Coordinate gasketing with other hardware to maintain a continuous perimeter seal. 1. Apply and adjust closing and latching mechanisms to provide a complete continuous seal without exceeding the forces required by accessibility legislation and administrative rules in accordance with Section 01410 - Regulatory Requirements. D. Shim door closers as necessary to accommodate minor deviations in plane, and to maintain a continuous seal at the gasketing. 3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Protect against contact and galvanic bridging between dissimilar metals. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §08 11 00—5/6 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 1. Apply bituminous coating, or otherwise isolate to prevent metal corrosion effects. B. Be responsible for final fitting and adjustments to individual components. C. Provide a complete, workable and usable assembly. D. Perform corrective actions to resolve problems. 1. Perform modifications to door bottoms, and make other appropriate adjustments to assure doors can travel in a full swing, or as intended, without contacting the floor, or floor finishes. 2. Make adjustments and provide alternative acceptable products to resolve problems limiting function, workability, or completeness of assemblies. 3.06 ADJUSTING A. Adjust for unencumbered, smooth operation and verify mechanisms function properly. Replace damaged or defective items. B. Adjust settings on closers: 1. Adjust closers to provide a 3-second closer sweep period for doors to move from a 70-degree open position to 3 inches from the latch measured to the leading door edge. 2. Adjust pressure settings in accordance with the requirements of ADA Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities. 3.07 CLEANING A. Remove foreign materials including dust and dirt, and excess adhesive using materials and methods in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. B. Remove temporary labels and protective coverings. 3.08 PROTECTION A. Protect work of this Section from damage and deterioration until completion and acceptance by Owner. B. Remove protective wrappings from doors and frames prior to inspection. END OF SECTION 08 11 00 Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §08 11 00—6/6 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES SECTION 08 11 16 ALUMINUM-FRAMED ENTRANCES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes the following: 1. Aluminum-Framed Entrances B. Related Sections: 1. Section 08 71 00 - Door Hardware. 2. Section 08 80 00 -Glazing. 1.02 REFERENCES A. The following is a list of standards referenced in this Section: B. Americans with Disabilities Act Access Board -www.access-board.gov: 1. ADA Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities C. ASTM International -www.astm.org: 1. ASTM B 209 -Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Sheet and Plate. 2. ASTM B 221 - Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods, Wire, Profiles, and Tubes. 3. ASTM B 308 -Aluminum-Alloy 6061-T6 Standard Structural Profiles. 4. ASTM E 283 - Determining the Rate of Air Leakage through Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors Under Specified Pressure Differences Across the Specimen. 5. ASTM E 330 - Structural Performance of Exterior Windows, Doors, Skylights and Curtain Walls by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference. 6. ASTM E 331 - Water Penetration of Exterior Windows, Skylights, Doors, and Curtain Walls by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference. 7. ASTM E 1886 - Standard Test Method for Performance of Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, Protective Systems Impacted by Missile(s) and Exposed to Cyclic Pressure Differentials. 8. ASTM E 1996 - Standard Specification for Performance of Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, Doors and Impact Protective Systems Impacted by Windborne Debris in Hurricanes. 1.03 SUBMITTALS 1. Product Data: a. Include Manufacturer's product information, including materials, construction, fabrication, and finishes. 2. Manufacturer's Instructions: a. Provide all necessary instructions for installation including glazing, anchoring and reinforcement (if applicable). Project 546.50.41.000 90% Submittal §08 11 16— 1/5 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit & Remodel ALUMINUM-FRAMED ENTRANCES 3. Shop Drawings: a. Include shop drawings relating to fabrication, finish and installation, elevations with necessary detail keys, and details related to accommodating specified door hardware. 4. Samples: a. Door: Supply Manufacturer's door sample with representative finish, interior insulation, and reinforcement components. b. Frame: Supply a sample of the door frame extrusion. 5. Certified Test Results: a. Furnish test results from a recognized testing agency demonstrating compliance of the Manufacturer's aluminum stile-and-rail door and frame system with the performance requirements of this Section. B. Quality Assurance Submittals: 1. Statement of Installer Qualifications: 2. Manufacturer's Technical Representative Contact Information: C. Closeout Submittals: 1. None. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with the requirements of this Section. 1) Manufacturer's Qualifications: Continuously engaged in manufacturing of doors of similar type to that specified, with a minimum of 25 years successful experience. 2) Installer's Qualifications: a) Continuously engaged in installation of doors of similar type to that specified with a minimum of 10 years of successful experience. b) Approved in writing by the Manufacturer. 3) Sole source limitation: Furnish door and frame components from same manufacturer. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Comply with the requirements of this Section. B. Packing: Finished products shall be packaged securely with appropriate labeling for protection and product identification visible on packaging. C. Shipping and Handling: Deliver materials to site in original condition and packaging without any damage to packaging or materials. D. Storage and Protection: 1. Store and handle items in accordance with Manufacturer's Instructions and the requirements of this Section. 2. Store items indoors away from excessive amounts of moisture. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §08 11 16—2/5 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel ALUMINUM-FRAMED ENTRANCES 3. Protect entry doors against damage from outdoor hazards and during the entire installation 1.06 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Do not install aluminum stile-and-rail doors and frames until the building has been made weather-tight. 1.07 WARRANTY A. Furnish the Manufacturer's written warranty covering failure of the doors, frames and windows, including, but not limited to leaks, failure of insulating glazing units and defects in materials or workmanship. B. Warranties shall cover and include: 1. The cost of removing and replacing defective materials, products and systems or repair of existing materials, products and systems at Owner's discretion. 2. Repair and replacement of any adjoining construction, including finishes that are damaged as a result of the failure of the warranted materials, products and systems. C. Warranty period for work of this Section is 10 years commencing on the date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Subject to compliance with requirements of the Contract Documents, products of the following manufacturers may be incorporated in the Work of this Section: 1) Kawneer-www.kawneer.com 2. Or Approved Equal. 2.02 ALUMINUM-FRAMED ENTRANCES A. Characteristics: 1. Door Stile: To be aluminum alloy 6063; temper to be T5 with a minimum 3/16" wall thickness. 2. Stile and Rail Thickness: To be 2" thick tubular extrusion. 3. Vertical Stile Width: 3-1/2" 4. Rail Widths: a. Top Rail: 3-3/8" b. Bottom Rail: 6-3/4" 5. Weather stripping: a. Material: Solid Propylene bulb. b. Color: Manufacturer's standard black color. B. Glazing: As specified in Section 08 8000 - Glazing. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §08 11 16—3/5 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel ALUMINUM-FRAMED ENTRANCES C. Hardware: Doors shall be compatible with mortise locksets and other hardware specified in Section 08 71 00- Door Hardware without modification or special provisions. D. Finish: Aluminum framing components shall be finished with Clear Anodic Finish 215 R1: Architectural Class 1, AA-M12C22A41, 0.7 mils. E. Acceptable Products: 1. Kawneer 350 Tuffline 2. Or Approved Equal. 2.03 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Aluminum stile-and-rail doors and aluminum door frames specified in this Section shall be from the same Manufacturer and product series. B. Preparation of doors and frames to receive hardware shall be performed in the factory by the Manufacturer using templates and other data from the reviewed Door Hardware submittal. 2.04 WARRANTY A. Products of this Section shall be warranted for a period of two years from the date of Substantial Completion. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLERS A. Installer shall be experienced in Work of the scope and quality indicated in this Section, with a record of successful in-service performance. 3.02 EXAMINATION A. Verify conditions are satisfactory to receive the Work of this Section. B. Do not commence work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. C. Beginning of Work constitutes acceptance of conditions. 3.03 PREPARATION A. Protect surrounding areas and surfaces from damage prior to beginning work of this Section. B. Ensure openings to receive frames are plumb, level, square, and within tolerance required by the Manufacturer and this Section. 3.04 INSTALLATION A. Comply with Manufacturer's Instructions. B. Do not install damaged components. C. Install doors plumb, level, and square, with no warp or rack in frame. D. Hang doors with the following required clearances: 1. Lock Stiles: 0.125" 2. Between Meeting Stiles: 0.187"- 0.25" Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §08 11 16—4/5 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel ALUMINUM-FRAMED ENTRANCES 3. At Top Rails: 0.125" 4. Between Bottom Rail and Threshold: 0.125" - 0.187" E. Fit joints to produce hairline joints free of burrs and distortion. F. Apply bituminous coatings to keep aluminum free from contact with other metals. G. Rigidly secure fixed joints. H. Install anchors with separators to prevent metal corrosion and electrolytic deterioration. I. Seal joints watertight, unless otherwise indicated. J. Place thresholds in bed of proper weather sealant. 3.05 REPAIR/RESTORATION A. Repair minor damage to finish in accordance with Manufacturer's Instructions and as approved by the Project Representative. B. Remove and replace damaged components that cannot be successfully repaired as determined by the Project Representative. 3.06 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Contact Manufacturer's Technical Representative shall for technical assistance and guidance regarding installation of doors. 3.07 ADJUSTING A. Fine-tune doors and hinges to operate properly without bind or sag. B. Adjust settings on closers: 1. Adjust closers to provide a 3-second closer sweep period for doors to move from a 70-degree open position to 3 inches from the latch measured to the leading door edge. 2. Adjust pressure settings in accordance with the requirements of ADA Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities. 3.08 CLEANING A. Remove foreign materials including dust, dirt and excess adhesive in accordance with Manufacturer's Instructions. B. Remove temporary labels and protective coverings. C. Clean and polish exposed surfaces in accordance with Manufacturer's I nstructions. 3.09 PROTECTION A. Protect adjacent surfaces from damage resulting from work of this Section. END OF SECTION 08 11 16 Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §08 11 16—5/5 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel ALUMINUM-FRAMED ENTRANCES SECTION 08 14 00 WOOD DOORS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes the following: 1. Interior solid core veneered wood doors. B. Related Sections: 1. 08 71 00 - Finish Hardware. 1.02 REFERENCES A. The following is a list of standards referenced in this Section: B. Architectural Woodwork Institute -www.awinet.org: 1. AWI - Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards, Guide Specifications and Quality Certification Program. C. National Wood Window and Door Association -www.wdma.com: 1. NWWDA- Industry Standard IS-1-A-91 for Wood Flush Doors. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Approval Submittals: 1. Product Data Sheets: a. Submit complete and detailed brochures, or catalogs indicating the specific door construction, and features. 2. Manufacturer's Instructions. 3. Shop Drawings: a. Indicate door numbers. b. Indicate modifications to details necessary to meet objectives of the Work. c. Show a scale elevation drawing of each door. d. Indicate threshold conditions, including required clearances at door bottoms. e. Indicate veneer matching, and required edge treatment. f. Indicate holes and other modifications to doors coordinated with requirements of Section 08 71 00 - Finish Hardware. 4. Samples: Submit samples of products, including accessory items and fasteners. Obtain approval before proceeding. a. Finishes: Provide finish samples for transparent finishes to aid Project Representative selection of finish, and degree of gloss. B. Quality Assurance Submittals: 1. Statement of Manufacturer's Qualifications. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §08 14 00— 1/4 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel WOOD DOORS C. Closeout Submittals: 1. Provide O&M Manual documentation: a. Maintenance and cleaning recommendations. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with the requirements of this Section. B. Manufacturer's Qualifications: Manufacturer shall: 1. Have at least ten years' experience in the manufacture of wood doors similar to the products specified in this Section. C. Installer Qualifications: Installer shall be: 1. Experienced with application of the products specified in this Section, and have a record of successful in-service performance. D. Conform to AWI Quality Standard 1300 and NWWDA IS-1-A-91 quality standards. E. Source Limitations: Provide products of same Manufacturer for work of this Section. 1. Product Limitations: a. Particle board cores are not acceptable. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Comply with the Manufacturer's Instructions and the requirements of this Section: 1. Storage of doors on-site. a. Open packages on arrival in storage locations, to permit air exchange. b. Place cardboard or other semi-absorptive material on the floor of the area where doors will be stored. c. Stack flat on two by four lumber. d. Do not store on ends or sides. e. Do not drag doors across each other. 1.06 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Conditions: Comply with Manufacturer's Instructions, and this Section: 1. Temperature: Interior spaces are to be a minimum of sixty degrees Fahrenheit room temperature. 2. Humidity and Ventilation: Mechanical system is to be operating and maintaining temperature and relative humidity at occupancy levels during work of this Section continuously through the remainder of the construction period. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §08 14 00—2/4 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel WOOD DOORS 1.07 WARRANTY A. Provide written warranty against defects in materials and workmanship, and agreeing to repair or replace components that fail during the warranty period. 1. Warranty period for interior solid core veneered doors provided under this Section is one year. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 INTERIOR SOLID CORE VENEERED WOOD DOOR A. General: 1. Interior solid core veneered wood doors: Provide doors under this Section in configurations as follows: a. Solid wood stave cores. B. Characteristics: 1. Thickness: One and three-quarter (1-3/4) inch. 2. Minimum number of Plies: Five (5). 3. Conform to AWI 1300-S-9; SCL-5 ME; staved lumber core, with vertical edge species matching face species. C. Wood veneer shall be premium birch. 2.02 FINISHES A. Transparent Finishes: Comply with quality standards as indicated in this Section. 1. Final Finish Designation is AWI Finish System TR-6, Custom Grade. 2. Color and degree of gloss are to conform to the approved sample. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify conditions are satisfactory to receive work of this Section. B. Do not commence work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. C. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of conditions. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Apply and adjust closing and latching mechanisms to provide a complete continuous seal without exceeding the forces required by accessibility legislation and administrative rules in accordance with Section 01400 - Regulatory Requirements. B. Shim door closers to accommodate minor deviations in plane and to maintain a continuous seal at the gasketing. C. Install trim after veneer facing has been applied-full width where supplementary protective edge trim is required. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §08 14 00—3/4 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel WOOD DOORS D. Provide edge clearances in accordance with AWI Quality Standards. 3.03 ADJUSTING A. Adjust for unencumbered, smooth operation and verify mechanisms function properly. Replace damaged or defective items. B. Finished Doors: Refinish or replace doors damaged during installation. 3.04 CLEANING A. Remove foreign materials including dust and dirt, and excess adhesive using materials and methods in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. B. Remove temporary labels and protective coverings. C. Clean and polish exposed surfaces according to manufacturer's written recommendations. 3.05 PROTECTION A. Protect work of this Section from damage and deterioration until completion and acceptance by Owner. END OF SECTION 08 14 00 Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §08 14 00—4/4 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel WOOD DOORS SECTION 08 33 00 OVERHEAD COILING GRILLES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Overhead Coiling Security Grilles, power operated. 1.2 REFERENCES A. ASTM A 653 - Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process. B. ASTM A 666 - Standard Specification for Austenitic Stainless Steel Sheet, Strip, Plate, and Flat Bar. C. ASTM A 924 - Standard Specification for General Requirements for Steel Sheet, Metallic-Coated by the Hot-Dip Process. D. ASTM B 221 - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods, Wire, Profiles, and Tubes. E. ASTM B 221 - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods, Wire, Profiles, and Tubes (Metric). F. NEMA 250 - Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volts Maximum). G. NEMA ICS 2 - Industrial Control and Systems: Controllers, Contactors, and Overload Relays, Rated Not More Than 2000 Volts AC or 750 Volts DC. H. NEMA MG 1 - Motors and Generators. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Manufacturer's data sheets on each product to be used, including: 1. Preparation instructions and recommendations. 2. Storage and handling requirements and recommendations. 3. Installation methods. B. Shop Drawings: Include detailed plans, elevations, details of framing members, required clearances, anchors, and accessories. Include relationship with adjacent materials. C. Manufacturer's Certificates: Certify products meet or exceed specified requirements. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §08 33 00— 1/4 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel OVERHEAD COILING GRILLES A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing Work of this section with a minimum of five years experience in the fabrication and installation of security closures. B. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing Work of this section with minimum three years and approved by manufacturer. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store products in manufacturer's unopened packaging until ready for installation. B. Protect materials from exposure to moisture. Do not deliver until after wet work is complete and dry. C. Store materials in a dry, warm, ventilated weathertight location. 1.6 COORDINATION A. Coordinate Work with other operations and installation of adjacent finish materials to avoid damage to installed materials. 1.7 WARRANTY A. Motor: 5 year limited warranty B. Other components 2 year or 300,000 cycle limited warranty. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. Overhead Door Corp., - www.overheaddoor.com. 2. Or Approved Equal 2.2 UPCOILING SECURITY GRILLES A. Description: 1. Motor-operated, upward acting security grille. 2. Operator: Push-button controlled electric heavy-duty operator. 3. Curtain: Stainless steel straight lattice pattern. 4. Bottom Bar: Double angle steel. 5. Guide Channels: Clear anodized aluminum with continuous wear strips. 6. Lock: Cylinder Lock. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §08 33 00—2/4 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel OVERHEAD COILING GRILLES B. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. Overhead Door Corporation -Overheaddoor.com 2. Or Approved Equal C. Products: 1. Overhead Door- Upward Coiling Security Grille 671. 2. Or Approved Equal. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify opening sizes, tolerances and conditions are acceptable. B. Examine conditions of substrates, supports, and other conditions under which this work is to be performed. C. If substrate preparation is the responsibility of another installer, notify Architect of unsatisfactory preparation before proceeding. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Clean surfaces thoroughly prior to installation. B. Prepare surfaces using the methods recommended by the manufacturer for achieving the best result for the substrate under the project conditions. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Use anchorage devices to securely fasten assembly to wall construction and building framing without distortion or stress. C. Securely and rigidly brace components suspended from structure. Secure guides to structural members only. D. Fit and align assembly including hardware; level and plumb, to provide smooth operation. E. Coordinate installation of electrical service with Section 16150. Complete wiring from disconnect to unit components. F. Coordinate installation of sealants and backing materials at frame perimeter as specified in Section 07 90 00. G. Install perimeter trim and closures. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §08 33 00—3/4 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel OVERHEAD COILING GRILLES 3.4 ADJUSTING A. Test security grilles for proper operation and adjust as necessary to provide proper operation without binding or distortion. B. Adjust hardware and operating assemblies for smooth and noiseless operation. 3.5 CLEANWG A. Clean curtain and components using non-abrasive materials and methods recommended by manufacturer. B. Remove labels and visible markings. C. Touch-up, repair or replace damaged products before Substantial Completion. 3.6 PROTECTION A. Protect installed products until completion of project. END OF SECTION 08 33 00 Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §08 33 00—4/4 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel OVERHEAD COILING GRILLES SECTION 08 51 13 ALUMINUM WINDOWS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes the following: 1. Aluminum Windows B. Related Sections: 1. Section 08 80 00 -Glazing. 1.02 REFERENCES A. The following is a list of standards referenced in this Section: B. ASTM International -www.astm.org: 1. ASTM B 209 -Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Sheet and Plate. 2. ASTM B 221 -Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods, Wire, Profiles, and Tubes. 3. ASTM B 308 -Aluminum-Alloy 6061-T6 Standard Structural Profiles. 4. ASTM E 283 - Determining the Rate of Air Leakage through Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors Under Specified Pressure Differences Across the Specimen. 5. ASTM E 330 - Structural Performance of Exterior Windows, Doors, Skylights and Curtain Walls by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference. 6. ASTM E 331 -Water Penetration of Exterior Windows, Skylights, Doors, and Curtain Walls by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference. 7. ASTM E 1886 -Standard Test Method for Performance of Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, Protective Systems Impacted by Missile(s) and Exposed to Cyclic Pressure Differentials. 8. ASTM E 1996 -Standard Specification for Performance of Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, Doors and Impact Protective Systems Impacted by Windborne Debris in Hurricanes. 1.03 SUBMITTALS 1. Product Data: a. Include Manufacturer's product information, including materials, construction, fabrication, and finishes. 2. Manufacturer's Instructions: a. Provide all necessary instructions for installation including glazing, anchoring and reinforcement (if applicable). 3. Shop Drawings: a. Include shop drawings relating to fabrication, finish and installation. 4. Certified Test Results: Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §08 51 13— 1/6 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel ALUMINUM WINDOWS a. Furnish test results from a recognized testing agency demonstrating compliance of the Manufacturer's aluminum stile-and-rail door and frame system with the performance requirements of this Section. B. Quality Assurance Submittals: 1. Statement of Installer Qualifications: 2. Manufacturer's Technical Representative Contact Information: C. Closeout Submittals: 1. None. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with the requirements of this Section. 1) Manufacturer's Qualifications: Continuously engaged in manufacturing of doors of similar type to that specified, with a minimum of 25 years successful experience. 2) Installer's Qualifications: a) Continuously engaged in installation of doors of similar type to that specified with a minimum of 10 years of successful experience. b) Approved in writing by the Manufacturer. 3) Sole source limitation: Furnish door and frame components from same manufacturer. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Comply with the requirements of this Section. B. Packing: Finished products shall be packaged securely with appropriate labeling for protection and product identification visible on packaging. C. Shipping and Handling: Deliver materials to site in original condition and packaging without any damage to packaging or materials. D. Storage and Protection: 1. Store and handle items in accordance with Manufacturer's Instructions and the requirements of this Section. 2. Store items indoors away from excessive amounts of moisture. 3. Protect entry doors against damage from outdoor hazards and during the entire installation 1.06 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Do not install aluminum stile-and-rail doors and frames until the building has been made weather-tight. 1.07 WARRANTY A. Furnish the Manufacturer's written warranty covering failure of the windows including, but not limited to leaks, failure of insulating glazing units and defects in materials or workmanship. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §08 51 13—2/6 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel ALUMINUM WINDOWS B. Warranties shall cover and include: 1. The cost of removing and replacing defective materials, products and systems or repair of existing materials, products and systems at Owner's discretion. 2. Repair and replacement of any adjoining construction, including finishes that are damaged as a result of the failure of the warranted materials, products and systems. C. Warranty period for work of this Section is 10 years commencing on the date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Subject to compliance with requirements of the Contract Documents, products of the following manufacturers may be incorporated in the Work of this Section: 1) Kawneer-www.kawneer.com 2. Or Approved Equal. 2.02 ALUMINUM WINDOWS A. Performance Requirements: 1. Air Infiltration: The test specimen shall be tested in accordance with ASTM E283 at a minimum size of 60" x 90" (1524 x 2286). Air infiltration rate shall not exceed 0.10 cfm/ft2 at a static air pressure differential of 6.24 psf(300 Pa). The test specimen shall meet the Fixed rating of less than 0.25 (m3/h)/m at 300Pa when tested in accordance with CAN/CSA- A440-00 Windows. 2. Water Resistance: The test specimen shall be tested in accordance with ASTM E547 and ASTM E331 at a minimum size of 60" x 90" (1524 x 2286). There shall be no leakage as defined in the test method at a static air pressure differential of 10 psf(500 Pa). The test specimen shall meet the B5 rating with no water leakage at 500 Pa when tested in accordance with CAN/CSA-A440-00 Windows. 3. Uniform Load Deflection: A minimum static air pressure difference of 80 psf(3840 Pa) shall be applied in the positive and negative direction in accordance with ASTM E330. There shall be no deflection in excess of L/175 of the span of any framing member. The test specimen shall meet the C5 rating when tested in accordance with CAN/CSA-A440-00 Windows. 4. Uniform Load Structural: A minimum static air pressure difference of 60 psf(2874 Pa) shall be applied in the positive and negative direction in accordance with ASTM E330. The unit shall be evaluated after each load. 5. Component Testing: Window components shall be tested in accordance with procedures described in AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440-05. 6. Energy Efficiency: Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §08 51 13—3/6 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel ALUMINUM WINDOWS a. Thermal Transmittance (U-factor): When tested to AAMA Specification 1503, the thermal transmittance (U-factor) shall not be more than .34 BTU/hr/ft2/°F. b. Condensation Resistance (CRF): When tested to AAMA Specification 1503, the condensation resistance factor shall not be less than (72 frame) and (74 glass), or Condensation Index (I): when tested to CSA- A440-00, the Condensation Index shall not be less than (62 frame) and (66 glass). B. Characteristics: 1. Aluminum Extrusions: Not less than 0.070" (1.8) wall thickness at any location for the main frame and sash members. 2. Thermal Barrier: The thermal barrier shall consist of two parallel glass fiber-reinforced nylon strips installed continuously and mechanically bonded to the aluminum. 3. Fasteners: Aluminum, nonmagnetic stainless steel or other materials to be non-corrosive and compatible with aluminum window members, trim, hardware, anchors, and other components. 4. Anchors, Clips, and Accessories: Aluminum, nonmagnetic stainless steel, or zinc-coated steel or iron complying with ASTM B 633 for SC 3 severe service conditions; provide sufficient strength to withstand design pressure indicated. 5. Reinforcing Members: Aluminum, nonmagnetic stainless steel, or nickel/chrome-plated steel complying with ASTM B 456 for Type SC 3 severe service conditions, or zinc-coated steel or iron complying with ASTM B 633 for SC 3 severe service conditions; provide sufficient strength to withstand design pressure indicated. 6. Sealant: For sealants required within fabricated windows, provide window manufacturer's standard, permanently elastic, non-shrinking, and non-migrating type recommended by sealant manufacturer for joint size and movement. C. Acceptable Products: 1. Kawneer-5500 Thermal Windows 2. Or Approved Equal. 2.03 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Aluminum windows and frames specified in this Section shall be from the same Manufacturer and product series. 2.04 WARRANTY A. Products of this Section shall be warranted for a period of two years from the date of Substantial Completion. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §08 51 13—4/6 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel ALUMINUM WINDOWS PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLERS A. Installer shall be experienced in Work of the scope and quality indicated in this Section, with a record of successful in-service performance. 3.02 EXAMINATION A. Verify conditions are satisfactory to receive the Work of this Section. B. Do not commence work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. C. Beginning of Work constitutes acceptance of conditions. 3.03 PREPARATION A. Protect surrounding areas and surfaces from damage prior to beginning work of this Section. B. Ensure openings to receive frames are plumb, level, square, and within tolerance required by the Manufacturer and this Section. 3.04 INSTALLATION A. Comply with Manufacturer's Instructions. B. Do not install damaged components. C. Install windows plumb, level, and square, with no warp or rack in frame. D. Fit joints to produce hairline joints free of burrs and distortion. E. Apply bituminous coatings to keep aluminum free from contact with other metals. F. Rigidly secure fixed joints. G. Install anchors with separators to prevent metal corrosion and electrolytic deterioration. H. Seal joints watertight, unless otherwise indicated. I. Place thresholds in bed of proper weather sealant. 3.05 REPAIR/RESTORATION A. Repair minor damage to finish in accordance with Manufacturer's Instructions and as approved by the Project Representative. B. Remove and replace damaged components that cannot be successfully repaired as determined by the Project Representative. 3.06 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Contact Manufacturer's Technical Representative shall for technical assistance and guidance regarding installation of doors. 3.07 CLEANING A. Remove foreign materials including dust, dirt and excess adhesive in accordance with Manufacturer's Instructions. B. Remove temporary labels and protective coverings. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §08 51 13—5/6 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel ALUMINUM WINDOWS C. Clean and polish exposed surfaces in accordance with Manufacturer's I nstructions. 3.08 PROTECTION A. Protect adjacent surfaces from damage resulting from work of this Section. END OF SECTION 08 51 13 Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §08 51 13—6/6 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel ALUMINUM WINDOWS SECTION 08 71 00 DOOR HARDWARE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.02 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Mechanical and electrified door hardware for: a. Swinging doors. b. Sliding doors. 2. Field verification, preparation and modification of existing doors and frames to receive new door hardware. 3. The intent of the hardware specification is to specify the hardware for interior and exterior doors, and to establish a type, continuity, and standard of quality. However, it is the door hardware supplier's responsibility to thoroughly review existing conditions, schedules, specifications, drawings, and other Contract Documents to verify the suitability of the hardware specified. B. Exclusions: Unless specifically listed in hardware sets, hardware is not specified in this section for: 1. Windows 2. Cabinets (casework), including locks in cabinets 3. Signage 4. Toilet accessories 5. Overhead doors C. Related Sections: 1. Division 01 Section "Alternates" for alternates affecting this section. 2. Division 07 Section "Joint Sealants" for sealant requirements applicable to threshold installation specified in this section. 3. Division 09 sections for touchup, finishing or refinishing of existing openings modified by this section. 4. Division 26 sections for connections to electrical power system and for low- voltage wiring. 5. Division 28 sections for coordination with other components of electronic access control system. 1.03 REFERENCES A. UL - Underwriters Laboratories Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §08 71 00— 1/29 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit & Remodel DOOR HARDWARE 1. UL 10B - Fire Test of Door Assemblies 2. UL 10C - Positive Pressure Test of Fire Door Assemblies 3. UL 1784 -Air Leakage Tests of Door Assemblies 4. UL 305 - Panic Hardware B. DHI - Door and Hardware Institute 1. Sequence and Format for the Hardware Schedule 2. Recommended Locations for Builders Hardware 3. Key Systems and Nomenclature C. ANSI -American National Standards Institute 1. ANSI/BHMA A156.1 - A156.29, and ANSI/BHMA A156.31 - Standards for Hardware and Specialties 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. General: 1. Submit in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 01 requirements. 2. Highlight, encircle, or otherwise specifically identify on submittals deviations from Contract Documents, issues of incompatibility or other issues which may detrimentally affect the Work. 3. Prior to forwarding submittal, comply with procedures for verifying existing door and frame compatibility for new hardware, as specified in PART 3, "EXAMINATION" article, herein. B. Action Submittals: 1. Product Data: Technical product data for each item of door hardware, installation instructions, maintenance of operating parts and finish, and other information necessary to show compliance with requirements. 2. Riser and Wiring Diagrams: After final approval of hardware schedule, submit details of electrified door hardware, indicating: a. Wiring Diagrams: For power, signal, and control wiring and including: 1) Details of interface of electrified door hardware and building safety and security systems. 2) Schematic diagram of systems that interface with electrified door hardware. 3) Point-to-point wiring. 4) Risers. 3. Samples for Verification: If requested by Project Representative, submit production sample or sample installations of each type of exposed hardware unit in finish indicated, and tagged with full description for coordination with schedule. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §08 71 00—2/29 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit & Remodel DOOR HARDWARE a. Samples will be returned to supplier. Units that are acceptable to Project Representative may, after final check of operations, be incorporated into Work, within limitations of key coordination requirements. 4. Door Hardware Schedule: Submit schedule with hardware sets in vertical format as illustrated by Sequence of Format for the Hardware Schedule as published by the Door and Hardware Institute. Indicate complete designations of each item required for each door or opening, include: a. Door Index; include door number, heading number, and Project Representatives hardware set number. b. Opening Lock Function Spreadsheet: List locking device and function for each opening. c. Quantity, type, style, function, size, and finish of each hardware item. d. Name and manufacturer of each item. e. Fastenings and other pertinent information. f. Location of each hardware set cross-referenced to indications on Drawings. g. Explanation of all abbreviations, symbols, and codes contained in schedule. h. Mounting locations for hardware. i. Door and frame sizes and materials. j. Name and phone number for local manufacturer's representative for each product. k. Operational Description of openings with any electrified hardware (locks, exits, electromagnetic locks, electric strikes, automatic operators, door position switches, magnetic holders or closer/holder units, and access control components). Operational description should include operational descriptions for: egress, ingress (access), and fire/smoke alarm connections. 1) Submittal Sequence: Submit door hardware schedule concurrent with submissions of Product Data, Samples, and Shop Drawings. Coordinate submission of door hardware schedule with scheduling requirements of other work to facilitate fabrication of other work that is critical in Project construction schedule. 5. Key Schedule: a. After Keying Conference, provide keying schedule listing levels of keying as well as explanation of key system's function, key symbols used and door numbers controlled. b. Use ANSI/BHMA A156.28 "Recommended Practices for Keying Systems" as guideline for nomenclature, definitions, and approach for selecting optimal keying system. c. Provide 3 copies of keying schedule for review prepared and detailed in accordance with referenced DHI publication. Include schematic keying diagram and index each key to unique door designations. d. Index keying schedule by door number, keyset, hardware heading number, cross keying instructions, and special key stamping instructions. e. Provide one complete bitting list of key cuts and one key system schematic illustrating system usage and expansion. 1) Forward bitting list, key cuts and key system schematic directly to Owner, by means as directed by Owner. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §08 71 00—3/29 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit & Remodel DOOR HARDWARE f. Prepare key schedule by or under supervision of supplier, detailing Owner's final keying instructions for locks. 6. Templates: After final approval of hardware schedule, provide templates for doors, frames and other work specified to be factory or shop prepared for door hardware installation. C. Informational Submittals: 1. Qualification Data: For Supplier, Installer and Architectural Hardware Consultant. 2. Product data for electrified door hardware: a. Certify that door hardware approved for use on types and sizes of labeled fire-rated doors complies with listed fire-rated door assemblies. 3. Certificates of Compliance: a. UL listings for fire-rated hardware and installation instructions if requested by Project Representative or Authority Having Jurisdiction. b. Installer Training Meeting Certification: Letter of compliance, signed by Contractor, attesting to completion of installer training meeting specified in "QUALITY ASSURANCE" article, herein. c. Electrified Hardware Coordination Conference Certification: Letter of compliance, signed by Contractor, attesting to completion of electrified hardware coordination conference, specified in "QUALITY ASSURANCE" article, herein. 4. Warranty: Special warranty specified in this Section. D. Closeout Submittals: 1. Operations and Maintenance Data: Provide in accordance with Division 01 and include: a. Complete information on care, maintenance, and adjustment; data on repair and replacement parts, and information on preservation of finishes. b. Catalog pages for each product. c. Factory order acknowledgement numbers (for warranty and service) d. Name, address, and phone number of local representative for each manufacturer. e. Parts list for each product. f. Final approved hardware schedule, edited to reflect conditions as-installed. g. Final keying schedule h. Copies of floor plans with keying nomenclature i. As-installed wiring diagrams for each opening connected to power, both low voltage and 110 volts. j. Copy of warranties including appropriate reference numbers for manufacturers to identify project. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §08 71 00—4/29 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit & Remodel DOOR HARDWARE 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Supplier Qualifications and Responsibilities: Recognized architectural hardware supplier with record of successful in-service performance for supplying door hardware similar in quantity, type, and quality to that indicated for this Project and that provides certified Architectural Hardware Consultant (AHC) available to Owner, Project Representative, and Contractor, at reasonable times during the Work for consultation. 1. Warehousing Facilities: In Project's vicinity. 2. Scheduling Responsibility: Preparation of door hardware and keying schedules. 3. Engineering Responsibility: Preparation of data for electrified door hardware, including Shop Drawings, based on testing and engineering analysis of manufacturer's standard units in assemblies similar to those indicated for this Project. 4. Coordination Responsibility: Assist in coordinating installation of electronic security hardware with Project Representative and electrical engineers and provide installation and technical data to Project Representative and other related subcontractors. a. Upon completion of electronic security hardware installation, inspect and verify that all components are working properly. B. Architectural Hardware Consultant Qualifications: Person who is experienced in providing consulting services for door hardware installations that are comparable in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project and meets these requirements: 1. Can provide installation and technical data to Project Representative and other related subcontractors. 2. Can inspect and verify components are in working order upon completion of installation. 3. Capable of producing wiring diagrams. 4. Capable of coordinating installation of electrified hardware with Project Representative and electrical engineers. C. Single Source Responsibility: Obtain each type of door hardware from single manufacturer. D. Fire-Rated Door Openings: Provide door hardware for fire-rated openings that complies with NFPA 80 and requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. Provide only items of door hardware that are listed products tested by Underwriters Laboratories, Intertek Testing Services, or other testing and inspecting organizations acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction for use on types and sizes of doors indicated, based on testing at positive pressure and according to NFPA 252 or UL 10C and in compliance with requirements of fire-rated door and door frame labels. E. Electrified Door Hardware: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §08 71 00—5/29 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit & Remodel DOOR HARDWARE F. Accessibility Requirements: For door hardware on doors in an accessible route, comply with governing accessibility regulations cited in "REFERENCES" article, herein. G. Keying Conference 1. Incorporate keying conference decisions into final keying schedule after reviewing door hardware keying system including: a. Function of building, flow of traffic, purpose of each area, degree of security required, and plans for future expansion. b. Preliminary key system schematic diagram. c. Requirements for key control system. d. Requirements for access control. e. Address for delivery of keys. H. Pre-installation Conference 1. Review and finalize construction schedule and verify availability of materials, Installer's personnel, equipment, and facilities needed to make progress and avoid delays. 2. Inspect and discuss preparatory work performed by other trades. 3. Inspect and discuss electrical roughing-in for electrified door hardware. 4. Review sequence of operation for each type of electrified door hardware. 5. Review required testing, inspecting, and certifying procedures. I. Coordination Conferences: 1. Installation Coordination Conference: Prior to hardware installation, schedule and hold meeting to review questions or concerns related to proper installation and adjustment of door hardware. 2. Electrified Hardware Coordination Conference: Prior to ordering electrified hardware, schedule and hold meeting to coordinate door hardware with security, electrical, doors and frames, and other related suppliers. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Inventory door hardware on receipt and provide secure lock-up for hardware delivered to Project site. B. Tag each item or package separately with identification coordinated with final door hardware schedule, and include installation instructions, templates, and necessary fasteners with each item or package. 1. Deliver each article of hardware in manufacturer's original packaging. C. Project Conditions: 1. Maintain manufacturer-recommended environmental conditions throughout storage and installation periods. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §08 71 00—6/29 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit & Remodel DOOR HARDWARE 2. Provide secure lock-up for door hardware delivered to Project. Control handling and installation of hardware items so that completion of Work will not be delayed by hardware losses both before and after installation. D. Protection and Damage: 1. Promptly replace products damaged during shipping. 2. Handle hardware in manner to avoid damage, marring, or scratching. Correct, replace or repair products damaged during Work. 3. Protect products against malfunction due to paint, solvent, cleanser, or any chemical agent. E. Deliver keys to manufacturer of key control system for subsequent delivery to Owner. F. Deliver keys and permanent cores to Owner by registered mail or overnight package service. 1.07 COORDINATION A. Coordinate layout and installation of floor-recessed door hardware with floor construction. Cast anchoring inserts into concrete. B. Installation Templates: Distribute for doors, frames, and other work specified to be factory or shop prepared. Check Shop Drawings of other work to confirm that adequate provisions are made for locating and installing door hardware to comply with indicated requirements. C. Security: Coordinate installation of door hardware, keying, and access control with Owner's security consultant. D. Electrical System Roughing-In: Coordinate layout and installation of electrified door hardware with connections to power supplies and building safety and security systems. E. Existing Openings: Where existing doors, frames and/or hardware are to remain, field verify existing functions, conditions and preparations and coordinate to suit opening conditions and to provide proper door operation. 1.08 WARRANTY A. Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of door hardware that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period: Beginning from date of Substantial Completion, for durations indicated. a. Closers: 1) Mechanical: LCN 4000 series, 30 years, LCN 1460 series, 30 years. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §08 71 00—7/29 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit & Remodel DOOR HARDWARE b. Automatic Operators: LCN, 2 years. c. Exit Devices: 1) Mechanical: 3 years. 2) Electrified: 1 year. d. Locksets: 1) Mechanical: Schlage, 3 years. 2) Electrified: 1 year. e. Key Blanks: Lifetime 2. Warranty does not cover damage or faulty operation due to improper installation, improper use or abuse. 1.09 MAINTENANCE A. Maintenance Tools: Furnish complete set of special tools required for maintenance and adjustment of hardware, including changing of cylinders. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Approval of manufacturers and/or products other than those listed as "Scheduled Manufacturer" or"Acceptable Manufacturers" in the individual article for the product category shall be in accordance with QUALITY ASSURANCE article, herein. B. Approval of products from manufacturers indicated in "Acceptable Manufacturers" is contingent upon those products providing all functions and features and meeting all requirements of scheduled manufacturer's product. C. Where specified hardware is not adaptable to finished shape or size of inembers requiring hardware, furnish suitable types having same operation and quality as type specified, subject to Project Representative's approval. 2.02 MATERIALS A. Fasteners 1. Provide hardware manufactured to conform to published templates, generally prepared for machine screw installation. 2. Furnish screws for installation with each hardware item. Finish exposed (exposed under any condition) screws to match hardware finish, or, if exposed in surfaces of other work, to match finish of this other work including prepared for paint surfaces to receive painted finish. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §08 71 00—8/29 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit & Remodel DOOR HARDWARE 3. Provide concealed fasteners for hardware units exposed when door is closed except when no standard units of type specified are available with concealed fasteners. Do not use thru-bolts for installation where bolt head or nut on opposite face is exposed in other work unless thru-bolts are required to fasten hardware securely. Review door specification and advise Project Representative if thru-bolts are required. 4. Install hardware with fasteners provided by hardware manufacturer. B. Modification and Preparation of Existing Doors: Where existing door hardware is indicated to be removed and reinstalled. 1. Provide necessary fillers, Dutchmen, reinforcements, and fasteners, compatible with existing materials, as required for mounting new opening hardware and to cover existing door and frame preparations. 2. Use materials which match materials of adjacent modified areas. 3. When modifying existing fire-rated openings, provide materials permitted by NFPA 80 as required to maintain fire-rating. C. Provide screws, bolts, expansion shields, drop plates and other devices necessary for hardware installation. 1. Where fasteners are exposed to view: Finish to match adjacent door hardware material. 2.03 HINGES A. Manufacturers and Products: 1. Scheduled Manufacturer and Product: Ives 5BB series. 2. Acceptable Manufacturers and Products: Hager BB series, Stanley FBB Series. 3. Or Approved Equal B. Requirements: 1. Provide hinges conforming to ANSI/BHMA A156.1. 2. 1-3/4 inch (44 mm) thick doors, up to and including 36 inches (914 mm) wide: a. Exterior: Standard weight, bronze or stainless steel, 4-1/2 inches (114 mm) high b. Interior: Standard weight, steel, 4-1/2 inches (114 mm) high 3. 1-3/4 inch (44 mm) thick doors over 36 inches (914 mm) wide: a. Exterior: Heavy weight, bronze/stainless steel, 5 inches (127 mm) high b. Interior: Heavy weight, steel, 5 inches (127 mm) high 4. 2 inches or thicker doors: a. Exterior: Heavy weight, bronze or stainless steel, 5 inches (127 mm) high b. Interior: Heavy weight, steel, 5 inches (127 mm) high Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §08 71 00—9/29 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit & Remodel DOOR HARDWARE 5. Provide three hinges per door leaf for doors 90 inches (2286 mm) or less in height, and one additional hinge for each 30 inches (762 mm) of additional door height. 6. Where new hinges are specified for existing doors or existing frames, provide new hinges of identical size to hinge preparation present in existing door or existing frame. 7. Hinge Pins: Except as otherwise indicated, provide hinge pins as follows: a. Steel Hinges: Steel pins b. Non-Ferrous Hinges: Stainless steel pins c. Out-Swinging Exterior poors: Non-removable pins d. Out-Swinging Interior Lockable Doors: Non-removable pins e. Interior Non-lockable Doors: Non-rising pins 8. Width of hinges: 4-1/2 inches (114 mm) at 1-3/4 inch (44 mm) thick doors, and 5 inches (127 mm) at 2 inches (51 mm) or thicker doors. Adjust hinge width as required for door, frame, and wall conditions to allow proper degree of opening. 9. Provide hinges with electrified options as scheduled in the hardware sets. Provide with sufficient number and wire gage to accommodate electric function of specified hardware. Locate electric hinge at second hinge from bottom or nearest to electrified locking component. 10. Provide mortar guard for each electrified hinge specified. 11. Provide spring hinges where specified. Provide two spring hinges and one bearing hinge per door leaf for doors 90 inches (2286 mm) or less in height. Provide one additional bearing hinge for each 30 inches (762 mm) of additional door height. 2.04 ELECTRIC POWER TRANSFER A. Manufacturers: a. Scheduled Manufacturer: Von Duprin EPT-10. b. Acceptable Manufacturers: ABH PT1000, Securitron CEPT-10. c. Or Approved Equal B. Provide power transfer with electrified options as scheduled in the hardware sets. Provide with number and gage of wires sufficient to accommodate electric function of specified hardware. C. Locate electric power transfer per manufacturer's template and UL requirements, unless interference with operation of door or other hardware items. 2.05 PIVOT SETS A. Manufacturers: 1. Scheduled Manufacturer: Ives. 2. Acceptable Manufacturers: Dorma, Rixson. 3. Or Approved Equal Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §08 71 00— 10/29 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit & Remodel DOOR HARDWARE B. Requirements: 1. Provide pivot sets complete with oil-impregnated top pivot, unless indicated otherwise. 2. Where offset pivots are specified, Provide one intermediate pivot for doors less than 91 inches (2311 mm) high and one additional intermediate pivot per leaf for each additional 30 inches (762 mm) in height or fraction thereof. Intermediate pivots spaced equally not less than 25 inches (635 mm) or not more than 35 inches (889 mm) on center, for doors over 121 inches (3073 mm) high. 3. Provide appropriate model where pivot sets are scheduled at fire rated openings. 4. Provide lead-lined model where pivot sets are specified at lead-lined doors. 5. Provide pivots with electrified options as scheduled in the hardware sets. Provide with sufficient number and wire gage to accommodate electric function of specified hardware. Locate electrified pivot nearest to electrified locking component. If manufacturer of electrified locking component requires another device for power transfer then provide recommended power transfer device and appropriate quantity of pivots. 6. Provide mortar guard for each electric pivot specified, unless specified in hollow metal frame specification. 2.06 MORTISE LOCKS A. Manufacturers and Products: 1. Scheduled Manufacturer and Product: Schlage L9000 series. 2. Acceptable Manufacturers and Products: Best 45H series, Sargent 8200 series. 3. Or Approved Equal B. Requirements: 1. Provide mortise locks conforming to ANSI/BHMA A156.13 Series 1000, Grade 1, and UL Listed for 3 hour fire doors. 2. Provide locks manufactured from heavy gauge steel, containing components of steel with a zinc dichromate plating for corrosion resistance. 3. Provide lock case that is multi-function and field reversible for handing without opening case. Cylinders: Refer to "KEYING" article, herein. 4. Provide locks with standard 2-3/4 inches (70 mm) backset with full 3/4 inch (19 mm) throw stainless steel mechanical anti-friction latchbolt. Provide deadbolt with full 1 inch (25 mm) throw, constructed of stainless steel. 5. Provide standard ASA strikes unless extended lip strikes are necessary to protect trim. 6. Provide electrified options as scheduled in the hardware sets. Where scheduled, provide switches and sensors integrated into the locks and latches. 7. Lever Trim: Solid brass, bronze, or stainless steel, cast or forged in design specified, with wrought roses and external lever spring cages. Provide thru- bolted levers with 2-piece spindles. a. Lever Design: Schlage 18. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §08 71 00— 11/29 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit & Remodel DOOR HARDWARE b. Tactile Warning (Knurling): Where required by authority having jurisdiction. Provide on levers on exterior (secure side) of doors serving rooms considered to be hazardous. 2.07 AUXILIARY LOCKS A. Pocket Door Locks: 1. Manufacturers and Products: a. Scheduled Manufacturer and Product: Accurate 2002 Series. b. Or Approved Equal 2. Requirements: a. Provide mortise pocket door lock series and function as specified. b. Cylinders: Refer to "KEYING" article, herein. c. Provide mortise pocket door lock with standard 2-3/4 inches (70 mm) backset. d. Provide manufacturer's standard strike. 2.08 EXIT DEVICES A. Manufacturers and Products: 1. Scheduled Manufacturer and Product: Von Duprin 98/35A series. 2. Acceptable Manufacturers and Products: Detex Advantex series, Sargent 80 series. 3. Or Approved Equal B. Requirements: 1. Provide exit devices tested to ANSI/BHMA A156.3 Grade 1 and UL listed for Panic Exit or Fire Exit Hardware. 2. Cylinders: Refer to "KEYING" article, herein. 3. Provide touchpad type exit devices, fabricated of brass, bronze, stainless steel, or aluminum, plated to standard architectural finishes to match balance of door hardware. 4. Touchpad must extend a minimum of one half of door width. No plastic inserts are allowed in touchpads. 5. Provide exit devices with deadlatching feature for security and for future addition of alarm kits and/or other electrified requirements. 6. Provide flush end caps for exit devices. 7. Provide exit devices with manufacturer's approved strikes. 8. Provide exit devices cut to door width and height. Install exit devices at height recommended by exit device manufacturer, allowable by governing building codes, and approved by Project Representative. 9. Mount mechanism case flush on face of doors, or provide spacers to fill gaps behind devices. Where glass trim or molding projects off face of door, provide glass bead kits. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §08 71 00— 12/29 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit & Remodel DOOR HARDWARE 10. Provide cylinder or hex-key dogging as specified at non fire-rated openings. 11. Removable Mullions: 2 inches (51 mm) x 3 inches (76 mm) steel tube. Where scheduled as keyed removable mullion, provide type that can be removed by use of a keyed cylinder, which is self-locking when re-installed. 12. Provide factory drilled weep holes for exit devices used in full exterior application, highly corrosive areas, and where noted in hardware sets. 13. Provide electrified options as scheduled. 14. Concealed Vertical Cable Exit Devices: provide cable-actuated concealed vertical latch system in two-point for non-rated or fire rated wood doors up to a 90 minute rating and less bottom latch (LBL) configuration for non-rated or fire rated wood doors up to 20 minute rating. Vertical rods not permitted. a. Cable: Stainless steel with abrasive resistant coating. Conduit and core wire ends snap into latch and center slides without use of tools. b. Wood Door Prep: Maximum 1 inch x 1.1875 inch x 3.875 inches top latch pocket and 1 inch x 1.1875 inch x 5 inches bottom latch pocket which does not require the use of a metal wrap or edge for non-rated or fire rated wood doors up to a 45 minute rating. c. Latchbolts and Blocking Cams: Manufactured from sintered metal low carbon copper- infiltrated steel, with molybdenum disulfide low friction coating. d. Top Latchbolt: Minimum 0.38 inch (10 mm) and greater than 90 degree engagement with strike to prevent door and frame separation under high static load. e. Bottom Latchbolt: Minimum of 0.44 inch (11 mm) engagement with strike. f. Product Cycle Life: 1,000,000 cycles. g. Latch Operation: Top and bottom latch operate independently of each other. Top latch fully engages top strike even when bottom latch is compromised. Separate trigger mechanisms not permitted. h. Latch release does not require separate trigger mechanism. i. Cable and latching system characteristics: 1) Installed independently of exit device installation, and capable of functioning on door prior to device and trim installation. 2) Connected to exit device at single point in steel and aluminum doors, and two points for top and bottom latches in wood doors. 3) Bottom latch height adjusted, from single point for steel and aluminum doors and two points for wood doors, after system is installed and connected to exit device, while door is hanging 4) Bottom latch position altered up and down minimum of 2 inches (51 mm) in steel and aluminum doors without additional adjustment. Bottom latch deadlocks in every adjustment position in wood doors. 5) Top and bottom latches in steel and aluminum doors and top latch in wood doors may be removed while door is hanging. 15. Top latch mounting: double or single tab mount for steel doors, face mount for aluminum doors eliminating requirement of tabs, and double tab mount for wood doors. 16. Provide exit devices with optional trim designs to match other lever and pull designs used on the project. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §08 71 00— 13/29 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit & Remodel DOOR HARDWARE a. Tactile Warning (Knurling): Where required by authority having jurisdiction. Provide on levers on exterior (secure side) of doors serving rooms considered to be hazardous. 2.09 POWER SUPPLIES A. Manufacturers and Products: 1. Scheduled Manufacturer and Product: Schlage/Von Duprin PS900 series. 2. Acceptable Manufacturers and Products: Sargent 3500 series, Security Door Controls 600 series. 3. Or Approved Equal B. Requirements: 1. Provide power supplies approved by manufacturer of supplied electrified hardware. 2. Provide appropriate quantity of power supplies necessary for proper operation of electrified locking components as recommended by manufacturer of electrified locking components with consideration for each electrified component using power supply, location of power supply, and approved wiring diagrams. Locate power supplies as directed by Project Representative. 3. Provide regulated and filtered 24 VDC power supply, and UL class 2 listed. 4. Provide power supplies with the following features: a. 12/24 VDC Output, field selectable. b. Class 2 Rated power limited output. c. Universal 120-240 VAC input. d. Low voltage DC, regulated and filtered. e. Polarized connector for distribution boards. f. Fused primary input. g. AC input and DC output monitoring circuit w/LED indicators. h. Cover mounted AC Input indication. i. Tested and certified to meet UL294. j. NEMA 1 enclosure. k. Hinged cover w/lock down screws. I. High voltage protective cover. 2.10 CYLINDERS A. Construction Keying: 1. Temporary Construction Cylinder Keying. a. Provide construction cores that permit voiding construction keys without cylinder removal, furnished in accordance with the following requirements. 1) Split Key or Lost Ball Construction Keying System. 2) 3 construction control keys, and extractor tools or keys as required to void construction keying. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §08 71 00— 14/29 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit & Remodel DOOR HARDWARE 3) 12 construction change (day) keys. b. Owner or Owner's Representative will void operation of temporary construction keys. 2. Replaceable Construction Cores. a. Provide temporary construction cores replaceable by permanent cores, furnished in accordance with the following requirements. 1) 3 construction control keys 2) 12 construction change (day) keys. b. Owner or Owner's Representative will replace temporary construction cores with permanent cores. 2.11 KEYING A. Provide a factory registered keying system, complying with guidelines in ANSI/BHMA A156.28, incorporating decisions made at keying conference. B. Requirements: 1. Provide permanent cylinders/cores keyed by the manufacturer according to the following key system. a. Master Keying system as directed by the Owner. 2. Forward bitting list and keys separately from cylinders, by means as directed by Owner. Failure to comply with forwarding requirements will be cause for replacement of cylinders/cores involved at no additional cost to Owner. 3. Provide keys with the following features: a. Material: Nickel silver; minimum thickness of .107-inch (2.3mm) b. Patent Protection: Keys and blanks protected by one or more utility patent(s) until the year, 2029. 4. Identification: a. Mark permanent cylinders/cores and keys with applicable blind code per DHI publication "Keying Systems and Nomenclature" for identification. Do not provide blind code marks with actual key cuts. b. Identification stamping provisions must be approved by the Project Representative and Owner. c. Stamp cylinders/cores and keys with Owner's unique key system facility code as established by the manufacturer; key symbol and embossed or stamped with "DO NOT DUPLICATE" along with the "PATENTED" or patent number to enforce the patent protection. d. Failure to comply with stamping requirements will be cause for replacement of keys involved at no additional cost to Owner. e. Forward permanent cylinders/cores to Owner, separately from keys, by means as directed by Owner. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §08 71 00— 15/29 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit & Remodel DOOR HARDWARE 5. Quantity: Furnish in the following quantities. a. Change (Day) Keys: 3 per cylinder/core. b. Permanent Control Keys: 3. c. Master Keys: 6. 2.12 DOOR CLOSERS A. Manufacturers and Products: 1. Scheduled Manufacturer and Product: LCN 4010/4110/4020 series. 2. Acceptable Manufacturers and Products: Corbin-Russwin DC8000 series, Sargent 281 series. 3. Or Approved Equal B. Requirements: 1. Provide door closers conforming to ANSI/BHMA A156.4 Grade 1 requirements by BHMA certified independent testing laboratory. Certify surface mounted mechanical closers to meet fifteen million (15,000,000) full load cycles. ISO 9000 certify closers. Stamp units with date of manufacture code. 2. Provide door closers with fully hydraulic, full rack and pinion action with high strength cast iron cylinder, and full complement bearings at shaft. 3. Cylinder Body: 1-1/2 inch (38 mm) diameterwith 11/16 inch (17 mm) diameter double heat-treated pinion journal. 4. Hydraulic Fluid: Fireproof, passing requirements of UL10C, and requiring no seasonal closer adjustment for temperatures ranging from 120 degrees F to -30 degrees F. 5. Spring Power: Continuously adjustable over full range of closer sizes, and providing reduced opening force as required by accessibility codes and standards. 6. Hydraulic Regulation: By tamper-proof, non-critical valves, with separate adjustment for latch speed, general speed, and backcheck. 7. Provide closers with solid forged steel main arms and factory assembled heavy- duty forged forearms for parallel arm closers. When closers are parallel arm mounted, provide closers which mount within 6-inch (152 mm) top rail without use of mounting plate so that closer is not visible through vision panel from pull side. 8. Pressure Relief Valve (PRV) Technology: Not permitted. 9. Finish for Closer Cylinders, Arms, Adapter Plates, and Metal Covers: Powder coating finish which has been certified to exceed 100 hours salt spray testing as described in ANSI/BHMA Standard A156.4 and ASTM B117, or has special rust inhibitor (SRI). 10. Provide special templates, drop plates, mounting brackets, or adapters for arms as required for details, overhead stops, and other door hardware items interfering with closer mounting. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §08 71 00— 16/29 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit & Remodel DOOR HARDWARE 2.13 DOOR CLOSERS A. Manufacturers and Products: 1. Scheduled Manufacturer and Product: LCN 1460 series. 2. Acceptable Manufacturers and Products: Corbin-Russwin DC6000 series. 3. Or Approved Equal B. Requirements: 1. Provide door closers conforming to ANSI/BHMA A156.4 Grade 1 requirements by BHMA certified independent testing laboratory. 2. Provide door closers with fully hydraulic, full rack and pinion action cast iron cylinder. 3. Closer Body: 1-1/4 inch (32 mm) diameter, with 5/8 inch (16 mm) diameter heat- treated pinion journal. 4. Hydraulic Fluid: Fireproof, passing requirements of UL10C, and requiring no seasonal closer adjustment for temperatures ranging from 120 degrees F to -30 degrees F. 5. Spring Power: Continuously adjustable over full range of closer sizes, and providing reduced opening force as required by accessibility codes and standards. 6. Hydraulic Regulation: By tamper-proof, non-critical valves, with separate adjustment for latch speed, general speed, and backcheck. 7. Pressure Relief Valve (PRV) Technology: Not permitted. 8. Provide special templates, drop plates, mounting brackets, or adapters for arms as required for details, overhead stops, and other door hardware items interfering with closer mounting. 2.14 ELECTRO-MECHANICAL AUTOMATIC OPERATORS A. Manufacturers and Products: 1. Scheduled Manufacturer and Product: LCN Senior Swing. 2. Acceptable Manufacturers and Products: Besam Swingmaster MP, Horton 4000LE series. 3. Or Approved Equal B. Requirements: 1. Provide low energy automatic operator units that are electro-mechanical design complying with ANSI/BHMA A156.19. a. Opening: Powered by DC motor working through reduction gears. b. Closing: Spring force. c. Manual, hydraulic, or chain drive closers: Not permitted. d. Operation: Motor is off when door is in closing mode. Door can be manually operated with power on or off without damage to operator. Provide variable adjustments, including opening and closing speed adjustment. e. Cover: Aluminum. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §08 71 00— 17/29 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit & Remodel DOOR HARDWARE 2. Provide units with manual off/auto/hold-open switch, push and go function to activate power operator, vestibule interface delay, electric lock delay, hold-open delay adjustable from 2 to 30 seconds, and logic terminal to interface with accessories, mats, and sensors. 3. Provide drop plates, brackets, or adapters for arms as required to suit details. 4. Provide hard-wired motion sensors and/or actuator switches for operation as specified. Provide weather-resistant actuators at exterior applications. 5. Provide key switches, with LED's, recommended and approved by manufacturer of automatic operator as required for function as described in operation description of hardware sets. Cylinders: Refer to "KEYING" article, herein. 6. Provide complete assemblies of controls, switches, power supplies, relays, and parts/material recommended and approved by manufacturer of automatic operator for each individual leaf. Actuators control both doors simultaneously at pairs. Sequence operation of exterior and vestibule doors with automatic operators to allow ingress or egress through both sets of openings as directed by Project Representative. Locate actuators, key switches, and other controls as directed by Project Representative. 7. Provide units with inputs for smoke evacuation doors, where specified, which allow doors to power open upon fire alarm activation and hold open indefinitely or until fire alarm is reset, presence detector input, which prevents closed door from opening or door that is fully opened from closing, hold open toggle input, which allows remote activation for indefinite hold open and close second time input is activated, vestibule inputs, which allow sequencing operation of two units, and SPDT relay for interfacing with latching or locking devices. 2.15 DOOR TRIM A. Manufacturers: 1. Scheduled Manufacturer: Ives. 2. Acceptable Manufacturers: Burns, Rockwood. 3. Or Approved Equal B. Requirements: 1. Provide push plates 4 inches (102 mm) wide by 16 inches (406 mm) high by 0.050 inch (1 mm) thick and beveled 4 edges. Where width of door stile prevents use of 4 inches (102 mm) wide plate, adjust width to fit. 2. Provide push bars of solid bar stock, diameter and length as scheduled. Provide push bars of sufficient length to span from center to center of each stile. Where required, mount back to back with pull. 3. Provide offset pulls of solid bar stock, diameter and length as scheduled. Where required, mount back to back with push bar. 4. Provide flush pulls as scheduled. Where required, provide back-to-back mounted model. 5. Provide pulls of solid bar stock, diameter and length as scheduled. Where required, mount back to back with push bar. 6. Provide pull plates 4 inches (102 mm) wide by 16 inches (406 mm) high by 0.050 inch (1 mm) thick, beveled 4 edges, and prepped for pull. Where width of door stile prevents use of 4 inches (102 mm) wide plate, adjust width to fit. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §08 71 00— 18/29 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit & Remodel DOOR HARDWARE 7. Provide wire pulls of solid bar stock, diameter and length as scheduled. 8. Provide decorative pulls as scheduled. Where required, mount back to back with pull. 2.16 PROTECTION PLATES A. Manufacturers: 1. Scheduled Manufacturer: Ives. 2. Acceptable Manufacturers: Burns, Rockwood. 3. Or Approved Equal B. Requirements: 1. Provide kick plates, mop plates, and armor plates minimum of 0.050 inch (1 mm) thick, beveled four edges as scheduled. Furnish with sheet metal or wood screws, finished to match plates. 2. Sizes of plates: a. Kick Plates: 10 inches (254 mm) high by 2 inches (51 mm) less width of door on single doors, 1 inch (25 mm) less width of door on pairs b. Mop Plates: 4 inches (102 mm) high by 2 inches (51 mm) less width of door on single doors, 1 inch (25 mm) less width of door on pairs c. Armor Plates: 36 inches (914 mm) high by 2 inches (51 mm) less width of door on single doors, 1 inch (25 mm) less width of door on pairs 2.17 OVERHEAD STOPS AND OVERHEAD STOP/HOLDERS A. Manufacturers: 1. Scheduled Manufacturers: Glynn-Johnson. 2. Acceptable Manufacturers: Rixson, Sargent. 3. Or Approved Equal B. Requirements: 1. Provide heavy duty concealed mounted overhead stop or holder as specified for exterior and interior vestibule single acting doors. 2. Provide heavy duty concealed mounted overhead stop or holder as specified for double acting doors. 3. Provide heavy or medium duty and concealed or surface mounted overhead stop or holder for interior doors as specified. Provide medium duty surface mounted overhead stop for interior doors and at any door that swings more than 140 degrees before striking wall, open against equipment, casework, sidelights, and where conditions do not allow wall stop or floor stop presents tripping hazard. 4. Where overhead holders are specified provide friction type at doors without closer and positive type at doors with closer. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §08 71 00— 19/29 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit & Remodel DOOR HARDWARE 2.18 DOOR STOPS AND HOLDERS A. Manufacturers: 1. Scheduled Manufacturer: Ives. 2. Acceptable Manufacturers: Burns, Rockwood. 3. Or Approved Equal B. Provide door stops at each door leaf: 1. Provide wall stops wherever possible. Provide convex type where mortise type locks are used and concave type where cylindrical type locks are used. 2. Where a wall stop cannot be used, provide universal floor stops for low or high rise options. 3. Where wall or floor stop cannot be used, provide medium duty surface mounted overhead stop. 2.19 THRESHOLDS, SEALS, DOOR SWEEPS, AUTOMATIC DOOR BOTTOMS, AND GASKETING A. Manufacturers: 1. Scheduled Manufacturer: Zero International. 2. Acceptable Manufacturers: National Guard, Reese. 3. Or Approved Equal B. Requirements: 1. Provide thresholds, weather-stripping (including door sweeps, seals, and astragals) and gasketing systems (including smoke, sound, and light) as specified and per architectural details. Match finish of other items. 2. Smoke- and Draft-Control Door Assemblies: Where smoke- and draft-control door assemblies are required, provide door hardware that meets requirements of assemblies tested according to UL 1784 and installed in compliance with NFPA 105. 3. Size of thresholds: a. Saddle Thresholds: 1/2 inch (13 mm) high byjamb width by door width b. Bumper Seal Thresholds: 1/2 inch (13 mm) high by 5 inches (127 mm) wide by door width 4. Provide door sweeps, seals, astragals, and auto door bottoms only of type where resilient or flexible seal strip is easily replaceable and readily available. 2.20 SILENCERS A. Manufacturers: 1. Scheduled Manufacturer: Ives. 2. Acceptable Manufacturers: Burns, Rockwood. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §08 71 00—20/29 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit & Remodel DOOR HARDWARE 3. Or Approved Equal B. Requirements: 1. Provide "push-in" type silencers for hollow metal or wood frames. 2. Provide one silencer per 30 inches (762 mm) of height on each single frame, and two for each pair frame. 3. Omit where gasketing is specified. 2.21 POCKET DOOR HARDWARE A. Manufacturers: 1. Scheduled Manufacturer: Hager. 2. Acceptable Manufacturers: Johnson Hardware, Stanley, KN Crowder. 3. Or Approved Equal B. Requirements: 1. Provide complete sets of pocket door hardware as recommended by manufacturer for door type and weight. a. Include track, hangers, fasteners, guides, stops, and other hardware as required for complete installation. 2.22 FINISHES A. Finish: BHMA 626/652 (US26D); except: 1. Hinges at Exterior poors: BHMA 630 (US32D) 2. Continuous Hinges: BHMA 630 (US32D) 3. Continuous Hinges: BHMA 628 (US28) 4. Push Plates, Pulls, and Push Bars: BHMA 630 (US32D) 5. Protection Plates: BHMA 630 (US32D) 6. Overhead Stops and Holders: BHMA 630 (US32D) 7. Door Closers: Powder Coat to Match 8. Wall Stops: BHMA 630 (US32D) 9. Latch Protectors: BHMA 630 (US32D) 10. Weatherstripping: Clear Anodized Aluminum 11. Thresholds: Mill Finish Aluminum Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §08 71 00—21/29 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit & Remodel DOOR HARDWARE PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Prior to installation of hardware, examine doors and frames, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances, labeled fire-rated door assembly construction, wall and floor construction, and other conditions affecting performance. B. Field verify existing doors and frames receiving new hardware and existing conditions receiving new openings. Verify that new hardware is compatible with existing door and frame preparation and existing conditions. C. Examine roughing-in for electrical power systems to verify actual locations of wiring connections before electrified door hardware installation. D. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Where on-site modification of doors and frames is required: 1. Carefully remove existing door hardware and components being reused. Clean, protect, tag, and store in accordance with storage and handling requirements specified herein. 2. Field modify and prepare existing door and frame for new hardware being installed. 3. When modifications are exposed to view, use concealed fasteners, when possible. 4. Prepare hardware locations and reinstall in accordance with installation requirements for new door hardware and with: a. Steel Doors and Frames: For surface applied door hardware, drill and tap doors and frames according to ANSI/SDI A250.6. b. Wood Doors: DHI WDHS.5 "Recommended Hardware Reinforcement Locations for Mineral Core Wood Flush Doors." c. Doors in rated assemblies: NFPA 80 for restrictions on on-site door hardware preparation. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Mount door hardware units at heights to comply with the following, unless otherwise indicated or required to comply with governing regulations. 1. Standard Steel Doors and Frames: ANSI/SDI A250.8. 2. Custom Steel Doors and Frames: HMMA 831. 3. Wood Doors: DHI WDHS.3, "Recommended Locations for Architectural Hardware for Wood Flush Doors." Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §08 71 00—22/29 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit & Remodel DOOR HARDWARE B. Install each hardware item in compliance with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations, using only fasteners provided by manufacturer. C. Do not install surface mounted items until finishes have been completed on substrate. Protect all installed hardware during painting. D. Set units level, plumb and true to line and location. Adjust and reinforce attachment substrate as necessary for proper installation and operation. E. Drill and countersink units that are not factory prepared for anchorage fasteners. Space fasteners and anchors according to industry standards. F. Install operating parts so they move freely and smoothly without binding, sticking, or excessive clearance. G. Hinges: Install types and in quantities indicated in door hardware schedule but not fewer than quantity recommended by manufacturer for application indicated or one hinge for every 30 inches (750 mm) of door height, whichever is more stringent, unless other equivalent means of support for door, such as spring hinges or pivots, are provided. H. Intermediate Offset Pivots: Where offset pivots are indicated, provide intermediate offset pivots in quantities indicated in door hardware schedule but not fewer than one intermediate offset pivot per door and one additional intermediate offset pivot for every 30 inches (750 mm) of door height greater than 90 inches (2286 mm). I. Lock Cylinders: Install construction cores to secure building and areas during construction period. 1. Replace construction cores with permanent cores as indicated in keying section. 2. Furnish permanent cores to Owner for installation. J. Wiring: Coordinate with Division 26, ELECTRICAL sections for: 1. Conduit,junction boxes and wire pulls. 2. Connections to and from power supplies to electrified hardware. 3. Connections to fire/smoke alarm system and smoke evacuation system. 4. Connection of wire to door position switches and wire runs to central room or area, as directed by Project Representative. 5. Testing and labeling wires with Project Representative's opening number. K. Key Control System: Tag keys and place them on markers and hooks in key control system cabinet, as determined by final keying schedule. L. Door Closers: Mount closers on room side of corridor doors, inside of exterior doors, and stair side of stairway doors from corridors. Mount closers so they are not visible in corridors, lobbies and other public spaces unless approved by Project Representative. M. Closer/Holders: Mount closer/holders on room side of corridor doors, inside of exterior doors, and stair side of stairway doors. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §08 71 00—23/29 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit & Remodel DOOR HARDWARE N. Power Supplies: Locate power supplies as indicated or, if not indicated, above accessible ceilings or in equipment room, or alternate location as directed by Project Representative. O. Thresholds: Set thresholds in full bed of sealant complying with requirements specified in Division 07 Section "Joint Sealants." P. Stops: Provide floor stops for doors unless wall or other type stops are indicated in door hardware schedule. Do not mount floor stops where they may impede traffic or present tripping hazard. Q. Perimeter Gasketing: Apply to head and jamb, forming seal between door and frame. R. Meeting Stile Gasketing: Fasten to meeting stiles, forming seal when doors are closed. S. Door Bottoms: Apply to bottom of door, forming seal with threshold when door is closed. 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Engage qualified manufacturer trained representative to perform inspections and to prepare inspection reports. 1. Representative will inspect door hardware and state in each report whether installed work complies with or deviates from requirements, including whether door hardware is properly installed and adjusted. 3.05 ADJUSTING A. Initial Adjustment: Adjust and check each operating item of door hardware and each door to ensure proper operation or function of every unit. Replace units that cannot be adjusted to operate as intended. Adjust door control devices to compensate for final operation of heating and ventilating equipment and to comply with referenced accessibility requirements. 1. Door Closers: Adjust sweep period to comply with accessibility requirements and requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. B. Occupancy Adjustment: Approximately three to six months after date of Substantial Completion, Installer's Architectural Hardware Consultant must examine and readjust each item of door hardware, including adjusting operating forces, as necessary to ensure function of doors and door hardware. 3.06 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Clean adjacent surfaces soiled by door hardware installation. B. Clean operating items as necessary to restore proper function and finish. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §08 71 00—24/29 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit & Remodel DOOR HARDWARE C. Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure door hardware is without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. 3.07 DOOR HARDWARE SCHEDULE A. Hardware items are referenced in the following hardware. Refer to the above- specifications for special features, options, cylinders/keying, and other requirements. B. Hardware Sets: HARDWARE GROUP NO. 01 QTY DESCRIPTION CATALOG NUMBER FINISH MFR 2 EA PIVOT SET 7226 SET 626 IVE 2 EA INTERMEDIATE PIVOT 7226 INT 626 IVE 2 EA POWER TRANSFER EPT10 SP28 VON 1 EA ELEC PANIC RX-QEL-3549A-EO-24VDC 626 VON HARDWARE 1 EA ELEC PANIC RX-QEL-35A-T-360T-24VDC 626 VON HARDWARE 1 EA RIM CYLINDER 20-057 ICX 626 SCH 1 EA FSIC CORE 23-030 626 SCH 2 EA 90 DEG OFFSET PULL 8190HD 10" O 630 IVE 2 EA OH STOP 100S 630 GLY 2 EA SURF. AUTO 4631 WMS 120V AC 689 LCN OPERATOR 1 EA ACTUATOR PKG WALL 8310-3860TW 630 LCN MT 1 EA RAIN DRIP 142A(IF EXPOSED ABOVE) AA ZER 2 EA DOOR SWEEP 8198AA AA ZER 1 EA THRESHOLD 655A A ZER 1 EA POWER SUPPLY PS902 120/240 VAC LGR SCE WEATHERSTRIPPING BY DOOR/FRAME MANUFACTURER ACCESS CONTROL BY DIV. 28 OPERATIONAL DESCRIPTION: PRESENTATION OF VALID CREDENTIALS WILL RELEASE LATCH AND ALLOW ENTRY. HARDWARE GROUP NO. 02 QTY DESCRIPTION CATALOG NUMBER FINISH MFR 3 EA HINGE 5BB1 HW 4.5 X 4.5 NRP 630 IVE 1 EA POWER TRANSFER EPT10 SP28 VON 1 EA ELEC PANIC RX-QEL-98-NL-OP-110MD-24VDC 626 VON HARDWARE 1 EA 90 DEG OFFSET PULL 8190HD 10" O 630 IVE 1 EA OH STOP 100S 630 GLY 1 EA SURF. AUTO 4631 WMS 120V AC 689 LCN OPERATOR Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §08 71 00—25/29 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit & Remodel DOOR HARDWARE 1 EA ACTUATOR PKG WALL 8310-3860TW 630 LCN MT 1 EA KICK PLATE 8400 10"X 2" LDW B-CS 630 IVE 1 EA RAIN DRIP 142A(IF EXPOSED ABOVE) AA ZER 1 EA DOOR SWEEP 8198AA AA ZER 1 EA THRESHOLD 655A A ZER 1 EA GASKETING 488SBK PSA BK ZER 1 EA POWER SUPPLY PS902 120/240 VAC LGR SCE ACCESS CONTROL BY DIV. 28 OPERATIONAL DESCRIPTION: PRESENTATION OF VALID CREDENTIALS WILL RELEASE LATCH AND ALLOW ENTRY. HARDWARE GROUP NO. 03 QTY DESCRIPTION CATALOG NUMBER FINISH MFR 3 EA HINGE 5BB1 4.5 X 4.5 NRP 630 IVE 1 EA STOREROOM LOCK L9080T 18A 626 SCH 1 EA SURFACE CLOSER 4111 SCUSH 689 LCN 1 EA KICK PLATE 8400 10"X 2" LDW B-CS 630 IVE 1 EA RAIN DRIP 142A(IF EXPOSED ABOVE) AA ZER 1 EA DOOR SWEEP 8198AA AA ZER 1 EA THRESHOLD 655A A ZER 1 EA GASKETING 488SBK PSA BK ZER HARDWARE GROUP NO. 04 QTY DESCRIPTION CATALOG NUMBER FINISH MFR 3 EA HINGE 5BB1 HW 4.5 X 4.5 NRP 652 IVE 1 EA ELEC PANIC RX-QEL-98-NL-OP-110MD-24VDC 626 VON HARDWARE 1 EA 90 DEG OFFSET PULL 8190HD 10" O 630 IVE 1 EA OH STOP 100S 630 GLY 1 EA SURF. AUTO 4631 WMS 120V AC 689 LCN OPERATOR 1 EA ACTUATOR PKG WALL 8310-3860TW 630 LCN MT 1 EA KICK PLATE 8400 10"X 2" LDW B-CS 630 IVE 1 EA DOOR SWEEP 39A A ZER 1 EA THRESHOLD 655A A ZER 1 EA GASKETING 488SBK PSA BK ZER 1 EA POWER SUPPLY PS902 120/240 VAC LGR SCE ACCESS CONTROL BY DIV. 28 OPERATIONAL DESCRIPTION: PRESENTATION OF VALID CREDENTIALS WILL RELEASE LATCH AND ALLOW ENTRY. HARDWARE GROUP NO. 05 Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §08 71 00—26/29 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit & Remodel DOOR HARDWARE QTY DESCRIPTION CATALOG NUMBER FINISH MFR 3 EA HINGE 5BB1 HW 4.5 X 4.5 NRP 652 IVE 1 EA PANIC HARDWARE 98-L-BE-18 626 VON 1 EA RIM CYLINDER 20-057 ICX 626 SCH 1 EA FSIC CORE 23-030 626 SCH 1 EA SURFACE CLOSER 4011 689 LCN 1 EA KICK PLATE 8400 10"X 2" LDW B-CS 630 IVE 1 EA WALL STOP WS406/407CCV 630 IVE 1 EA DOOR SWEEP 39A A ZER 1 EA THRESHOLD 545A A ZER 1 EA GASKETING 488SBK PSA BK ZER HARDWARE GROUP NO. 06 QTY DESCRIPTION CATALOG NUMBER FINISH MFR 3 EA HINGE 5BB1 4.5 X 4.5 652 IVE 1 EA PASSAGE SET L9010 18A 626 SCH 1 EA SURFACE CLOSER 1461 REG 689 LCN 1 EA KICK PLATE 8400 10"X 2" LDW B-CS 630 IVE 1 EA FLOOR STOP FS436 626 IVE 1 EA GASKETING 488SBK PSA BK ZER HARDWARE GROUP NO. 07 QTY DESCRIPTION CATALOG NUMBER FINISH MFR 3 EA HINGE 5BB1 4.5 X 4.5 NRP 652 IVE 1 EA PRIVACY W/DB & IND L9456T 18A L583-363 L283-722 626 SCH 1 EA SURFACE CLOSER 1461 SCUSH 689 LCN 1 EA KICK PLATE 8400 10"X 2" LDW B-CS 630 IVE 1 EA MOP PLATE 8400 4"X 1" LDW B-CS 630 IVE 1 EA DOOR SWEEP 39A A ZER 1 EA GASKETING 488SBK PSA BK ZER HARDWARE GROUP NO. 08 QTY DESCRIPTION CATALOG NUMBER FINISH MFR 3 EA HINGE 5BB1 4.5 X 4.5 NRP 652 IVE 1 EA OFFICE/ENTRY LOCK L9050T 18A L583-363 626 SCH 1 EA FSIC CORE 23-030 626 SCH 1 EA SURFACE CLOSER 1461 EDA 695 LCN 1 EA KICK PLATE 8400 10"X 2" LDW B-CS 630 IVE 1 EA FLOOR STOP FS436 626 IVE 1 EA GASKETING 488SBK PSA BK ZER Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §08 71 00—27/29 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit & Remodel DOOR HARDWARE HARDWARE GROUP NO. 09 QTY DESCRIPTION CATALOG NUMBER FINISH MFR 3 EA HINGE 5BB1 4.5 X 4.5 NRP 652 IVE 1 EA STOREROOM LOCK L9080T 18A 626 SCH 1 EA FSIC CORE 23-030 626 SCH 1 EA SURFACE CLOSER 1461 SCUSH 689 LCN 1 EA KICK PLATE 8400 10"X 2" LDW B-CS 630 IVE 3 EA SILENCER SR64 GRY IVE HARDWARE GROUP NO. 10 QTY DESCRIPTION CATALOG NUMBER FINISH MFR 3 EA HINGE 5BB1 4.5 X 4.5 NRP 652 IVE 1 EA STOREROOM LOCK L9080T 18A 626 SCH 1 EA FSIC CORE 23-030 626 SCH 1 EA SURFACE CLOSER 1461 EDA 695 LCN 1 EA KICK PLATE 8400 10"X 2" LDW B-CS 630 IVE 1 EA WALL STOP WS406/407CCV 630 IVE 3 EA SILENCER SR64 GRY IVE HARDWARE GROUP NO. 11 QTY DESCRIPTION CATALOG NUMBER FINISH MFR 3 EA HINGE 5BB1 4.5 X 4.5 NRP 652 IVE 1 EA EU MORTISE LOCK L9092TEU 18A RX 12/24 VDC 626 SCH 1 EA FSIC CORE 23-030 626 SCH 1 EA SURFACE CLOSER 1461 EDA 695 LCN 1 EA KICK PLATE 8400 10"X 2" LDW B-CS 630 IVE 1 EA WALL STOP WS406/407CCV 630 IVE 1 EA GASKETING 488SBK PSA BK ZER 1 EA POWER SUPPLY PS902 120/240 VAC LGR SCE ACCESS CONTROL BY DIV. 28 OPERATIONAL DESCRIPTION: PRESENTATION OF VALID CREDENTIALS WILL RELEASE LEVER AND ALLOW ENTRY. HARDWARE GROUP NO. 12 QTY DESCRIPTION CATALOG NUMBER FINISH MFR Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §08 71 00—28/29 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit & Remodel DOOR HARDWARE 1 SET POCKET DOOR 111 PD JOH 1 EA POCKET DOOR LOCK 2002 CPDL-3 630 ACC 1 EA FLUSH PULL S2002C 630 ACC 1 EA INSIDE PULL S2002T 630 ACC 1 EA MORTISE CYLINDER 20-061 ICX 626 SCH 1 EA FSIC CORE 23-030 626 SCH END OF SECTION 08 71 00 Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §08 71 00—29/29 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit & Remodel DOOR HARDWARE SECTION 08 80 00 GLAZING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes the following: 1. Glazing Type GL-1 Insulated Glazing. 2. Glazing Type GL-2 Non-Insulated Glazing. 3. Safety Glazing. 4. Glazing Accessories. 5. Architectural Glazing Films 1.02 REFERENCES A. The following is a list of standards referenced in this Section: B. American National Standards Institute -www.ansi.org: 1. ANSI Z97.1 - Safety Glazing Materials Used in Buildings. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Approval Submittals: 1. Product Data Sheets including visible light transmittance for each glazing type. 2. Manufacturer's Instructions. 3. Shop Drawings: a. Provide drawings indicating final dimensions coordinated with openings, windows and the glazed aluminum curtain wall systems. b. Show each glazing unit in elevation view, including glazing units in doors and interior relite frames. c. Show dimensional clearances to allow for slight errors in placement or alignment without making necessary the replacement or re-fabrication of any long lead time glazing units. d. Indicate type and location of safety glazed units. 4. Samples: a. "Glazing Type GL-1': 1) Provide a tinted glass color sample selector to the Project Representative in advance of the submittal. 2) Provide a reflective low emissivity coating sample selector to the Project Representative in advance of the submittal. 3) Provide a sample of a complete actual insulated glazing unit configured with the material selections made by the Project Representative; the sample measuring twelve inches on a side. 4) Fabricate per the requirements of this Section. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §08 80 00— 1/8 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel GLAZING 5) Indicate the exterior and interior faces of the glazing unit sample. 6) Do not include safety glass material in the sample unless the inclusion of safety glass would alter the appearance or transparency, opacity or other appearance characteristic of the finished installation. b. `Glazing Type GL-2': 1) Provide a sample of an actual interior non-insulated glazing unit measuring twelve inches on a side. 2) Fabricate per the requirements of this Section. 3) Do not include safety glass material in the sample unless the inclusion of safety glass would alter the appearance or transparency, opacity or other appearance characteristic of the finished installation. c. Category I Safety Glass' - Material: 1) Provide a sample of an actual piece of the glazing material with the required Category I quality marking, in a size not more than twelve inches on a side. d. `Category II Safety Glass' - Material: 1) Provide a sample of an actual piece of the glazing material with the required Category II quality marking, in a size not more than twelve) inches on a side. B. Closeout Submittals: 1. None. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with the requirements of this Section. B. Manufacturer Qualifications: Manufactures of glazing units `Type GL-1' must be specialty manufacturers of technical architectural glazing. C. Installer Qualifications: Installer shall be qualified and competent. D. Source Limitations: Provide products of same Manufacturer for each type of accessory unit and for units exposed to view in same areas, unless otherwise approved. 1. Mark and label glazing items in accordance with requirements of IBC - Chapter 24- Glass and Glazing. a. Include required labels for safety glass. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Comply with the requirements of this Section. B. Deliver, store and handle products specified in this Section in accordance with the Manufacturer's Instructions and the requirements of this Section: 1. Maintain original labels on the glazing units until installation is complete. 2. Storage on-site: Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §08 80 00—2/8 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel GLAZING a. Do not write on or mark glazing units with wax pencils, or other marking devices. b. Store in original protective packaging until time of installation. 1.06 WARRANTY A. Provide Manufacturer's written warranty against defects in materials and workmanship, and agreeing to repair or replace components that fail during the warranty period. B. Glazing units are to be free of vision impairing obstructions including dust, dirt, condensation, film formation and other defects for a period of five years commencing on the date of Substantial Completion. C. Replace units not complying with the requirements at no additional cost to the Owner for materials, labor or installation. 1. Replacement of units under these requirements must be made within 30 calendar days of notification. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Subject to compliance with requirements of the Contract Documents, products of the following manufacturers may be incorporated in the Work of this Section: 1. 3M -www.3m.com. 2. Pilkington -www.pilkington.com. 3. PPG Industries -www.corporateportal.ppg.com. 4. Solutia-www.solutia.com. 5. Stevens Urethane-www.stevensurethane.com. 6. Visteon -www.visteon.com. 7. Or Approved Equal. 2.02 GLAZING TYPE GL-1 A. Requirements: 1. Provide interior and exterior insulated glazing units; some with special glazing as scheduled. a. Provide glazing units coordinated with the requirements of the regulations for safety glass. b. Allow sufficient time to fabricate and ship special glazing units incorporating laminated, tinted, reflective, and etched safety glass as required to meet the regulations. 1) Treat glazing units Type GL-1 as long-lead items. 2. Refer to the Door Schedule and the Window/Skylight Schedule on the Drawings for locations of glazing units, and specific conditions called for. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §08 80 00—3/8 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel GLAZING 3. Glazing assembly Type GL-1 indicated on the Drawings includes laminated, tinted glass and low emissivity reflective coating. a. Glazing assembly Type GL-1 incorporates energy, security, impact resistance, and acoustical performance design. B. Acceptable Products for Type GL-1: 1. Pilkington. 2. PPG Industries. 3. Visteon. 4. Or Approved Equal. 2.03 GLAZING TYPE GL-2 1. Provide interior and exterior non-insulated glazing units; some with special glazing as scheduled. a. Provide glazing units coordinated with the requirements of the regulations for safety glass. b. Allow sufficient time to fabricate and ship special glazing units incorporating laminated, tinted, reflective, and etched safety glass as required to meet the regulations. 1) Treat glazing units Type GL-2 as long-lead items. 2. Refer to the Door Schedule and the Window Schedule on the Drawings for locations of glazing units, and specific conditions called for. 3. Glazing assembly Type GL-2 indicated on the Drawings includes laminated, tinted glass and low emissivity reflective coating. Acceptable Products for Type GL-2: 4. Pilkington. 5. PPG Industries. 6. Visteon. 7. Or Approved Equal. 2.04 SAFETY GLAZING A. `Category I Safety Glass': 1. Comply with requirements of IBC Section 2406 -Safety Glazing. B. `Category II Safety Glass': 1. Comply with requirements of IBC Section 2406 -Safety Glazing. C. Performance: 1. Exterior glazing units and glazing units in insulated wall assemblies are to be fabricated in compliance with the energy code performance requirements identified on the Drawings. 2. Bring conflicts to the attention of the Project Representative. D. Location: Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §08 80 00—4/8 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel GLAZING 1. It is the Contractor's responsibility to determine the type and location of safety glazed units in accordance with regulations. 2.05 GLAZING ACCESSORIES A. Lamination Film: 1. Characteristics: a. Clear plastic interlayer film for security and impact protection. 2. Acceptable Products: a. 3M. b. Solutia. c. Stevens Urethane. d. Or Approved Equal. B. Setting Blocks: 1. Neoprene blocks with 80 to 90 `Shore A' durometer hardness. 2. Space Shims: 3. Neoprene blocks with 50 to 60 `Shore A' durometer hardness. C. Glazing Tape: 1. Characteristics: Non drying, non-curing butyl or polyisobutylene. 2. Locations: Metal lap joints, and glazing units. D. Glazing Splines: Resilient PVC extruded shape, black color. E. Glazing Clips: Manufacturers standard type or as required. F. Glazing Sealants: 1. In accordance with Section 07 90 00 -Joint Protection. 2.06 ARCHITECTURAL GLAZING FILMS A. Description: Plastic film field-applied to glass as translucent finish. B. Film: Polyester C. Adhesive: Permanent pressure-sensitive acrylic. D. Average thickness of film and adhesive: 3.2 mil. E. Flame Spread: 25 maximum. F. Smoke Developed: 450 maximum. G. H. Acceptable products: 1. 3M - FASARA Glass Finish - Mat CRYSTAL 2 2. Or Approved Equal 2.07 MATERIALS A. Glass: Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §08 80 00—5/8 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel GLAZING 1. It is the Contractors responsibility to assure the glass materials are in conformance with the regulations and requirements. 2. Clear Float Glass: ASTM C 1036, Type 1 transparent flat, Class 1 Clear, Quality q3 glazing select, thicknesses as indicated on the Drawings. 3. Safety Glass: In accordance with the regulations. 4. Laminated Glass: Conform to ANSI Z97.1. 2.08 FABRICATION A. Fabricate insulated glazing units as required by this Section. B. Glazing Units containing `Category I Safety Glass': 1. Fabricate as per `Type GL-1', or `Type GL-2' as scheduled, except: a. Substitute the Category I safety glass in the position within the glazing assembly as prescribed by IBC Section 2406- Safety Glazing. 2. Provide clear transparent safety glass, except: a. Provide tinted glass where scheduled. C. Glazing Units containing `Category II Safety Glass': 1. Fabricate as per `Type GL-1', or `Type GL-2' as scheduled, except: a. Substitute the Category I safety glass in the position within the glazing assembly as prescribed by IBC Section 2406- Safety Glazing. 2. Provide clear transparent safety glass, except: a. Provide tinted glass where scheduled. D. Type GL-1: 1. Exterior Pane: Two layers of 1/8 inch thickness glass laminated together to form a single pane. a. The exterior material is to be clear transparent glass. b. The inside material is to be tinted to the color and light transmittance factor selected by the Project Representative. 2. Airspace: a. Argon gas filled. b. Dimension: 1/2 inch. 3. Interior Pane: One - layer of 1/4 inch thickness double-strength glass. a. Provide low emissivity reflective coating on the #3 surface, to the degree of optical reflectivity selected by the Project Representative. 4. Nominal Thickness of Glazing Unit: One inch. E. Type GL-2: 1. One layer of 3/16 inch thickness plain clear glass. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §08 80 00—6/8 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel GLAZING PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify conditions are satisfactory to receive work of this Section. B. Do not commence work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. C. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of conditions. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Field Measurements: Verify on job before beginning work. B. Protect surrounding areas and surfaces from damage prior to beginning work of this Section. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Install glazing units in accordance with the regulations, and this Section. B. Install glazing units when adjacent Work does not pose unnecessary threat of breakage. C. Install sealants in accordance with Section 07 90 00 -Joint Protection. D. Manufacturer's Instructions: 1. Comply with Manufacturer's Instructions, including technical bulletins and product catalog data. 2. Contact the product representative to confirm appropriate procedures prior to beginning installation. 3. Retain Manufacturer's Instructions at the Project Site. 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Striking, stoning, nipping, seaming and grinding of edges of glass and glazing units are prohibited. 3.05 CLEANING A. Remove foreign materials including dust and dirt, and excess adhesive using materials and methods in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. B. Remove temporary labels and protective coverings. C. Clean and polish exposed surfaces according to manufacturer's written recommendations. 3.06 PROTECTION A. Protect work of this Section from damage and deterioration until completion and acceptance by Owner. 3.07 SCHEDULES A. Glazing Schedule: Refer to the Door and Glazing Schedules provided on the Drawings. END OF SECTION 08 80 00 Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §08 80 00—7/8 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel GLAZING Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §08 80 00—8/8 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel GLAZING DIVISION 09 Finishes � ,� � SECTION 09 20 00 GYPSUM BOARD AND SHEATHING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes the following: 1. Gypsum Board Type 1 (Interior General Use). 2. Gypsum Board Type 2 (Paper-Faced Moisture-Resistant). 3. Exterior Fiberglass Mat Gypsum Sheathing. 1.02 REFERENCES A. The following is a list of standards referenced in this Section: B. ASTM International -www.astm.org: 1. ASTM C 473 - Standard Test Methods for Physical Testing of Gypsum Panel Products. 2. ASTM C 840 - Standard Specification for Application and Finishing of Gypsum Board. 3. ASTM C 1396 - Standard Specification for Gypsum Board. 4. ASTM D 3273 - Resistance to Growth of Mold on the Surface of Interior Coatings in an Environmental Chamber. 5. ASTM D 4977 - Granule Adhesion to Mineral Surfaced Roofing by Abrasion. 6. ASTM D 5420 - Impact Resistance of Flat, Rigid Plastic Speciment by Means of a Striker Impacted by a Falling Weight (Gardner Impact). 7. ASTM E 84 -Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. 8. ASTM E 695 - Measuring Relative Resistance of Wall, Floor and Roof Construction to Impact Loading. C. Gypsum Association -www.gypsum.org. 1. GA-214-07- Recommended Levels of Gypsum Board Finish. 2. GA 216-07-Application and Finishing of Gypsum Panel Products. 3. GA 253-07-Application of Gypsum Sheathing. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Approval Submittals: 1. Manufacturer's product data for each type of gypsum interior and sheathing board. 2. Manufacturer's product data for each type of accessory and finishing material, including: a. Joint/finishing compound. b. Joint reinforcing tape. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §09 20 00— 1/6 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel GYPSUM BOARD AND SHEATHING c. Corner and edge beads. d. Resilient channels. e. Fasteners. B. Closeout Submittals: 1. None. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer qualifications: Installer shall: 1. Specialize in performing gypsum board application and finishing, with minimum five years of documented experience. 2. Be recommended by the Northwest Wall and Ceiling Bureau: Phone: (206) 524-4243. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Comply with the requirements of this Section. B. Deliver, store and handle products specified in this Section in accordance with the Manufacturer's Instructions and the requirements of this Section. C. Deliver in Manufacturer's original, unopened, undamaged containers with identification labels intact. D. Storage on-site: Provide protection from exposure to harmful weather conditions and damage. 1. Store products off the ground in dry, well ventilated areas. 2. Support gypsum board products to prevent warping or distortion. 1.06 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Conditions: Comply with Manufacturer's Instructions, and the requirements of this Section: 1. At a minimum comply with ASTM C 840. 2. Temperature: Interior spaces are to be a minimum of 60 degrees Fahrenheit room temperature; but do not exceed 90 degrees Fahrenheit. 3. Humidity and Ventilation: Mechanical system is to be operating and maintaining temperature and relative humidity at occupancy levels during work of this Section continuously through the remainder of the construction period. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Subject to compliance with requirements of the Contract Documents, products of the following manufacturers may be incorporated in the Work of this Section: 1. CertainTeed Corporation (CertainTeed) -www.certainteed.com. 2. Georgia-Pacific Gypsum LLC (Georgia-Pacific) -www.gp.com Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §09 20 00—2/6 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel GYPSUM BOARD AND SHEATHING 3. National Gypsum Company (National Gypsum) - www.nationalgypsum.com. 4. USG Corporation (USG) -www.usg.com. 5. Or Approved Equal. 2.02 GYPSUM BOARD TYPE 1 (INTERIOR GENERAL USE) A. Characteristics: 1. Core: Type C gypsum core 2. Facing: Heavy natural-finish paper folded around long edges of panel and adhered to liner paper on rear surface. 3. Edges: Long edges tapered; ends cut square and smooth. 4. Thickness: As indicated on the Drawings. 5. Length: Maximum available. 6. Surface burning characteristics: Flame Spread Index: 15 maximum; Smoke Developed Index: Zero when tested in accordance with ASTM E 84. 7. Fire resistance: Type C enhanced fire resistance exceeding the performance of Type X gypsum board as defined by ASTM C 1396. B. Locations: Provide where indicated on the Drawings. C. Acceptable products: 1. CertainTeed - `ProRoc Type C'. 2. Georgia-Pacific- `ToughRock Fireguard C'. 3. National Gypsum - `Gold Bond Fire-Shield C'. 4. USG - `Firecode C Core'. 5. Or Approved Equal. 2.03 GYPSUM BOARD TYPE 2 (PAPER-FACED MOISTURE-RESISTANT) A. Characteristics: 1. Core: Type X gypsum core. 2. Facings: Heavy natural-finish paper folded around long edges of panel and adhered to liner paper on rear surface. Both facings shall be moisture and mold-resistant. 3. Edges: Long edges tapered; ends cut square and smooth. 4. Thickness: As indicated on the Drawings. 5. Length: Maximum available. 6. Surface burning characteristics: Flame Spread Index: 15 maximum; Smoke Developed Index: Five maximum when tested in accordance with ASTM E 84. 7. Fire resistance: Meet or exceed the performance of Type X gypsum board as defined by ASTM C 1396. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §09 20 00—3/6 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel GYPSUM BOARD AND SHEATHING 8. Mold resistance: Mold Resistance Rating: 10 when tested in accordance with ASTM D 3273. 9. Water resistance: Water Absorption (Immersion Test): Five percent maximum when tested in accordance with ASTM C 473. B. Locations: Provide where indicated on the Drawings. C. Acceptable products: 1. CertainTeed - `ProRoc M2Tech'. 2. Georgia-Pacific- `DensArmor Plus High-Performance Interior Panel'. 3. National Gypsum - `High Impact XP'. 4. USG Corporation - `Mold Tough Firecode Core'. 5. Or Approved Equal. 2.04 EXTERIOR FIBERGLASS MAT GYPSUM SHEATHING A. Description: 1. Gypsum panel design for exterior sheathing applications; made of a treated, water-resistant core, surfaced with fiberglass mats. 2. Thickness: %2" 3. Sheet Size: 4' x 8'. 4. Edges: Square. 5. Compressive Strength: 500 psi minimum. 6. Combustibility: Noncombustible. B. Acceptable Products: 1. Georgia-Pacific- DensGlass Sheathing 2.05 ACCESSORIES A. Joint Compound: 1. Interior: a. Type: As recommended by the gypsum panel Manufacturer. b. Quality: Conform to GA 216-07. 2. Exterior: a. Type: Provide Manufacturers fast setting joint compound meeting the requirements of GA 253-07. B. Reinforcing Tape: 1. Interior: a. Characteristics: Conform to GA 216-07. 2. Exterior: a. Characteristics: Two (2) inch wide, glass mesh tape; formulated for exterior exposure. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §09 20 00—4/6 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel GYPSUM BOARD AND SHEATHING C. Panel Adhesive- Interior: 1. In accordance with Manufacturer Instructions. 2. Conform to GA 216-07. D. Resilient Channels: Provide USG RC-1 pattern, 25 gauge z-shaped resilient channels. E. Fasteners: Corrosion-resistant fasteners in accordance with the Manufacturer's Instructions. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify conditions are satisfactory to receive work of this Section. B. Do not commence Work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 1. Resolve deficiencies in accordance with Manufacturer's Instructions and this Section. C. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of conditions. D. Install gypsum board over support framing and assemblies specified in the following Sections: 1. Section 05 40 00 -Cold-Formed Metal Framing. 2. Section 09 22 10 - Non-Load-Bearing Steel Framing. a. Verify that support framing and assemblies are complete and installed plumb and true, with no displacement or distortion that will cause waviness in the finished wall assembly. b. Ensure that the Work of other trades is complete before beginning installation of gypsum panels. c. Ensure that blocking required for the installation of cabinetry, accessories or other Work has been installed in the correct locations before beginning installation of gypsum panels. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install system in accordance with applicable codes and regulations, Manufacturer's Instructions, and the requirements of this Section. B. Gypsum Board Finishing: 1. Prepare joint compound in accordance with Manufacturer's Instructions. 2. Center reinforcing tape over joints; bed tape in the joint compound leaving 1/64 inch to 1/32 inch beneath tape to provide appropriate bond. 3. Follow with a skim coat over the joint sufficient to cover tape. 4. Allow embedment coat to dry thoroughly before application of second coat. a. Do not sand the initial embedment coat. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §09 20 00—5/6 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel GYPSUM BOARD AND SHEATHING 5. Apply second coat, and allow to dry thoroughly before application of third coat. a. Sand after the second coat as necessary to maintain a smooth surface. b. Do not scuff underlying tape, or the facing of the gypsum board. c. Repair ridges. d. Touch up any sanding marks with additional compound which would not be completely concealed by the third coat 6. Apply third coat, extending outward from previous second coat, feathering to produce a smooth surface. a. Perform final sanding to leave a smooth surface commensurate with the Level 4 finish standard. b. Wipe finished surface with a damp sponge to remove dust and particles, cleaning the sponge regularly, but not saturating the compound, tape, or facing. c. Leave the surface ready for painting and application of other materials without additional preparation. 7. Level of finish: a. Finish gypsum board surfaces in accordance with the levels of finish defined in GA-214-07. b. Minimum level of finish: GA Level 4. c. Do not apply any form of wall texturing. 3.03 RE-INSTALLATION A. Remove studs installed in positions or locations which impede completion and coordination of other trades. 1. Do not remove studs located in exterior walls which have already been covered with exterior sheathing. B. Reinstall studs in locations acceptable to the Project Representative. END OF SECTION 09 20 00 Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §09 20 00—6/6 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel GYPSUM BOARD AND SHEATHING SECTION 09 30 00 TILING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes the following: 1. Tile and Accessories: a. Ceramic Floor and Wall Tile. b. Trim and Accessories. c. Setting Materials. 1.02 REFERENCES A. The following is a list of standards referenced in this Section: 1. ANSI A108.1A - Specifications for Installation of Ceramic Tile in the Wet- Set Method with Portland Cement Mortar. 2. ANSI A108.1 B - Specifications for Installation of Ceramic Tile on a Cured Portland Cement Mortar Setting Bed with Dry-Set or Latex Portland Cement Mortar. 3. ANSI A108.1C - Specifications for Contractors Option: Installation of Ceramic Tile in the Wet-Set Method with Portland Cement Mortar -or- Installation of Ceramic Tile on a Cured Portland Cement Mortar Setting Bed with Dry-Set or Latex Portland Cement Mortar. 4. ANSI A108.4 - Specifications for Ceramic Tile Installed with Organic Adhesives or Water-Cleanable Tile Setting Epoxy Adhesive. 5. ANSI A108.5 - Specifications for Ceramic Tile Installed with Dry-Set Portland Cement Mortar or Latex-Portland Cement Mortar. 6. ANSI A108.6 - Specifications for Ceramic Tile Installed with Chemical- Resistant, Water-Cleanable Tile-Setting and -Grouting Epoxy. 7. ANSI A108.8 - Specifications for Ceramic Tile Installed with Chemical- Resistant Furan Mortar and Grout. 8. ANSI A108.9 - Specifications for Ceramic Tile Installed with Modified Epoxy Emulsion Mortar/Grout. 9. ANSI A108.10 - Specifications for Installation of Grout in Tilework. 10. ANSI A118.1 - Standard Specification for Dry-Set Portland Cement Mortar. 11. ANSI A118.3 - Chemical-Resistant, Water-Cleanable, Tile-Setting and - Grouting Epoxy and Water-Cleanable Tile-Setting Epoxy Adhesive. 12. ANSI A118.4 - Latex-Portland Cement Mortar. 13. ANSI A118.5 - Chemical-Resistant Furan Mortar and Grout. 14. ANSI A118.6 - Standard Ceramic Tile Grouts. 15. ANSI A118.7 - Polymer Modified Cement Grouts Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §09 30 00- 1/7 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel TILING 16. ANSI A118.8 - Modified Epoxy Emulsion Mortar/Grout. 17. ANSI A118.9 - Test Methods and Specifications for Cementitious Backer U n its 18. ANSI A118.10 - Load bearing, Bonded, Waterproof Membranes for Thinset Ceramic Tile and Dimensional Stone. 19. ANSI A118.11 - Exterior Grade Plywood (EGP) Latex-Portland Cement Mortar. 20. ANSI A136.1 - Organic Adhesives for Installation of Ceramic Tile. 21. ANSI A137.1 - Specifications for Ceramic Tile. 22. ASTM C 50 - Standard Practice for Sampling, Sample Preparation, Packaging, and Marking of Lime and Limestone Products. 23. ASTM C 144 - Standard Specification for Aggregate for Masonry Mortar. 24. ASTM C 207 - Standard Specification for Hydrated Lime for Masonry Purposes. 25. ASTM C 241 - Standard Test Method For Abrasion Resistance of Stone Subjected to Foot Traffic. 26. ASTM C 503 - Standard Specification for Marble Dimension Stone. 27. ASTM C 615 - Standard Specification for Granite Dimension Stone. 28. ASTM C 629 - Standard Specification for Slate Dimension Stone. 29. ASTM C 847 - Standard Specification for Metal Lath. 30. ASTM C 1028 - Standard Test method for Determining the Static Coefficient of Friction or Ceramic Tile and Other Like Surfaces by the Horizontal Dynamometer Pull meter Method. 31. ASTM D 4397 - Standard Specification for Polyethylene Sheeting for Construction, Industrial, and Agricultural Applications. 32. TCNA: TCA Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation, 2007 1.03 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Static Coefficient of Friction: Tile on walkway surfaces shall be provided with the following values as determined by testing in conformance with ASTM C 1028. 1. Level Surfaces: Minimum of 0.6 (Wet). 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Manufacturer's data sheets on each product to be used, including: 1. Preparation instructions and recommendations. 2. Storage and handling requirements and recommendations. 3. Installation methods. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §09 30 00-2/7 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel TILING B. Shop Drawings: Indicate tile layout, patterns, color arrangement, perimeter conditions, junctions with dissimilar materials, control and expansion joints, thresholds, ceramic accessories, and setting details. C. Selection Samples: Color charts illustrating full range of colors and patterns. D. Selection Samples: Samples of actual tiles for selection. E. Manufacturer's Certificate: 1. Certify that products meet or exceed specified requirements. 2. For each shipment, type and composition of tile provide a Master Grade Certificate signed by the manufacturer and the installer certifying that products meet or exceed the specified requirements of ANSI A137.1. F. Maintenance Data: Include recommended cleaning methods, cleaning materials, stain removal methods, and polishes and waxes. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing the work of this section with minimum two years' experience. B. Single Source Responsibility: Obtain each type and color of tile from a single source. Obtain each type and color of mortar, adhesive and grout from the same source. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver and store products in manufacturer's unopened packaging until ready for installation. B. Protect adhesives and liquid additives from freezing or overheating in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. C. Store tile and setting materials on elevated platforms, under cover and in a dry location and protect from contamination, dampness, freezing or overheating. 1.07 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Do not install adhesives in an unventilated environment. B. Maintain ambient and substrate temperature of 50 degrees F during tiling and for a minimum of 7 days after completion. 1.08 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Provide for Owner's use a minimum of 2 percent of the primary sizes and colors of tile specified, boxed and clearly labeled. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. Daltile - www.daltile.com. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §09 30 00—3/7 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel TILING 2.02 TILE A. General: Provide tile that complies with ANSI A137.1 for types, compositions and other characteristics indicated. Provide tile in the locations and of the types colors and pattern indicated on the Drawings Tile shall also be provided in accordance with the following: 1. Factory Blending: For tile exhibiting color variations within the ranges selected under Submittal of samples, blend tile in the factory and package so tile taken from one package shows the same range of colors as those taken from other packages. 2. Mounting: For factory mounted tile, provide back or edge mounted tile assemblies as standard with the manufacturer, unless otherwise specified. 3. Factory Applied Temporary Protective Coatings: Where indicated under tile type, protect exposed surfaces of tile against adherence of mortar and grout by pre-coating with a continuous film of petroleum paraffin wax applied hot. Do not coat unexposed tile surfaces. B. Glazed Ceramic Floor and Wall Tile: 1. Location: Restroom 104 as indicated on the Drawings. 2. Description: Glazed. Square-edge tiles. 3. Moisture Absorption: Less than .5 percent to less than 20 percent. 4. Sizes and Shapes: a. Field Wall and Floor Tile: 12" x 12" inches square, nominal. b. Trim Units: 3" x 12" Bullnose Trim 5. Colors: To be selected from manufacturer's standard range. 6. Products: a. Daltile- Cape Coast Glazed Ceramic. b. Or Approved Equal. C. Glazed Ceramic Wall Tile: 1. Location: Restroom 104 as indicated on the Drawings. 2. Description: Semi-gloss `subway tiles'. 3. Moisture Absorption: Less than .5 percent to less than 20 percent. 4. Sizes and Shapes: a. Field Wall Tile: 3" x 6" inches flat tile, nominal. b. Trim Units: 3" x 6" Bullnose Trim 5. Colors: To be selected from manufacturer's standard range. 6. Products: a. Daltile - Rittenhouse Square Glazed Ceramic.] b. Or Approved Equal. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §09 30 00—4/7 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel TILING 2.03 SETTING MATERIALS A. Standard Grout: Cement grout, sanded or unsanded, as specified in ANSI A118.6; color as selected. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that wall surfaces are free of substances which would impair bonding of setting materials, smooth and flat within tolerances specified in ANSI A137.1, and are ready to receive tile. B. Verify that sub-floor surfaces are dust-free, and free of substances which would impair bonding of setting materials to sub-floor surfaces, and are smooth and flat within tolerances specified in ANSI A137.1. C. Verify that concrete sub-floor surfaces are ready for tile installation by testing for moisture emission rate and alkalinity; obtain instructions if test results are not within limits recommended by tile manufacturer and setting materials manufacturer. D. Verify that required floor-mounted utilities are in correct location. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Protect surrounding work from damage. B. Remove any curing compounds or other contaminates. C. Vacuum clean surfaces and damp clean. D. Seal substrate surface cracks with filler. Level existing substrate surfaces to acceptable flatness tolerances. E. Install cementitious backer board in accordance with ANSI A108.11 and board manufacturer's instructions. Tape joints and corners, cover with skim coat of dry-set mortar to a feather edge. F. Prepare substrate surfaces for adhesive installation in accordance with adhesive manufacturer's instructions. 3.03 INSTALLATION (GENERAL) A. Install tile and grout in accordance with applicable requirements of ANSI A108.1 through A108.13, manufacturer's instructions, and TCA Handbook recommendations. B. Lay tile to pattern indicated. Arrange pattern so that a full tile or joint is centered on each wall and that no tile less than 1/2 width is used. Do not interrupt tile pattern through openings. C. Cut and fit tile to penetrations through tile, leaving sealantjoint space. Form corners and bases neatly. Align floor joints. D. Place tile joints uniform in width, subject to variance in tolerance allowed in tile size. Make joints watertight, without voids, cracks, excess mortar, or excess grout. E. Form internal angles square and external angles bullnosed. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §09 30 00—5/7 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel TILING F. Install ceramic accessories rigidly in prepared openings. G. Install non-ceramic trim in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. H. Install thresholds where indicated. I. Sound tile after setting. Replace hollow sounding units. J. Keep expansion joints free of adhesive or grout. Apply sealant to joints. K. Allow tile to set for a minimum of 48 hours prior to grouting. L. Grout tile joints. Use standard grout unless otherwise indicated. M. Apply sealant to junction of tile and dissimilar materials and junction of dissimilar planes. 3.04 INSTALLATION (FLOORS - THIN-SET METHODS) A. Over interior concrete substrates, install in accordance with TCA Handbook Method F113, dry-set or latex-portland cement bond coat, with standard grout, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Where waterproofing membrane is indicated, install in accordance with TCA Handbook Method F122, with latex-portland cement grout. 2. Where epoxy bond coat and grout are indicated, install in accordance with TCA Handbook Method F131. 3.05 INSTALLATION (WALL TILE) A. Over cementitious backer units on studs, install in accordance with TCA Handbook Method W244, using membrane at toilet rooms. B. Over cementitious backer units install in accordance with TCA Handbook Method W223, organic adhesive. C. Over gypsum wallboard on wood or metal studs install in accordance with TCA Handbook Method W243, thin-set with dry-set or latex-portland cement bond coat, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Where mortar bed is indicated, install in accordance with TCA Handbook Method W222, one coat method. 2. Where waterproofing membrane is indicated other than at showers and bathtub walls, install in accordance with TCA Handbook Method W222, one coat method. 3.06 CLEANING A. Clean tile and grout surfaces. 3.07 PROTECTION A. Do not permit traffic over finished floor surface for 72 hours after installation. B. Cover floors with kraft paper and protect from dirt and residue from other trades. C. Where floor will be exposed for prolonged periods cover with plywood or other similar type walkways. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §09 30 00—6/7 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel TILING END OF SECTION 09 30 00 Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §09 30 00—7/7 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel TILING SECTION 09 51 00 ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes the following: 1. Acoustical suspended ceiling system (complete). 1.02 REFERENCES A. Comply with the requirements the following standards referenced in this Section: 1. ASTM A 1008 Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet, Cold Rolled, Carbon, Structural, High-Strength Low-Alloy and High-Strength Low-Alloy with Improved Formability. 2. ASTM A 641 Standard Specification for Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) Carbon Steel Wire. 3. ASTM A 653 Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) by the Hot-Dip Process. 4. ASTM C 423 Sound Absorption and Sound Absorption Coefficients by the Reverberation Room Method. 5. ASTM C 635 Standard Specification for Metal Suspension Systems for Acoustical Tile and Lay-in Panel Ceilings. 6. ASTM C 636 Recommended Practice for Installation of Metal Ceiling Suspension Systems for Acoustical Tile and Lay-in Panels. 7. ASTM D 3273 Standard Test Method for Resistance to Growth of Mold on the Surface of Interior Coatings in an Environmental Chamber . 8. ASTM E 84 Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. 9. ASTM E 119 Standard Test Methods for Fire Tests of Building Construction and Material. 10. Armstrong Fire Guard Products. 11. ASTM E 580 Installation of Metal Suspension Systems in Areas Requiring Moderate Seismic Restraint. 12. ASTM E 1111 Standard Test Method for Measuring the Interzone Attenuation of Ceilings Systems. 13. ASTM E 1414 Standard Test Method for Airborne Sound Attenuation Between Rooms Sharing a Common Ceiling Plenum. 14. ASTM E 1264 Classification for Acoustical Ceiling Products. 15. International Building Code. 16. ASHRAE Standard 62.1-2004, Ventilation for Acceptable Indoor Air Quality. 17. NFPA 70 National Electrical Code. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §09 51 00— 1/6 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS 18. ASCE 7 American Society of Civil Engineers, Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures. 19. International Code Council-Evaluation Services - AC 156 Acceptance Criteria for Seismic Qualification Testing of Non-structural Components. 20. International Code Council-Evaluation Services Report - Seismic Engineer Report. 21. ESR 1308 -Armstrong Suspension Systems. 22. International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials - Seismic Engineer Report. 23. 0244 -Armstrong Single Span Suspension System. 24. California Department of Public Health CDPH/EHLB Emission Standard Method Version 1.1 2010. 25. LEED - Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design is a set of rating systems for the design, construction, operation, and maintenance of green buildings. 26. International Well Building Standard. 27. Mindful Materials. 28. Living Building Challenge. 29. U.S. Department of Agriculture BioPreferred program (USDA BioPreffered). 1.03 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Continuous, wall-to-wall suspended acoustical ceiling system. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical data for each type of acoustical ceiling unit and suspension system required. B. Samples: Minimum 6 inch x 6 inch samples of specified acoustical panel; 8 inch long samples of exposed wall molding and suspension system, including main runner and 4 foot cross tees. C. Shop Drawings: Layout and details of acoustical ceilings show locations of items that are to be coordinated with, or supported by the ceilings. D. Acoustical Certifications: Manufacturer's certifications that products comply with specified requirements, including laboratory reports showing compliance with specified tests and standards. For acoustical performance, each carton of material must carry an approved independent laboratory classification of NRC, CAC, and AC. E. If the material supplied by the acoustical subcontractor does not have an Underwriter's Laboratory classification of acoustical performance on every carton, subcontractor shall be required to send material from every production run appearing on the job to an independent or NVLAP approved laboratory for testing, at the architect's or owner's discretion. All products not conforming to manufacturer's current published values must be removed, Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §09 51 00—2/6 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS disposed of and replaced with complying product at the expense of the Contractor performing the work. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Single-Source Responsibility: Provide acoustical panel units and grid components by a single manufacturer. 1. Fire Performance Characteristics: Identify acoustical ceiling components with appropriate markings of applicable testing and inspecting organization. 2. Surface Burning Characteristics: As follows, tested per ASTM E 84 and complying with ASTM E 1264 Classification. 3. Fire Resistance: As follows tested per ASTM E119 and listed in the appropriate floor or roof design in the Underwriters Laboratories Fire Resistance Directory. B. Coordination of Work: Coordinate acoustical ceiling work with installers of related work including, but not limited to building insulation, gypsum board, light fixtures, mechanical systems, and electrical systems. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver acoustical ceiling units to project site in original, unopened packages and store them in a fully enclosed space where they will be protected against damage from moisture, direct sunlight, surface contamination, and other causes. B. Before installing acoustical ceiling units, permit them to reach room temperature and a stabilized moisture content. C. Handle acoustical ceiling units carefully to avoid chipping edges or damaged units in any way. 1.07 WARRANTY A. Acoustical Panel: Submit a written warranty executed by the manufacturer, agreeing to repair or replace panels that fail within the warranty period. Failures include, but are not limited to the following: 1. Acoustical Panels: Sagging and warping. 2. Grid System: Rusting and manufacturer's defects. B. Warranty Period: 1. Acoustical panels: Ten years from date of substantial completion. 2. Suspension: Ten years from date of substantial completion. The Warranty shall not deprive the Owner of other rights the Owner may have under other provisions of the Contract Documents and will be in addition to and run concurrent with other warranties made by the Contractor under the requirements of the Contract Documents. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §09 51 00—3/6 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS 1.08 MAINTENANCE A. Extra Materials: Deliver extra materials to Owner. Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed. Packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with appropriate labels. 1. Acoustical Ceiling Units: Furnish quality of full-size units equal to 5.0 percent of amount installed. 2. Exposed Suspension System Components: Furnish quantity of each exposed suspension component equal to 2.0 percent of amount installed. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Subject to the requirements of the contract documents, the following manufacturer's products may be incorporated into the Work: 1. Armstrong World Industries, Inc. 2. Or Approved Equal 2.02 ACOUSTICAL CEILING UNITS A. Acoustical Panels: 1. Surface Texture: Smooth. 2. Composition: Composite. 3. Color: White. 4. Size: 24 in x 24 in. 5. Edge Profile: Lay-in profile compatible with ceiling grid system. 6. Noise Reduction Coefficient (NRC): ASTM C 423; Classified with UL label on product carton 0.95. 7. Ceiling Attenuation Class (CAC): ASTM C 1414; Classified with UL label on product carton 42. 8. Sabin:N/A. 9. Articulation Class (AC): ASTM E 1111; Classified with UL label on product carton 200. 10. Flame Spread: ASTM E 1264; Class A (UL). 11. Light Reflectance (LR) White Panel: ASTM E 1477; 0.88. 12. Material Ingredient Transparency: Health Product Declaration (HPD); Declare Label. 13. Life Cycle Assessment: Third Party Certified Environment Product Declaration (EPD). 14. Acceptable Product: LYRA Plant Based (PB) High CAC, 8732PB No added formaldehyde as manufactured by Armstrong World Industries. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §09 51 00—4/6 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS 2.03 METAL SUSPENSION SYSTEMS A. Components: 1. Main beams and cross tees, base metal and end detail, fabricated from commercial quality hot dipped galvanized steel complying with ASTM A 653. 2. Main beam and cross tee face profile: 9/16" 3. Main beams and cross tees are double-web steel construction with type exposed flange design. 4. Exposed surfaces chemically cleansed, capping prefinished galvanized steel in baked polyester paint. 5. Main beams and cross tees shall have rotary stitching. 6. Structural Classification: ASTM C 635 Heavy Duty duty. 7. Color: White and match the actual color of the selected ceiling tile, unless noted otherwise. B. Seismic Performance: 1. Suspension system shall be installed following the Manufacturer's methods, materials and requirements for meeting or exceeding seismic performance requirements for suspended ceiling systems in IBC Categories D, E, and F. C. Acceptable Products 1. Armstrong -Suprafine XL 9/16 Exposed Tee System 2. Or Approved Equal. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Do not proceed with installation until all wet work such as concrete, terrazzo, plastering and painting has been completed and thoroughly dried out, unless expressly permitted by manufacturer's printed recommendations 3.02 PREPARATION A. Measure each ceiling area and establish layout of acoustical units to balance border widths at opposite edges of each ceiling. Avoid use of less than half width units at borders, and comply with reflected ceiling plans. Coordinate panel layout with mechanical and electrical fixtures. B. Coordination: Furnish layouts for preset inserts, clips, and other ceiling anchors whose installation is specified in other sections. 1. Furnish concrete inserts and similar devices to other trades for installation well in advance of time needed for coordination of other work. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Follow manufacturer installation instructions. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §09 51 00—5/6 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS B. Install suspension system and panels in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions, and in compliance with ASTM C 636 and with the authorities having jurisdiction. C. Suspend main beam from overhead construction with hanger wires spaced 4- 0 on center along the length of the main runner. Install hanger wires plumb and straight. D. Install wall moldings at intersection of suspended ceiling and vertical surfaces. Miter corners where wall moldings intersect or install corner caps. E. For reveal edge panels: Cut and reveal or rabbet edges of ceiling panels at border areas and vertical surfaces. F. Install acoustical panels in coordination with suspended system, with edges resting on flanges of main runner and cross tees. Cut and fit panels neatly against abutting surfaces. Support edges by wall moldings. 3.04 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Replace damaged and broken panels. B. Clean exposed surfaces of acoustical ceilings, including trim, edge moldings, and suspension members. Comply with manufacturer's instructions for cleaning and touch up of minor finish damage. Remove any ceiling products that cannot be successfully cleaned and or repaired. Replace with or new product to eliminate evidence of damage. END OF SECTION 09 51 00 Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §09 51 00—6/6 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS SECTION 09 65 00 RESILIENT FLOORING AND BASE PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes the following: 1. Resilient Tile Flooring. 2. Resilient Wall Base. 3. Moisture Control System for Concrete. 4. Self-Leveling Cementitious Underlayment. 1.02 REFERENCES A. The following is a list of standards referenced in this Section: B. ASTM International -www.astm.org: 1. ASTM D 297 - Standard Practice for Rubber Products - Chemical Analysis. 2. ASTM D 412 - Standard Test Methods for Vulcanized Rubber and Thermoplastic Rubbers and Thermoplastic Elastomers -Tension. 3. ASTM E 2129 - Standard Practice for Data Collection for Sustainability Assessment of Building Products. 4. ASTM F 1303 - Standard Specification for Sheet Vinyl Floor Covering with Backing. 5. ASTM F 1861 -Standard Specification for Resilient Wall Base. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Approval Submittals: 1. Product Data Sheets: a. Submit Manufacturer's product data, installation guide, and maintenance guide for each material proposed for use. 2. Manufacturer's Instructions. 3. Shop Drawings: a. Show layout, profiles and product components, including anchorage, and accessories. 4. Samples: Provide for each type of product: a. Two samples three feet square. b. Provide the full range of Manufacturer's colors including special colors. B. Quality Assurance Submittals: 1. Statement of Installer Qualifications. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §09 65 00— 1/5 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel RESILIENT FLOORING AND BASE 2. Test Reports: Certified test reports showing compliance with specified performance characteristics and physical properties. 3. Certificates: Product certificates signed by manufacturer certifying materials comply with specified performance characteristics and criteria and physical requirements. C. Closeout Submittals: 1. Provide O&M manual documentation as required by Section 01 73 00 - Operation and Maintenance Manuals. a. Maintenance and cleaning recommendations. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with the requirements of this Section. B. Installer Qualifications: Installer shall be approved by the Manufacturer as an installer for the work of this Section. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store and handle in strict compliance with Manufacturer's Instructions and the requirements of this Section: 1. Deliver materials in labeled packages. 2. Protect from damage due to weather, excessive temperatures, and construction operations. 3. Deliver materials sufficiently in advance of installation to condition materials to room temperature prior to installation. 1.06 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Requirements: Comply with Manufacturer's Instructions, and this Section: 1. Temperature: Interior spaces are to be a minimum of 60 degrees Fahrenheit room temperature. 2. Humidity and ventilation: Mechanical system to be operating and maintaining temperature and relative humidity at occupancy levels during work of this Section continuously through the remainder of the construction period. B. Field Measurements: Verify actual measurements/openings by field measurements before fabrication; show recorded measurements on Shop Drawings. Coordinate field measurements and fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid construction delays. 1.07 WARRANTY A. Provide written warranty against defects in materials and workmanship, and agreeing to repair or replace components that fail during the Warranty Period. B. Warranty Period for work of this Section is one year commencing on the date of Substantial Completion. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §09 65 00—2/5 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel RESILIENT FLOORING AND BASE 1.08 MAINTENANCE MATERIALS A. Deliver to Project Representative extra materials from same production run as products installed. Package products with protective covering and identify with descriptive labels. 1. Quantity: Furnish resilient tile flooring units equally to five percent of amount installed. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Subject to compliance with requirements of the Contract Documents, Products of the following manufacturers may be incorporated in the Work of this Section: 1. Resilient Tile Flooring: a. Forbo-www.forbolinoleumna.com. b. Or Approved Equal. 2. Resilient Wall Base: a. Johnsonite-www.johnsonite.com. b. Nora Systems Inc. -www.norarubber.com. c. Roppe-www.roppe.com. d. Or Approved Equal. 3. Moisture Control System for Concrete: a. Ardex-www.ardex.com. b. MAPEI -www.mapei.us. c. Or Approved Equal.Cementitious Underlayment d. Ardex-www.ardex.com. e. MAPEI -www.mapei.us. f. Or Approved Equal. 2.02 RESILIENT TILE FLOORING A. Resilient Tile Flooring Characteristics: 1. Thickness: 2.5 mm minimum. 2. Waterproof, anti-microbial, chemical and stain resistant composition. 3. ADA slip-resistant complaint. B. Acceptable Products: 1. Forbo- Marmoleum Modular Tiles'. 2. Or Approved Equal. 2.03 RESILIENT WALL BASE A. Characteristics: Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §09 65 00—3/5 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel RESILIENT FLOORING AND BASE 1. Compliance: Provide products complying with ASTM F 1861. 2. Material: Group I, Type TS Rubber, thermoset vulcanized extruded rubber. 3. Style: Cove; Style B. 4. Length: Provide rolls. a. Precut stock is not acceptable. 5. Size: Height four inches, thickness 1/8 inch. 6. Colors: As selected by the Project Representative. 7. Accessories: Provide pre-molded end stops. 8. Adhesives: a. Provide in accordance with Manufacturer's Instructions. b. Match characteristics and conditions of the concrete substrates closely with the capabilities of the proposed adhesives. B. Acceptable Products: 1. Johnsonite- `Resilient Rubber and Vinyl Wall Base'. 2. Nora - `Article 820'. 3. Roppe- `Pinnacle Plus'. 4. Or Approved Equal. 2.04 MOISTURE CONTROL SYSTEM FOR CONCRETE A. Moisture Control System for Concrete: 1. Acceptable Products: a. Ardex- `MC. b. MAPEI `Planiseal MRB' and `Ultraprime WE' primer'. c. Or Approved Equal. 2.05 SELF-LEVELING CEMENTITIOUS UNDERLAYMENT A. Cementitious Underlayment: 1. Acceptable Products: a. Ardex- `K-15'. b. MAPEI - `Ultraplan M20'. c. Or Approved Equal. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLERS A. Installer is required to be experienced in work of the scope and quality indicated, with a record of successful in-service performance for at least two years. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §09 65 00—4/5 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel RESILIENT FLOORING AND BASE 3.02 EXAMINATION A. Verify conditions are satisfactory to receive work of this Section. B. Do not commence work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. C. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of conditions. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. General: 1. Comply with Manufacturer's Instructions, including technical bulletins and product catalog data. 2. Contact the product representative to confirm appropriate procedures prior to beginning installation. 3. Retain Manufacturer's Instructions at the Project Site. B. Resilient Tile Flooring: 1. Layout tiles in accordance with the approved Shop Drawings. 2. Install resilient tile flooring true to line; straight; and properly aligned with joints. 3. Prepare substrate in accordance with Manufacturer's instructions; a. Apply self-leveling cementitious underlayment as required for smooth, level installation. b. Apply moisture control system for concrete to concrete slabs-on- grade. C. Resilient Base: 1. Install base straight, level and true to line. 3.04 CLEANING A. Remove temporary coverings and protection of adjacent work areas. B. Repair or replace damaged installed products. C. Clean installed products in accordance with Manufacturer's Instructions. D. Remove construction debris from Project Site. E. Clean product with neutral or other readily available cleaners. F. Use either a sponge or mop to clean surface. G. If using a power scrubber or buffer it must include a white pad for cleaning. 3.05 PROTECTION A. Protect installed product and finish surfaces from damage during construction. END OF SECTION 09 65 00 Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §09 65 00—5/5 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel RESILIENT FLOORING AND BASE SECTION 09 68 00 CARPET TILE PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes the following: 1. Carpet Tile. 2. Accessories 1.02 REFERENCES A. The following is a list of standards referenced in this Section: B. American Association of Textile Chemists and Colorists -www.aatcc.org: 1. AATCC 134 - Electrostatic Propensity of Carpets. C. ASTM International -www.astm.org: 1. ASTM D 2859 - Standard Test Method for Ignition Characteristics of Finished Textile Floor Covering Materials. 2. ASTM E 648 - Standard Test method for Critical Radiant Flux of Floor - Covering Systems Using a Radiant Heat Energy Source. 3. ASTM E 1907 - Standard Guide to Methods of Evaluating Moisture Conditions of Concrete Floors to Receive Resilient Floor Coverings. 4. ASTM F 710 - Standard Practice for Preparing Concrete Floors to Receive Resilient Flooring. D. Consumer Product Safety Commission -www.cpsc.gov: 1. CPSC FF-1-70 -Standard for Surface Flammability of Carpets and Rugs. E. Carpet and Rug Institute-www.carpet-rug.org: 1. CRI 104 -Standard for Installation Specification of Commercial Carpet. 2. CRI Green Label Plus Testing Program. F. South Coast Air Quality Management District (SCAQMD) -www.aqmd.gov. 1. SCAQMD Rule #1168: Adhesive and Sealant Applications 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Approval Submittals: 1. Product Data Sheets. 2. Manufacturer's Instructions. 3. Shop Drawings: Provide scale drawings of each area of floor schedule for installation of carpet showing a. Proposed layout of joints 4. Samples: For each type of carpet tile, provide the following samples: a. Full size carpet tiles illustrating color and pattern design for each carpet color. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §09 68 00— 1/5 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel CARPET TILE b. Two by six inch long samples of edge strip. B. Closeout Submittals: 1. Provide O&M Manual documentation]: a. Maintenance Data: Include maintenance procedures, recommended maintenance materials, and suggested schedule for cleaning. 2. Provide extra carpet tiles equal to five percent of the total installed. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with the requirements of this Section. B. Manufacturer's Qualifications: 1. At least five years of experience in the manufacturer of carpet tile similar to the products specified in this Section. C. Installer Qualifications: 1. A minimum of three years of experience installing products specified in this Section. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Comply with the requirements of this Section. B. Deliver, store and handle products specified in this Section in accordance with the Manufacturer's Instructions and the requirements of this Section: 1. Store materials in area of installation for minimum period of twenty-four hours prior to installation. 1.06 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Conditions: Comply with the Manufacturer's Instructions, and the requirements of this Section: 1. Temperature: Interior spaces are to be a minimum of 60 degrees Fahrenheit room temperature. 2. Humidity and Ventilation: Mechanical system is to be continuously operating and maintaining temperature and relative humidity at occupancy levels during work of this Section through the remainder of the construction period. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Available Carpet Tile Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers of carpet tiles that may be incorporated in the Work include the following: 1. Milliken -www.millikencarpet.com. 2. Or Approved Equal. 2.02 CARPET TILE A. Carpet Tile Characteristics: Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §09 68 00—2/5 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel CARPET TILE 1. Type: Broadloom tile. 2. Material: Products containing gypsum are not acceptable. 3. Measurements: 50cro square tiles. 4. Fire Resistance: In accordance with ASTM E 648. 5. Static Control: Less than 3-1/2 inches and in accordance with AATCC 134. B. Acceptable Products: 1. Milliken -Textured Sky Modular Tile'. 2. Or Approved Equal. 2.03 ACCESSORIES A. Edge Strips: Embossed aluminum brush finish. B. Sub-Floor Filler 1. White premix latex; type recommended by carpet tile Manufacturer. C. Adhesives: 1. Acceptable to carpet tile Manufacturer, compatible with materials being adhered: 2. Type: Release type. 3. Resistance: Unaffected by cleaning solutions, steam, and water. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify conditions are satisfactory to receive work of this Section. B. Do not commence work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. C. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of conditions. D. Prior to beginning the Work of this Section: 1. Verify that sub-floor surfaces are smooth and flat within tolerances specified for that type of work and are ready to receive carpet tile. 2. Verify that surfaces are smooth and flat within the tolerances specified for that type of work, are dust-free, and are ready to receive carpet tile. 3. Verify that sub-floor surfaces are dust-free and free of substances that could impair bonding of adhesives materials to sub-floor surfaces. 4. Verify that concrete sub-floor surfaces are dry enough and ready for flooring installation by testing for moisture emission rate and alkalinity in accordance with ASTM F 710. a. Consult Manufacturer if test results are not within limits recommended by carpet tile Manufacturer or adhesive materials Manufacturer. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §09 68 00—3/5 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel CARPET TILE 3.02 PREPARATION A. Remove sub-floor ridges and bumps. B. Fill low spots, cracks, joints, holes, and other defects with sub-floor filler. C. Apply, trowel, and float filler to achieve smooth, flat, hard surface. Prohibit traffic until filler is cured. D. Do not use sub-floor filler to correct imperfections which can be corrected by spot grinding. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Starting installation constitutes acceptance of sub-floor conditions. B. Carpet Tile: 1. Install carpet tile in accordance with Manufacturer's Instructions and CRI 104. a. Lay carpet tiles uniformly to provide tight, flush joints, free from movement when subject to use. b. Blend carpet from different cartons to ensure minimal variation in color match. 2. Cut openings in carpet where required to accommodate permanent penetrations, equipment, outlets and other items, if any. a. Make clean, smooth cuts, with no jagged, frayed, or otherwise damaged edges. 3. Locate change of color or pattern between rooms under door centerline. 4. Fully adhere carpet tile to substrate. 5. Adhere carpet tile to substrate along centerline of rooms at perimeter of rooms, where tiles are cut, and at fifteen foot intervals throughout rooms. Lay remainder of tile dry over substrate. 6. Lay carpet tiles with pile orientation indicated in the approved submittal. 7. Trim carpet tile neatly at walls and around interruptions. C. Edge Strips: 1. Install edge strips over exposed carpet edges which are adjacent to uncarpeted finish flooring. 2. Anchor edge strips to floor with fasteners configured to allow removal and reinstallation of the edge strips. a. Nails are not permitted fasteners for anchoring edge strips. 3. Complete installation of edge strips, concealing exposed edges. D. Adhesive: 1. Secure carpet tiles to sub-floor using release adhesive, applied in accordance with Manufacturer Instructions. 2. Do not use adhesive for filling, or leveling purposes. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §09 68 00—4/5 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel CARPET TILE E. Manufacturer's Instructions: 1. Comply with Manufacturer's Instructions, including technical bulletins and product data sheets. 2. Retain Manufacturer's Instructions at the Project Site. 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Test concrete sub-floor before adhesive application, for moisture and alkalinity in accordance with CRI 104 or ASTM E 1907. 3.05 CLEANING A. Remove excess adhesive without damage from floor, base, and wall surfaces. B. Clean and vacuum carpet surfaces. END OF SECTION 09 68 00 Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §09 68 00—5/5 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel CARPET TILE SECTION 09 91 00 PAINTING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes the following paint coatings: 1. Coating C-1 Institutional Interior Latex. 2. Coating C-2 Waterborne Acrylic Enamel. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 08 11 00 - Hollow Metal Doors and Frames. 2. Section 09 20 00 -Gypsum Board and Sheathing. 1.02 REFERENCES A. The following is a list of standards referenced in this Section: B. Painting and Decorating Contractors of America (PDCA) -www.pdca.org. C. Finishing Contractors Association (FCA) -www.finishingcontractors.org. D. Signatory Painting Contractors Organization (SPCO) -www.spco.org. E. Society of Protective Coating (SSPC) -www.sspc.org: 1. SSPC-PA1 -Shop, Field and Maintenance Priming of Steel 2. SSPC-SP1 -Solvent Cleaning. 3. SSPC-SP2 - Hand Tool Cleaning. 4. SSPC-SP3 - Power Tool Cleaning. 5. SSPC-SP7/NACE No. 4- Brush Blast Cleaning. 6. SSPC-SP11 - Power Tool Cleaning to Bare Metal. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Approval Submittals: 1. Product Data Sheets. 2. Manufacturer's Standard Color Selection Charts. 3. Manufacturer's Instructions. 4. Draw-Down Cards: a. Provide draw-down cards not less than 12) by 18 inches for each product, finish, and texture combination. B. Quality Assurance Submittals: 1. Verification documentation of the Applicator's Qualifications. C. Closeout Submittals: 1. None. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §09 91 00— 1/7 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel PAINTING 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with the requirements of this Section. B. Applicator Qualifications: 1. Qualified and competent in the Work of this Section. 2. A member in good standing of one of the following: a. Painting and Decorating Contractors of America (PDCA). b. Finishing Contractors of America (FCA). c. Signatory Painting Contractors Organization (SPCO). 3. Maintain a full, competent crew: a. Employ only qualified journeymen. 1) Apprentices may be employed to work under direction of qualified journeymen, in accordance with trade regulations. C. Pre-Application Conference: 1. Schedule a pre-application conference not less than seven (7) working days in advance of the date related Work is to begin. 2. Discuss conditions of the Work, including scheduling, preparation, installation, quality control and documentation. 3. Meet before substrates are prepared. D. Source Limitations: 1. Use products of a single manufacturer for the components of each specific coating type. 2. Do not substitute products without Project Representative's written acceptance. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Comply with the requirements of this Section. B. Store in original protective packaging until time of application. C. Store materials not in use in tightly covered containers in well-ventilated areas with ambient temperatures continuously maintained at the temperature recommended by the Manufacturer, but not less than 45 degrees Fahrenheit. 1. Maintain containers in clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue. 2. Remove rags and waste from storage areas daily. 1.06 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Conditions: Comply with the requirements of Manufacturer's Instructions, and this Section. Where these requirements conflict, the more stringent requirement shall apply: 1. Do not perform work of this Section when the relative humidity exceeds 85 percent. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §09 91 00—2/7 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel PAINTING 2. Do not perform Work of this Section when air temperatures are within five degrees Fahrenheit of the dew point. 3. Do not attempt to apply paints to any surfaces which are sweating, damp, wet or otherwise compromised by presence of moisture. 4. Interior Work: a. Mechanical system shall be operating and adjusted to maintain temperature and relative humidity at occupancy levels during Work of this Section continuously through the remainder of the construction period. 5. Exterior Work: a. Perform exterior work of this Section when exterior temperatures and substrate temperatures are 45 degrees Fahrenheit or above. b. Do not perform exterior work of this Section, including surface preparation, when conditions of snow, fog, rain, or mist exist. B. Lighting: 1. Provide adequate temporary lighting to attain surface lighting level, and not less than 15 foot candles per square foot, measured at the work surface. a. Conform to more stringent lighting requirements when required by governing codes. 1.07 WARRANTY A. Warranty period for work of this section is two years commencing on the date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Subject to compliance with requirements of the Contract Documents, Products of the following Manufacturers may be incorporated in the Work of this Section: 1. Benjamin Moore -www.benjaminmoore.com. 2. Columbia Paint and Coatings (Columbia) -www.columbiapaint.com. 3. Rodda Paint-www.roddapaint.com. 4. Sherwin-Williams -www.sherwin-williams.com. 5. Or Approved Equal. 2.02 COATING C-1 INSTITUTIONAL INTERIOR LATEX A. Characteristics: 1. Low odor, low VOC interior latex primer and finish coat. 2. Total DFT: In accordance with the Manufacturer's Instructions, but no less than three and six-tenths (3.6) mil. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §09 91 00—3/7 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel PAINTING B. Preparation: 1. Plaster and drywall finishing compounds shall be cured and hard. C. Components: 1. Source limitation: All components (primer and finish coat) shall be from the same Manufacturer. 2. Primer: White, pigmented, no odor, zero VOC waterborne latex sealer appropriate for application to interior gypsum board. a. Coats: One. b. DFT: In accordance with the Manufacturer's Instructions, but no less than 1.2 mils. c. Sheen: Flat. d. Acceptable Products: 1) Benjamin Moore - `Natura Interior Waterborne Paint Primer 511'. 2) Sherwin-Williams - `Harmony Interior Latex Primer B11W900'. 3) Or Approved Equal. 3. Finish Coat: Latex paint with no odor. a. Coats: Two. b. Dry film Thickness: 1) In accordance with the Manufacturer's Instructions, but no less than 1.2 mils. c. Sheen: Eggshell. d. Acceptable Products: 1) Benjamin Moore - `Natura'. 2) Sherwin-Williams - `Harmony Interior Latex Eg-Shel'. 3) Or Approved Equal. 2.03 COATING C-2 WATERBORNE ACRYLIC ENAMEL A. Characteristics: 1. Waterborne, pigmented, emulsion coating resistant to moderate abrasion, mild chemical exposure and corrosive conditions. 2. Preparation: Surface must be fully clean, cured, and dry without dust, dirt, chalk, oil, grease, or mildew. 3. Coats: Two. 4. Dry film Thickness: a. In accordance with the Manufacturer's Instructions, but no less than 1.4 dry mils per coat. 5. Sheen: Semi-Gloss. B. Acceptable Products: Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §09 91 00—4/7 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel PAINTING 1. Columbia Paint and Coatings - `Acry-Shield Semi-Gloss Enamel 05-262'. 2. Rodda Paint- `W.B. Light Industrial Coating, Semi-Gloss'. 3. Sherwin-Williams - `Sher-Cryl HPA Semi-Gloss B66-350'. 4. Or Approved Equal. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify conditions are satisfactory to receive work of this Section. B. Do not commence work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. C. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of conditions. D. Confirm that gypsum board surfaces are finished in accordance with the requirements of Section 09 20 00 - Gypsum Board and Sheathing before application of coatings specified in this Section. E. Confirm that pre-primed surfaces are acceptable to the Manufacturer of finish coats specified in this Section. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Comply with Manufacturer's applicable to particular substrates. B. Remove hardware, covers, plates, and similar items already in place that are removable and are not to be painted. If removal is impractical or impossible because of size or weight of item, provide surface-applied protection before surface preparation and painting. 1. After completing painting operations, use workers skilled in the trades involved to reinstall items that were removed. 2. Remove surface-applied protection if any. C. Clean substrates of substances that could impair bond of paints, including dust, dirt, oil, grease, and incompatible paints and encapsulants. D. Remove incompatible primers and re-prime substrate with compatible primers or apply tie coat recommended by the Manufacturer as required to produce paint systems indicated. E. Concrete Substrates: Remove release agents, curing compounds, efflorescence, and chalk. Do not paint surfaces if moisture content or alkalinity of surfaces to be painted exceeds that permitted in manufacturer's written instructions. F. Steel Substrates: Remove rust, loose mill scale, and shop primer, if any. Clean using methods described in the Manufacturer's Instructions, but not less than the following: 1. SSPC-SP 2, "Hand Tool Cleaning." 2. SSPC-SP 3, "Power Tool Cleaning." 3. SSPC-SP 7/NACE No. 4, "Brush-off Blast Cleaning." 4. SSPC-SP 11, "Power Tool Cleaning to Bare Metal." Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §09 91 00—5/7 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel PAINTING G. Shop-Primed Steel Substrates: Clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas of shop paint, and paint exposed areas with the same material as used for shop priming to comply with SSPC-PA 1 for touching up shop- primed surfaces. H. Galvanized-Metal Substrates: Remove grease and oil residue from galvanized sheet metal fabricated from coil stock by mechanical methods to produce clean, lightly etched surfaces that promote adhesion of subsequently applied paints. I. Aluminum Substrates: Remove surface oxidation. 3.03 APPLICATION A. Manufacturer's Instructions: 1. Comply with Manufacturer's Instructions, including technical bulletins and product catalog data. a. Contact the Manufacturer's Technical Representative to confirm appropriate procedures particular to the Project prior to beginning application. b. Retain Manufacturer's Instructions at the Project Site. B. Apply paints according to Manufacturer's Instructions and the requirements of this Section. C. Use applicators and techniques suited for paint and substrate indicated. D. Paint surfaces behind movable equipment and furniture same as similar exposed surfaces. Before final installation, paint surfaces behind permanently fixed equipment or furniture with prime coat only. E. Paint front and backsides of access panels, removable or hinged covers, and similar hinged items to match exposed surfaces. F. Do not paint over labels of independent testing agencies or equipment name, identification, performance rating, or nomenclature plates. G. Primers specified in painting schedules may be omitted on items that are factory primed or factory finished if acceptable to topcoat Manufacturer. H. Tint each undercoat a lighter shade to facilitate identification of each coat if multiple coats of same material are to be applied. Tint undercoats to match color of topcoat, but provide sufficient difference in shade of undercoats to distinguish each separate coat. I. If undercoats or other conditions show through topcoat, apply additional coats until cured film has a uniform paint finish, color, and appearance. J. Apply paints to produce surface films without cloudiness, spotting, holidays, laps, brush marks, roller tracking, runs, sags, or other surface imperfections. Cut in sharp lines and color breaks. 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Dry Film Thickness Testing: Owner may engage the services of a qualified testing and inspecting agency to inspect and test paint for dry film thickness. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §09 91 00—6/7 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel PAINTING 1. Touch up and restore painted surfaces damaged by testing at no additional cost to the Owner. 2. If test results show that dry film thickness of applied paint does not comply with paint Manufacturer's Instructions, Contractor shall pay for additional testing and apply additional coats as needed to provide dry film thickness that complies with paint Manufacturer's Instructions. 3.05 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Protect work of other trades against damage from paint application. 1. Correct damage to work of other trades by cleaning, repairing, replacing, and refinishing, as approved by the Project Representative, and leave in an undamaged condition. B. After completing paint application, clean spattered surfaces. 1. Remove spattered paints by washing, scraping, or other methods. Do not scratch or damage adjacent finished surfaces. C. At end of each workday, remove rubbish, empty cans, rags, and other discarded materials from Project site. D. At completion of construction activities of other trades, touch up and restore damaged or defaced painted surfaces. END OF SECTION 09 91 00 Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §09 91 00—7/7 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel PAINTING SECTION 09 96 00 PERFORMANCE COATINGS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes the following performance coatings: 1. High-Build Epoxy/Urethane Coating System. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 05 50 00 - Metal Fabrications. 1.02 REFERENCES A. The following is a list of standards referenced in this Section: B. American Architectural Manufacturer's Association (AAMA) -aamanet.org. 1. AAMA 605.2 - Voluntary Specification, Performance Requirements, and Test Procedures for High Performance Organic Coatings on Aluminum extrusions and Panels. C. ASTM International -www.astm.org: 1. ASTM D 412 -Standard Test Methods for Vulcanized Rubber and Thermoplastic Elastomers -Tension. 2. ASTM D 570 -Standard Test Method for Water Absorption of Plastics. 3. ASTM D 624 -Standard Test Method for Tear Strength of Conventional Vulcanized Rubber and Thermoplastic Elastomers. 4. ASTM D 695 -Standard Test Method for Compressive Properties of Rigid Plastics. 5. ASTM D 4060 - Standard Test Method for Abrasion Resistance of Organic Coatings by the Taber Abraser. 6. ASTM D 4258 - Surface Cleaning of Concrete. 7. ASTM D 4259-Abrading Concrete. 8. ASTM D 4417 - Standard Test Methods for Field Measurement of Surface Profile of Blast Cleaned Steel. D. National Association of Corrosion Engineers (NACE) -www.nace.org: 1. RP-0287-87 - Standard Recommended Practice for Field Measurement of Abrasive Blast. Cleaned Surfaces Using Replica Tape. E. Society of Protective Coating (SSPC) -www.sspc.org: 1. SSPC-SP1 -Solvent Cleaning. 2. SSPC-SP6 -Commercial Blast Cleaning. 3. SSPC-SP7 - Brush Blast Cleaning. 1.03 DEFINITIONS AND ACRONYMS A. DFT: Dry film thickness. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §09 96 00— 1/8 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel PERFORMANCE COATINGS B. VOC: Volatile organic content. C. WFT: Wet film thickness. D. Coating Inspector: An independent, NACE-certified inspector retained by the Owner who will perform quality assurance testing on the Work of this Section. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Approval Submittals: 1. Product Data Sheets. 2. Manufacturer's Standard Color Selection Charts. 3. Manufacturer's Instructions. 4. Draw-Down Cards: a. Provide draw-down cards not less than 12 by 18 inches for each product, finish, and texture combination. B. Quality Assurance Submittals: 1. Verification documentation of the Applicator's Qualifications. 2. Results of Field Quality Control measures required by this Section: a. Surface blast profile test results. b. Wet film thickness gauges and associated data. c. Dry film measurements and associated data. C. Closeout Submittals: 1. None. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Applicator's Qualifications: Applicator shall be qualified and competent: 1. Shop Qualifications: SSPC-QP1, and QP3. 2. Employ only qualified journeymen. Apprentices may be employed to work under direction of qualified journeymen, in accordance with trade regulations. 3. Maintain a full, competent crew. B. Pre-Application Conference: 1. Schedule a pre-application conference not less than seven working days in advance of the date related Work is to begin. a. Include the structural steel fabricator, substrate preparer and coating applicator. 2. Discuss conditions of the Work, including scheduling, preparation, installation, quality control and documentation. 3. Meet before substrates are prepared. C. Source Limitations: Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §09 96 00—2/8 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel PERFORMANCE COATINGS 1. Use products of a single manufacturer for the components of each specific coating type. 2. Do not substitute products without Project Representative's written acceptance. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Comply with the requirements of this Section. B. Store in original protective packaging until time of application. C. Store materials not in use in tightly covered containers in well-ventilated areas with ambient temperatures continuously maintained at the temperature recommended by the Manufacturer, but not less than 45 degrees F. 1. Maintain containers in clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue. D. Remove rags and waste from storage areas daily. 1.07 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Conditions: Comply with this Section: 1. Perform Work of this Section when exterior temperatures and substrate temperatures are 45 degrees Fahrenheit or above. 2. Do not perform Work of this Section, including surface preparation, when conditions of snow, high winds, fog, rain, or mist exist. 3. Do not perform Work of this Section, when the relative humidity exceeds 85 percent. 4. Do not perform Work of this Section when air temperatures are within five degrees Fahrenheit of the dew point. 5. Do not attempt to apply coatings to any surfaces which are sweating, damp, wet or otherwise compromised by presence of moisture. B. Lighting: 1. Provide adequate temporary lighting to attain surface lighting level of not less than 15 foot candles per square foot, measured at the work surface. a. Conform to more stringent requirements when required by governing codes. C. Enclosed Spaces: 1. Provide worker education, worker training, safety equipment, and meet other needs including supervision, for a safe work place in confined and enclosed spaces in accordance with regulations. 1.08 WARRANTY A. Provide written warranty against defects in materials and workmanship, and agreeing to repair or replace components that fail during the warranty period. B. Warranty period for work of this section is five years commencing on the date of Substantial Completion Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §09 96 00—3/8 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel PERFORMANCE COATINGS PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Subject to compliance with requirements of the Contract Documents, Products of the following manufacturers may be incorporated in the Work of this Section: 1. Devoe High-Performance Coatings (Devoe) -www.devoecoatings.com. 2. Sherwin-Williams - http://protective.sherwin.com. 3. Or Approved Equal. 2.02 HIGH-BUILD EPDXY/URETHANE COATING SYSTEM A. Characteristics: 1. High-build epoxy/urethane composite coating suitable for application to steel substrates exposed to weather, sunlight and unconditioned interior spaces. 2. Total DFT: In accordance with Manufacturer's requirements; within the range of 9.5 to eighteen 18.0 millimeters. B. Preparation: SSPC-SP6. 1. Sharp profile blast surface - not peened. C. Components: 1. Source limitation: All components (primer, intermediate coat and finish coat) shall be from the same manufacturer. 2. Primer: Reinforced Inorganic Zinc. a. DFT: In accordance with Manufacturer's requirements; within the range of 2.5 to four 4.0 mils. b. Acceptable Products: 1) Devoe- `Cathacoat 302H'. 2) Sherwin-Williams - `Zinc-Clad II Plus Low VOC 3) Or Approved Equal. 3. Intermediate Coat: Low VOC High-Build Epoxy. a. DFT: In accordance with Manufacturer's requirements; within the range of 4.0 to 8.0 mils. b. Acceptable Products: 1) Devoe- `Bar-Rust 231 Low VOC'. 2) Sherwin-Williams - `Dura-Plate 235'. 3) Or Approved Equal. 4. Finish Coat: UV-Resistant Aliphatic Urethane Gloss Enamel. a. DFT: In accordance with Manufacturer's requirements; within the range of 3.0 to 4.0 mils. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §09 96 00—4/8 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel PERFORMANCE COATINGS b. Acceptable Products: 1) Devoe- `379UVA Gloss Enamel'. 2) Sherwin-Williams - `Hi-Solids Polyurethane'. 3) Or Approved Equal. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 APPLICATORS A. Applicators shall be experienced in work of the scope and quality indicated, with a record of successful in-service performance. 3.02 EXAMINATION A. Verify conditions are satisfactory to receive Work of this Section. B. Do not commence work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. C. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of conditions. D. Resolve deficiencies in accordance with Manufacturer's Instructions, and this Section. 3.03 APPLICATION A. Manufacturer's Instructions: 1. Comply with Manufacturer's Instructions, including technical bulletins and product catalog data. a. Contact the Manufacturer's Technical Representative to confirm appropriate procedures specific to the Project prior to beginning application of coatings. b. Retain Manufacturer's Instructions at the Project Site. 2. Apply performance coating to prepared steel surfaces of the Seismic Braces in a controlled environment at the fabrication shop or shop painting facility. Application of performance coatings to the Seismic Braces except for touch up repair at the Project Site is prohibited. a. Notify the Project Representative two weeks in advance of applying coatings and make allowance for the Project Representative's participation in the field quality control procedures required by this Section. b. Protect coatings from damage during transportation and erection. c. Repair damage to the coatings in accordance with the Manufacturer's Instructions. 3. Do not apply coatings when temperature, humidity or other environmental conditions are outside the limit prescribed by the Manufacturer and this Section, or when they are not expected to remain so during the coating process. 3.04 REPAIR/RESTORATION A. Repairs: Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §09 96 00—5/8 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel PERFORMANCE COATINGS 1. Repair surfaces damaged during construction, including damage attributable to actions of other trades. a. Make repairs in accordance with Manufacturer's Instructions. b. Prepare damaged surface as required in this Section for the type of coating being repaired. c. Replace all components of the coating type (i.e., primer, intermediate coat and finish coat). d. Verify wet and dry film thickness of each component in the repaired area. 2. Recoat entire surface as needed to provide uniform finish, color, and appearance. 3.05 QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform and document at least the quality control measures required in this Section. 1. Perform additional quality control measures necessary to ensure compliance with the Manufacturer's Instructions and the requirements of this Section. B. Notify the Project Representative at least four weeks in advance of performing quality control procedures required in this Section. 1. Accommodate the Project Representative's observation of quality control measures as required in this Section. C. Accommodate the presence of the Owner's independent NACE-certified Coating Inspector throughout the preparation, coating, repair and recoating processes described in this Section. 1. Facilitate access to coated steel members to allow the Coating Inspector to perform testing deemed necessary by the Coating Inspector. 2. Touch-up or repair coatings damaged by testing performed by the Coating Inspector at no additional expense to the Owner. 3. Remedy defects in the preparation, coating, recoating or repair of steel members identified by the Coating Inspector in accordance with the Manufacturer's Instructions and the provisions of this Section. D. Verification of Surface Preparation: 1. Demonstrate conformance with the steel finishing requirements set forth in this: a. In the presence of the Project Representative, compare finished steel surfaces (prior to any performance coating application) for all structural steel and miscellaneous metal fabrication with the approved Steel Finishing Reference Samples described in this. b. Remedy defects in the steel finishing as required to bring the steel in conformance with the Steel Finishing Reference Samples. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §09 96 00—6/8 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel PERFORMANCE COATINGS c. Final determination of whether finished steel conforms to the Steel Finishing Reference Samples shall be made by the Project Representative. 2. For surfaces requiring preparation in accordance with SSPC-SP6, perform testing to verify that the required blast profile has been achieved: a. Perform testing in accordance with the following standards: 1) NACE RP-0287-87 `Standard Recommended Practice for Field Measurement of Abrasive Blast. Cleaned Surfaces Using Replica Tape' 2) ASTM D4417 `Standard Test Methods for Field Measurement of Surface Profile of Blast Cleaned Steel' 3) Where the provisions of the standards conflict, the provisions of ASTM D4417 shall prevail. b. Perform testing on representative samples of fabricated steel pieces as required to ensure uniform compliance with SSPC-SP6 and the requirements of this Section. 1) Maintain records of test results, including date, location of test, identification of steel piece and results of profile measurement. E. Wet Film Thickness Tests: 1. Perform film thickness tests during application of each coating component, including primer, intermediate coat and finish coat. a. Wet Film Tests: 1) Measure the wet film thickness using a single-use wet film gauge like the `Elcometer 154 Plastic Wet Film Comb' (www.elcometer.com). 2) Retain the wet film gauge as permanent record of the film thickness, and record the date and location of the test, the coating component being tested, the identification of the steel piece being coated and the location of the test site on the steel piece (e.g. top, underside of flange, web, etc.). 3) Mark the gauge with a unique code or otherwise cross-reference the gauge to the data recorded above. 4) Perform testing on representative samples of fabricated steel pieces as required to ensure uniform compliance with the required wet film thickness. a) As a minimum, perform and document 1000 wet film tests. b) Distribute the tests over fabricated pieces of structural steel and miscellaneous metal fabrications as mutually agreed in advance with the Project Representative. 5) Perform testing in the presence of the Project Representative. 6) Remedy areas found to be not in compliance with the wet film thickness requirements of the Manufacturer in accordance with Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §09 96 00—7/8 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel PERFORMANCE COATINGS the Manufacturer's Instructions before applying subsequent coatings. 2. Dry Film Tests: a. Test cured surfaces with an approved dry film gauge for final dry film thickness measurement for conformance with required system thicknesses. 1) Perform testing on representative samples of fabricated steel pieces as required to ensure uniform compliance with the required wet film thickness. 2) Perform addition testing in the presence of the Project Representative on request. 3) Remedy areas found to be outside of the dry film thickness range required by the Manufacturer in accordance with the Manufacturer's Instructions before applying other coating components. 3.06 PROTECTION AND CLEANING A. Protect adjacent surfaces from spills, spatter overspray and abrasive blast materials using drop cloths, plastic film, masking tape and other appropriate means. B. Remove spilled materials, overspray, and other unintentional coating of surfaces. 1. Avoid damage of surfaces in the process of cleaning spills, and other unintentional coating. C. Leave Work clean and in good serviceable condition. 3.07 PERFORMANCE COATING SCHEDULE A. Provide coatings on components in locations listed below unless noted otherwise on the Drawings or in the Specifications: 1. Exception: a. Surfaces of fixtures, equipment boxes, lights and other manufactured items which are furnished with a finished applied by the Manufacturer, unless otherwise noted on the Drawings or in the Specifications. B. Building Exterior: 1. Seismic braces and associated steel fabrications and hardware: a. High-Build Epoxy/Urethane Coating System (Shop-Applied). 2. Existing steel guardrails and ladders: a. High-Build Epoxy/Urethane Coating System (Field-Applied). END OF SECTION 09 96 00 Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §09 96 00—8/8 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel PERFORMANCE COATINGS DIVISION 10 Specialties � ,� � SECTION 10 28 00 TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. This Section specifies the following: 1. Toilet and Bath Accessories. 1.2 REFERENCES A. Code of Federal Regulations -www.gpo.gov. 1. 36 CFR 1191 -Americans with Disabilities Act Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities; Final Rule; current edition; (ADA Standards for Accessible Design). B. ASTM International (ASTM) -www.astm.org: 1. ASTM A666 - Standard Specification for Annealed or Cold-Worked Austenitic Stainless Steel Sheet, Strip, Plate, and Flat Bar; 2010. 2. ASTM C1036 - Standard Specification for Flat Glass; 2011e1. 3. ASTM C1503 - Standard Specification for Silvered Flat Glass Mirror; 2008. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Approval Submittals: 1. Statement of Manufacturer's Qualifications. 2. Statement of Installer's Qualifications. 3. Product Data: Provide data on accessories describing size, finish, details of function, attachment methods. 4. Manufacturer's Instructions. B. Closeout Submittals: 1. Operations and Maintenance Manual Content: Maintenance and repair information. 1.4 WARRANTY A. Toilet, bath and laundry accessories shall be warranted to be free from defects in workmanship, design and materials for a period of two years. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §10 28 00— 1/5 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel TOILET, BATH ACCESSORIES A. Deliver, store and handle toilet, bath and laundry accessories in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 1.6 COORDINATION A. Coordinate installation of the Work of this Section with wall framing and blocking, wall finishes and installation of plumbing fixtures, cabinetry and other adjacent Work. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Subject to compliance with the requirements of the Contract Documents, products from the following manufacturers may be incorporated in the Work of this Section: 1. American Specialties (ASI) -www.americanspecialties.com. 2. Bobrick-www.bobrick.com. 3. Bradley Corporation (Bradley) -www.bradleycorp.com. 4. Or Approved Equal. 2.2 MARK A- HANDRAIL A. Description: 1. Concealed wall mount. 2. Stainless steel, satin finish. 3. Size: 1-1/4" diameter, 18" vertical length, 36" and 48" horizontal lengths. B. Acceptable Products: 1. Bobrick- `Model series B-5806'. 2. Bradley- `Model 832'. 3. ASI - `Model 3100'. 4. Or Approved Equal 2.3 MARK B - TOILET PAPER DISPENSER A. Description: 1. Recessed, multi-roll. 2. Stainless steel, satin finish. B. Acceptable Products: 1. Bobrick- `Contura Series B-4388'. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §10 28 00—2/5 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel TOILET, BATH ACCESSORIES 2. Bradley- `Model 5A00'. 3. ASI - `Roval Collection 20031'. 4. Or Approved Equal 2.4 MARK C - PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER & RECEPTACLE A. Description: 1. Semi-recessed. 2. Stainless steel, satin finish. 3. Paper towels: C-fold, multifold or singlefold. 4. Waste capacity: 11 gallons or higher. B. Acceptable Products: 1. Bobrick- `TrimLine Series B-38032'. 2. Bradley- `Model 2037-10'. 3. ASI - `Roval Collection 20469'. 4. Or Approved Equal. 2.5 MARK E - MIRROR A. Description: 1. Surface-mounted. 2. Stainless steel, satin finish channel frame. 3. Size: 24"x30". B. B. Acceptable Products: 1. Bobrick- `Model series B-165'. 2. Bradley- `Standard model 781-2430'. 3. ASI - `Roval Collection 20650'. 4. Or Approved Equal 2.6 MARK F - SOAP DISPENSER A. Counter-Mounted: 1. Location: As indicated on Drawings. 2. Description: a. Counter-mounted liquid soap dispenser. b. Automatic dispensing sensor. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §10 28 00-3/5 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel TOILET, BATH ACCESSORIES c. Capacity: 27 oz or higher. 3. 3. Acceptable Products: a. Bobrick- `SureFlo B-828'. b. Bradley- `Model 6315-KT0000'. c. ASI - `Model 20333'. d. Or Approved Equal. 2.7 MARK G - TOILET SEAT COVER DISPENSER A. Description: 1. Recessed or Surface Mounted. 2. Stainless steel, satin finish B. Acceptable Products: 1. Bobrick- `Model B-3013'. 2. Bradley- `Model 5847'. 3. ASI - `Roval Collection 20477-SM'. 4. Or Approved Equal 2.8 MARK K- PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER (UNDER CABINET) A. Description: 1. Surface-mounted, under cabinets. 2. Aluminum, satin finish. B. Acceptable Products: 1. Bobrick- `Model B-253'. 2. Bradley- `Model 259'. 3. ASI - `Model 8165'. 4. Or Approved Equal. C. Wall-Mounted: 1. Location: As indicated on Drawings. 2. Description: a. Wall-mounted liquid soap dispenser. b. Automatic dispensing sensor. c. Capacity: 40 oz or higher. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §10 28 00—4/5 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel TOILET, BATH ACCESSORIES 3. Acceptable Products: a. Bobrick- `Contura Series 818615'. b. Bradley- `Model 6315-KT0000'. c. ASI - `Model 20333'. d. Or Approved Equal. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify existing conditions before starting work. B. Verify exact location of accessories for installation. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Deliver inserts and rough-in frames to site for timely installation. B. Provide templates and rough-in measurements as required. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Install accessories in accordance with manufacturers' instructions. B. Install plumb and level, securely and rigidly anchored to substrate. C. Mounting Heights and Locations: As required by accessibility regulations, and as indicated on drawings. END OF SECTION 10 28 00 Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §10 28 00—5/5 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel TOILET, BATH ACCESSORIES SECTION 10 44 00 SAFETY SPECIALTIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. This Section specifies the following: 1. Dry Chemical Fire Extinguishers. 2. Fire Extinguisher Cabinets. 3. Automated External Defibrillators (AED). 4. First Aid Cabinets. 1.2 REFERENCES A. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) -www.nfpa.org. 1. NFPA 10 - Standard for Portable Fire Extinguishers; 2013.. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Approval Submittals: 1. Product Data. 2. Manufacturer's Instructions. B. Quality Assurance Submittals: 1. Statement of Manufacturer's Qualifications. 2. Statement of Installer's Qualifications. C. Closeout Submittals: 1. Operations and Maintenance Manual Content: Service information. 1.4 WARRANTY A. Safety specialties shall be warranted to be free from defects in workmanship, design and materials for a period of one year. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver, store and handle safety specialties in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §10 44 00— 1/4 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel SAFETY SPECIALTIES A. Subject to compliance with the requirements of the Contract Documents, products from the following manufacturers may be incorporated in the Work of this Section: 1. 1 st Aid Supplies - 1 staidsupplies.com 2. Amerex- amerex-fire.com 3. American AED -americanead.com 4. J.L. Industries -jlindustries.com 5. Larsen's Manufacturing Company (Larsen's) - larsensmfg.com 6. Philips -www.healthcare.philips.com 7. Or Approved Equal. 2.2 DRY CHEMICAL FIRE EXTINGUISHERS A. Description: 1. Dry Chemical Type Fire Extinguishers 2. Carbon steel tank, with pressure gage. 3. Class: A:B:C. 4. Minimum UL Rating: 2A; 10B,C. 5. Size: 5 pound. 6. Finish: Baked polyester powder coat. 7. Color: Red. 8. Temperature range: -65 degrees F to 120 degrees F. 9. Provide extinguishers labeled by UL for the purpose specified and indicated. 10. Comply with product requirements of NFPA 10 and applicable codes, whichever is more stringent B. Acceptable Products: 1. Amerex- B500T. 2. JL Industries - Cosmic 5E. 3. Larsen's - MP5. 4. Or Approved Equal. 2.3 FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINETS A. Description: 1. Metal: Formed primed steel sheet; 0.036 inch thick base metal. Weld, fill, and grind components smooth. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §10 44 00—2/4 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel SAFETY SPECIALTIES 2. Cabinet Configuration: Semi-Recessed type. 3. Door: 0.036 inch thick, reinforced for flatness and rigidity; latch. 4. Hinge doors for 180 degree opening with two butt hinge. 5. Provide nylon catch. 6. Door Glazing: Glass, clear, 1/8 inch thick float. Set in resilient channel gasket glazing. 7. Cabinet Mounting Hardware: Appropriate to cabinet. Pre-drill for anchors. 8. Finish of Cabinet Interior: White enamel. B. Acceptable Products: 1. JL Industries - `Ambassador Series 1816'. 2. Larsen's - `Architectural Series 2409-5R'. 3. Or Approved Equal. 2.4 AUTOMATED EXTERNAL DEFIBRILLATOR (AED) A. Description: Wall-Mounted Self-Contained Automated External Defibrillator (AED). B. Acceptable Products: 1. American AED - `LIFEPAK EXPRESS LPX-WC280'. 2. Philips - `HeartStart OnSite AED M5066A with wall mount'. 3. Or Approved Equal. 2.5 FIRSTAID CABINETS A. Acceptable Products: 1. 1 st Aid Supplies - `#013023 3-Shelf Cabinet- Full' 2. Or Approved Equal. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify existing conditions before starting work. B. Verify rough openings for cabinet are correctly sized and located. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Install cabinets plumb and level in wall openings. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §10 44 00—3/4 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel SAFETY SPECIALTIES C. Secure rigidly in place. D. Place extinguishers and accessories in cabinets. END OF SECTION 10 44 00 Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §10 44 00—4/4 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel SAFETY SPECIALTIES DIVISION 11 Equipment � ,� � SECTION 11 31 11 APPLIANCES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes the following: 1. Appliances. 1.02 REFERENCES A. Energy Star-www.energystar.gov. 1. Energy Star Qualified. 1.03 SUBMITfALS A. Approval Submittals: 1. Product Data Sheets: a. Include Energy Star certifications. 2. Manufacturer's Instructions: a. Provide complete installation instructions. b. Provide templates. c. Provide marks on templates indicating elements or dimensions for the Work that do not fit, are excessive, or otherwise do not work correctly. B. Closeout Submittals: 1. O&M Manual Content: Provide O&M manual documentation. a. Include Manufacturer's product information, including care and use instructions. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Templates: 1. Provide copies of Manufacturer's rough-in templates to trades performing these activities. 2. Coordinate performance of rough-in activities consistent with the templates. B. Source Limitations: Provide products of same Manufacturer for each type of accessory. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver, store and handle products specified in this Section in accordance with the Manufacturer's Instructions and the requirements of this Section. 1. Determine packaging, crating, and protective packaging are intact, and does not show damage of any kind upon delivery. 2. Return appliances that have been shipped in damaged packaging. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §11 31 11— 1/4 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel APPLIANCES 3. Do not attempt to correct or otherwise adjust bent, broken, mishandled or otherwise damaged appliance products. B. Storage of appliances on-site: 1. Store in original protective packaging until time of installation. 1.06 WARRANTY A. Provide Manufacturer's written warranty against defects in materials and workmanship, and agreeing to repair or replace components that fail during the warranty period. B. Warranty period for work of this section is two years commencing on the date of Substantial Completion: PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Subject to compliance with requirements of the Contract Documents, Products of the following manufacturers may be incorporated in the Work of this Section: 1. GE Appliances -www.geappliances.com. 2. Or Approved Equal. 2.02 MICROWAVE OVEN A. Characteristics: 1. Finish: Stainless steel with black trim. 2. Size: 24" W x 13-1/2" H x 18 %2" D 3. Cooking Power: 1100 Watts minimum (IEC-705 test procedure). 4. Turntable Size: 16.5" minimum. 5. ADA: Compliant in all respects. B. Acceptable Products: 1. GE Appliances - `Model PES722SLSS'. 2. Or Approved Equal. 2.03 REFRIGERATOR- COMPACT A. Characteristics: 1. Configuration: Double-door (door-over-door). 2. Size: 18 3/4" W x 33 3/8" H x 20 1/8" D. 3. Finish: Stainless steel with black trim. 4. ADA: Compliant in all respects. 5. Energy Star: Certified. B. Acceptable Products: 1. GE Appliances - `Model GDE03GLKLB Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §11 31 11—2/4 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel APPLIANCES 2. Or Approved Equal. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify conditions are satisfactory to receive work of this Section. B. Do not commence work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. C. Beginning of Work constitutes acceptance of conditions. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Field Measurements: Verify on job before beginning work. B. Protect surrounding areas and surfaces from damage prior to beginning work of this Section. 1. Verify surrounding materials and products are correctly installed, and complete before installing appliances or parts of appliances that may conceal or obstruct access to incomplete work. 2. Verify that appliances can be installed in accordance with the original design, and Manufacturer's Instructions. a. Notify the Project Representative of problems associated with the appliance installations. b. Do not install appliances until problems have been resolved. C. Rough-in: 1. Verify rough-in locations and dimensions. a. Verify rough-in locations can be accessed in the process of installing appliances. 2. Verify operational clearances are provided per manufacturer instructions. a. Coordinate movement or adjustment of conflicting materials, products or systems with the Project Representative. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Manufacturer's Instructions: 1. Comply with Manufacturer's Instructions, including technical bulletins and product catalog data. 2. Retain Manufacturer's Instructions at the Project Site. B. Door Reversing: 1. Reverse doors in accordance with Manufacturer's Instructions should the Project require doors to be reversed. 2. Reverse doors, and secure before installing appliances. C. Place appliances in final locations. 1. Neatly place cords and other connections in discrete locations. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §11 31 11—3/4 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel APPLIANCES 3.04 ADJUSTING A. Adjust for unencumbered, smooth operation and verify mechanisms function properly. Replace damaged or defective items. B. Verify appliances are in perfect working order, with doors and moving parts operating correctly. 3.05 CLEANING A. Remove foreign materials including dust and dirt, and excess adhesive using materials and methods in accordance with Manufacturer's Instructions. B. Remove temporary labels and protective coverings. 1. Remove instructional stickers on the interior and exterior of appliances, and place these in the manufacturers provided use and care instructions to be provided to the Owner. 2. Remove sticker adhesive residue using appropriate products recommended by the appliance manufacturer. C. Clean and polish exposed surfaces according to Manufacturer's Instructions. END OF SECTION 11 31 11 Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §11 31 11—4/4 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel APPLIANCES DIVISION 12 Furnishings � ,� � SECTION 12 24 00 WINDOW SHADES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. This Section specifies the following: 1. Single-Roller Window Shades. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Approval Submittals: 1. Product Data: Submit Manufacturer's product data for products specified in this Section including product characteristics, performance, certified test results, product limitations and other information necessary to establish conformance with the requirements of this Section. 2. Manufacturer's Instructions. 3. Shop Drawings: a. Show complete details of construction and installation, including materials, dimensions, fastenings, finishes, hardware, connections and other information. b. Indicate placement, including elevations, windows on which shades are to be installed, room numbers, etc. c. Show mechanism locations, and pull cord locations. d. Indicate required tolerances. e. Indicate mounting conditions and details including intermediate and end brackets. 4. Samples: a. Specified fabric/shade cloth of each color and texture minimum size 8-1/2 by 11 inches for review. b. Sections of fascia, pocket, trim, roller tube, hem bar, operating hardware, brackets, and side channel. B. Quality Assurance Submittals: 1. Statement of Manufacturer's Qualifications. 2. Manufacturer's Technical Representative Contact Information. 3. Statement of Installer Qualifications. C. Closeout Submittals: 1. Operation and Maintenance Manual Content: Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §12 24 00— 1/5 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel WINDOW SHADES a. Submit name and telephone number of local service company. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer's Qualifications: 1. Have at least ten years of experience in the manufacture of the products specified in this Section. 2. Assign a Manufacturer's Technical Representative to the Project. 3. Make the Manufacturer's Technical Representative available to the Owner to: a. Provide technical assistance in the form of written directions supplementary to the Manufacturer's Instructions. B. Installer Qualifications: 1. Have a minimum of five years of experience in the installation of products specified in this Section, and have a record of successful in-service performance. 2. Able to show evidence of satisfactory completion of projects of similar size, scope and type. C. Source Limitation: 1. Each product or system specified in this Section shall be from a single Manufacturer. 2. Accessories, materials and components associated with each product specified in this Section shall be provided by the Manufacturer of that product unless: a. Noted otherwise in this Section, or: b. Approved in writing by the Manufacturer of the product. D. Mockups: 1. Install one complete operating sample of each type of window shade on site. Review the installation with the Owner before proceeding with the remainder of the Work. a. Adjust sample installation as directed by the Owner. b. Accepted mockup may be incorporated into the Work. 1.04 WARRANTY A. Window shades shall be warranted to be free from defects in workmanship, design and materials for a period of two years. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §12 24 00—2/5 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit & Remodel WINDOW SHADES 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver shades in manufacturer's unopened packaging, labeled to identify each shade for each opening. B. Handle and store shades in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Subject to compliance with requirements of the Contract Documents, products of the following Manufacturers shall be incorporated in the Work of this Section: 1. Hunter pouglas -www.hunterdouglascontract.com. 2. Springs Window Fashions (SWF) - swfcontract.com. 3. MechoShade Systems (MechoShade) - mechoshadesystems.com. 4. Or Approved Equal. 2.02 SINGLE-ROLLER WINDOW SHADES A. Description: Manually-operated single-roller fabric shades complete with mounting brackets, fascias, roller tubes, hembars, hardware and accessories; fully factory- assembled. 1. Drop: Regular roll. 2. Size: As indicated on drawings. 3. Fabric: Non-flammable, color-fast, impervious to heat and moisture, and able to retain its shape under normal operation; PVC-free; 100 percent recycled. 4. Sheer Shades: Reduce glare yet still reveal considerable details to the outside; no privacy; Openness Factor greater than 1 percent. 5. Flammability: Pass NFPA 701 large and small tests. 6. Roller Tube: As required for type of operation, extruded aluminum with end caps. 7. Hembars and Hembar Pockets: Wall thickness designed for weight requirements and adaptation to uneven surfaces, to maintain bottom of shade straight and flat. 8. Manual Operation: Clutch operated continuous loop; beaded ball chain meeting WCMA A100.1. B. Acceptable Products: 1. Hunter pouglas - `Heavy Duty Manual Roller Shade with Fascia'. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §12 24 00—3/5 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit & Remodel WINDOW SHADES a. Finish/Color: As selected by Owner from manufacturer's standard range. b. Fabric Screens -Openness Factor: 14%. c. Fascia Size: 3" high. 2. SWF - `Single Shade System with Fascia'. a. Finish/Color: As selected by Owner from manufacturer's standard range. b. Fabric Screens -Openness Factor: 10%. c. Fascia Size: 3" high. 3. MechoShade - `Mecho/5 Sun Screen'. a. Finish/Color: As selected by Owner from manufacturer's standard range. b. Fabric Screens -Openness Factor: 10%. c. Fascia Size: 3" high. 2.03 FABRICATION A. Fabricate shades to fit openings within specified tolerances. 1. Vertical Dimensions: Fill openings from head to sill with 1/2 inch space between bottom bar and window stool. 2. Horizontal Dimensions - Inside Mounting: Fill openings from jamb to jamb. B. Dimensional Tolerances: As recommended in writing by manufacturer. C. At openings requiring continuous multiple shade units with separate rollers, locate roller joints at window mullion centers; butt rollers end-to-end PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine finished openings for deficiencies that may preclude satisfactory installation. B. Start of installation shall be considered acceptance of substrates. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Prepare surfaces using methods recommended by manufacturer for achieving best result for substrate under the project conditions. B. Coordinate with window installation and placement of concealed blocking to support shades. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §12 24 00—4/5 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit & Remodel WINDOW SHADES 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and approved shop drawings, using mounting devices as indicated. B. Installation Tolerances: 1. Maximum Offset From Level: 1/16 inch. C. Adjust level, projection and shade centering from mounting bracket. Verify there is no telescoping of shade fabric. Ensure shades for smooth operation. 3.04 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Clean soiled shades and exposed components as recommended by manufacturer. 1. Replace shades that cannot be cleaned to "like new" condition. B. Protect installed products from subsequent construction operations. 1. Touch-up, repair or replace damaged products before Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION 12 24 00 Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid -2/26/2019 §12 24 00—5/5 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit & Remodel WINDOW SHADES DIVISION 22 Plumbing � ,� � SECTION 22 05 00 PLUMBING, GENERAL PART 1 —GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and services for all plumbing work as specified in Division 22, and as shown on the drawings. B. All work shall be completely coordinated with the work of all other trades and shall conform to all other provisions of the Contract Documents. C. Furnish and install all materials, appurtenances, devices, and miscellaneous items not specifically mentioned herein or noted on the drawings, but which are necessary to make a complete working installation of all plumbing systems. D. All plumbing fixtures and devices furnished or installed under other Divisions of the specifications which require connection to the plumbing systems shall be connected under this division of the specifications. E. To eliminate all possible errors and interferences, this Contractor shall thoroughly examine the Architectural, Structural and Electrical Drawings and Specifications before work is started and shall consult and coordinate with each of the Contractors regarding the work. F. The Contractor shall notify the Project Representative of any discrepancies or conflicts within the Contractor pocuments or between the Contractor Documents and field conditions. The Contractor shall not proceed with any work or the purchasing of any materials for the area(s) of conflict until obtaining written instructions from the Project Representative on how to proceed. Any work done by the Contractor after his discovery of such discrepancies or conflicts and prior to obtaining the Project Representative's instructions on how to proceed, shall be done at the Contractor's expense. 1.02 DRAWINGS A. The drawings and specifications are complementary and what is called for in either is binding as if called for in both. B. The drawings are diagrammatic and show the general arrangement of the construction and therefore do not necessarily show all offsets, fittings and accessories which are required to form a complete and operating installation. C. The precise location of plumbing fixtures and devices shall, in every case, be subject to the Project Representative's approval, and no allowances will be permitted the Contractor for any changes resulting from his failure to secure approval. D. The Contractor shall be responsible for checking field conditions and verifying all measurements and relationships indicated on the drawings before proceeding with the work. E. The installation of plumbing systems shall follow the drawings as closely as actual building construction and the work of other trades permit. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid —2/26/2019 22 05 00 - 1/7 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel PLUMBING, GENERAL 1.03 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. The work includes providing complete and operational plumbing systems for the facility as shown on the drawings and described herein. B. The work includes demolition of existing plumbing systems and fixtures as shown on the drawings and described herein including the proper disposal of all items removed from the building and adjacent to the building. C. Insulation: The work shall include furnishing and installing piping insulation in accordance with the Washington State Energy Code and as described herein. D. Plumbing Fixtures and Devices: The work shall include furnishing and installing all plumbing fixtures and all accessories necessary to provide complete and operable systems as shown on the drawings and as described herein. E. Outside Utilities: Existing water and sewer service is provided to the building. Field verify locations and invert elevations of exterior utilities prior to commencing with work. 1.04 DEFINITIONS "Provide" means "furnish and install complete and ready for use". "Governing codes" means "the applicable provisions of the current adopted editions of: Washington State Energy Code International Building Codes Uniform Plumbing Code NFPA National Fire Codes Washington State General Safety and Health Standards and all local amendments to these codes. "Finished Areas" means "areas listed on the architectural drawings as receiving a finish coat of paint". "As indicated" means "as shown on the drawings and described in the specifications". "Concealed" means "built into the construction and not exposed to view". "As required" means "as necessary to form a safe, neat, and complete working installation (or product), fulfilling all the requirements of the specifications and drawings and in compliance with all governing codes". Abbreviations: AFF Above Finish Floor ANSI American National Standards Institute ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers ASTM American Society of Testing and Materials CISPI Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute IAPMO International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials NEMA National Electric Manufacturers Association Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid —2/26/2019 22 05 00 -2/7 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel PLUMBING, GENERAL NFPA National Fire Protection Association per in accordance with PSI Pound per Square Inch Gage Pressure PVC Polyvinyl chloride SP Static Pressure UL Underwriter's Laboratories w.g. Water Gage (inches of water) W.P. Working Pressure Additional abbreviations are as listed on the drawings or elsewhere in these specifications. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with the provisions of Section 01430 —Quality Assurance and Control and the requirements of this Section. B. All work shall be in accordance with the codes which are defined as making up the "Governing Codes". C. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to acquaint themselves with the requirements of all codes. D. On completion of the work, satisfactory evidence shall be furnished to show that all work has been installed in accordance with all codes and that all inspections required have been successfully passed. E. Permits and Fees: Refer to the Instructions to Bidders Specification Section. F. Contractor shall coordinate with the electrical work provided under Division 26 including coordinated shop drawings. 1.06 LABELING AND IDENTIFICATION A. Equipment Labeling: Each scheduled equipment item (except plumbing fixtures in public areas) shall be labeled with the equipment identification number as indicated on the schedules (e.g., WH-1, CP-1) and by the equipment name (e.g., WATER HEATER, CIRCULATING PUMP). The labeling shall be located on the service side of the equipment so as to be easily read by a person standing at floor level. All labeling attached to finish surfaces shall be reviewed and located as accepted by the Project Representative prior to attaching label. The labels shall be made of white laminated plastic labels with black engraved lettering, with a minimum of two (2) stainless steel screws for attachment (or alternate method acceptable to the Project Representative). See following paragraph "Labels" regarding label requirements. B. Labels: Identification labels shall be made of white laminated plastic with black engraved lettering. Equipment identification numbering letters shall be '/2' high (e.g., "WH-1") with equipment description lettering '/4" high (e.g., WATER HEATER) directly below the numbering. where indicated in other sections of these specifications, warning or caution labels shall be made of white laminated plastic with red engraved lettering with the "WARNING" or "CAUTION" in 1/2:" high letters followed by the text of the warning or caution in 3/8" high lettering. Instructional or component labels, where indicated in Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid —2/26/2019 22 05 00 - 3/7 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel PLUMBING, GENERAL other sections of these specifications, shall be made of white laminated plastic with black engraved '/4" high lettering. 1.07 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit the following in accordance with Section 00700 — General Terms and Conditions, Article 4.4 —Submittals, and Section 01330 — Submittal Procedures: B. Approval Submittals: 1. Product Data: 2. Manufacturer's Written Instructions: 3. Shop Drawings: 4. Samples: 5. Sample Warranties: Provide a Sample Warranty for each Warranty required in this section. a. Each Sample Warranty shall be marked `SAMPLE'. b. Include project-specific information, and proposed exclusions, if any, identified by the manufacturer. 6. Statement of Installer Qualifications: 7. Manufacturer's Technical Representative Contact Information: 8. Engineering Calculations: 9. Certified Test Results: 10. Sample Warranty: C. Closeout Submittals: 1. O&M Manual Content: Provide O&M Manual documentation as required by Section 01730 —Operation and Maintenance Manuals 2. Special Warranties: D. Provide submittals for all equipment supplied under the work of this Division. E. Refer to individual Division 22 specification sections for additional information and shop drawing requirements. 1.08 RECORD DATA A. Record Drawings: The contractor will be furnished with a clean, full-size set of construction drawings which shall be used to update project plumbing drawings for submittal to the Project Representative. Contractor identification shall be added to each of the drawings which indicate the name of the responsible contractor for the "Record" information and the date of the "Record" drawing submittal. All changes from the original contract drawings shall be delineated with bubbled clouding keyed or flagged to the "Record" drawing revision. At the completion of the project, the contractor shall deliver to the Project Representative one complete set of redline contract drawings upon which any changes during construction are neatly drafted. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid —2/26/2019 22 05 00 -4/7 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel PLUMBING, GENERAL 1.09 SPECIAL TOOLS A. At the completion of the project this Contractor shall furnish to the Project Representative one complete set of any and all special tools such as odd size wrenches, keys, etc. which are necessary to service or adjust any piece of equipment installed under this contract. Each tool shall be marked or tagged to identify its use. PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Products by the manufacturers listed as Acceptable Manufacturers are acceptable substitutions for the specified products. Products by these manufacturers used as substitutions shall be equal to or superior to the specified item in function, appearance, and quality. B. The approval of a manufacturer as an Acceptable Manufacturer applies to the Manufacturer only and does not relieve the Contractor from the responsibility of ineeting all applicable requirements of the plans and specifications. Contractor shall be responsible for all costs to other trades and all revisions required to accommodate any substitutions. 2.02 SUBSTITUTIONS A. All substitutions for products under Division 22 shall be reviewed for acceptance by the Project Representative as indicated herein. B. To obtain acceptance of desired substitutions the manufacturer, Contractor or supplier shall submit the following information on the proposed substitution a minimum of 10 days prior to bid: 1. Differences between proposed substitution and specified item with a summary describing the technical benefit in using the proposed substitution. 2. Changes in building design required to accommodate the proposed substitutions. 3. Effect that the proposed substitution has on other trades. 4. Complete technical data on the proposed substitution. C. Proposed substitutions shall match the specified item in function, appearance, and quality, and shall fulfill all requirements of the plans and specifications. The Project Representative shall review the proposed substitution for conformance with the plans and specifications in addition to prior technical support experience with the proposed manufacturer and/or local manufacturer's representative and shall make a determination of acceptance or non-acceptance based on this criterion. Acceptable substitutions will be included in an addendum prior to bid. D. The acceptance of a substitution applies to the manufacturer only and does not relieve the Contractor from the responsibility of ineeting all applicable requirements of the plans and specifications. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid —2/26/2019 22 05 00 - 5/7 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel PLUMBING, GENERAL E. The Contractor shall be responsible for all costs to other trades and all revisions required to accommodate any substitutions. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify conditions are satisfactory to receive the Work of this Section. Do not commence work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. B. Beginning of Work constitutes acceptance of conditions. 3.02 WORKMANSHIP A. This Contractor shall furnish and install all equipment included in the Contract to provide completed systems with a neat and finished appearance. If, in the judgment of the Project Representative any portion of the work has not been installed in accordance with the drawings and specifications in a neat workmanlike manner, the Contractor shall be required to revise the work and comply with the drawings and specifications in an acceptable manner to the Project Representative, at no increase in cost to the Owner. 3.03 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. The General Contractor shall provide all required spaces and provisions in structures of new construction for the installation of work of all other contractors or subcontractors who are responsible to coordinate requirements for their equipment, Cutting and Patching of structures in place made necessary to admit work, repair defective work, or by neglect of contractors and subcontractors to properly anticipate their requirements, shall be done by the General Contractor at the expense of the Contractors or subcontractors responsible. B. Patching Materials: Patching shall be with materials of like kind and quality of the adjoining surface by skilled labor experienced in that particular trade. C. Areas to be Cut and Patched: Wherever floors, walls, ceilings, plates, fire stops, or framing members are cut, openings shall be reinforced as directed to maintain structural integrity and to comply with Building Code requirements. D. Cutting of Structural Features: Make no cuts or alterations to any structural framing members without explicit consent of the Project Representative and then only under his direction. Locate cuttings so they will not weaken structural components. Cut carefully and only the minimum amount necessary. All required cutting to install material shall be accomplished with the use of saw cutting equipment. 3.04 INSTALLATION A. Install plumbing fixtures and devices to permit easy access for normal maintenance, so that parts requiring periodic replacement or maintenance can be removed. Relocate items which interfere with access. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid —2/26/2019 22 05 00 - 6/7 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel PLUMBING, GENERAL B. Devices which are manually adjusted or operated shall be located so as to be easily accessible. Any such items which are not in the open shall be made accessible through access openings in the building construction. C. Gauges, thermometers, instrumentation and other components which are installed to monitor equipment performance, operating conditions, etc., shall be oriented so as to be easily read by a person standing on the floor. Provide necessary brackets and hangers as needed. D. If circumstances at a particular location make the accessible installation of an item difficult or inconvenient, the situation shall be discussed with the Project Representative before installing the item in a poor access location. 3.05 WATERPROOFING A. Where any work pierces waterproofing, method of installation shall be as approved by the Project Representative before work is done. Contractor shall furnish all necessary caulking and flashing required to make openings watertight. B. All equipment or material located outdoors shall be waterproof. 3.06 FINAL INSPECTION AND INSTRUCTION A. Prior to acceptance of the Plumbing work, the Contractor shall put all Plumbing systems into operation so that they may be inspected by the Project Representative and the Owner's representatives on the operation and maintenance of all equipment. The contractor shall provide a minimum 2 hour instruction period to review each major item of equipment and provide instructions by the installing sub-contractor. Refer to other sections of Division 22 for additional instruction and training requirements. B. The Contractor's Representatives who conduct these instructions and demonstrations shall be qualified foremen or superintendents acquainted with this project and the trades involved. C. Instructions: Shall include preliminary discussion on the system's operation and presentation of information from product submittal data with appropriate references to drawings, followed by a tour of the building spaces explaining maintenance requirements, access methods, servicing, and maintenance procedures, temperature settings and available system and equipment adjustments. D. Notice of the Contractor's readiness to conduct the instruction and demonstrations shall be given to the owner and Project Representative at least one week prior to proposed periods and mutually agreed upon times arranged. END OF SECTION 22 05 00 Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid —2/26/2019 22 05 00 - 7/7 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel PLUMBING, GENERAL SECTION 22 05 30 PIPING SPECIALTIES PART 1 —GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Unions B. Thermometers C. Water Hammer Arrestors D. Access Covers 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 22 05 00 — Plumbing, General B. Section 22 11 16 —Water Piping Systems C. Section 22 13 16 —Soil, Waste and Vent Piping System 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. All submittals shall comply with Section 22 05 00 — Submittals B. Submit product information on all products to be used. PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Water Hammer Arrestors: FNW; J.R. Smith; Watts; Zurn Wilkins; or Approved Equal. B. Dielectric Unions: Watts; Epco; or Approved Equal. C. Access Covers: J.R. Smith; ProFlo; Sioux Chief; Wade; Zurn; or Approved Equal. D. Thermometers: FNW; Trerice; or Approved Equal. 2.02 WATER HAMMER ARRESTORS A. Water hammer arrestors shall be tested and certified in accordance with the Plumbing and Drainage Institute "Standard P.D.I WH-201. B. Water hammers shall be stainless steel, copper, brass, lead-free and of the P.D.I. size indicated on the drawings. C. Water hammer arrestors shall be J.R. Smith Hydrotrol units or Approved Equal. 2.03 UNIONS A. Dielectric Unions: Rated at 250 psi at 180 degrees F., conforming to ANSI B16.39. Type and size to match piping. B. Unions on Copper Pipe: 1. In 2 inch pipe and smaller: Wrought copper solderjoint copper union. 2. In 2-1/2" pipe and larger: Brass flange unions. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid —2/26/2019 22 05 30 - 1/2 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel PIPING SPECIALTIES 2.04 ACCESS COVERS A. In tile, masonry, or dry wall construction: J.R. Smith No. 4730 12" x 12" (unless indicated otherwise) chrome plated brass plate and frame, for mounting on face of wall. (Provide with vandal proof screws where located outside). B. In plaster or wet wall construction: J.R. Smith No. 4735 12" x 12" (unless indicated otherwise) chrome plated brass plate and frame, for mounting recessed flush with wall. 2.05 THERMOMETERS A. Thermometers shall be adjustable stem thermometers in a cast aluminum case, blue epoxy finish, liquid filled, with brass stem, insertion style. B. Thermometer gauge range shall be 0 — 160 F, 9" scale length. C. Thermometers shall be furnished with matching thermowells for installation in copper piping. D. Where thermometers are provided as part of the thermostatic mixing valve under Section 22 04 00 — Plumbing Fixtures, a separate thermometer shall not be required. PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.01.1 INSTALLATION A. Water Hammer Arrestors: Provide water hammer arrestors where shown on the drawings at flush valves and on the non-potable water supply to the irrigation system. B. Unions: Install unions in pipe connections to valves and any other equipment where it may be necessary to disconnect the equipment or piping for repairs or maintenance, and as indicated. C. Dielectric Unions: Install dielectric insulating unions or insulating type flexible connectors between all connections of copper and steel piping (or equipment), and other dissimilar metals. D. Access Covers: Provide access covers where indicated on the drawings and where needed to provide access to all valves, piping specialties and all other mechanical equipment which would otherwise be inaccessible. Consult architectural drawings and coordinate locations and installation of access covers with trades which are affected by the installation. E. Thermometers: Provide thermometers and install in pipe thermowells where indicated on the drawings. END OF SECTION 22 05 30 Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid —2/26/2019 22 05 30 -2/2 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel PIPING SPECIALTIES SECTION 22 07 19 PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION PART 1-GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Pipe Insulation B. ADA Compliant Fixture Trap & Hot Water Insulation 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 22 05 00 — Plumbing, General B. Section 22 11 16 -Water Piping Systems C. Section 22 40 00 — Plumbing Fixtures 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. All insulation shall have a fire hazard rating not to exceed 25 for flame spread and 50 for smoke development, as tested by ASTM E-84, NFPA 255, and UL-723 except piping in the areas where elastomeric foam insulation is approved shall have a fire hazard rating not to exceed 25 for flame spread and 100 for smoke development. 1.04 COMPLIANCE A. All insulation shall be installed with sufficient thermal performance to comply with the Washington State Energy Code. 1.05 SUBMITfALS A. All submittals shall comply with Section 22 05 00- Submittals. B. Submit product information on all products to be used. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Insulation: Manville, Armstrong, Owens-Corning, CSG, Knauf. B. Or Approved Equal. 2.02 PIPE INSULATION A. Fiber Glass Insulation: Rigid fiberglass insulation, thermal conductivity shall not exceed 0.24 Btu-inch/hr-ft-degrees F at 75 degrees F. Manville "Micro- Lok 650" or Approved Equal. B. Elastomeric Insulation: Density not less than 5 Ibs. per cubic foot and thermal conductivity not greater than 0.27 Btu-inch/hr-ft-degrees F. Armstrong "Armaflex II" or Approved Equal. C. Pipe Fittings (except unions and expansion couplings): Shall be covered using any one of the following methods of the Contractor's choice subject to the temperature limitations of the insulation materials: 1. Prefabricated segments of pipe insulation of the same materials and thickness as the adjoining pipe insulation. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid —2/26/2019 22 07 19 - 1/2 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION 2. Zeston pre-cut fiberglass insulation and premolded PVC cover suitable for the pipe size and insulation thickness encountered. D. INSULATION THICKNESS: 1. For the purpose of establishing insulation thickness, the following systems and system operating temperatures are assumed: Cold Water '/2" thickness Non-Potable Water '/2" thickness Domestic Hot Water 110° F to 140° F Hot Water Circulating 110° F to 140° F Insulation thickness on hot water and hot water circulating piping shall be as required to comply with the Washington State Energy Code. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Equipment and Floor Protection: Cover equipment and finished floors to protect such items from insulation fiber and dust. Keep all such existing areas in a "broom clean" condition at the end of each day. Take precautions in these areas to prevent glass fiber and insulation dust from entering ventilating systems. B. Glass Fiber Insulation: 1. Finish all insulation ends, no raw edges allowed. 2. Joints: Tightly butt adjacent insulation sections together without and voids. 3.02 PIPE INSULATION INSTALLATION A. All domestic cold water piping, domestic hot water piping, domestic hot water circulating piping and all non-potable water piping shall be insulated. B. No pipe covering materials shall be applied until the pipe runs to be covered have been tested and inspected by the Project Representative and no covered sections of pipe shall be buried or concealed in the structure until said insulation and covering work has been tested and inspected. 3.03 ADA COMPLIANT FIXTURE INSULATION A. Insulate the exposed portion of ADA compliant lavatory trap fittings and hot water supply piping with pre-molded elastomeric insulation, '/2" thick, with an all service jacket. All seams and joints shall be neatly cut, form fitted and bonded together to form a smooth surface. END OF SECTION 22 07 19 Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid —2/26/2019 22 07 19 -2/2 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION SECTION 22 11 16 WATER PIPING PART 1 —GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Domestic Water Piping B. Non-Potable Water Piping C. Valves D. Backflow Preventer E. Testing and Inspection F. Sterilization 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 22 05 00 — Plumbing, General B. Section 22 05 30 — Piping Specialties C. Section 22 40 00 — Plumbing Fixtures 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. All submittals shall comply with Section 22 05 00 - Submittals. B. Submit product information on all products to be used. PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Valves: Crane, Grinnel; Milwaukee; Nibco; ProFlo; Stockham; Walworth or Approved Equal. B. Backflow Preventer: Febco; Watts; Wilkins Regulator; or Approved Equal. C. Additional manufacturers are listed for each individual item. 2.02 PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Piping located above ground near water heaters and exposed within the building: Type L copper tubing with solder joints and wrought copper or cast brass fittings. The use of Propress fittings is acceptable for above ground installation. B. Piping located above ground and within walls and above ceilings: Type L copper with solder joints and wrought copper or cast brass fittings. The use of Propress fittings is acceptable for above ground installation. 2.03 VALVES A. Gate Valves (2-1/2 inches and smaller): 125 psi-swp bronze gate, screwed bonnet, non-rise stem, solid wedge disc, solder or thread connection. Stockham No. B-112, or Approved Equal. B. Ball Valves (2 inches and smaller): 125 psi-swp bronze ball, standard port, 2 piece construction, anti-blowout stem, Teflon seats, stainless steel or chrome Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid —2/26/2019 22 11 16 - 1/3 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel WATER PIPING plate ball, extended stem, memory stop, solder or thread connection. Nibco S580 or Approved Equal. 2.04 BACKFLOW PREVENTER A. Backflow preventer shall be a double check valve assembly constructed using lead free cast copper. The assembly shall include two resilient seated isolation valves; four top mounted, resilient seated test cocks. B. Backflow preventer shall meet the requirements of ASSE Std. 1015 and AVWVA Std. C510 and approved by the Foundation for Cross-Connection Control and Hydraulic Research at the University of Southern California. C. Backflow preventer shall be Watts Series LF007 or Approved Equal. PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION OF PIPING AND FITTINGS A. Installation and joining of all piping shall comply with the Uniform Plumbing Code and the piping system manufacturer's installation requirements. B. Provide all domestic hot and cold water piping as indicated and as required to allow supply connections to each fixture and equipment item requiring water supply. C. Run all piping concealed unless piping is specifically noted to be run exposed. 3.02 INSTALLATION OF VALVES A. Provide drain valves at piping low points where the piping cannot be drained through fixtures or hose bibs. B. Provide isolation valves as shown on the drawings. C. Install valves so as to be easily accessible and oriented to permit ease of operation. Valve stem shall be directed toward operator in either the vertical or horizontal direction. 3.03 TESTING AND INSPECTION A. All piping shall be tested, inspected, and approved prior to being concealed or covered. B. Testing shall be witnessed by the plumbing inspector and the Project Representative unless approved otherwise by the plumbing inspector or Project Representative. C. Piping shall be hydrostatically tested for a period of 24 hours, during which time no drop in pressure or leakage shall occur. Test pressure shall be not less than 125 psig. D. Any leaks or defective piping disclosed by testing and inspection shall be repaired with new materials and the system retested. E. Backflow preventers shall be tested by a Certified Agency acceptable to the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Completed test report shall be submitted the Project Representative. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid —2/26/2019 22 11 16 -2/3 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel WATER PIPING 3.04 DISINFECTION A. Upon completion of the job, prior to final acceptance, the entire plumbing system in each building shall be disinfected with chlorine solution. The chlorinating material shall be either liquid chlorine conforming to Federal Specifications BB-C-120 or hypochlorite conforming to Federal Specifications O-C-114, Type II, Grade B, or Federal Specifications O-S 602, Grade A or B. The chlorinating material shall provide a dosage of not less than 50 parts per million and shall be introduced into the system in an approved manner. The treated water shall be retained in the pipe long enough to destroy all non spore-forming bacterial. The retention time shall be at least 24 hours and shall produce not less than 10 p.p.m. of chlorine at the extreme end of the system at the end of the retention period. All valves in the system being sterilized shall be opened and closed several times during the contact period. The system shall then be flushed with clean water until residual chlorine is reduced to less than 1.0 p.p.m. During the flushing period all valves and faucets shall be opened and closed several times. The Contractor shall employ an approved agency to take test samples at several points of the system and arrange with the Health Department or Testing Laboratory acceptable to the Jurisdiction Having Authority to test the samples. Should the samples not test satisfactory, the systems shall be re- sterilized and re-flushed until satisfactory samples are obtained. The Contractor shall furnish a letter to the Project Representative stating that Chlorination has been completed. The letter shall also include a copy of a certificate or letter from the Health Department or Testing Laboratory stating that samples taken have been found acceptable and the system is approved for potable use. END OF SECTION 22 11 16 Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid —2/26/2019 22 11 16 - 3/3 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel WATER PIPING 221316 SOIL,WASTE &VENT PIPING PART 1 —GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Soil, Waste and Vent Piping B. Cleanouts C. Testing and Inspection 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 22 05 00 — Plumbing, General B. Section 22 05 20 — Piping Specialties C. Section 22 40 00 — Plumbing Fixtures 1.03 REFERENCES A. ASTM C564 —Standard Specification for Rubber Gaskets for Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings B. ASTM F 656 - Standard Specifications for Primers for Use in Solvent Cement Joints of Poly(Vinyl Chloride)(PVC) Plastic Pipe and Fittings. C. ANSI/ASTM D 1784 —Standard Specification for Rigid Poly (Vinyl Chloride)(PVC) Compounds and Chlorinated Poly(Vinyl Chloride)(CPVC) Compounds. D. ASTM D 1785 — Standard Specifications for Poly(Vinyl Chloride)(PVC) Plastic Pipe, Schedules 40, 80, and 120. E. ASTM D 2564 — Standard Specification for Solvent Cements for Poly (Vinyl Chloride)(PVC) Plastic Piping Systems. F. ASTM D 2665 — Standard Specifications for Poly(Vinyl Chloride)(PVC) Plastic Drain, Waste, and Vent Pipe and Fittings. G. CISPI 301 — Standard Specification for Hubless Cast Iron Pipe and Fittings for Sanitary and Storm Drain, Waste, and Vent Piping Applicatoins. H. CISPI 310 — Specification for Coupling Four Use In Connection with Hubless Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings for Sanitary and Storm Drain, Waste, and Vent Piping Applications. I. National Sanitation Foundation (NSF) Standard 14: Plastics Piping System Components and Related Materials. PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Plastic Pipe: Charlotte Pipe & Foundry Company; JM Eagle; Mueller Industries; or Approved Equal. B. Steel Pipe and Fittings: U.S. Steel; Bethlehem; Republic Steel; Walworth; or Approved Equal. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid —2/26/2019 22 13 16 - 1/4 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel SOIL, WASTE &VENT PIPING C. Cast Iron Pipe: Charlotte Pipe & Foundry Company; U.S. Steel; Republic Steel; Tyler; or Approved Equal. D. Cleanouts: Josam; Zurn; J.R. Smith; Wade; or Approved Equal. 2.02 PVC SOIL, WASTE AND VENT PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Pipe and fittings shall be manufactured from PVC compound with a cell class of 12454 per ASTM D 1784 (solid pipe) and shall conform with National Sanitation Foundation (NSF) standard 14. B. Pipe shall be iron pipe size (IPS) conforming to ASTM D 1785 and ASTM D 2665 (solid pipe). C. Injection molded fittings shall conform to ASTM D 2665. D. Fabricated fittings shall conform to ASTM F 1866. E. Solvent cements shall conform to ASTM D 2564. F. Primer shall conform to ASTM F 656. 2.03 HUBLESS CAST IRON SOIL, WASTE AND VENT PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Pipe and fittings shall be hubless cast iron per CISPI 301. B. Couplings shall be per CISPI 310. 2.04 CLEANOUTS A. GENERAL 1. All cleanouts shall have cast iron bodies with bronze countersunk rectangular slotted plugs or PVC bodies with countersunk rectangular slotted plugs, lubricated with a non-hardening Teflon base thread lubricant. 2. All cleanouts shall be the same size as the pipe which they are intended to serve (but not larger than 4"). 3. Pipe fittings for cleanouts which turn through walls or up through floors shall use long sweep ells or a "Y" and 1/8 bend. B. FLOOR CLEANOUTS 1. Areas with bare concrete floors: J.R. Smith No. 4026 adjustable floor level cleanout with round heavy duty nickel bronze top. C. WALL CLEANOUTS 1. Wall cleanouts shall be furnished with J.R. Smith No. 9776T threaded plug with polished stainless steel cover. PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION OF DRAIN, WASTE AND VENT PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Installation and joining of all piping shall comply with the Uniform Plumbing Code and manufacturer's installation instructions. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid —2/26/2019 22 13 16 -2/4 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel SOIL, WASTE &VENT PIPING B. Provide all soil waste and vent piping as indicated and as required to allow connections to each fixture and equipment item requiring connection. C. The work of this section shall include all sanitary sewer lines inside of the building including connection to the existing inside sanitary sewer system. D. Install all horizontal soil or waste lines with a slope of'/4" per foot. Exceptions require written approval of the Administrative Authority. E. Make all changes of direction and junctions with Y fittings and 1/8 bends; use sanitary tee fittings in vertical pipe only. F. Consult manufacturer's data and architectural drawings for information on plumbing fixtures before beginning rough-in. G. Verify points of connection, invert elevations, and grade requirements before beginning installation. H. Coordinate installation of piping with all trades affected by installation. I. Stub all piping for all items requiring connection through wall or floor; cap and protect until connection to items is complete. J. Vents extending through roof shall terminate at least 10 inches above roofing; and not less than 10 feet from any building opening. K. Vent Flashing: Roof vent penetrations shall be flashed to maintain the weather tightness of the roofing membrane. L. Trap all fixtures and equipment items as required by governing code; provide proper venting for each trap. 3.02 INSTALLATION OF CLEANOUTS A. Install cleanouts in all soil and waste piping: 1. At no more than 100 foot intervals on horizontal runs; 2. At the end of all piping runs; 3. At the base of all vertical risers; 4. At all changes of direction for a run of 10 feet or over; 5. At all locations shown on the drawings and where needed to correct possible stoppage and as required by governing code. B. Provide wall access covers for all wall cleanouts. C. Floor cleanouts shall be installed so as to be flush with the finished floor. D. Install cleanouts so as to assure proper clearances as required by governing code. 3.03 TESTING AND INSPECTION A. All piping shall be tested, inspected and approved prior to being concealed or covered. Testing shall be by water or air, and shall comply with governing code. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid —2/26/2019 22 13 16 - 3/4 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel SOIL, WASTE &VENT PIPING B. Testing shall be witnessed by the plumbing inspector and the Owner/Engineer unless approved otherwise by the plumbing inspector or Project Representative. C. WATER TESTING 1. Fill system with water so that there is no less than 10 feet of head above the highest system section being tested. System shall hold pressure for a period of at least 15 minutes with no leakage before the inspection starts. 2. The system shall then be inspected under pressure and shall hold tight with no leakage. Test pressure shall be maintained until all pipe and fittings under test have been inspected. D. AIR TESTING 1. Pressurize system with air so that there is no less than 5 psig of air pressure in the system. System shall hold pressure for a period of at least 15 minutes without the introduction of additional air before the inspection starts. 2. The system shall be inspected and shall hold tight with no leakage. E. All leaks shall be eliminated and the system re-tested before proceeding with work or concealing pipe. F. All repairs to piping shall be with new material and no caulking or screwed joints or holes are allowed. END OF SECTION 22 13 16 Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid —2/26/2019 22 13 16 -4/4 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel SOIL, WASTE &VENT PIPING SECTION 22 40 00 PLUMBING FIXTURES PART 1 —GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Plumbing Fixtures and Trim B. Water Heaters C. Testing, Adjusting and Cleaning 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 22 05 00 — Plumbing, General B. Section 22 05 30 — Piping Specialties C. Section 23 07 19 — Plumbing Piping Insulation D. Section 22 11 16 —Water Piping System E. Section 22 13 16 —Soil, Waste and Vent Piping System 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. "Plumbing Brass" means "P-traps, Stops, Strainers, Tailpieces, flanges, and other brass fittings and accessories NOT including Faucets." B. "Trim" includes all plumbing brass items, faucets, and any fixture accessories. 1.04 REFERENCES A. 2015 Uniform Plumbing Code, adopted edition including all amendments. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. All submittals shall comply with Section 22 05 00 — Submittals. B. Submit product information on all products to be used. C. All plumbing fixtures installed in casework shall be reviewed with the casework drawings for verification of dimensional requirements necessary to fit within the casework, prior to being submitted for approval. 1.06 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Provide new fixtures and fittings, approved, free from flaws and blemishes with finished surfaces clear, smooth and bright. Visible parts of fixture brass and accessories shall be heavily chrome plated. B. All products and connections shall be in compliance with the Uniform Plumbing Code the local Authority Having Jurisdiction. PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Vitreous china fixtures: American Standard; Eljer; Gerber; Kohler; Proflo; Toto; Zurn; or Approved Equal. B. Water closet seats: Bemis; Beneke; Church; Kohler; Olsonite; Toto; or Approved Equal. C. Stainless Steel Sinks: Just, Elkay; Dayton; Proflo; or Approved Equal. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid —2/26/2019 22 40 00 - 1/5 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel PLUMBING FIXTURES D. Water Heater: A.O. Smith, States, Bradford White. E. Plumbing Brass: Zurn Aquaspec; American Standard; Chicago Faucet; Kohler; Oatey; Brasscraft; Crane; Frost; Speakman; Symmons; Sioux Chief; T&S Brass; Watrous; Proflo; or Approved Equal. F. Faucets: Zurn Aquaspec; Delta Faucet; Chicago Faucet; Symmons; Water Saver; T&S Brass; Eljer; American Standard; Kohler; Moen; Proflo; or Approved Equal. G. Freeze-Proof Hose Bibbs: Zurn; Wade; JR Smith; Sioux Chief; or Approved Equal. H. Flush Valves: American Standard; Kohler; Sloan; Toto; Zurn; or Approved Equal. I. Thermostatic Mixing Valves: Cash-Acme; Honeywell; Symmons; Watts; or Approved Equal. J. Expansion Tank: Amtrol; Eastman; Flexcon; Sioux Chief; Watts; or Approved Equal. K. Circulating Pumps: Armstrong; Grundfos; Taco; or Approved Equal. 2.02 PLUMBING FIXTURES A. General: 1. Plumbing fixtures are listed below by reference numbers, corresponding to the reference number adjoining these items on the drawings. 2. All vitreous china fixtures shall be furnished white unless specifically noted otherwise. 3. In interests of Owner's Standardization, fixtures of similar type shall be product of one manufacturer; fittings of similar type shall be product of one manufacturer. B. Water Closet: P-1A Water Closet— Flush Valve Type, ADA Compliant Water closet: Kohler Highline Floor Mount Toilet Model K-4405 high efficiency, elongated bowl, top spud flush valve, floor mount, 1.28 gallon per flush. Fixture to comply with ADA requirements, rim height (including seat) shall be at least 17 inches and not exceed 19 inches measured to the top of the seat. Seat: Church Model 295CT, open front elongated plastic toilet seat without cover with check hinge and stainless steel fastening hardware. Flush Valve: Kohler Model K-13517 Manual, 1.28 GPF Flush Valve, ADA Compliant. C. Lavatories: P-2 Lavatory—Wall Hunq, - ADA Compliant Lavatory: Kohler Kingston Wall Mount Model K-2005, vitreous china with wall hanger, 4-inch center holes and over flow, ADA Compliant. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid —2/26/2019 22 40 00 -2/5 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel PLUMBING FIXTURES Plumbing Brass: 1-1/4" x 1-1/2" cast brass offset "P" trap, loose key, metal- to-metal stops and flexible risers. Faucet: Delta Model 2520LF, two handle lavatory faucet with aerator, 1.5 gpm flow restrictor, complete with mounting hardware and pop-up type fitting with plated flange and stopper, chrome plated cast brass construction with brass or copper waterways. Faucet shall be Water Sense Labeled. ADA compliant. D. Sinks: P-3 —Countertop Kitchen Sink, Sinqle Compartment—ADA Compliant Sink: Just SL-ADA-2225-A-GR, 22"Dx 25"W overall size with one (1) 16" x 22" x 6-1/2" deep bowl, stainless steel, self-rimming countertop sink with 3- hole drilling. Sink compartment shall have 3-1/2" drain opening. Plumbing Brass: Just J-35, 3" drain fittings with 1 '/2" chrome plated tailpiece, and 1-1/2" "P" trap; and loose key, metal-to-metal stops and flexible risers. Faucet: Delta Model 100-BH-DST single handle, deck-mount kitchen faucet with RP19754— 1.5 GPM aerator. E. Hose Bibb: HB-1 Freeze-Proof Hose Bibb Zurn Model Z1321 Ecolotrol ceramic disc wall hydrant with integral vacuum breaker, automatic draining. F. Water Heater: WH-1 Water Heater Water heater: A.O. Smith Model EJC-20, 20 gallon capacity, with ASME Pressure Temperature Relief Valve, 2500 watt, 120V/1 PH electric heater elements. Thermostatic Mixing Valve: Cash Acme Tank Booster Pro, certified to ASSE 1017, CSA B 125.3, NSF 372, NSF 61 and shall be listed by IAPMO and ASSE for use in accordance with the UPC. Temperature actuated mixing valve shall control the delivered water temperature via a regulating piston made from engineered polymer. The adjustment mechanism shall be lockable. The valve shall be supplied with an insertion temperature gauge and hot water recirculation fitting. Expansion Tank: Therm-X-Trol ST-5 thermal expansion tank. G. Circulating Pump: CP-1 Circulatina Pump Circulating pump shall be Grundfos Alpha2 15-55SF stainless steel construction with terminal box and AUTOAdapt mode to control circulating pump operation based on water demand. Pump shall be have an ECM motor with selectable settings and LED display. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid —2/26/2019 22 40 00 -3/5 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel PLUMBING FIXTURES 2.03 SPECIALTIES A. Unless indicated otherwise, the following fittings and materials shall be used: 1. Fixture Traps: PVC tubing with 2 inch minimum seal, size as required by Uniform Plumbing Code and to suit construction. 2. Stops: Chromium plated brass '/4 turn stops with flexible risers, BrassCraft KT Series with BrassCraft Speedi Plumb PLUS Flexible Water Connectors or Approved Equal. 3. Rims: Sinks mounted in the counterwork shall be self-rimming. 4. Vacuum Breakers: Anti-siphon vacuum breaker, by same manufacturer as flush valve or faucet with which used. 5. Sealant: Silicone type, General Electric type SCS1202 series or pow Chemical equal, color to match fixture, or Approved Equal. 6. Carriers: Provide for wall mounted fixtures, type to suit construction. J.R. Smith or Approved Equal. PART 3— EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION OF FIXTURES A. All fixtures shall be completely connected to piping as needed to make a complete and operable installation. B. All wall mounted fixtures shall be installed with supporting carriers that transmit the load to the floor. C. Where plumbing fixtures abut to walls and floors, seal all joints with a uniform fillet bead of silicone sealant. D. Mounting heights and locations of fixtures shall be as shown on the Architectural drawings; these locations shall be verified and coordinated with the various trades affected by the installation of these fixtures. When not indicated or shown, obtain mounting location and heights from the Project Representative prior to installation. E. Protect fixtures against use and damage during construction; provide guards and/or boxing as required. 3.02 INSTALLATION OF WATER HEATER AND MIXING VALVE A. Install water heater and associated accessories including circulating pump, expansion tank, relief valve, seismic restraint straps, and thermometers. Water heater shall be installed on support platform for clear access to the water heater and accessories through the existing access door. B. Install thermostatic mixing valves and associated check valves and discharge thermometer. Valves shall be installed per manufacturer's installation instructions including thermal trap of hot water supply inlet. 3.03 INSTALLATION OF SPECIALTIES Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid —2/26/2019 22 40 00 -4/5 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel PLUMBING FIXTURES A. Escutcheons: Provide escutcheons at each point where an exposed pipe or other fitting passes through walls, floors, or ceilings. B. Stops: Provide stops in all water connections to all lavatories and sinks. 3.04 ADJUSTMENTS AND CLEANING A. After completion of installation remove all labels and thoroughly clean all fixtures, trim and fittings. B. Adjust all fixture stops, valves, and associated plumbing items as necessary for the proper operation of all equipment. C. Water heater shall be set at 140F and thermostatic mixing valve shall be set at 120 F. END OF SECTION 22 40 00 Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid —2/26/2019 22 40 00 -5/5 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel PLUMBING FIXTURES DIVISION 23 Heating, Ventilating and Air Conditioning (HVAC) � ,� � SECTION 23 05 00 MECHANICAL, GENERAL PART 1 —GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and services for all mechanical work as specified in Division 23, and as shown on the drawings. B. All work shall be completely coordinated with the work of all other trades and shall conform to all other provisions of the Contract Documents. C. Furnish and install all materials, appurtenances, devices, and miscellaneous items not specifically mentioned herein or noted on the drawings, but which are necessary to make a complete working installation of all mechanical systems. D. All mechanical equipment and devices furnished or installed under other Divisions of the specifications which require connection to any mechanical systems shall be connected under this division of the specifications. E. To eliminate all possible errors and interferences, this Contractor shall thoroughly examine the Architectural, Structural and Electrical Drawings and Specifications before work is started and shall consult and coordinate with each of the Contractors regarding the work. F. The Contractor shall notify the Project Representative of any discrepancies or conflicts within the Contractor pocuments or between the Contractor Documents and field conditions. The Contractor shall not proceed with any work or the purchasing of any materials for the area(s) of conflict until obtaining written instructions from the Project Representative on how to proceed. Any work done by the Contractor after his discovery of such discrepancies or conflicts and prior to obtaining the Project Representative's instructions on how to proceed, shall be done at the Contractor's expense. 1.02 DRAWINGS A. The drawings and specifications are complementary and what is called for in either is binding as if called for in both. B. The drawings are diagrammatic and show the general arrangement of the construction and therefore do not necessarily show all offsets, fittings and accessories which are required to form a complete and operating installation. C. The precise location of equipment shall, in every case, be subject to the Project Representative's approval, and no allowances will be permitted the Contractor for any changes resulting from his failure to secure approval. D. The Contractor shall be responsible for checking field conditions and verifying all measurements and relationships indicated on the drawings before proceeding with the work. E. The installation of all systems shall follow the drawings as closely as actual building construction and the work of other trades permit. 1.03 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. The work includes providing complete and operational mechanical systems for the facility as shown on the drawings and described herein. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid —2/26/2019 23 05 00 - 1/8 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel MECHANICAL, GENERAL B. Insulation: The work shall include furnishing and installing all duct insulation and all refrigerant piping insulation in accordance with the Washington State Energy Code and as described herein. C. Heating, Ventilating &Air Conditioning Systems: The work shall include furnishing and installing heat pump indoor units, heat pump outdoor units, refrigeration piping, exhaust fan, ductwork, controls, and all accessories necessary to provide complete and operable systems as shown on the drawings and as described herein. D. Air Balancing: The contractor will provide for air balancing of the mechanical HVAC systems by an independent balancing contractor. Refer to Section 23 05 93 —Test, Adjusting and Balancing for requirements. 1.04 DEFINITIONS "Provide" means "furnish and install complete and ready for use". "Governing codes" means "the applicable provisions of the current adopted editions of: Washington State Energy Code International Building Codes NFPA National Fire Codes Washington State General Safety and Health Standards and all local amendments to these codes. "Finished Areas" means "areas listed on the architectural drawings as receiving a finish coat of paint". "As indicated" means "as shown on the drawings and described in the specifications". "Concealed" means "built into the construction and not exposed to view". "As required" means "as necessary to form a safe, neat, and complete working installation (or product), fulfilling all the requirements of the specifications and drawings and in compliance with all governing codes". Abbreviations: AFF Above Finish Floor AMCA Air Moving and Conditioning Association ANSI American National Standards Institute ASHRAE American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air Conditioning Engineers ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers ASTM American Society of Testing and Materials CFM Cubic Feet per Minute CISPI Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute HP Horsepower IAPMO International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials NEMA National Electric Manufacturers Association NFPA National Fire Protection Association Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid —2/26/2019 23 05 00-2/8 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel MECHANICAL, GENERAL per in accordance with PSI Pound per Square Inch Gage Pressure PVC Polyvinyl chloride SMACNA Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association SP Static Pressure UL Underwriter's Laboratories w.g. Water Gage (inches of water) W.P. Working Pressure Additional abbreviations are as listed on the drawings or elsewhere in these specifications. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with the provisions of Section 01430 —Quality Assurance and Control and the requirements of this Section. B. All work shall be in accordance with the codes which are defined as making up the "Governing Codes". C. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to acquaint themselves with the requirements of all codes. D. On completion of the work, satisfactory evidence shall be furnished to show that all work has been installed in accordance with all codes and that all inspections required have been successfully passed. E. Permits and Fees: Refer to the Instructions to Bidders Specification Section. F. Contractor shall coordinate with the all electrical work provided under Division 26 including coordinated shop drawings. 1.06 LABELING AND IDENTIFICATION A. Equipment Labeling: Each scheduled equipment item (except air terminals) shall be labeled with the equipment identification number as indicated on the schedules (e.g., HP-1) and by the equipment name (e.g., HEAT PUMP). The labeling shall be located on the service side of the equipment so as to be easily read by a person standing at floor level. Where equipment is located above ceilings the label shall be easily read by a person looking through the ceiling access. In addition, where equipment is located above ceilings, a tag with the unit number shall be secured to the ceiling adjacent to the equipment access point. All labeling attached to finish surfaces shall be reviewed and located as accepted by the Project Representative prior to attaching label. The labels shall be made of white laminated plastic labels with black engraved lettering, with a minimum of two (2) stainless steel screws for attachment (or alternate method acceptable to the Project Representative). See following paragraph "Labels" regarding label requirements. B. Labels: Identification labels shall be made of white laminated plastic with black engraved lettering. Equipment identification numbering letters shall be '/z' high (e.g., "HP-1") with equipment description lettering '/4" high (e.g., HEAT PUMP) directly below the numbering. where indicated in other sections of these specifications, warning or caution labels shall be made of white laminated plasticwith red engraved lettering with the "WARNING" or Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid —2/26/2019 23 05 00- 3/8 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel MECHANICAL, GENERAL "CAUTION" in 1/2:" high letters followed by the text of the warning or caution in 3/8" high lettering. Instructional or component labels, where indicated in other sections of these specifications, shall be made of white laminated plastic with black engraved '/4" high lettering. 1.07 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit the following in accordance with Section 00700 — General Terms and Conditions, Article 4.4 —Submittals, and Section 01330 — Submittal Procedures: B. Approval Submittals: a. Product Data: b. Manufacturer's Written Instructions: c. Shop Drawings: d. Samples: e. Sample Warranties: Provide a Sample Warranty for each Warranty required in this section. i. Each Sample Warranty shall be marked `SAMPLE'. ii. Include project-specific information, and proposed exclusions, if any, identified by the manufacturer. f. Statement of Installer Qualifications: g. Manufacturer's Technical Representative Contact Information: h. Engineering Calculations: i. Certified Test Results: j. Sample Warranty: C. Closeout Submittals: a. O&M Manual Content: Provide O&M Manual documentation as required by Section 01730 —Operation and Maintenance Manuals b. Special Warranties: D. Provide submittals for all equipment supplied under the work of this Division. E. Refer to individual Division 23 specification sections for additional information and shop drawing requirements. 1.08 RECORD DATA A. Record Drawings: The contractor will be furnished with a clean, full-size set of construction drawings which shall be used to update project mechanical drawings for submittal to the Project Representative. Contractor identification shall be added to each of the drawings which indicate the name of the responsible contractor for the "Record Drawing" information and the date of the "Record Drawing" submittal. All changes from the original contract drawings shall be delineated with bubbled clouding keyed or flagged to the "Record Drawing" revision. At the completion of the project, the contractor shall deliver to the Project Representative one complete set of redline Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid —2/26/2019 23 05 00-4/8 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel MECHANICAL, GENERAL contract drawings upon which any changes during construction are neatly drafted. 1.09 SPECIAL TOOLS A. At the completion of the project this Contractor shall furnish to the Project Representative one complete set of any and all special tools such as odd size wrenches, keys, etc. which are necessary to service or adjust any piece of equipment installed under this contract. Each tool shall be marked or tagged to identify its use. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Products by the manufacturers listed as Acceptable Manufacturers are acceptable substitutions for the specified products. Products by these manufacturers used as substitutions shall be equal to or superior to the specified item in function, appearance, and quality. B. The approval of a manufacturer as an Acceptable Manufacturer applies to the Manufacturer only, and does not relieve the Contractor from the responsibility of ineeting all applicable requirements of the plans and specifications. Contractor shall be responsible for all costs to other trades and all revisions required to accommodate any substitutions. 2.02 SUBSTITUTIONS A. All substitutions for products under Division 23 shall be reviewed for acceptance by the Project Representative as indicated herein. B. To obtain acceptance of desired substitutions the manufacturer, Contractor or supplier shall submit the following information on the proposed substitution a minimum of 10 days prior to bid: 1. Differences between proposed substitution and specified item with a summary describing the technical benefit in using the proposed substitution. 2. Changes in building design required to accommodate the proposed substitutions. 3. Effect that the proposed substitution has on other trades. 4. Complete technical data on the proposed substitution. C. Proposed substitutions shall match the specified item in function, appearance, and quality, and shall fulfill all requirements of the plans and specifications. The Project Representative shall review the proposed substitution for conformance with the plans and specifications in addition to prior technical support experience with the proposed manufacturer and/or local manufacturer's representative and shall make a determination of acceptance or non-acceptance based on this criterion. Acceptable substitutions will be included in an addendum prior to bid. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid —2/26/2019 23 05 00- 5/8 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel MECHANICAL, GENERAL D. The acceptance of a substitution applies to the manufacturer only and does not relieve the Contractor from the responsibility of ineeting all applicable requirements of the plans and specifications. E. The Contractor shall be responsible for all costs to other trades and all revisions required to accommodate any substitutions. 2.03 MOTORS AND CONTROLS A. Where a piece of equipment specified includes an electric motor, the motor shall be furnished and mounted by this Contractor. Motor starter and disconnect switches and wiring from the electrical panel to the motor control devices and to the motor shall be provided under Division 26, unless specified or indicated otherwise. B. All electrical work, conduit, boxes and devices in connection with control wiring as required to install the control equipment as specified herein or shown on the drawings shall be furnished and installed complete under this section of the Specifications and shall conform to all applicable portions of the Electrical Section of the Specifications and shall conform to all governing codes. C. Motors: 1. Acceptable Manufacturers: General Electric, Westinghouse, Reliance, Allis-Chalmers, Gould, Century, Wagner, Baldor, U.S. Motors, Marathon. 2. Motors serving mechanical equipment shall be open frame, drip-proof type, unless otherwise indicated. 3. All motors shall be UL listed and shall be provided with motor overload devices integral with the motor. 4. All poly-phase motors 1.0 horsepower and above shall comply with the Washington State Energy Code Section 1437 Electric Motor Efficiency. 5. Motors shall not be smaller than indicated on drawings; however, motors shall be of adequate size to drive the respective equipment when handling the air quantities specified without exceeding the nameplate full load current at any conditions encountered in actual operation. If it becomes evident that a motor furnished is too small to meet these requirements as a result of the Contractor using substituted equipment or having revised the system arrangement, the Contractor shall replace it with a motor of adequate size at not additional cost to the Owner. This Contractor shall also arrange with the Electrical Contractor to increase the size of the wiring, motor starter and other accessories as required to serve the larger motor. This Contractor shall bear the cost of such additional work. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid —2/26/2019 23 05 00- 6/8 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel MECHANICAL, GENERAL PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION Verify conditions are satisfactory to receive the Work of this Section. Do not commence work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. Beginning of Work constitutes acceptance of conditions. 3.02 WORKMANSHIP A. This Contractor shall furnish and install all equipment included in the Contract to provide completed systems with a neat and finished appearance. If, in the judgment of the Project Representative any portion of the work has not been installed in accordance with the drawings and specifications in a neat workmanlike manner, the Contractor shall be required to revise the work and comply with the drawings and specifications in an acceptable manner to the Project Representative, at no increase in cost to the Owner. 3.03 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. The General Contractor shall provide all required spaces and provisions in structures of new construction for the installation of work of all other contractors or subcontractors who are responsible to coordinate requirements for their equipment, Cutting and Patching of structures in place made necessary to admit work, repair defective work, or by neglect of contractors and subcontractors to properly anticipate their requirements, shall be done by the General Contractor at the expense of the Contractors or subcontractors responsible. B. Patching Materials: Patching shall be with materials of like kind and quality of the adjoining surface by skilled labor experienced in that particular trade. C. Areas to be Cut and Patched: Wherever floors, walls, ceilings, plates, fire stops, or framing members are cut, openings shall be reinforced as directed to maintain structural integrity and to comply with Building Code requirements. D. Cutting of Structural Features: Make no cuts or alterations to any structural framing members without explicit consent of the Project Representative and then only under his direction. Locate cuttings so they will not weaken structural components. Cut carefully and only the minimum amount necessary. All required cutting to install material shall be accomplished with the use of saw cutting equipment. 3.04 INSTALLATION A. Install mechanical equipment to permit easy access for normal maintenance, so that parts requiring periodic replacement or maintenance can be removed. Relocate items which interfere with access. B. Devices which are manually adjusted or operated shall be located so as to be easily accessible. Any such items which are not in the open shall be made accessible through access openings in the building construction. C. Gauges, thermometers, instrumentation and other components which are installed to monitor equipment performance, operating conditions, etc., shall Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid —2/26/2019 23 05 00- 7/8 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel MECHANICAL, GENERAL be oriented so as to be easily read by a person standing on the floor. Provide necessary brackets and hangers as needed. D. If circumstances at a particular location make the accessible installation of an item difficult or inconvenient, the situation shall be discussed with the Project Representative before installing the item in a poor access location. E. Belts, pulleys, couplings, projecting setscrews, keys and other rotating parts which may pose a danger to personnel shall be fully enclosed or guarded in accordance with OSHA regulations. 3.05 WATERPROOFING A. Where any work pierces waterproofing, method of installation shall be as approved by the Project Representative before work is done. Contractor shall furnish all necessary caulking and flashing required to make openings watertight. B. All equipment or material located outdoors shall be waterproof. 3.06 FINAL INSPECTION AND INSTRUCTION A. Prior to acceptance of the Mechanical work, the Contractor shall put all Mechanical systems into operation so that they may be inspected by the Project Representative and the Owner's representatives on the operation and maintenance of all equipment. The contractor shall provide a minimum 8 hour instruction period to review each major item of equipment and provide instructions by the installing sub-contractor. Refer to other sections of Division 23 for additional instruction and training requirements. B. The Contractor's Representatives who conduct these instructions and demonstrations shall be qualified foremen or superintendents acquainted with this project and the trades involved. C. Instructions: Shall include preliminary discussion on the system's operation and presentation of information from product submittal data with appropriate references to drawings, followed by a tour of the building spaces explaining maintenance requirements, access methods, servicing, and maintenance procedures, temperature settings and available system and equipment adjustments. D. Notice of the Contractor's readiness to conduct the instruction and demonstrations shall be given to the owner and Project Representative at least one week prior to proposed periods and mutually agreed upon times arranged. END OF SECTION 23 05 00 Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid —2/26/2019 23 05 00- 8/8 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel MECHANICAL, GENERAL SECTION 23 05 93 TESTING, ADJUSTING 8� BALANCING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Air Balancing B. Report 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 23 05 00 - Mechanical, General B. Section 23 30 00 - HVAC Systems C. Section 23 31 13 - Ductwork D. Section 23 33 00 - Duct Accessories E. Section 23 37 00 -Air Outlets and Inlets 1.03 REFERENCES A. Associated Air Balance Council (AABC) - National Standards for Total System Balance. B. National Environmental Balancing Bureau (NEBB) - Procedural Standards for Testing, Adjusting and Balancing of Environmental Systems. 1.04 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. The air balancing shall be done by a company, independent of the installing contractor, which specializes in this type of work and is certified by NEBB or AABC, not affiliated with the mechanical contractor. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL INSTRUMENTATION A. Balancing equipment shall comply with Associated Air Balance Council or National Environmental Balancing Bureau recommendations for field measurement instrumentation including submittal of equipment calibration certificates. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. All air systems shall be completely balanced and adjusted to provide the air flow rates indicated B. All measurements and adjustments shall be in accordance with the Associated Air Balance Council National Standards or National Environmental Balancing Bureau Standards. 3.02 AIR BALANCING A. With the new clean filters installed in all systems, all air flow rates (supply, return, outside air and exhaust) shall be adjusted to within plus 10 percent and minus 0 percent of the values shown in the contract documents. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid —2/26/2019 22 05 93 - 1/2 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel TESTING, ADJUSTING & BALANCING B. All diffusers, grilles, and registers shall be adjusted to minimize drafts and provide a maximum space noise level of NC 35 in all portions of the buildings. C. At completion of balancing, mark the final position of all balancing dampers with a permanent marker by outlining the damper handle position. 3.03 BALANCING REPORT A. General: A balancing report shall be submitted as specified herein, documenting all balancing procedures and measurements. B. Five copies of the air balancing report shall be delivered to the Project Representative. C. Format: 8-1/2" x 11" size, neat, clean copies (11" x 17" size, drawings shall be accordion folded). Drawings, 8-1/2" x 11" size or 11" x 17" size shall be included which show the locations of all air terminals, numbered to correspond with the balance report data sheets. Report shall be typed and shall have a title page. Title page shall include the name of the Job, Owner, Project Representative, Balancing Contractor, and Report Date. D. General Balancing Information Required: 1. List of instruments used in making the measurements and instruments of calibration data. 2. Names of personnel performing measurements. 3. List of all correction factors used for all diffusers, grilles, and any other correction factors used. E. Air Balancing Information Required: 1. Initial, trial and final air flow measurements for all diffusers and grilles. 2. Design air flow rates and percentage final air flow rates are of design values. 3. Floor plans clearly showing and identifying all diffusers, and grilles and all other items where air flow rates were measured. 4. Note any parts of the system where objectionable drafts or noises may be present. 5. Air flow measurements by duct traverse shall be provided for all outside air intake ducts in each mode of operation to document the outside air quantities for each system. 3.04 AIR BALANCE VERIFICATION A. Following submittal of the Air Balance Report, the balancing contractor shall provide field verification of 10% of the recorded air balance readings in the presence of the Project Representative. END OF SECTION 23 05 93 Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid —2/26/2019 22 05 93 -2/2 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel TESTING, ADJUSTING & BALANCING SECTION 23 09 00 CONTROLS PART 1-GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Complete system of electric/electronic automatic controls of the HVAC systems shown on the Drawings and described herein. B. Control devices and components. C. Design and shop drawings of the complete temperature control system shall be provided. The control system is a vendor-designed system to provide the Sequence of Operation as described herein. Final design of the system is the Contractor's responsibility subject to review and approval of the Project Representative. D. Testing and adjustment. E. The work of this section shall include all line voltage wiring to components furnished under this section and all low voltage wiring as required to provide the sequence of operation specified. Line voltage power supply wiring shall be provided from the area electrical panels to serve the control system. Circuit breakers will be installed by Division 26. All line voltage wiring shall be installed in conformance with the requirements of Division 26. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 23 05 00 - Mechanical, General B. Section 23 05 00 - HVAC Systems C. Section 23 05 93 - Testing, Adjusting and Balancing D. Division 26— Electrical PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2.02 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Provide submittals for all equipment supplied under the work of this section. B. The control system shall be a vendor designed and installed system to achieve the Sequence of Operation indicated on the Drawings. 2.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit in accordance with Section 23 05 00 - Submittals. B. Submit product information on all control components. C. Submit shop drawings showing all components and wiring as required to provide the Sequence of Operation as specified herein. D. Control system submittal shall include control components and shop drawings in one package. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid —2/26/2019 23 09 00 - 1/2 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel CONTROLS 2.04 THERMOSTATS A. Programmable 7-day thermostats shall be provided with each split system heat pump under Section 23 30 00 — HVAC Systems and installed under this section. 2.05 OCCUPANCY SENSORS AND RELAYS A. Line voltage occupancy sensors for start/stop control of heat recovery units shall be provided under this section and installed under this section of the specifications as noted on the Mechanical Schedules in the Drawings. B. Additional relays necessary to provide the sequence of operation specified shall be provided and installed under this section of the specifications. C. Coordinate locations with the electrical trades for control interfacing. 2.06 CONTROL DAMPER AND DAMPER OPERATOR A. Control dampers with line voltage damper operators shall be provided under Section 23 37 00 — Air Outlets and Inlets and wired through control relays provided and installed under this section of the specifications to provide the Sequence of Operation as described on the drawings. PART 3— EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Provide and install all control devices as required to provide the Sequence of Operation as described herein. A dedicated 120v/1 ph 20 amp breaker will be provided in the electrical panel under Division 26. Line voltage wiring, as required to power the building HVAC control systems, shall be provided under this section and installed in accordance with the requirements of Division 26. B. Thermostats, temperature sensors and occupancy sensors shall be mounted where shown, 5'-0" above finish floor, unless indicated otherwise. 3.02 SEQUENCE OF OPERATION A. Provide the Sequence of Operation as described on the drawings. END OF SECTION 23 09 00 Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid —2/26/2019 23 09 00 -2/2 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel CONTROLS SECTION 23 30 00 HVAC SYSTEMS PART 1 —GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Split System Air-to-Air Heat Pumps B. Split System Air Conditioners C. Refrigeration Lines Sets D. Refrigeration Line Set Cover E. Heat Recovery Units F. Supply Fan G. Electric Heaters H. Mounting Rails I. Roof Pipe Supports J. Vibration Isolators 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 23 05 00 — Mechanical, General B. Section 23 05 93 —Testing, Adjusting and Balancing C. Section 23 09 00 - Controls D. Section 23 3113— Ductwork E. Section 23 37 00 —Air Outlets and Inlets 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall comply with Section 23 05 00 - Submittals. B. Submit product information on all products to be used. PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Split System Heat Pumps: Mitsubishi Trane; Daikin; or Approved Equal. B. Heat Recovery Units: Panasonic; RenewAire; or Approved Equal. C. Supply Fan: Greenheck; Loren Cook; Panasonic; or Approved Equal. D. Electric Wall Heaters: King Electric; TPI; Dayton; or Approved Equal. E. Condensing Unit Mounting Rails: Portals Plus; Thycurb; or Approved Equal. F. Roof Pipe Supports: OMG; or Approved Equal. G. Vibration Isolators: Kinetics Noise Control; Mason Industries; or Approved Equal. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid —2/26/2019 23 30 00 - 1/5 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel HVAC SYSTEMS 2.02 SPLIT SYSTEM HEAT PUMPS AND AIR CONDITIONERS A. General Features: 1. Refrigeration systems shall utilize R-410A refrigerant. 2. Split system heat pumps shall be furnished with insulated refrigerant line sets and line set fittings. 3. Refrigeration piping shall be sized using manufacturer's sizing software based on specific equipment capacity, line lengths and elevations. 4. Each system shall include matching indoor and outdoor units with Washington State Energy Code compliant performance. 5. All indoor units shall be furnished with 7-day programmable thermostats furnished by the equipment manufacturer and installed under Section 23 09 00 - Controls. 6. Indoor units shall include AUTO fan control to shut off the indoor fan when the unit is not in a heating or cooling mode. 7. Outdoor condensing units shall be furnished with seacoast coil protection. 8. Units shall be provided as scheduled on the drawings as manufactured by Mitsubishi Trane or Approved Equal. B. CU-1/FCU-1/FCU-2/FCU-3/FCU-4/FCU-5 System: 1. Outdoor condensing unit shall be configured to provide heating and cooling with variable refrigerant flow with the FCU-2 indoor unit providing switchover of CU-1 between heating and cooling. This feature will be configurable to change the switchover to one of the other indoor units. 2. Indoor units shall be configured for installation in a 2 ft x 2 ft ceiling grid. 3. Indoor units shall be furnished with built in condensate lift mechanisms for condensate removal. 4. Indoor units shall be powered separately from the outdoor unit. Provide control wire interface between indoor units and outdoor unit. C. CU-2/FCU-6A/FCU-6B System: 1. Outdoor condensing unit shall be configured to provide heating and cooling with variable refrigerant flow with the FCU-6A indoor unit providing switchover of CU-2 between heating and cooling. This feature will be configurable to change the switchover to the other indoor unit. 2. Indoor units shall be wall mounted. 3. Indoor units shall be powered through the outdoor unit. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid —2/26/2019 23 30 00 -2/5 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel HVAC SYSTEMS D. CU-3A/FCU-7 and CU-3B/FCU-8 Systems: 1. Outdoor condensing units shall be configured to provide cooling only. 2. Outdoor units shall be provided with low ambient hood kit with wind baffles for low ambient cooling down to 5 degrees Fahrenheit. 3. Indoor units shall be wall mounted. 4. Indoor units shall be powered through the respective outdoor unit. E. CU-4/FCU-9A/FCU-9B System: 1. Outdoor condensing unit shall be configured to provide heating and cooling with variable refrigerant flow with the FCU-9A indoor unit providing switchover of CU-4 between heating and cooling. This feature shall be configurable to change the switchover to the other indoor unit. 2. Indoor units shall be configured for installation in a 2 ft x 2 ft ceiling grid. 3. Indoor units shall be furnished with built in condensate lift mechanisms for condensate removal. 4. Indoor units shall be powered through the outdoor unit. 2.03 HEAT RECOVERY UNITS A. HRU-2/HRU-3A: 1. Heat recovery units shall be ceiling or wall mount type with built in speed selectors for both supply and exhaust air for manual airflow settings of 10-20-40 CFM. 2. Supply and exhaust fans wheels run on a single fully enclosed AC condenser motor rated for continuous operation with thermal cut-off fuse control, with a power rating of 120 volts, single phase. 3. Housing shall be galvanized metal. 4. Filters shall be provided for supply air and exhaust air. 5. Heat recovery units shall include duct adapters for 4-inch round duct intake and exhaust connections. 6. The supply air damper closes below 20 degrees Fahrenheit to prevent freezing of the core. The exhaust air includes a backdraft damper. 7. Units shall have a combination supply/exhaust grille. 8. Heat recovery units shall be Panasonic ERV ventilators Model FV- 04VE1 or Approved Equal. B. HRU-1/HRU-3B/HRU-4/HRU-5: 1. Heat recovery units shall be ceiling or wall mount type with built in speed selectors for both supply and exhaust air for manual airflow settings of 50-60-70-80-90-100 CFM. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid —2/26/2019 23 30 00 - 3/5 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel HVAC SYSTEMS 2. Supply and exhaust fans shall have removable, permanently lubricated plug in DC brushless motors rated for continuous operation with thermal cut-off fuse control, with a power rating of 120 volts, single phase. 3. Housing shall be 22 gauge galvanized metal. 4. Mery 8 filters shall be provided for supply air and exhaust air. 5. Heat recovery units shall include duct adapters for either 4-inch or 6-inch round duct intake and exhaust connections. 6. Built in damper on outside air closes during defrost function. 7. Units shall have four (4) pressure ports for airflow verification. 8. Heat recovery units shall be Panasonic ERV ventilators Model FV- 10VE1 or Approved Equal. 2.04 SUPPLY FANS A. Inline Supply Fan: 1. Low noise ENERGY STAR rated and HVI certified. 2. Four-pole totally enclosed condenser motor with thermal-cutoff fuse and ECM motor with DC Smartflow technology. 3. Galvanized steel body, fully Insulated housing. 4. Integrated 6 inch round intake and discharge duct collars. 5. Furnished with filter section and Mery 8 filter 6. Fan shall be Panasonic Model FV-15NLFS1 or Approved Equal. 2.05 ELECTRIC HEATERS A. Wall heater shall be provided as scheduled on drawings and furnished with integral thermostat to provide a fixed (60F) space temperature with no setback. B. Wall heater shall be King Electric surface mount Model SL1215 or Approved Equal, adjustable wattage, 120 volts, 1 phase with blower and motor, thermal overload, surface mounting can and grille. 2.06 CONDENSING UNIT MOUNTING RAILS A. Condensing unit mounting rails shall be Thycurb Model TMS-3 or Approved Equal with rail height set to provide 8 inches of clearance above the roof insulation. 2.07 CONDENSING UNIT VIBRATION ISOLATORS A. Condensing unit vibration isolators shall be Mason Industries Type NDA-Red Neoprene Mounts or Approved Equal. 2.08 REFRIGERATION ROOFTOP PIPE SUPPORTS A. Exterior refrigeration piping shall be supported on OMG Strut or Adjustable Strut PipeGuard supports with galvanized steel pipe attachments to match Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid —2/26/2019 23 30 00 -4/5 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel HVAC SYSTEMS the piping insulation diameter with insulation continuous through the attachments. B. Provide galvanized steel cover at each attachment to prevent crushing of insulation. PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. SPLIT SYSTEM HEAT PUMPS and AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEMS 1. Install as indicated in the Drawings and per manufacturer's installation instructions. Install outdoor condensing units on mounting rails with vibration isolators. 2. Install insulated line sets between indoor units and outdoor units. Provide roof sleeves for all roof penetrations per requirements of the roofing manufacturer to maintain the roofing warranty. Exterior insulated refrigerant piping shall be provided with aluminum or UV/weather resistant covers per requirements of the Washington State Energy Code. 3. Wire all field accessories and controls per Section 23 09 00 - Controls. 4. Route coil condensate to drain. 5. Provide refrigerant charge per requirements of the manufacturer for proper operation of the units. 6. Provide startup per manufacturer's instruction including commissioning of each system. Submit startup and commissioning report to the Project Representative. B. HEAT RECOVERY UNITS 1. Install as indicated in the drawings and per manufacturer' installation instructions. 2. Heat recovery units shall be provided with occupancy sensor control per Section23 09 00 - Controls. 3. Install clean filters for air balancing per Section 23 05 93—Testing, Adjusting and Balancing. C. SUPPLY FAN 1. Install as indicated in the drawings and per manufacturer' installation instructions. 2. Install Mery 8 filter in the fan cabinet. Provide two (2) sets of spare filters. 3. Provide fan controls per Section 23 09 00 - Controls. D. ELECTRIC HEATERS 1. Install electric heaters as indicated on the drawings per manufacturer' requirements. END OF SECTION 23 30 00 Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid —2/26/2019 23 30 00 - 5/5 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel HVAC SYSTEMS SECTION 23 31 13 DUCTWORK PART 1 —GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Sheet metal Ductwork B. Duct Sealing C. Flexible Duct D. Duct Insulation E. Duct Cleaning and Testing 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 23 05 00 — Mechanical, General B. Section 23 30 00 — HVAC Systems C. Section 23 37 00 —Air Outlets and Inlets 1.03 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Duct Sizes: All duct dimensions shown are inside clear dimensions. B. Gauges: Steel sheet and wire are U.S. Standard Gauge; aluminum sheet is Brown and Sharpe Gauge. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fabricate and install ductwork in accordance with SMACNA duct construction publications and ASHRAE handbooks. B. Materials and installations shall comply with NFPA 90A, NFPA 90B and the Uniform Mechanical Code. 1.05 REFERENCES A. SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards—Metal and Flexible. B. SMACNA Duct Liner Application Standard C. NFPA 90A Standard for the Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems. D. NFPA 90B Standard for the Installation of Warm Air Heating and Air Conditioning Systems. 1.06 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall comply with Section 23 05 00 - Submittals. B. Submit product information on all products to be used. PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Sheet Metal: U.S. Steel, Republic, Bethlehem, Youngstown, United Sheet Metal; or Approved Equal. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid —2/26/2019 23 31 13 - 1/3 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel DUCTWORK B. Duct Sealant and Tape: Durkee-Atwood; Hardcast Duro-Dyne; Benjamin Foster; Products Research and Chemical Corp; or Approved Equal. 2.02 GENERAL MATERIALS A. Ducts: Construct of galvanized sheet steel, suitable for lock forming without flaking or cracking, having a zinc coating of 1.25 ounces total per square foot for both sides of a sheet. B. Fasteners: Use rivets and bolts throughout; sheet metal screws are acceptable on low pressure ductwork only. C. Duct Sealant: Shall be of fire resistant with a flame spread rating of 25 or less, and a smoke developed rating of 50 or less. Sealant shall also be water resistant, and compatible with mating materials and types of joints or connections being sealed. Exterior duct sealant shall be a polyurethane sealant: Products Research and Chemical Corporation No. PR-5365 D. Duct Tape: Shall be fire resistant with a flame spread rating of 25 or less, and a smoke developed rating of 50 or less. Tape used shall be specifically compounded for maximum adhesion to galvanized steel, and shall be compatible with the duct sealant used. 2.03 DUCT FABRICATION A. Duct Gauge and Reinforcement: Shall be as shown in SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards according to the pressure and velocity classification of the system and the duct dimensions. Construct for Pressure Class 1" negative, maximum velocity of 2000 FPM, for all exhaust ductwork and return ductwork and Pressure Class 1" positive, maximum velocity of 2000 FPM, for supply ductwork. B. Joint and Seams: Construct in accordance with SMACNA HVAC Construction Standards, Seal Class C for all exhaust ductwork, return ductwork and supply ductwork. Construct in accordance with SMACNA HVAC Construction Standards, Seal Class B for all supply and exhaust air ductwork. C. Elbows and Tees: Shall be long-radius type with a center-line radius not less than 1-1/2 times the width or diameter of the duct. D. Transitions: Increase duct sizes gradually. Transitions for diverging airflow shall be made with each side pitched out not more than 15 degrees. Transitions for converging airflow shall be made with each side pitched in not more than 30 degrees. E. Branch Connections: Duct take-offs from rectangular ductwork to round ductwork shall be made using spin-in fittings. F. Balancing Dampers: Provide balancing dampers at locations indicated on the drawings. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid —2/26/2019 23 31 13 -2/3 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel DUCTWORK PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.01 DUCTWORK INSTALLATION A. Install all ductwork in sizes and locations as shown on the drawings, complete with all accessories and connections to provide complete and operable heating, ventilating, and exhaust systems. B. Ducts shall be installed level and in neat lines with the building construction. C. All ducts are to be installed concealed unless indicated otherwise. D. Seal all joints in ductwork, both supply, and exhaust, by applying a bead of duct sealant. E. In addition to applying sealant to joints and seams, all joints and seams shall be taped over with minimum 3" wide duct tape. Ductwork installed in exposed areas shall not be taped. 3.02 DUCT INSULATION A. Insulate fresh air intake ducts between the exterior wall caps and roof caps and the inlet to the heat recovery units with a minimum R-7 insulation in compliance with the Washington State Energy Code. 3.03 DUCT CLEANING AND TESTING A. All ducts shall be wiped or blown clean of all dust and debris prior to installation of grilles or diffusers. B. Ductwork shall be tested for leakage prior to concealing or insulating by operation of the system supply and exhaust fans. All joints shall be checked for leakage and any detected leakage shall be repaired, sealed and retested. END OF SECTION 23 31 13 Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid —2/26/2019 23 31 13 - 3/3 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel DUCTWORK SECTION 23 37 00 AIR OUTLETS AND INLETS PART 1 —GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Ceiling Diffusers B. Grilles C. Registers D. Wall Caps E. Roof Caps 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 23 05 00 — Mechanical, General B. Section 23 30 00 — HVAC Systems C. Section 23 31 13 — Ductwork D. Section 23 05 93 —Testing, Adjusting and Balancing 1.03 REFERENCES A. SMACNA Duct Construction Standards — Metal and Flexible 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall comply with Section 23 05 00 - Submittals. B. Submit product information on all products to be used. PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Grilles, Registers and Diffusers: Krueger; Carnes; Titus; Anemostat; J& J Register; Price; Shoemaker; or Approved Equal. B. Wall Caps: Primex; or Approved Equal. C. Roof Caps: Cook; Greenheck; PennBarry; or Approved Equal. 2.02 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Air outlets shall be of size, type, and number of throws as shown on the drawings, and shall match the appearance and performance of the manufacturer's models scheduled on the drawings. B. Air outlet application shall be based on a space noise level of NC 30 maximum C. Furnish all necessary screws, clips, duct collars, and transitions required to allow for the air outlet installation and connection to ductwork. D. Finish: Factory applied white lacquer or enamel finish. 2.03 WALL SUPPLY GRILLES (SG-1) A. Construction: Fabricated aluminum grille with 5/16-inch bar spacing and reversible core 5° or 15° deflection. Titus Model 1700L. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid —2/26/2019 23 37 00 - 1/3 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel AIR OUTLETS AND INLETS B. Grilles shall have Border Type C for wall or exposed duct installation with curved 1 inch border width and rear directional blades. Size shall be as noted on Drawings. 2.04 EXHAUST GRILLES (EG-1) A. Construction: Fabricated aluminum grille with 1/2-inch blade spacing and 35° fixed deflection. Titus Model 355FL. B. Grilles shall have Border Type 1 for wall, ceiling or exposed duct installation with 1-1/4 inch border width. Size shall be as noted on Drawings. 2.05 CEILING SUPPLY DIFFUSERS (CD-1) A. Construction: Fabricated aluminum modular core diffuser having fixed louver directional modules that can be repositioned without tools. Titus model M C D-AA. B. Diffuser shall have Frame Type 3 with round neck inlet for mounting in T-Bar ceiling grid. Diffuser neck size as noted on the Drawings. 2.06 CEILING SUPPLY DIFFUSERS (CD-2) A. Construction: Fabricated steel low air flow diffuser having a square cone, plaque face with low flow adapter. Titus model TJD. B. Diffuser shall have Frame Type 3 with round neck inlet for mounting in T-Bar ceiling grid. Diffuser neck size as noted on the Drawings. 2.07 CEILING SUPPLY DIFFUSERS (CD-3) A. Construction: Fabricated aluminum adjustable round ceiling diffuser for duct mounting. Titus model TMRA-AA. 2.08 DOOR GRILLES (DL-1) A. Construction: Fabricated aluminum door grille with 1/2-inch v-blade spacing and sight proof 77° fixed deflection. Titus Model CT-700L. B. Grilles shall have Border Type 1 for door installation with 1-1/4 inch border width and auxiliary frame for reverse side of door. Size shall be as noted on Drawings. 2.09 WALL CAPS (WC-1, WC-2„ WC-3, WC-4) A. Construction: Fabricated with UV-protected durable polymer resin with one- piece molded base and built-in drip edge. Primex Wall Cap Series (WC) or Approved Equal. B. Wall caps shall be available in standard colors, color selection by Project Representative during the submittal process. Size shall be as noted on Drawings. C. Wall caps shall include backdraft damper in exhaust applications and no backdraft damper for intake application. Wall caps shall include a built-in bird screen. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid —2/26/2019 23 37 00 -2/3 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel AIR OUTLETS AND INLETS 2.10 ROOF CAPS (RC-1, RC-2) A. Construction: Spun aluminum 16 gauge marine alloy construction with bolted and welded corrosion resistant fasteners. The spun aluminum baffle shall have a rolled bead for strength and fastened to an aluminum base with continuously welded curb cap corners. Loren Cook Model PR-8 or Approved Equal. B. Roof caps shall include an 13-1/2 inch tall aluminum insulated roof curb with damper tray, with aluminum bird screen, hinged base for access to damper. Loren Cook Model RCA-16 or Approved Equal. C. Motorized damper shall be 120v/1 ph low leakage damper (maximum of 4 CFM/SF at 1.0 inch water gauge). Loren Cook Model BDMI-12 or Approved Equal. PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install air outlets in locations shown on the drawings and so to conform to architectural features and lighting arrangements. B. Paint ductwork, which is visible behind air outlets and inlets, flat black. C. Install wall caps as shown on the drawings to maintain weather seal. D. Install roof caps as shown on the drawings with roof curbs flashed into the roof inembrane per the roofing manufacturer's requirements to maintain the roof warranty. END OF SECTION 23 37 13 Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid —2/26/2019 23 37 00 - 3/3 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel AIR OUTLETS AND INLETS DIVISION 26 Electrical � ,� � SECTION 26 05 19 LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Building wires and cables rated 600 V and less. 2. Connectors, splices, and terminations rated 600 V and less. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 27 15 00 "Communications Horizontal Cabling" for cabling used for voice and data circuits. 1.02 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1.03 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Field quality-control reports. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 CONDUCTORS AND CABLES A. Copper Conductors: Comply with NEMA WC 70/ICEA S-95-658. B. Conductor Insulation: Comply with NEMA WC 70/ICEA S-95-658 for Type THHN-2-THWN-2 and Type XHHW-2 . C. Multiconductor Cable: Comply with NEMA WC 70/ICEA S-95-658 for armored cable, Type AC and metal-clad cable, Type MC with ground wire. D. VFC Cable: 1. Comply with UL 1277, UL 1685, and NFPA 70 for Type TC-ER cable. 2. Type TC-ER with oversized crosslinked polyethylene insulation, spiral- wrapped foil plus 85 percent coverage braided shields and insulated full- size ground wire or dual spirally wrapped copper tape shields and three bare symmetrically applied ground wires, and sunlight- and oil-resistant outer PVC jacket. E. "Or Approved Equal" 2.02 CONNECTORS AND SPLICES A. Description: Factory-fabricated connectors and splices of size, ampacity rating, material, type, and class for application and service indicated. 2.03 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. B. Comply with NFPA 70. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 §26 05 19— 1/4 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 CONDUCTOR MATERIAL APPLICATIONS A. Feeders: Copper. Solid for No. 10 AWG and smaller; stranded for No. 8 AWG and larger. B. Branch Circuits: Copper. Solid for No. 10 AWG and smaller; stranded for No. 8 AWG and larger, except VFC cable, which shall be extra flexible stranded. 3.02 CONDUCTOR INSULATION AND MULTICONDUCTOR CABLE APPLICATIONS AND WIRING METHODS A. Exposed Feeders: Type THHN-2-THWN-2, single conductors in raceway. B. Feeders Concealed in Ceilings, Walls, Partitions, and Crawlspaces: Type THHN-2-THWN-2, single conductors in raceway. C. Feeders Concealed in Concrete, below Slabs-on-Grade, and Underground: Type THHN-2-THWN-2, or Type XHHW-2, single conductors in raceway. D. Exposed Branch Circuits, Including in Crawlspaces: Type THHN-2-THWN-2, single conductors in raceway. E. Branch Circuits Concealed in Ceilings, Walls, and Partitions: Type THHN-2- THWN-2, single conductors in raceway. F. Branch Circuits Concealed in Concrete, below Slabs-on-Grade, and Underground: Type THHN-2-THWN-2, or Type XHHW-2, single conductors in raceway. 3.03 INSTALLATION OF CONDUCTORS AND CABLES A. Conceal cables in finished walls, ceilings, and floors unless otherwise indicated. B. Complete raceway installation between conductor and cable termination points according to Section 260533 "Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems" prior to pulling conductors and cables. C. Use manufacturer-approved pulling compound or lubricant where necessary; compound used must not deteriorate conductor or insulation. Do not exceed manufacturer's recommended maximum pulling tensions and sidewall pressure values. D. Use pulling means, including fish tape, cable, rope, and basket-weave wire/cable grips, that will not damage cables or raceway. E. Install exposed cables parallel and perpendicular to surfaces of exposed structural members, and follow surface contours where possible. F. Support cables according to Section 26 05 29 "Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems." 3.04 CONNECTIONS A. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published torque-tightening values. If manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A-486B. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 §26 05 19—2/4 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES B. Make splices, terminations, and taps that are compatible with conductor material and that possess equivalent or better mechanical strength and insulation ratings than unspliced conductors. 1. Use oxide inhibitor in each splice, termination, and tap for aluminum conductors. C. Wiring at Outlets: Install conductor at each outlet, with at least 6 inches (150 mm) of slack. 3.05 IDENTIFICATION A. Identify and color-code conductors and cables according to Section 26 05 53 "Identification for Electrical Systems." B. Identify each spare conductor at each end with identity number and location of other end of conductor, and identify as spare conductor. 3.06 SLEEVE AND SLEEVE-SEAL INSTALLATION FOR ELECTRICAL PENETRATIONS A. Install sleeves and sleeve seals at penetrations of exterior floor and wall assemblies. Comply with requirements in Section 26 05 44 "Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for Electrical Raceways and Cabling." 3.07 FIRESTOPPING A. Apply firestopping to electrical penetrations of fire-rated floor and wall assemblies to restore original fire-resistance rating of assembly. 3.08 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform the following tests and inspections: 1. After installing conductors and cables and before electrical circuitry has been energized, test feeder conductors and conductors feeding the following critical equipment and services for compliance with requirements. a. Fire Alarm Control Panel b. Stair Pressurization Fan. c. Sub-feed feeders to panelboards 2. Perform each visual and mechanical inspection and electrical test stated in NETA Acceptance Testing Specification. Certify compliance with test parameters. 3. Infrared Scanning: After Substantial Completion, but not more than 60 days after Final Acceptance, perform an infrared scan of each splice in conductors No. 3 AWG and larger. Remove box and equipment covers so splices are accessible to portable scanner. Correct deficiencies determined during the scan. a. Instrument: Use an infrared scanning device designed to measure temperature or to detect significant deviations from normal values. Provide calibration record for device. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 §26 05 19—3/4 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES b. Record of Infrared Scanning: Prepare a signed report that identifies splices checked and that describes scanning results. Include notation of deficiencies detected, remedial action taken, and observations after remedial action. B. Test and Inspection Reports: Prepare a written report to record the following: 1. Procedures used. 2. Results that comply with requirements. 3. Results that do not comply with requirements and corrective action taken to achieve compliance with requirements. C. Cables will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections. END OF SECTION 26 05 19 Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 §26 05 19—4/4 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES SECTION 26 05 26 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 -- GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes grounding and bonding systems and equipment. 1.02 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. B. Comply with UL 467 for grounding and bonding materials and equipment. 2.02 CONDUCTORS A. Insulated Conductors: Copper or tinned-copper wire or cable insulated for 600 V unless otherwise required by applicable Code or authorities having jurisdiction. B. Bare Copper Conductors: 1. Solid Conductors: ASTM B 3. 2. Stranded Conductors: ASTM B 8. 3. Tinned Conductors: ASTM B 33. 4. Bonding Cable: 28 kcmil, 14 strands of No. 17 AWG conductor, 1/4 inch (6 mm) in diameter. 5. Bonding Conductor: No. 4 or No. 6 AWG, stranded conductor. 6. Bonding Jumper: Copper tape, braided conductors terminated with copper ferrules; 1-5/8 inches (41 mm) wide and 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) thick. 7. Tinned Bonding Jumper: Tinned-copper tape, braided conductors terminated with copper ferrules; 1-5/8 inches (41 mm) wide and 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) thick. 2.03 CONNECTORS A. Listed and labeled by an NRTL acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction for applications in which used and for specific types, sizes, and combinations of conductors and other items connected. B. Bolted Connectors for Conductors and Pipes: Copper or copper alloy. C. Welded Connectors: Exothermic-welding kits of types recommended by kit manufacturer for materials being joined and installation conditions. D. Bus-Bar Connectors: Mechanical type, cast silicon bronze, solderless compression exothermic-type wire terminals, and long-barrel, two-bolt connection to ground bus bar. 2.04 GROUNDING ELECTRODES A. Ground Rods: Copper-clad steel; 3/4 inch by 10 feet (19 mm by 3 m) . Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 26 05 26— 1/3 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 APPLICATIONS A. Conductors: Install solid conductor for No. 10 AWG and smaller, and stranded conductors for No. 8 AWG and larger unless otherwise indicated. B. Underground Grounding Conductors: Install bare copper conductor, No. 2/0 AWG minimum. 1. Bury at least 24 inches (600 mm) below grade. C. Conductor Terminations and Connections: 1. Pipe and Equipment Grounding Conductor Terminations: Bolted connectors. 2. Underground Connections: Welded connectors except at test wells and as otherwise indicated. 3. Connections to Ground Rods at Test Wells: Bolted connectors. 4. Connections to Structural Steel: Welded connectors. 3.02 GROUNDING AT THE SERVICE A. Equipment grounding conductors and grounding electrode conductors shall be connected to the ground bus. Install a main bonding jumper between the neutral and ground buses. 3.03 GROUNDING UNDERGROUND DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM COMPONENTS A Grounding Handholes: Install a driven ground rod through manhole or handhole floor, close to wall, and set rod depth so 4 inches (100 mm) will extend above finished floor. If necessary, install ground rod before manhole is placed and provide No. 1/0 AWG bare, tinned-copper conductor from ground rod into manhole through a waterproof sleeve in manhole wall. Protect ground rods passing through concrete floor with a double wrapping of pressure-sensitive insulating tape or heat-shrunk insulating sleeve from 2 inches (50 mm) above to 6 inches (150 mm) below concrete. Seal floor opening with waterproof, nonshrink grout. B. Grounding Connections to Handhole Components: Bond exposed-metal parts such as inserts, cable racks, pulling irons, ladders, and cable shields within each manhole or handhole, to ground rod or grounding conductor. Make connections with No. 4 AWG minimum, stranded, hard-drawn copper bonding conductor. Train conductors level or plumb around corners and fasten to manhole walls. Connect to cable armor and cable shields according to written instructions by manufacturer of splicing and termination kits. 3.04 EQUIPMENT GROUNDING A. Install insulated equipment grounding conductors with all feeders and branch circuits. B. Air-Duct Equipment Circuits: Install insulated equipment grounding conductor to duct-mounted electrical devices operating at 120 V and more, including air cleaners, heaters, dampers, humidifiers, and other duct electrical equipment. Bond conductor to each unit and to air duct and connected metallic piping. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 26 05 26—2/3 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS C. Water Heater, Heat-Tracing, and Antifrost Heating Cables: Install a separate insulated equipment grounding conductor to each electric water heater and heat-tracing cable. Bond conductor to heater units, piping, connected equipment, and components. 3.05 INSTALLATION A. Grounding Conductors: Route along shortest and straightest paths possible unless otherwise indicated or required by Code. Avoid obstructing access or placing conductors where they may be subjected to strain, impact, or damage. B. Ground Bonding Common with Lightning Protection System: Comply with NFPA 780 and UL 96 when interconnecting with lightning protection system. Bond electrical power system ground directly to lightning protection system grounding conductor at closest point to electrical service grounding electrode. Use bonding conductor sized same as system grounding electrode conductor, and install in conduit. C. Bonding Straps and Jumpers: Install in locations accessible for inspection and maintenance except where routed through short lengths of conduit. 1. Bonding to Structure: Bond straps directly to basic structure, taking care not to penetrate any adjacent parts. 2. Bonding to Equipment Mounted on Vibration Isolation Hangers and Supports: Install bonding so vibration is not transmitted to rigidly mounted equipment. 3. Use exothermic-welded connectors for outdoor locations; if a disconnect- type connection is required, use a bolted clamp. D. Grounding and Bonding for Piping: 1. Metal Water Service Pipe: Install insulated copper grounding conductors, in conduit, from building's main service equipment, or grounding bus, to main metal water service entrances to building. Connect grounding conductors to main metal water service pipes; use a bolted clamp connector or bolt a lug-type connector to a pipe flange by using one of the lug bolts of the flange. Where a dielectric main water fitting is installed, connect grounding conductor on street side of fitting. Bond metal grounding conductor conduit or sleeve to conductor at each end. 2. Water Meter Piping: Use braided-type bonding jumpers to electrically bypass water meters. Connect to pipe with a bolted connector. 3.06 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform tests and inspections. Inspect physical and mechanical condition. Verify tightness of accessible, bolted, electrical connections with a calibrated torque wrench according to manufacturer's written instructions. END OF SECTION 26 05 26 Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 26 05 26—3/3 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Section 26 05 29 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Hangers and supports for electrical equipment and systems. 1.02 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Rated Strength: Adequate in tension, shear, and pullout force to resist maximum loads calculated or imposed for this Project, with a minimum structural safety factor of five times the applied force. 1.03 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For steel slotted support systems. 1. Trapeze hangers. Include Product Data for components. 2. Steel slotted channel systems. Include Product Data for components. 3. Equipment supports. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with NFPA 70. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 SUPPORT, ANCHORAGE, AND ATTACHMENT COMPONENTS A. Steel Slotted Support Systems: Comply with MFMA-4, factory-fabricated components for field assembly. 1. Metallic Coatings: Hot-dip galvanized after fabrication and applied according to MFMA-4. 2. Nonmetallic Coatings: Manufacturer's standard PVC, polyurethane, or polyester coating applied according to MFMA-4. 3. Painted Coatings: Manufacturer's standard painted coating applied according to MFMA-4. 4. Channel Dimensions: Selected for applicable load criteria. B. Raceway and Cable Supports: As described in NECA 1 and NECA 101. C. Conduit and Cable Support Devices: Steel and malleable-iron hangers, clamps, and associated fittings, designed for types and sizes of raceway or cable to be supported. D. Support for Conductors in Vertical Conduit: Factory-fabricated assembly consisting of threaded body and insulating wedging plug or plugs for non- armored electrical conductors or cables in riser conduits. Plugs shall have number, size, and shape of conductor gripping pieces as required to suit individual conductors or cables supported. Body shall be malleable iron. E. Structural Steel for Fabricated Supports and Restraints: ASTM A 36/A 36M, steel plates, shapes, and bars; black and galvanized. F. Mounting, Anchoring, and Attachment Components: Items for fastening electrical items or their supports to building surfaces include the following: Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 §26 05 29— 1/3 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel HANGERS AND SUPPORTS 1. Powder-Actuated Fasteners: Threaded-steel stud, for use in hardened Portland cement concrete, steel, or wood, with tension, shear, and pullout capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials where used. 2. Mechanical-Expansion Anchors: Insert-wedge-type, zinc-coated stainless steel, for use in hardened Portland cement concrete with tension, shear, and pullout capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials in which used. 3. Concrete Inserts: Steel or malleable-iron, slotted support system units similar to MSS Type 18; complying with MFMA-4 or MSS SP-58. 4. Clamps for Attachment to Steel Structural Elements: MSS SP-58, type suitable for attached structural element. 5. Through Bolts: Structural type, hex head, and high strength. Comply with ASTM A 325. 6. Toggle Bolts: All-steel springhead type. 7. Hanger Rods: Threaded steel. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 APPLICATION A. Comply with NECA 1 and NECA 101 for application of hangers and supports for electrical equipment and systems except if requirements in this Section are stricter. B. Maximum Support Spacing and Minimum Hanger Rod Size for Raceway: Space supports for EMT, IMC, and RMC as required by scheduled in NECA 1, where its Table 1 lists maximum spacings less than stated in NFPA 70. Minimum rod size shall be 1/4 inch (6 mm) in diameter. C. Multiple Raceways or Cables: Install trapeze-type supports fabricated with steel slotted or other support system, sized so capacity can be increased by at least 25 percent in future without exceeding specified design load limits. 1. Secure raceways and cables to these supports with two-bolt or single-bolt conduit clamps. D. Retain paragraph below for projects where seismic design requirements do not apply. Consider retaining for light-commercial projects only. E. Spring-steel clamps designed for supporting single conduits without bolts may be used for 1-1/2-inch (38-mm) and smaller raceways serving branch circuits and communication systems above suspended ceilings and for fastening raceways to trapeze supports. 3.02 SUPPORT INSTALLATION A. Raceway Support Methods: In addition to methods described in NECA 1, raceway may be supported by openings through structure members, as permitted in NFPA 70.B. B. Strength of Support Assemblies: Where not indicated, select sizes of components so strength will be adequate to carry present and future static loads within specified loading limits. Minimum static design load used for Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 §26 05 29—2/3 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel HANGERS AND SUPPORTS strength determination shall be weight of supported components plus 200 Ib (90 kg). C. Mounting and Anchorage of Surface-Mounted Equipment and Components: Anchor and fasten electrical items and their supports to building structural elements by the following methods unless otherwise indicated by code: 1. To Wood: Fasten with lag screws or through bolts. 2. To New Concrete: Bolt to concrete inserts. 3. To Masonry: Approved toggle-type bolts on hollow masonry units and expansion anchor fasteners on solid masonry units. 4. To Existing Concrete: Expansion anchor fasteners. 5. Instead of expansion anchors, powder-actuated driven threaded studs provided with lock washers and nuts may be used in existing standard- weight concrete 4 inches (100 mm) thick or greater. Do not use for anchorage to lightweight-aggregate concrete or for slabs less than 4 inches (100 mm) thick. 6. To Steel: Beam clamps (MSS Type 19, 21, 23, 25, or 27) complying with MSS SP-69 . 7. To Light Steel: Sheet metal screws. 8. Items Mounted on Hollow Walls and Nonstructural Building Surfaces: Mount cabinets, panelboards, disconnect switches, control enclosures, pull and junction boxes, transformers, and other devices on slotted- channel racks attached to substrate. D. Drill holes for expansion anchors in concrete at locations and to depths that avoid reinforcing bars. 3.03 PAINTING A. Touchup: Clean abraded areas of equipment paint. Paint exposed areas immediately after erecting hangers and supports. Use manufacturer's recommended method and materials or comply with SSPC-PA 1 requirements. 1. Apply paint by brush or spray to provide minimum dry film thickness of 2.0 mils (0.05 mm). B. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and apply galvanizing-repair paint to comply with ASTM A 780. END OF SECTION 26 05 29 Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 §26 05 29—3/3 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel HANGERS AND SUPPORTS SECTION 26 05 33 RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Metal conduits, tubing, and fittings. 2. Nonmetal conduits, tubing, and fittings. 3. Metal wireways and auxiliary gutters. 4. Nonmetal wireways and auxiliary gutters. 5. Surface raceways. 6. Boxes, enclosures, and cabinets. 7. Handholes and boxes for exterior underground cabling. 1.02 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For surface raceways, wireways and fittings, floor boxes, hinged-cover enclosures, and cabinets. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 METAL CONDUITS, TUBING, AND FITTINGS A. Listing and Labeling: Metal conduits, tubing, and fittings shall be listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. B. GRC: Comply with ANSI C80.1 and UL 6. C. : Comply with ANSI C80.6 and UL 1242. D. EMT: Comply with ANSI C80.3 and UL 797. E. FMC: Comply with UL 1; zinc-coated steel or aluminum. F. LFMC: Flexible steel conduit with PVC jacket and complying with UL 360. G. Fittings for Metal Conduit: Comply with NEMA FB 1 and UL 514B. 1. Conduit Fittings for Hazardous (Classified) Locations: Comply with UL 886 and NFPA 70. 2. Fittings for EMT: a. Material: Steel or die cast. b. Type: compression. 3. Expansion Fittings: PVC or steel to match conduit type, complying with UL 651, rated for environmental conditions where installed, and including flexible external bonding jumper. 4. Coating for Fittings for PVC-Coated Conduit: Minimum thickness of 0.040 inch (1 mm), with overlapping sleeves protecting threaded joints. H. Joint Compound for GRC: Approved, as defined in NFPA 70, by authorities having jurisdiction for use in conduit assemblies, and compounded for use to lubricate and protect threaded conduit joints from corrosion and to enhance their conductivity. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 26 05 33— 1/8 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 2.02 NONMETALLIC CONDUITS, TUBING, AND FITTINGS A. Listing and Labeling: Nonmetallic conduits, tubing, and fittings shall be listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. B. ENT: Comply with NEMA TC 13 and UL 1653. C. RNC: Type EPC-40-PVC, complying with NEMA TC 2 and UL 651 unless otherwise indicated. D. LFNC: Comply with UL 1660. E. Continuous HDPE: Comply with UL 651 B. F. Coilable HDPE: Preassembled with conductors or cables, and complying with ASTM D 3485. G. Fittings for ENT and RNC: Comply with NEMA TC 3; match to conduit or tubing type and material. H. Fittings for LFNC: Comply with UL 514B. 2.03 METAL WIREWAYS AND AUXILIARY GUTTERS A. Description: Sheet metal, complying with UL 870 and NEMA 250, Type 1 unless otherwise indicated, and sized according to NFPA 70. 1. Metal wireways installed outdoors shall be listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. B. Fittings and Accessories: Include covers, couplings, offsets, elbows, expansion joints, adapters, hold-down straps, end caps, and other fittings to match and mate with wireways as required for complete system. 2.04 SURFACE RACEWAYS A. Listing and Labeling: Surface raceways and tele-power poles shall be listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. B. Surface Metal Raceways: Galvanized steel with snap-on covers complying with UL 5. C. Surface Nonmetallic Raceways: Two- or three-piece construction, complying with UL 5A, and manufactured of rigid PVC. Product shall comply with UL 94 V-0 requirements for self-extinguishing characteristics. D. Tele-Power Poles: 1. Material: Galvanized steel with ivory baked-enamel finish Aluminum with clear anodized finish. 2. Fittings and Accessories: Dividers, end caps, covers, cutouts, wiring harnesses, devices, mounting materials, and other fittings shall match and mate with tele- power pole as required for complete system. 2.05 BOXES, ENCLOSURES, AND CABINETS A. General Requirements for Boxes, Enclosures, and Cabinets: Boxes, enclosures, and cabinets installed in wet locations shall be listed for use in wet locations. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 26 05 33—2/8 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit & Remodel RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS B. Sheet Metal Outlet and Device Boxes: Comply with NEMA OS 1 and UL 514A. C. In "Cast-Metal Outlet and Device Boxes" Paragraph below, aluminum boxes are suitable for use with steel raceways in most environments. Type FD is a device box with extra depth. Many other configurations are available. D. Cast-Metal Outlet and Device Boxes: Comply with NEMA FB 1, ferrous alloy aluminum, Type FD, with gasketed cover. E. Nonmetallic Outlet and Device Boxes: Comply with NEMA OS 2 and UL 514C. F. Metal Floor Boxes: 1. Material: Cast metal or sheet metal. 2. Type: Fully adjustable Semi-adjustable. 3. Shape: Rectangular. 4. Listing and Labeling: Metal floor boxes shall be listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. G. Nonmetallic Floor Boxes: Nonadjustable, round or rectangular. H. Listing and Labeling: Nonmetallic floor boxes shall be listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. I. Luminaire Outlet Boxes: Nonadjustable, designed for attachment of luminaire weighing 50 Ib (23 kg). Outlet boxes designed for attachment of luminaires weighing more than 50 Ib (23 kg) shall be listed and marked for the maximum allowable weight. J. Small Sheet Metal Pull and Junction Boxes: NEMA OS 1. K. Cast-Metal Access, Pull, and Junction Boxes: Comply with NEMA FB 1 and UL 1773, galvanized, cast iron with gasketed cover. L. Box extensions used to accommodate new building finishes shall be of same material as recessed box. M. Device Box Dimensions: 4 inches square by 2-1/8 inches deep (100 mm square by 60 mm deep) or 4 inches by 2-1/8 inches by 2-1/8 inches deep (100 mm by 60 mm by 60 mm deep). N. Gangable boxes are allowed. O. Hinged-Cover Enclosures: Comply with UL 50 and NEMA 250, Type 1 with continuous-hinge cover with flush latch unless otherwise indicated. 1. Metal Enclosures: Steel, finished inside and out with manufacturer's standard enamel. 2. Nonmetallic Enclosures: Fiberglass. 3. Interior Panels: Steel; all sides finished with manufacturer's standard enamel. P. Cabinets: 1. NEMA 250, Type 1 galvanized-steel box with removable interior panel and removable front, finished inside and out with manufacturer's standard enamel. 2. Hinged door in front cover with flush latch and concealed hinge. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 26 05 33—3/8 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit & Remodel RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 3. Key latch to match panelboards. 4. Metal barriers to separate wiring of different systems and voltage. 5. Accessory feet where required for freestanding equipment. 6. Nonmetallic cabinets shall be listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. 2.06 HANDHOLES AND BOXES FOR EXTERIOR UNDERGROUND WIRING A. General Requirements for Handholes and Boxes: 1. Boxes and handholes for use in underground systems shall be designed and identified as defined in NFPA 70, for intended location and application. 2. Boxes installed in wet areas shall be listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. B. Concrete precast handhole with integral frame (cast-in) and cover (180 degree opening galvanized diamond plate with locking latch). Embedded pulling irons. Galvanized steel exposed metal parts. Knockouts, two at 5" on each side. Designed for flush to grade installation. Solid bottom with 2" base drain. 30" square by 28" inches tall. Cover Legend: Molded lettering, "ELECTRIC" or"COMM" as appropriate. PART 3 -- EXECUTION 3.01 RACEWAY APPLICATION Retain this article to specify type of raceway to be installed. Coordinate with conductor and cable wiring methods specified in Section 260519 "Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables" and in other electrical, communications, and security Sections. See "Writing Guide" Article in the Evaluations for instructions on editing this article. A. Outdoors: Apply raceway products as specified below unless otherwise indicated: 1. Exposed Conduit: GRC. 2. Concealed Conduit, Aboveground: GRC or RNC, Type EPC-40-PVC. 3. Underground Conduit: RNC, Type EPC-40-PVC Type EPC-80-PVC, direct buried concrete encased. 4. Connection to Vibrating Equipment (Including Transformers and Hydraulic, Pneumatic, Electric Solenoid, or Motor-Driven Equipment): LFMC. 5. Boxes and Enclosures, Aboveground: NEMA 250, Type 3R. B. Indoors: Apply raceway products as specified below unless otherwise indicated. 1. Exposed, Not Subject to Physical Damage: EMT for power circuits/feeder or low voltage (<50V) systems; or ENT for low voltage systems only. 2. Exposed, Not Subject to Severe Physical Damage: EMT RNC identified for such use. 3. Exposed and Subject to Severe Physical Damage: GRC.: 4. Concealed in Ceilings and Interior Walls and Partitions: EMT. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 26 05 33—4/8 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit & Remodel RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 5. Connection to Vibrating Equipment (Including Transformers and Hydraulic, Pneumatic, Electric Solenoid, or Motor-Driven Equipment): LFMC. 6. Damp or Wet Locations: GRC. 7. Boxes and Enclosures: NEMA 250, Type 1, except use NEMA 250, Type 4 in damp or wet locations. C. Minimum Raceway Size: 1/2-inch (16-mm) trade size. D. Raceway Fittings: Compatible with raceways and suitable for use and location. 1. Rigid and Intermediate Steel Conduit: Use threaded rigid steel conduit fittings unless otherwise indicated. Comply with NEMA FB 2.10. 2. PVC Externally Coated, Rigid Steel Conduits: Use only fittings listed for use with this type of conduit. Patch and seal all joints, nicks, and scrapes in PVC coating after installing conduits and fittings. Use sealant recommended by fitting manufacturer and apply in thickness and number of coats recommended by manufacturer. 3. EMT: Use compression, steel fittings. Comply with NEMA FB 2.10. 4. Flexible Conduit: Use only fittings listed for use with flexible conduit. Comply with NEMA FB 2.20. E. Do not install aluminum conduits, boxes, or fittings. F. Coordinate first paragraph below with Drawings. G. Install surface raceways only where indicated on Drawings. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Comply with NECA 1 and NECA 101 for installation requirements except where requirements on Drawings or in this article are stricter. Comply with NECA 102 for aluminum conduits. Comply with NFPA 70 limitations for types of raceways allowed in specific occupancies and number of floors. B. Keep raceways at least 6 inches (150 mm) away from parallel runs of flues and steam or hot-water pipes. Install horizontal raceway runs above water and steam piping. C. Comply with requirements in Section 260529 "Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems" for hangers and supports. D. Arrange stub-ups so curved portions of bends are not visible above finished slab. E. Install no more than the equivalent of four 90-degree bends in any conduit run except for control wiring conduits, for which fewer bends are allowed. Support within 12 inches (300 mm) of changes in direction. F. Conceal conduit and EMT within finished walls, ceilings, and floors unless otherwise indicated. Install conduits parallel or perpendicular to building lines. G. Support conduit within 12 inches (300 mm) of enclosures to which attached. H. Stub-ups to Above Recessed Ceilings: 1. Use EMT or RMC for raceways. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 26 05 33—5/8 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit & Remodel RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 2. Use a conduit bushing or insulated fitting to terminate stub-ups not terminated in hubs or in an enclosure. I. Threaded Conduit Joints, Exposed to Wet, Damp, Corrosive, or Outdoor Conditions: Apply listed compound to threads of raceway and fittings before making up joints. Follow compound manufacturer's written instructions. J. Terminate threaded conduits into threaded hubs or with locknuts on inside and outside of boxes or cabinets. Install bushings on conduits up to 1-1/4-inch (35-mm) trade size and insulated throat metal bushings on 1-1/2-inch (41-mm) trade size and larger conduits terminated with locknuts. Install insulated throat metal grounding bushings on service conduits. K. Install pull wires in empty raceways. Use polypropylene or monofilament plastic line with not less than 200-Ib (90-kg) tensile strength. Leave at least 12 inches (300 mm) of slack at each end of pull wire. Cap underground raceways designated as spare above grade alongside raceways in use. L. Surface Raceways: 1. Install surface raceway with a minimum 2-inch (50-mm) radius control at bend points. 2. Secure surface raceway with screws or other anchor-type devices at intervals not exceeding 48 inches (1200 mm) and with no less than two supports per straight raceway section. Support surface raceway according to manufacturer's written instructions. Tape and glue are not acceptable support methods. M. Install raceway sealing fittings at accessible locations according to NFPA 70 and fill them with listed sealing compound. For concealed raceways, install each fitting in a flush steel box with a blank cover plate having a finish similar to that of adjacent plates or surfaces. N. Install devices to seal raceway interiors at accessible locations. Locate seals so no fittings or boxes are between the seal and the following changes of environments. Seal the interior of all raceways at the following points: 1. Where conduits pass from warm to cold locations, such as boundaries of refrigerated spaces. 2. Where an underground service raceway enters a building or structure. 3. Where otherwise required by NFPA 70. O. Expansion-Joint Fittings: 1. Install expansion fittings at all locations where conduits cross building or structure expansion joints. 2. Install each expansion-joint fitting with position, mounting, and piston setting selected according to manufacturer's written instructions for conditions at specific location at time of installation. Install conduit supports to allow for expansion movement. P. Flexible Conduit Connections: Comply with NEMA RV 3. Use a maximum of 72 inches (1830 mm) of flexible conduit for recessed and semi-recessed luminaires, equipment subject to vibration, noise transmission, or movement; and for transformers and motors. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 26 05 33—6/8 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit & Remodel RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 1. Use LFMC in damp or wet locations subject to severe physical damage. 2. Use LFMC or LFNC (low voltage systems only) in damp or wet locations not subject to severe physical damage. Q. Mount boxes at heights indicated on Drawings. If mounting heights of boxes are not individually indicated, give priority to ADA requirements. Install boxes with height measured to center of box unless otherwise indicated. R. Recessed Boxes in Masonry Walls: Saw-cut opening for box in center of cell of masonry block, and install box flush with surface of wall. Prepare block surfaces to provide a flat surface for a raintight connection between the box and cover plate or the supported equipment and box. S. Horizontally separate boxes mounted on opposite sides of walls so they are not in the same vertical channel. T. Locate boxes so that cover or plate will not span different building finishes. U. Support boxes of three gangs or more from more than one side by spanning two framing members or mounting on brackets specifically designed for the purpose. V. Fasten junction and pull boxes to or support from building structure. Do not support boxes by conduits. W. Set metal floor boxes level and flush with finished floor surface. X. Set nonmetallic floor boxes level. Trim after installation to fit flush with finished floor surface. 3.03 INSTALLATION OF UNDERGROUND CONDUIT A. Direct-Buried Conduit: 1. Excavate trench bottom to provide firm and uniform support for conduit. Prepare trench bottom as specified in Division 31 for pipe less than 6 inches (150 mm) in nominal diameter. 2. Install backfill as specified Division 31. 3. After installing conduit, backfill and compact. Start at tie-in point, and work toward end of conduit run, leaving conduit at end of run free to move with expansion and contraction as temperature changes during this process. Firmly hand tamp backfill around conduit to provide maximum supporting strength. After placing controlled backfill to within 12 inches (300 mm) of finished grade, make final conduit connection at end of run and complete backfilling with normal compaction as specified in Division 31. 4. Install manufactured rigid steel conduit elbows for stub-ups at poles and equipment and at building entrances through floor. a. Couple steel conduits to ducts with adapters designed for this purpose, and encase coupling with 3 inches (75 mm) of concrete for a minimum of 12 inches (300 mm) on each side of the coupling. 5. Underground Warning Tape: Comply with requirements in Section 26 05 53 "Identification for Electrical Systems." Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 26 05 33—7/8 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit & Remodel RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 3.04 INSTALLATION OF UNDERGROUND HANDHOLES AND BOXES A. Install handholes and boxes level and plumb and with orientation and depth coordinated with connecting conduits to minimize bends and deflections required for proper entrances. B. Unless otherwise indicated, support units on a level bed of crushed stone or gravel, graded from 1/2-inch (12.5-mm) sieve to No. 4 (4.75-mm) sieve and compacted to same density as adjacent undisturbed earth. C. Elevation: In paved areas, set so cover surface will be flush with finished grade. Set covers of other enclosures 1 inch (25 mm) above finished grade. D. Install handholes with bottom below frost line, 12" below grade. E. Field-cut openings for conduits according to enclosure manufacturer's written instructions. Cut wall of enclosure with a tool designed for material to be cut. Size holes for terminating fittings to be used, and seal around penetrations after fittings are installed. 3.05 SLEEVE AND SLEEVE-SEAL INSTALLATION FOR ELECTRICAL PENETRATIONS A. Install sleeves and sleeve seals at penetrations of exterior floor and wall assemblies. Comply with requirements in Section 26 05 44 "Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for Electrical Raceways and Cabling." 3.06 FIRESTOPPING A. Install firestopping at penetrations of fire-rated floor and wall assemblies. 3.07 PROTECTION A. Protect coatings, finishes, and cabinets from damage and deterioration. 1. Repair damage to galvanized finishes with zinc-rich paint recommended by manufacturer. 2. Repair damage to PVC coatings or paint finishes with matching touchup coating recommended by manufacturer. END OF SECTION 26 05 33 Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 26 05 33—8/8 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit & Remodel RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS SECTION 26 05 44 SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR ELECTRICAL RACEWAYS AND CABLING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Sleeves for raceway and cable penetration of non-fire- rated construction walls and floors. 1. Sleeve-seal systems. 2. Sleeve-seal fittings. 3. Grout. 4. Silicone sealants. B. Related Requirements: Retain subparagraph below to cross-reference requirements Contractor might expect to find in this Section but are specified in other Sections. 1. Section 07 84 13 "Penetration Firestopping" for penetration firestopping installed in fire-resistance-rated walls, horizontal assemblies, and smoke barriers, with and without penetrating items. 1.02 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 SLEEVES A. Wall Sleeves: 1. Retain "Steel Pipe Sleeves" or "Cast-Iron Pipe Sleeves" Subparagraph below for penetrations through exterior walls above and below grade. 2. Steel Pipe Sleeves: ASTM A 53/A 53M, Type E, Grade B, Schedule 40, zinc coated, plain ends. 3. Cast-Iron Pipe Sleeves: Cast or fabricated "wall pipe," equivalent to ductile-iron pressure pipe, with plain ends and integral waterstop unless otherwise indicated. B. Sleeves for Conduits Penetrating Non-Fire-Rated Gypsum Board Assemblies: Galvanized-steel sheet; 0.0239-inch (0.6-mm) minimum thickness; round tube closed with welded longitudinal joint, with tabs for screw-fastening the sleeve to the board. C. Sleeves for Rectangular Openings: 1. Material: Galvanized sheet steel. 2. Minimum Metal Thickness: a. For sleeve cross-section rectangle perimeter less than 50 inches (1270 mm) and with no side larger than 16 inches (400 mm), thickness shall be 0.052 inch (1.3 mm). b. For sleeve cross-section rectangle perimeter 50 inches (1270 mm) or more and one or more sides larger than 16 inches (400 mm), thickness shall be 0.138 inch (3.5 mm). Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 §26 05 44— 1/3 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR ELECTRICAL RACEWAYS AND CABLING 2.02 SLEEVE-SEAL FITTINGS A. Description: Manufactured plastic, sleeve-type, waterstop assembly made for embedding in concrete slab or wall. Unit shall have plastic or rubber waterstop collar with center opening to match piping OD. 2.03 GROUT A. Description: Nonshrink; recommended for interior and exterior sealing openings in non-fire-rated walls or floors. B. Standard: ASTM C 1107/C 1107M, Grade B, post-hardening and volume- adjusting, dry, hydraulic-cement grout. C. Design Mix: 5000-psi (34.5-MPa), 28-day compressive strength. D. Packaging: Premixed and factory packaged. 2.04 SILICONE SEALANTS A. Silicone Sealants: Single-component, silicone-based, neutral-curing elastomeric sealants of grade indicated below. 1. Grade: Pourable (self-leveling) formulation for openings in floors and other horizontal surfaces that are not fire rated. B. Silicone Foams: Multicomponent, silicone-based liquid elastomers that, when mixed, expand and cure in place to produce a flexible, nonshrinking foam. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 SLEEVE INSTALLATION FOR NON-FIRE-RATED ELECTRICAL PENETRATIONS A. Comply with NECA 1. B. Comply with NEMA VE 2 for cable tray and cable penetrations. C. Sleeves for Conduits Penetrating Above-Grade Non-Fire-Rated Concrete and Masonry-Unit Floors and Walls: 1. Interior Penetrations of Non-Fire-Rated Walls and Floors: a. Seal annular space between sleeve and raceway or cable, using joint sealant appropriate for size, depth, and location of joint. Comply with requirements in Section 07 92 00 "Joint Sealants." b. Seal space outside of sleeves with mortar or grout. Pack sealing material solidly between sleeve and wall so no voids remain. Tool exposed surfaces smooth; protect material while curing. 2. Use pipe sleeves unless penetration arrangement requires rectangular sleeved opening. 3. Size pipe sleeves to provide 1/4-inch (6.4-mm) <Insert dimension> annular clear space between sleeve and raceway or cable unless sleeve seal is to be installed. 4. Install sleeves for wall penetrations unless core-drilled holes or formed openings are used. Install sleeves during erection of walls. Cut sleeves to length for mounting flush with both surfaces of walls. Deburr after cutting. Project 546.50.41.000 DRAFT Issued for Bid —2/26/2019 §26 05 44—2/3 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR ELECTRICAL RACEWAYS AND CABLING 5. Retain subparagraph below when unsleeved core-drilled openings in concrete floors are not allowed. 6. Install sleeves for floor penetrations. Extend sleeves installed in floors 2 inches (50 mm) above finished floor level. Install sleeves during erection of floors. D. Sleeves for Conduits Penetrating Non-Fire-Rated Gypsum Board Assemblies: 1. Use circular metal sleeves unless penetration arrangement requires rectangular sleeved opening. 2. Seal space outside of sleeves with approved joint compound for gypsum board assemblies. E. Roof-Penetration Sleeves: Seal penetration of individual raceways and cables with flexible boot-type flashing units applied in coordination with roofing work. F. Aboveground, Exterior-Wall Penetrations: Seal penetrations using steel cast- iron pipe sleeves and mechanical sleeve seals. Select sleeve size to allow for 1-inch (25-mm) annular clear space between pipe and sleeve for installing mechanical sleeve seals. G. Underground, Exterior-Wall and Floor Penetrations: Install cast-iron pipe sleeves. Size sleeves to allow for 1-inch (25-mm) annular clear space between raceway or cable and sleeve for installing sleeve-seal system. 3.02 SLEEVE-SEAL-FITTING INSTALLATION A. Sleeve-seal fittings in this article are used above and below grade in concrete slabs and in concrete walls for a watertight seal around piping. These fittings do not require a sleeve. B. Install sleeve-seal fittings in new walls and slabs as they are constructed. C. Assemble fitting components of length to be flush with both surfaces of concrete slabs and walls. Position waterstop flange to be centered in concrete slab or wall. D. Secure nailing flanges to concrete forms. E. Using grout, seal the space around outside of sleeve-seal fittings. END OF SECTION 26 05 44 Project 546.50.41.000 DRAFT Issued for Bid —2/26/2019 §26 05 44—3/3 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR ELECTRICAL RACEWAYS AND CABLING SECTION 26 05 53 IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Identification for raceways. 2. Identification of power and control cables. 3. Identification for conductors. 4. Underground-line warning tape. 5. Warning labels and signs. 6. Instruction signs. 7. Equipment identification labels. 8. Miscellaneous identification products. 1.02 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each electrical identification product indicated. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with ANSI A13.1. B. Comply with NFPA 70. C. Comply with 29 CFR 1910.144 and 29 CFR 1910.145. D. Comply with ANSI Z535.4 for safety signs and labels. E. Retain paragraph below if retaining self-adhesive products in Part 2. See Editing Instruction No. 1 in the Evaluations. F. Adhesive-attached labeling materials, including label stocks, laminating adhesives, and inks used by label printers, shall comply with UL 969. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 POWER RACEWAY IDENTIFICATION MATERIALS A. Retain this article to require identification exceeding requirements in NFPA 70. See "NFPA Requirements" Article in the Evaluations. B. Comply with ANSI A13.1 for minimum size of letters for legend and for minimum length of color field for each raceway size. 1. Colors for Raceways Carrying Circuits at 600 V or Less: Black letters on an orange field. 2. Legend: Indicate voltage. C. Retain one or more of four paragraphs below. Coordinate with "Identification Schedule" Article. See Editing Instruction No. 1 in the Evaluations for a discussion on self-adhesive products. D. Self-Adhesive Vinyl Labels for Raceways Carrying Circuits at 600 V or Less: Preprinted, flexible label laminated with a clear, weather- and chemical- resistant coating and matching wraparound adhesive tape for securing ends of legend label. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 §26 05 53— 1/6 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Renovation IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS E. Snap-Around Labels for Raceways Carrying Circuits at 600 V or Less: Slit, pretensioned, flexible, preprinted, color-coded acrylic sleeve, with diameter sized to suit diameter of raceway or cable it identifies and to stay in place by gripping action. F. Snap-Around, Color-Coding Bands for Raceways Carrying Circuits at 600 V or Less: Slit, pretensioned, flexible, solid-colored acrylic sleeve, 2 inches (50 mm) long, with diameter sized to suit diameter of raceway or cable it identifies and to stay in place by gripping action. G. Specify thicker tags in paragraph below where exposed to damage or to rough service. H. Write-On Tags: Polyester tag, 0.010 inch (0.25 mm) thick, with corrosion- resistant grommet and cable tie for attachment to conductor or cable. 1. Marker for Tags: Machine-printed, permanent, waterproof, black ink marker recommended by printer manufacturer. 2.02 ARMORED AND METAL-CLAD CABLE IDENTIFICATION MATERIALS A. Comply with ANSI A13.1 for minimum size of letters for legend and for minimum length of color field for each raceway and cable size. B. Colors for Raceways Carrying Circuits at 600 V and Less: 1. Black letters on an orange field. 2. Legend: Indicate voltage. C. Self-Adhesive Vinyl Labels: Preprinted, flexible label laminated with a clear, weather- and chemical-resistant coating and matching wraparound adhesive tape for securing ends of legend label. 2.03 POWER AND CONTROL CABLE IDENTIFICATION MATERIALS A. Comply with ANSI A13.1 for minimum size of letters for legend and for minimum length of color field for each raceway and cable size. B. Self-Adhesive Vinyl Labels: Preprinted, flexible label laminated with a clear, weather- and chemical-resistant coating and matching wraparound adhesive tape for securing ends of legend label. C. Write-On Tags: Polyester tag, 0.010 inch (0.25 mm) thick, with corrosion- resistant grommet and cable tie for attachment to conductor or cable. 1. Marker for Tags: Machine-printed, permanent, waterproof, black ink marker recommended by printer manufacturer. D. Snap-Around Labels: Slit, pretensioned, flexible, preprinted, color-coded acrylic sleeve, with diameter sized to suit diameter of raceway or cable it identifies and to stay in place by gripping action. E. Snap-Around, Color-Coding Bands: Slit, pretensioned, flexible, solid-colored acrylic sleeve, 2 inches (50 mm) long, with diameter sized to suit diameter of raceway or cable it identifies and to stay in place by gripping action. 2.04 CONDUCTOR IDENTIFICATION MATERIALS A. Color-Coding Conductor Tape: Colored, self-adhesive vinyl tape not less than 3 mils (0.08 mm) thick by 1 to 2 inches (25 to 50 mm) wide. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 §26 05 53—2/6 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Renovation IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS B. Self-Adhesive Vinyl Labels: Preprinted, flexible label laminated with a clear, weather- and chemical-resistant coating and matching wraparound adhesive tape for securing ends of legend label. C. Marker Tapes: Vinyl or vinyl-cloth, self-adhesive wraparound type, with circuit identification legend machine printed by thermal transfer or equivalent process. D. Write-On Tags: Polyester tag, 0.010 inch (0.25 mm) thick, with corrosion- resistant grommet and cable tie for attachment to conductor or cable. 1. Marker for Tags: Machine-printed, permanent, waterproof, black ink marker recommended by printer manufacturer. 2.05 FLOOR MARKING TAPE A. 2-inch- (50-mm-) wide, 5-mil (0.125-mm) pressure-sensitive vinyl tape, with black and white stripes and clear vinyl overlay. 2.06 UNDERGROUND-LINE WARNING TAPE A. Tape: 1. Recommended by manufacturer for the method of installation and suitable to identify and locate underground electrical and communications utility lines. 2. Printing on tape shall be permanent and shall not be damaged by burial operations. 3. Tape material and ink shall be chemically inert, and not subject to degrading when exposed to acids, alkalis, and other destructive substances commonly found in soils. B. Color and Printing: 1. Comply with ANSI Z535.1 through ANSI Z535.5. 2. Inscriptions for Red-Colored Tapes: ELECTRIC LINE, HIGH VOLTAGE. 3. Inscriptions for Orange-Colored Tapes: TELEPHONE CABLE, CATV CABLE, COMMUNICATIONS CABLE, OPTICAL FIBER CABLE. 2.07 WARNING LABELS AND SIGNS A. Comply with NFPA 70 and 29 CFR 1910.145. B. Self-Adhesive Warning Labels: Factory-printed, multicolor, pressure-sensitive adhesive labels, configured for display on front cover, door, or other access to equipment unless otherwise indicated. C. Baked-Enamel Warning Signs: 1. Preprinted aluminum signs, punched or drilled for fasteners, with colors, legend, and size required for application. 2. 1/4-inch (6.4-mm) grommets in corners for mounting. 3. Nominal size, 7 by 10 inches (180 by 250 mm). D. Metal-Backed, Butyrate Warning Signs: Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 §26 05 53—3/6 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Renovation IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 1. Weather-resistant, nonfading, preprinted, cellulose-acetate butyrate signs with 0.0396-inch (1-mm) galvanized-steel backing; and with colors, legend, and size required for application. 2. 1/4-inch (6.4-mm) grommets in corners for mounting. 3. Nominal size, 10 by 14 inches (250 by 360 mm). E. Warning label and sign shall include, but are not limited to, the following legends: 1. Multiple Power Source Warning: "DANGER - ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD - EQUIPMENT HAS MULTIPLE POWER SOURCES." 2. Workspace Clearance Warning: "WARNING - OSHA REGULATION - AREA IN FRONT OF ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT MUST BE KEPT CLEAR FOR 36 INCHES (915 MM)." 2.08 EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION LABELS A. Adhesive Film Label with Clear Protective Overlay: Machine printed, in black, by thermal transfer or equivalent process. Minimum letter height shall be 3/8 inch (10 mm). Overlay shall provide a weatherproof and UV-resistant seal for label. B. Self-Adhesive, Engraved, Laminated Acrylic or Melamine Label: Adhesive backed, with white letters on a dark-gray background. Minimum letter height shall be 3/8 inch (10 mm). 2.09 MISCELLANEOUS IDENTIFICATION PRODUCTS A. Paint: Comply with requirements in painting Sections for paint materials and application requirements. Select paint system applicable for surface material and location (exterior or interior). B. Fasteners for Labels and Signs: Self-tapping, stainless-steel screws or stainless-steel machine screws with nuts and flat and lock washers. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Location: Install identification materials and devices at locations for most convenient viewing without interference with operation and maintenance of equipment. B. Apply identification devices to surfaces that require finish after completing finish work. C. Self-Adhesive Identification Products: Clean surfaces before application, using materials and methods recommended by manufacturer of identification device. D. Retain first paragraph below for nonadhesive signs or labels. E. Attach signs and plastic labels that are not self-adhesive type with mechanical fasteners appropriate to the location and substrate. F. System Identification Color-Coding Bands for Raceways and Cables: Each color-coding band shall completely encircle cable or conduit. Place adjacent bands of two-color markings in contact, side by side. Locate bands at Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 §26 05 53—4/6 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Renovation IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS changes in direction, at penetrations of walls and floors, at 50-foot (15-m) maximum intervals in straight runs, and at 25-foot (7.6-m) maximum intervals in congested areas. G. Underground-Line Warning Tape: During backfilling of trenches install continuous underground-line warning tape directly above line at 6 to 8 inches (150 to 200 mm) below finished grade. Use multiple tapes where width of multiple lines installed in a common trench or concrete envelope exceeds 16 inches (400 mm) overall. H. Painted Identification: Comply with requirements in painting Sections for surface preparation and paint application. 3.02 IDENTIFICATION SCHEDULE A. Accessible Raceways and Metal-Clad Cables, 600 V or Less, for Service, Feeder, and Branch Circuits More Than 30 A, and 120 V to ground: Install labels at 10-foot (3-m) 30-foot (10-m) maximum intervals. B. Accessible Raceways and Cables within Buildings: Identify the covers of each junction and pull box of the following systems with self-adhesive vinyl labels with the wiring system legend and system voltage. System legends shall be as follows: 1. Emergency Power. 2. Power. 3. UPS. D. Specify that colors for factory-assembled cable, such as MC and AC, must match colors listed in first paragraph below. E. Power-Circuit Conductor ldentification, 600 V or Less: For conductors in vaults, pull and junction boxes, manholes, and handholes, use color-coding conductor tape to identify the phase. 1. Color-Coding for Phase and Voltage Level Identification, 600 V or Less: Use colors listed below for ungrounded service feeder and branch-circuit conductors. a. Color shall be factory applied or field applied for sizes larger than No. 8 AWG, if authorities having jurisdiction permit. b. Field-Applied, Color-Coding Conductor Tape: Apply in half-lapped turns for a minimum distance of 6 inches (150 mm) from terminal points and in boxes where splices or taps are made. Apply last two turns of tape with no tension to prevent possible unwinding. Locate bands to avoid obscuring factory cable markings. F. Locations of Underground Lines: Identify with underground-line warning tape for power, lighting, communication, and control wiring and optical fiber cable. 1. Limit use of underground-line warning tape to direct-buried cables. 2. Install underground-line warning tape for both direct-buried cables and cables in raceway. G. Workspace Indication: Install floor marking tape to show working clearances in the direction of access to live parts. Workspace shall be as required by Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 §26 05 53—5/6 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Renovation IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS NFPA 70 and 29 CFR 1926.403 unless otherwise indicated. Do not install at flush-mounted panelboards and similar equipment in finished spaces. H. Warning Labels for Indoor Cabinets, Boxes, and Enclosures for Power and Lighting: Self-adhesive warning labels, Baked-enamel warning signs, or Metal-backed, butyrate warning signs. 1. Comply with 29 CFR 1910.145. 2. Identify system voltage with black letters on an orange background. 3. Apply to exterior of door, cover, or other access. 4. For equipment with multiple power or control sources, apply to door or cover of equipment including, but not limited to, the following: a. Power transfer switches. b. Controls with external control power connections. I. Operating Instruction Signs: Install instruction signs to facilitate proper operation and maintenance of electrical systems and items to which they connect. Install instruction signs with approved legend where instructions are needed for system or equipment operation. J. Equipment Identification Labels: On each unit of equipment, install unique designation label that is consistent with wiring diagrams, schedules, and the Operation and Maintenance Manual. 1. Labeling Instructions: a. Indoor Equipment: Adhesive film label, Adhesive film label with clear protective overlay, Self-adhesive, engraved, laminated acrylic or melamine label, or Engraved, laminated acrylic or melamine label. Unless otherwise indicated, provide a single line of text with 1/2-inch- (13-mm-) high letters on 1-1/2-inch- (38-mm-) high label; where two lines of text are required, use labels 2 inches (50 mm) high. b. Unless provided with self-adhesive means of attachment, fasten labels with appropriate mechanical fasteners that do not change the NEMA or NRTL rating of the enclosure. END OF SECTION 26 05 53 Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 §26 05 53—6/6 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Renovation IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS SECTION 26 09 23 LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Time switches. 2. Photoelectric switches. 3. Indoor occupancy and switchbox-mounted occupancy sensors. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 26 27 26 "Wiring Devices" for wall-box dimmers, wall-switch occupancy sensors, and manual light switches. 1.02 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1.03 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Field quality-control reports. 1.04 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and maintenance data PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 TIME SWITCHES A. Electronic Time Switches: Solid state, programmable, with alphanumeric display; complying with UL 917. 1. Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. 2. Contact Rating: 20-A driver load, 120-/240-V ac. 3. Retain one of eight"Programs" subparagraphs below. 4. Programs: Two on-off set points on a 24-hour schedule, allowing different set points for each day of the week and an annual holiday schedule that overrides the weekly operation on holidays. 5. Circuitry: Allow connection of a photoelectric relay as substitute for on-off function of a program. 6. Automatic daylight savings time changeover. 7. Battery Backup: Not less than seven days reserve, to maintain schedules and time clock. 2.02 OUTDOOR PHOTOELECTRIC SWITCHES A. Description: Solid state, with dry contacts rated for 1800 VA, to operate connected load, complying with UL 773. 1. Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. 2. Light-Level Monitoring Range: 1.5 to 10 fc (16.14 to 108 lux), with an adjustment for turn-on and turn-off levels within that range. Project 546.50.41.000 Permit QC Submittal §26 09 23— 1/4 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES 3. Time Delay: Thirty-second minimum, to prevent false operation. 2.03 INDOOR OCCUPANCY SENSORS A. General Requirements for Sensors: Wall- or ceiling-mounted, solid-state indoor occupancy sensors with a separate power pack. 1. Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. 2. Operation: Unless otherwise indicated, turn lights on when coverage area is occupied, and turn them off when unoccupied; with a time delay for turning lights off, adjustable over a minimum range of 1 to 15 minutes. 3. Sensor Output: Contacts rated to operate the connected relay, complying with U L 773A. Sensor is powered from the power pack or room controller. 4. Power Pack: Dry contacts rated for 20-A ballast load at 120- and 277- V ac, for 13-A tungsten at 120-V ac, and for 1 hp at 120-V ac. Sensor has 24-V dc, 150-mA, Class 2 power source, as defined by NFPA 70. 5. Mounting: a. Sensor: Suitable for mounting in any position on a standard outlet box. b. Relay: Externally mounted through a 1/2-inch (13-mm) knockout in a standard electrical enclosure. c. Time-Delay and Sensitivity Adjustments: Recessed and concealed behind hinged door. 6. Indicator: Digital display, to show when motion is detected during testing and normal operation of sensor. 7. Bypass Switch: Override the "on" function in case of sensor failure. 8. Automatic Light-Level Sensor: Adjustable from 2 to 200 fc (21.5 to 2152 lux); turn lights off when selected lighting level is present. B. Dual-Technology Type: Ceiling mounted; detect occupants in coverage area using PIR and ultrasonic detection methods. The particular technology or combination of technologies that control on-off functions is selectable in the field by operating controls on unit. 1. Sensitivity Adjustment: Separate for each sensing technology. 2. Detector Sensitivity: Detect occurrences of 6-inch- (150-mm-) minimum movement of any portion of a human body that presents a target of not less than 36 sq. in. (232 sq. cm), and detect a person of average size and weight moving not less than 12 inches (305 mm) in either a horizontal or a vertical manner at an approximate speed of 12 inches/s (305 mm/s). 3. Detection Coverage (Standard Room): Detect occupancy anywhere within a circular area of 1000 sq. ft. (93 sq. m) when mounted on a 96- inch- (2440-mm-) high ceiling. 2.04 SWITCHBOX-MOUNTED OCCUPANCY SENSORS A. General Requirements for Sensors: Automatic-wall-switch occupancy sensor, suitable for mounting in a single gang switchbox. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 §26 09 23—2/4 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES 1. Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. 2. Operating Ambient Conditions: Dry interior conditions, 32 to 120 deg F (0 to 49 deg C). 3. Switch Rating: Not less than 800-VA fluorescent at 120 V, 1200-VA fluorescent at 120 V, and 800-W incandescent. B. Wall-Switch Sensor Tag WS: 1. Standard Range: 180-degree field of view, field adjustable from 180 to 40 degrees; with a minimum coverage area of 900 sq. ft. (84 sq. m). 2. Sensing Technology: Dual technology - PIR and ultrasonic. 3. Switch Type: SP, dual circuit; SP, field selectable automatic "on," or manual "on" automatic "off." 4. Voltage: 120 V; dual-technology type. 5. Ambient-Light Override: Concealed, field-adjustable, light-level sensor from 10 to 150 fc (108 to 1600 lux). The switch prevents the lights from turning on when the light level is higher than the set point of the sensor. 6. Concealed, field-adjustable, "off' time-delay selector at up to 15 minutes. 7. Adaptive Technology: Self-adjusting circuitry detects and memorizes usage patterns of the space and helps eliminate false "off' switching. 2.05 LIGHTING CONTACTORS A. Description: Electrically operated and electrically held, combination-type lighting contactors with fusible switch, complying with NEMA ICS 2 and U L 508. 1. Current Rating for Switching: Listing or rating consistent with type of load served, including high-inrush driver (driver with less 20 percent or less total harmonic distortion of normal load current). 2. Fault Current Withstand Rating: Equal to or exceeding the available fault current at the point of installation. 3. Enclosure: Comply with NEMA 250. 4. Provide with control and pilot devices as indicated on Drawings, matching the NEMA type specified for the enclosure. 2.06 CONDUCTORS AND CABLES A. Power Wiring to Supply Side of Remote-Control Power Sources: Not smaller than No. 12 AWG. Comply with requirements in Section 260519 "Low- Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables." B. Classes 2 and 3 Control Cable: Multiconductor cable with stranded-copper conductors not smaller than No. 18 AWG. Comply with requirements in Section 260519 "Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables." C. Class 1 Control Cable: Multiconductor cable with stranded-copper conductors not smaller than No. 18 AWG. Comply with requirements in Section 260519 "Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables." Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 §26 09 23—3/4 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install and aim sensors in locations to achieve not less than 90 percent coverage of areas indicated. Do not exceed coverage limits specified in manufacturer's written instructions. B. Occupancy Adjustments: When requested within 3 months from date of Substantial Completion, provide on-site assistance in adjusting sensors to suit actual occupied conditions. Provide up to one visits to Project during other-than-normal occupancy hours for this purpose. 1. For occupancy and motion sensors, verify operation at outer limits of detector range. Set time delay to suit Owner's operations. C. Mount electrically held lighting contactors with elastomeric isolator pads to eliminate structure-borne vibration, unless contactors are installed in an enclosure with factory-installed vibration isolators. D. Wiring Method: Comply with Section 26 05 19 "Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables." Minimum conduit size is 1/2 inch (13 mm). E. Identify components and power and control wiring according to Section 260553 "Identification for Electrical Systems." 3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform the following tests and inspections with the assistance of a factory- authorized service representative: 1. Operational Test: After installing time switches and sensors, and after electrical circuitry has been energized, start units to confirm proper unit operation. 2. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. B. Lighting control devices will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections. C. Prepare test and inspection reports per Washington State Energy Code (WSEC) Section C408. END OF SECTION 26 09 23 Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 §26 09 23—4/4 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES SECTION 26 24 16 PANELBOARDS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes distribution panelboards and lighting and appliance branch- circuit panelboards. 1.02 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Shop Drawings: For each panelboard and related equipment. 1. Include dimensioned plans, elevations, sections, and details. Show tabulations of installed devices, equipment features, and ratings. 2. Detail enclosure types and details for types other than NEMA 250, Type 1. 3. Detail bus configuration, current, and voltage ratings. 4. Short-circuit current rating of panelboards and overcurrent protective devices. 5. Detail features, characteristics, ratings, and factory settings of individual overcurrent protective devices and auxiliary components. 6. Include wiring diagrams for power, signal, and control wiring. 7. Include time-current coordination curves for each type and rating of overcurrent protective device included in panelboards. 1.03 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Field quality-control reports. B. Panelboard schedules for installation in panelboards. 1.04 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and maintenance data. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. B. Comply with NEMA PB 1. C. Comply with NFPA 70. 1.06 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace transient voltage suppression devices that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period: Five years from date of Substantial Completion PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR PANELBOARDS A. Enclosures: Flush- and surface-mounted cabinets. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 §26 24 16— 1/6 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel PANELBOARDS 1. Rated for environmental conditions at installed location. a. Indoor Dry and Clean Locations: NEMA 250, Type 1. 2. Hinged Front Cover: Entire front trim hinged to box and with standard door within hinged trim cover. 3. Directory Card: Inside panelboard door, mounted in transparent card holder. B. Retain first paragraph below, and coordinate with Drawings and schedules, if Project requirements include identifying specific entry locations for incoming service or feeder raceways. C. Phase, Neutral, and Ground Buses: Hard-drawn copper, 98 percent conductivity. D. Include instructions in first paragraph below if special sizing or oversizing of lugs is required, if allowing optional use of aluminum for circuits sized for copper conductors, or when upsizing conductors for voltage drop. E. Conductor Connectors: Suitable for use with conductor material and sizes. 1. Material: Hard-drawn copper, 98 percent conductivity. 2. Main and Neutral Lugs: Mechanical type. 3. Ground Lugs and Bus Configured Terminators: Mechanical type. 4. Feed-Through Lugs: Mechanical type, suitable for use with conductor material. Locate at opposite end of bus from incoming lugs or main device. 5. Subfeed (Double) Lugs: Mechanical type suitable for use with conductor material. Locate at same end of bus as incoming lugs or main device. F. Retain first paragraph below for panelboards that incorporate one or more main service disconnecting and overcurrent protective devices and that are used as the service entrance, outside feeder, or separately derived source means of disconnect and overcurrent protection. G. Service Equipment Label: NRTL labeled for use as service equipment for panelboards with one or more main service disconnecting and overcurrent protective devices. H. Retain first paragraph below if future provisions are required. I. Future Devices: Mounting brackets, bus connections, filler plates, and necessary appurtenances required for future installation of devices. J. Retain one or both paragraphs below for series-rated system or system that has panelboards and circuit breakers rated for full value of short-circuit current available at location of equipment. K. Panelboard Short-Circuit Current Rating: Rated for series-connected system with integral or remote upstream overcurrent protective devices and labeled by an NRTL. Include size and type of allowable upstream and branch devices, and listed and labeled for series-connected short-circuit rating by an N RTL. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 §26 24 16—2/6 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remdoel PANELBOARDS L. Panelboard Short-Circuit Current Rating: Fully rated to interrupt symmetrical short-circuit current available at terminals. 2.02 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Surge Suppression: Factory installed as an integral part of indicated panelboards, complying with UL 1449 SPD Type 2. 2.03 DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARDS A. Distribution panelboards, as specified in this article, fall under requirements of "Power Panelboards" in NFPA 70. B. Panelboards: NEMA PB 1, power and feeder distribution type. C. Doors: Secured with vault-type latch with tumbler lock; keyed alike. D. Branch Overcurrent Protective Devices: For Circuit-Breaker Frame Sizes 125 A and Smaller: Plug-in or Bolt-on circuit breakers. E. Branch Overcurrent Protective Devices: For Circuit-Breaker Frame Sizes Larger Than 125 A: Bolt-on circuit breakers; plug-in circuit breakers where individual positive-locking device requires mechanical release for removal. F. Branch Overcurrent Protective Devices: Fused switches. 2.04 LIGHTING AND APPLIANCE BRANCH-CIRCUIT PANELBOARDS A. Panelboards: NEMA PB 1, lighting and appliance branch-circuit type. B. Retain first paragraph below if mains are not indicated on Drawings. C. Branch Overcurrent Protective Devices: Plug-in or Bolt-on circuit breakers, replaceable without disturbing adjacent units. D. Contactors can be incorporated to switch the entire panelboard or only a portion of the circuits. Coordinate with Drawings and schedules to indicate contactor connections, type, quantity of circuits controlled, current ratings, external control circuits, and number of poles. Consult manufacturers for their respective limitations on and availability of short-circuit ratings and electrically held contactors, which may not be available from all manufacturers. E. Doors: Concealed hinges; secured with flush latch with tumbler lock; keyed alike. F. Column-Type Panelboards: Narrow gutter extension, with cover, to overhead junction box equipped with ground and neutral terminal buses. 2.05 DISCONNECTING AND OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES A. Molded-Case Circuit Breaker (MCCB): Comply with UL 489, with interrupting capacity to meet available fault currents. 1. Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers: Inverse time-current element for low- level overloads, and instantaneous magnetic trip element for short circuits. Adjustable magnetic trip setting for circuit-breaker frame sizes 250 A and larger. 2. Current-Limiting Circuit Breakers: Frame sizes 400 A and smaller; let- through ratings less than NEMA FU 1, RK-5. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 §26 24 16—3/6 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remdoel PANELBOARDS 3. GFCI Circuit Breakers: Single- and two-pole configurations with Class A ground-fault protection (6-mA trip). 4. Ground-Fault Equipment Protection (GFEP) Circuit Breakers: Class B ground-fault protection (30-mA trip). 5. Arc-Fault Circuit Interrupter (AFCI) Circuit Breakers: Comply with UL 1699; 120/240-V, single-pole configuration. 6. Molded-Case Circuit-Breaker (MCCB) Features and Accessories: a. Not all features and accessories listed in subparagraphs below are available for every rating and from every listed manufacturer. Verify availability and unique characteristics with manufacturers selected. b. Standard frame sizes, trip ratings, and number of poles. c. Lugs: Mechanical style, suitable for number, size, trip ratings, and conductor materials. d. Handle Padlocking Device: Fixed attachment, for locking circuit- breaker handle in on off on or off position. B. Fused Switch: NEMA KS 1, Type HD; clips to accommodate specified fuses; lockable handle. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Referenced NECA and NEMA standards in first paragraph below include similar requirements. See "Testing and Inspecting" Article in the Evaluations. B. Receive, inspect, handle, store and install panelboards and accessories according to NECA 407. C. Ensure that the operating handle of top-most switch or circuit breaker, in on position, is not higher than 79 inches (2000 mm) above finished floor or grade. D. Mount top of trim 90 inches (2286 mm) above finished floor unless otherwise indicated. E. Mount panelboard cabinet plumb and rigid without distortion of box. Mount recessed panelboards with fronts uniformly flush with wall finish and mating with back box. F. Install overcurrent protective devices and controllers not already factory installed. G. Install filler plates in unused spaces. H. Retain first paragraph below if ceilings are accessible or there are raised floors, or when panelboards are located in spaces that will be finished. I. Arrange conductors in gutters into groups and bundle and wrap with wire ties. J. Comply with NECA 1. 3.02 IDENTIFICATION Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 §26 24 1 6—4/6 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remdoel PANELBOARDS A. Identify field-installed conductors, interconnecting wiring, and components; provide warning signs complying with Section 260553 "Identification for Electrical Systems." B. Create a directory to indicate installed circuit loads and incorporating Owner's final room designations. Obtain approval before installing. Use a computer or typewriter to create directory; handwritten directories are not acceptable. C. Panelboard Nameplates: Label each panelboard with a nameplate complying with requirements for identification specified in Section 260553 "Identification for Electrical Systems." 3.03 REFURBISH A. Scope: This item shall consist of cleaning, and maintenance of panelboards. All work shall be done without exposure to live electrical parts. B. In lieu of the servicing of the existing equipment described below, complete replacement of panelboards or use of panelboard retrofit kits shall be allowed. Replacement equipment shall match or exceed ratings of existing equipment. C. Cabinet 1. Clean interior and accessible exterior using lint free rags and/or vacuum cleaner. 2. Apply rust reformer/inhibitor to any apparent surface rust. Using commercial rust converter/inhibitor similar to Krud Kutter, or Corroseal Rust Converter Application by spray is acceptable if done in a manner that prevents overspray on to electrical components. 3. Provide touch-up painting of cabinet. Use exterior enamel rust-resistant commercial quality paint in color similar to cabinet. Spray paint and liquid brush applied paint are both acceptable if done in a manner that prevents overspray on to electrical components. 4. Tighten loose hardware. 5. Replace hardware (screws/bolts) that are missing or are deteriorated beyond continued use. 6. Cap unused electrical penetrations. 7. Lubricate hinges and moving handles. D. Bus 1. Bus shall have 25% spare circuits available after restoration of existing circuits and any new circuit connections shown in the plans. Existing bus that does not meet this requirement must be replaced to provide the required spare circuits, either in existing cabinet or as complete panel replacement. 2. Clean bus using lint free rags. 3. Check torque of bolted connections by verifying no movement at 90% of NEC Table 1.1 values. 4. Verify panelboard has ground bus, bonded to the cabinet. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 §26 24 1 6—5/6 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remdoel PANELBOARDS 5. Verify panelboard has a separate insulated neutral bus, or provide. 6. Verify ground and neutral wires are landed on the correct bus, and include or remove ground-neutral bus bond as indicated on the drawings. E. Circuit Breakers 1. Replace all circuit breakers with new circuit breakers having matching amperage rating. Use OEM breakers if available. 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform tests and inspections. B. Retain first two paragraphs below to describe tests and inspections to be performed. C. Acceptance Testing Preparation: 1. Test insulation resistance for each panelboard bus, component, connecting supply, feeder, and control circuit. 2. Test continuity of each circuit. D. Tests and Inspections: 1. Perform each visual and mechanical inspection and electrical test stated in NETA Acceptance Testing Specification. Certify compliance with test parameters. 2. Correct malfunctioning units on-site, where possible, and retest to demonstrate compliance; otherwise, replace with new units and retest. E. Panelboards will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections. F. Prepare test and inspection reports, including a certified report that identifies panelboards included and that describes scanning results. Include notation of deficiencies detected, remedial action taken, and observations after remedial action. END OF SECTION 26 24 16 Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 §26 24 1 6—6/6 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remdoel PANELBOARDS SECTION 26 27 26 WIRING DEVICES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Receptacles, receptacles with integral GFCI, and associated device plates. 2. Weather-resistant receptacles. 3. Snap switches and wall-box dimmers. 4. Solid-state fan speed controls. 5. Wall-switch and exterior occupancy sensors. 6. Communications outlets. 1.02 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Coordination: 1. Receptacles for Owner-Furnished Equipment: Match plug configurations. 1.03 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Shop Drawings: List of legends and description of materials and process used for premarking wall plates. 1.04 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Field quality-control reports. 1.05 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and maintenance data. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Source Limitations: Obtain each type of wiring device and associated wall plate from single source from single manufacturer. 2.02 GENERAL WIRING-DEVICE REQUIREMENTS A. Wiring Devices, Components, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. B. Comply with NFPA 70. C. Not all standard devices are available with a modular plug-in configuration. For example, this Section does not include specifications for modular devices. D. Devices that are manufactured for use with modular plug-in connectors may be substituted under the following conditions: 1. Connectors shall comply with UL 2459 and shall be made with stranding building wire. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 §26 27 26— 1/6 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel WIRING DEVICES 2. Devices shall comply with the requirements in this Section. 2.03 STRAIGHT-BLADE RECEPTACLES A. Convenience Receptacles, 125 V, 20 A: Comply with NEMA WD 1, NEMA WD 6 Configuration 5-20R, UL 498, and FS W-C-596. B. Switched receptacles shall have visible markings to differentiate them per WSEC C405.10 and NEC 406.3. Marking shall be embossed into the receptacle face. 2.04 GFCI RECEPTACLES A. General Description: 1. Straight blade, non-feed-through type. 2. Comply with NEMA WD 1, NEMA WD 6, UL 498, UL 943 Class A, and FS W-C-596. 3. Include indicator light that shows when the GFCI has malfunctioned and no longer provides proper GFCI protection. B. Duplex GFCI Convenience Receptacles, 125 V, 20 A: 2.05 TOGGLE SWITCHES A. Comply with NEMA WD 1, UL 20, and FS W-S-896. B. Switches, 120/277 V, 20 A: 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Sinqle Pole: 1) Cooper; AH 1221. 2) Hubbell; HBL1221. 3) Leviton; 1221-2. 4) Pass & Seymour; CSB20AC1. 5) Or approved equal b. Two Pole: 1) Cooper; AH 1222. 2) Hubbell; HBL1222. 3) Leviton; 1222-2. 4) Pass & Sevmour; CSB20AC2. 5) Or approved equal c. Three Wav: 1) Cooper; AH 1223. 2) Hubbell; HBL1223. 3) Leviton; 1223-2. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid-2/26/2019 §26 27 26-2/6 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit & Remodel WIRING DEVICES 4) Pass & Sevmour; CSB20AC3. 5) Or approved equal d. Four Way: 1) Cooper; AH 1224. 2) Hubbell; HBL1224. 3) Leviton; 1224-2. 4) Pass & Sevmour; CSB20AC4. 5) Or approved equal C. Pilot-Light Switches, 20 A: 1. Description: Single pole, with neon-lighted handle, illuminated when switch is "off." D. Key-Operated Switches, 120/277 V, 20 A: 1. Description: Single pole, with factory-supplied key in lieu of switch handle. 2.06 DECORATOR-STYLE DEVICES A. Convenience Receptacles: Square face, 125 V, 15 A; comply with NEMA WD 1, NEMA WD 6 Configuration 5-15R, and UL 498. B. GFCI, Non-Feed-Through Type, Convenience Receptacles: Square face, 125 V, 15 A; comply with NEMA WD 1, NEMA WD 6 Configuration 5-15R, UL 498, and UL 943 Class A. C. Toggle Switches, Square Face, 120/277 V, 15 A: Comply with NEMA WD 1, UL 20, and FS W-S-896. D. Lighted Toggle Switches, Square Face, 120 V, 15 A: Comply with NEMA WD 1 and UL 20. 1. Description: With neon-lighted handle, illuminated when switch is "off." 2.08 WALL-BOX DIMMERS A. Dimmer Switches: Modular, full-wave, solid-state units with integral, quiet on- off switches, with audible frequency and EMI/RFI suppression filters. B. Control: Continuously adjustable slider; with single-pole or three-way switching. Comply with UL 1472. 1. 600 W; dimmers shall require no derating when ganged with other devices. Illuminated when "off." 2.09 WALL PLATES A. Single and combination types shall match corresponding wiring devices. 1. Plate-Securing Screws: Metal with head color to match plate finish. 2. Material for Finished Spaces: Smooth, high-impact thermoplastic. 3. Material for Unfinished Spaces: Smooth, high-impact thermoplastic. 4. Material for Damp Locations: Thermoplastic with spring-loaded lift cover, and listed and labeled for use in wet and damp locations. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 §26 27 26—3/6 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit & Remodel WIRING DEVICES B. Wet-Location, Weatherproof Cover Plates: NEMA 250, complying with Type 3R, weather-resistant, cold weather rated, die-cast aluminum with lockable cover. 2.10 FINISHES A. Device Color: 1. Wiring Devices Connected to Normal Power System: White unless otherwise indicated or required by NFPA 70 or device listing. B. Wall Plate Color: For plastic covers, match device color. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Comply with NECA 1, including mounting heights listed in that standard, unless otherwise indicated. B. Coordination with Other Trades: 1. Protect installed devices and their boxes. Do not place wall finish materials over device boxes and do not cut holes for boxes with routers that are guided by riding against outside of boxes. 2. Keep outlet boxes free of plaster, drywall joint compound, mortar, cement, concrete, dust, paint, and other material that may contaminate the raceway system, conductors, and cables. 3. Install device boxes in brick or block walls so that the cover plate does not cross a joint unless the joint is troweled flush with the face of the wall. 4. Install wiring devices after all wall preparation, including painting, is complete. C. Conductors: 1. Do not strip insulation from conductors until right before they are spliced or terminated on devices. 2. Strip insulation evenly around the conductor using tools designed for the purpose. Avoid scoring or nicking of solid wire or cutting strands from stranded wire. 3. The length of free conductors at outlets for devices shall meet provisions of NFPA 70, Article 300, without pigtails. 4. Existing Conductors: a. Cut back and pigtail, or replace all damaged conductors. b. Straighten conductors that remain and remove corrosion and foreign matter. c. Pigtailing existing conductors is permitted, provided the outlet box is large enough. D. Device Installation: 1. Replace devices that have been in temporary use during construction and that were installed before building finishing operations were complete. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 §26 27 26—4/6 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit & Remodel WIRING DEVICES 2. Keep each wiring device in its package or otherwise protected until it is time to connect conductors. 3. Do not remove surface protection, such as plastic film and smudge covers, until the last possible moment. 4. Connect devices to branch circuits using pigtails that are not less than 6 inches (152 mm) in length. 5. When there is a choice, use side wiring with binding-head screw terminals. Wrap solid conductor tightly clockwise, two-thirds to three- fourths of the way around terminal screw. 6. Use a torque screwdriver when a torque is recommended or required by manufacturer. 7. When conductors larger than No. 12 AWG are installed on 15- or 20-A circuits, splice No. 12 AWG pigtails for device connections. 8. Tighten unused terminal screws on the device. 9. When mounting into metal boxes, remove the fiber or plastic washers used to hold device-mounting screws in yokes, allowing metal-to-metal contact. E. Receptacle Orientation: 1. Install ground pin of vertically mounted receptacles down, and on horizontally mounted receptacles to the right. F. Device Plates: Do not use oversized or extra-deep plates. Repair wall finishes and remount outlet boxes when standard device plates do not fit flush or do not cover rough wall opening. G. Dimmers: 1. Install dimmers within terms of their listing. 2. Verify that dimmers used for fan speed control are listed for that application. 3. Install unshared neutral conductors on line and load side of dimmers according to manufacturers' device listing conditions in the written instructions. H. Arrangement of Devices: Unless otherwise indicated, mount flush, with long dimension vertical and with grounding terminal of receptacles on top. Group adjacent switches under single, multigang wall plates. 3.02 GFCI RECEPTACLES A. Install non-feed-through-type GFCI receptacles. 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform the following tests and inspections: 1. Test Instruments: Use instruments that comply with UL 1436. 2. Test Instrument for Convenience Receptacles: Digital wiring analyzer with digital readout or illuminated digital-display indicators of ineasurement. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 §26 27 26—5/6 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit & Remodel WIRING DEVICES B. Tests for Convenience Receptacles: 1. Line Voltage: Acceptable range is 105 to 132 V. 2. Ground Impedance: Values of up to 2 ohms are acceptable. 3. GFCI Trip: Test for tripping values specified in UL 1436 and UL 943. 4. Using the test plug, verify that the device and its outlet box are securely mounted. 5. Tests shall be diagnostic, indicating damaged conductors, high resistance at the circuit breaker, poor connections, inadequate fault current path, defective devices, or similar problems. Correct circuit conditions, remove malfunctioning units and replace with new ones, and retest as specified above. C. Wiring device will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections. D. Prepare test and inspection reports. END OF SECTION 26 27 26 Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 §26 27 26—6/6 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit & Remodel WIRING DEVICES SECTION 26 41 13 LIGHTNING PROTECTION FOR STRUCTURES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes lightning protection for structures. 1.02 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Shop Drawings: For air terminals and mounting accessories. 1. Layout of the lightning protection system, along with details of the components to be used in the installation. 2. Include indications for use of raceway, data on how concealment requirements will be met, and calculations required by NFPA 780 for bonding of grounded and isolated metal bodies. 1.03 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Field quality-control reports. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE B. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 780, "Definitions" Article. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 LIGHTNING PROTECTION SYSTEM COMPONENTS A. Comply with UL 96. B. Main and Bonding Conductors: Copper. C. Ground Loop Conductor: The same size and type as the main conductor except tinned. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install lightning protection components and systems according to UL 96A. B. Cable Connections: Use crimped, bolted, or exothermic-welded connections. C. Ground Loop: Install ground-level, potential equalization conductor and extend as required to restore loop. 1. Bury ground ring not less than 24 inches (600 mm). 2. Bond ground terminals to the ground loop. 3.03 CORROSION PROTECTION A. Do not combine materials that can form an electrolytic couple that will accelerate corrosion in the presence of moisture unless moisture is permanently excluded from junction of such materials. B. Use conductors with protective coatings where conditions cause deterioration or corrosion of conductors. 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 §26 41 13— 1/2 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel LIGHTNING PROTECTION FOR STRUCTURES A. Notify Architect at least 48 hours in advance of inspection before concealing lightning protection components. END OF SECTION 26 41 13 Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 §26 41 13—2/2 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel LIGHTNING PROTECTION FOR STRUCTURES SECTION 26 43 13 SURGE PROTECTION FOR LOW-VOLTAGE POWER CIRCUITS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 -SUMMARY A. Section includes field-mounted SPDs for low-voltage (120 to 600 V) power distribution and control equipment. 1.02 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1. Include rated capacities, operating characteristics, electrical characteristics, and furnished specialties and accessories. 2. Copy of UL Category Code VZCA certification, as a minimum, listing the tested values for VPRs, Inominal ratings, MCOVs, type designations, OCPD requirements, model numbers, system voltages, and modes of protection. 1.03 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Field quality-control reports. B. Sample Warranty: For manufacturer's special warranty. 1.04 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Maintenance data. 1.05 WARRANTY A. Manufacturer's Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to replace or replace SPDs that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period: [Five] years from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL SPD REQUIREMENTS A. SPD with Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. B. Comply with NFPA 70. C. Comply with UL 1449. D. MCOV of the SPD shall be the nominal system voltage. 2.02 SERVICE ENTRANCE SUPPRESSOR A. SPDs: Comply with UL 1449, Type 1. 1. SPDs with the following features and accessories: a. Integral disconnect switch. b. Internal thermal protection that disconnects the SPD before damaging internal suppressor components. c. Indicator light display for protection status. B. Peak Surge Current Rating: The minimum single-pulse surge current withstand rating per phase shall not be less than 200 kA. The peak surge Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 §26 43 1 3—1/3 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel SURGE PROTECTION FOR LOW-VOLTAGE POWER CIRCUITS current rating shall be the arithmetic sum of the ratings of the individual MOVs in a given mode. C. Protection modes and UL 1449 VPR for 240/120 V, single-phase, three-wire circuits shall not exceed the following: 1. Line to Neutral: 700 V. 2. Line to Ground: 700 V . 3. Line to Line: 1000 V. D. SCCR: Equal or exceed 100 kA . E. Inominal Rating: 20 kA. 2.03 PANEL SUPPRESSORS A. SPDs: Comply with UL 1449, Type 1. 1. Include LED indicator lights for power and protection status. 2. Internal thermal protection that disconnects the SPD before damaging internal suppressor components. B. Peak Surge Current Rating: The minimum single-pulse surge current withstand rating per phase shall not be less than [100 kA] <Insert value>. The peak surge current rating shall be the arithmetic sum of the ratings of the individual MOVs in a given mode. C. Protection modes and UL 1449 VPR for 240/120-V, single-phase, three-wire circuits shall not exceed the following: 1. Line to Neutral: 700 V. 2. Line to Ground: 700 V. 3. Neutral to Ground: 700 V. 4. Line to Line: 1200 V. D. SCCR: Equal or exceed 100 kA. E. Inominal Rating: 10 kA. 2.04 ENCLOSURES A. Indoor Enclosures: NEMA 250, Type 1. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Comply with NECA 1. B. Install an OCPD or disconnect as required to comply with the UL listing of the SPD. C. Install SPDs with conductors between suppressor and points of attachment as short and straight as possible, and adjust circuit-breaker positions to achieve shortest and straightest leads. Do not splice and extend SPD leads unless specifically permitted by manufacturer. Do not exceed manufacturer's recommended lead length. Do not bond neutral and ground. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 §26 43 13—2/3 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel SURGE PROTECTION FOR LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CIRCUITS D. Use crimped connectors and splices only. Wire nuts are unacceptable. E. Complete startup checks according to manufacturer's written instructions. Energize SPDs after power system has been energized, stabilized, and tested. 3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform the following tests and inspections with the assistance of a factory- authorized service representative. 1. Compare equipment nameplate data for compliance with Drawings and Specifications. 2. Inspect anchorage, alignment, grounding, and clearances. 3. Verify that electrical wiring installation complies with manufacturer's written installation requirements. B. An SPD will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections. C. Prepare test and inspection reports. 3.03 DEMONSTRATION A. Train Owner's maintenance personnel to operate and maintain SPDs. END OF SECTION 26 43 13 Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 §26 43 13—3/3 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel SURGE PROTECTION FOR LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CIRCUITS SECTION 26 51 00 INTERIOR LIGHTING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Building mounted (interior and exterior) lighting fixtures, LED light sources, and LED drivers. 2. Emergency lighting units. 3. Exit signs. 4. Lighting fixture supports. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 26 09 23 "Lighting Control Devices" for automatic control of lighting, including time switches, photoelectric relays, occupancy sensors, and multipole lighting relays and contactors. 2. Section 26 27 26 "Wiring Devices" for manual wall-box dimmers for incandescent lamps. 1.02 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of lighting fixture, arranged in order of fixture designation. Include data on features, accessories, and finishes. B. Product Certificates: For each type of ballast for bi-level and dimmer- controlled fixtures, from manufacturer. 1.03 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Field quality-control reports. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Provide safety certification and file number for the luminaire family that must be listed, labeled, or identified per the NFPA 70 (NEC). Applicable testing bodies are determined by the US Occupational Safety Health Administration (OSHA) as Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratories (NRTL) and include: ETL (Edison Testing Laboratory), and UL (Underwriters Laboratories). B. Provide long term lumen maintenance projections for each LED luminaire in accordance with IES TM-21. Data used for projections must be obtained from testing in accordance with IES LM-80. 1.05 LED LUMINAIRE - IES LM-79 TEST REPORT A. Submit test report on manufacturer's standard production model luminaire. Include all applicable and required data as outlined under"14.0 Test Report" in IES LM-79. 1.06 LED LIGHT SOURCE - IES LM-80 TEST REPORT A. Submit report on manufacturer's standard production LED light source (package, array, or module). Include all applicable and required data as outlined under"8.0 Test Report" in IES LM-80. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 §26 51 00— 1/5 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel INTERIOR LIGHTING 1.07 LED LIGHT SOURCE - IES TM-21 TEST REPORT A. Submit test report on manufacturer's standard production light source (package, array, or module). Include all applicable and required data as well as required interpolation information as outlined under"7.0 Test Report" in I ES TM-21. 1.08 TEST LABORATORIES Test laboratories for the IES LM-79 and IES LM-80 test reports must be one of the following: A. National Voluntary Laboratory Accreditation Program (NVLAP) accredited for solid-state lighting testing as part of the Energy-Efficient Lighting Products laboratory accreditation program for both LM-79 and LM-80 testing. B. One of the qualified labs listed on the Department of Energy- LED Lighting Facts Approved Testing Laboratories listed at for LM-79 testing. C. One of EPA-Recognized Laboratories listed at for LM-80 testing. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, product(s) indicated on Drawings. 2.02 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR LIGHTING FIXTURES AND COMPONENTS A. UL 1598, NEMA C82.77, and UL 8750. Provide luminaires as indicated in luminaire schedule on project plans. Provide luminaires complete with light sources of quantity, type, and wattage indicated. Provide all luminaires of the same type by the same manufacturer. Luminaires must be specifically designed for use with the driver, and light source provided. B. Retain one or more of first three paragraphs below that require compliance with the listed LER. See Editing Instruction No. 5 in the Evaluations for guidance on specifying LER. The numeric value of LER is specified in the Interior Lighting Fixture Schedule on Drawings. C. Metal Parts: Free of burrs and sharp corners and edges. D. Sheet Metal Components: Steel unless otherwise indicated. Form and support to prevent warping and sagging. E. Doors, Frames, and Other Internal Access: Smooth operating, free of light leakage under operating conditions, and designed to permit relamping without use of tools. Designed to prevent doors, frames, lenses, diffusers, and other components from falling accidentally during relamping and when secured in operating position. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 §26 51 00—2/5 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel INTERIOR LIGHTING 2.03 LED LUMINAIRES A. Provide luminaires complete with power supplies (drivers) and light sources. Provide design information including lumen output and design life in luminaire schedule on project plans for LED luminaires. LED luminaires must meet the following minimum requirements: B. Luminaires must have a minimum 5 year manufacturer's warranty. C. Luminaires must have a minimum L70 lumen maintenance value of 50,000 hours as calculated by IES TM-21, with data obtained per IES LM-80 requirements. D. Luminaire drive current value must be identical to that provided by test data for luminaire in question. E. Luminaires must be tested to IES LM-79 and IES LM-80 standards, with the results provided as required in the Submittals paragraph of this specification. 2.04 LED DRIVERS NEMA SSL 1, UL 8750. LED drivers must be electronic, UL Class 1, constant- current type and comply with the following requirements: A. Output power (watts) and luminous flux (lumens) as shown in luminaire schedule for each luminaire type to meet minimum luminaire efficacy (LE) value provided. B. Power Factor (PF) greater than or equal to 0.9. C. Current draw Total Harmonic Distortion (THD) of less than 20 percent. D. Class A sound rating. E. Operable at input voltage of 120-277 volts at 60 hertz. F. Minimum 5 year manufacturer's warranty. G. RoHS compliant. H. Integral thermal protection that reduces or eliminates the output power if case temperature exceeds a value detrimental to the driver. I. UL listed for dry or damp locations typical of interior installations. J. Non-dimmable as indicated in the luminaire schedule on project plans. 2.05 LED LIGHT SOURCES NEMA ANSLG C78.377, NEMA SSL 3. Provide type and wattage as indicated in luminaire schedule on project plans. A. Correlated Color Temperature (CCT) of 3000 degrees K or as noted on fixture schedule. B. Minimum Color Rendering Index (CRI) R9 value of 80. C. High power, white light output utilizing phosphor conversion (PC) process. D. RoHS compliant. E. Provide light source color consistency by utilizing a binning tolerance within a 4 step McAdam ellipse. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 §26 51 00—3/5 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel INTERIOR LIGHTING 2.06 EXIT SIGNS A. General Requirements for Exit Signs: Comply with UL 924; for sign colors, visibility, luminance, and lettering size, comply with authorities having jurisdiction. B. Internally Lighted Signs: 1. Lamps for AC Operation: LEDs, 50,000 hours minimum rated lamp life. 2. Self-Powered Exit Signs (Battery Type): Integral automatic charger in a self-contained power pack. a. Battery: Sealed, maintenance-free, nickel-cadmium type. b. Charger: Fully automatic, solid-state type with sealed transfer relay. c. Operation: Relay automatically energizes lamp from battery when circuit voltage drops to 80 percent of nominal voltage or below. When normal voltage is restored, relay disconnects lamps from battery, and battery is automatically recharged and floated on charger. d. Test Push Button: Push-to-test type, in unit housing, simulates loss of normal power and demonstrates unit operability. e. LED Indicator Light: Indicates normal power on. Normal glow indicates trickle charge; bright glow indicates charging at end of discharge cycle. 2.07 EMERGENCY LIGHTING UNITS A. General Requirements for Emergency Lighting Units: Self-contained units complying with UL 924. 1. Battery: Sealed, maintenance-free, lead-acid type. 2. Charger: Fully automatic, solid-state type with sealed transfer relay. 3. Operation: Relay automatically turns lamp on when power-supply circuit voltage drops to 80 percent of nominal voltage or below. Lamp automatically disconnects from battery when voltage approaches deep- discharge level. When normal voltage is restored, relay disconnects lamps from battery, and battery is automatically recharged and floated on charger. 4. Test Push Button: Push-to-test type, in unit housing, simulates loss of normal power and demonstrates unit operability. 5. LED Indicator Light: Indicates normal power on. Normal glow indicates trickle charge; bright glow indicates charging at end of discharge cycle. 2.08 LIGHTING FIXTURE SUPPORT COMPONENTS A. Comply with Section 26 05 29 "Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems" for channel- and angle-iron supports and nonmetallic channel and angle supports. B. Single-Stem Hangers: 1/2-inch (13-mm) steel tubing with swivel ball fittings and ceiling canopy. Finish same as fixture. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 §26 51 00—4/5 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel INTERIOR LIGHTING C. Twin-Stem Hangers: Two, 1/2-inch (13-mm) steel tubes with single canopy designed to mount a single fixture. Finish same as fixture. D. Wires: ASTM A 641/A 641M, Class 3, soft temper, zinc-coated steel, 12 gauge (2.68 mm). E. Coordinate "Wires for Humid Spaces" Paragraph below with Drawings to identify humid spaces. F. Wires for Humid Spaces: ASTM A 580/A 580M, Composition 302 or 304, annealed stainless steel, 12 gauge (2.68 mm). G. Rod Hangers: 3/16-inch (5-mm) minimum diameter, cadmium-plated, threaded steel rod. H. Hook Hangers: Integrated assembly matched to fixture and line voltage and equipped with threaded attachment, cord, and locking-type plug. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Lighting fixtures: Set level, plumb, and square with ceilings and walls. Install lamps in each fixture. B. Comply with NFPA 70 for minimum fixture supports. C. Suspended Lighting Fixture Support: 1. Pendants and Rods: Where longer than 48 inches (1200 mm), brace to limit swinging. 2. Stem-Mounted, Single-Unit Fixtures: Suspend with twin-stem hangers. 3. Continuous Rows: Use tubing or stem for wiring at one point and tubing or rod for suspension for each unit length of fixture chassis, including one at each end. D. Connect wiring according to Section 260519 "Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables." 3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Test for Emergency Lighting: Interrupt power supply to demonstrate proper operation. Verify transfer from normal power to battery and retransfer to normal. B. Prepare a written report of tests, inspections, observations, and verifications indicating and interpreting results. If adjustments are made to lighting system, retest to demonstrate compliance with standards. END OF SECTION 26 51 00 Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 §26 51 00—5/5 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel INTERIOR LIGHTING DIVISION 27 Communications � ,� � SECTION 27 15 00 COMMUNICATIONS HORIZONTAL CABLING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Pathways. 2. UTP cabling. 3. Telecommunications outlet/connectors. 4. Cabling system identification products. 1.02 DEFINITIONS A. Basket Cable Tray: A fabricated structure consisting of wire mesh bottom and side rails. B. BICSI: Building Industry Consulting Service International. C. Consolidation Point: A location for interconnection between horizontal cables extending from building pathways and horizontal cables extending into furniture pathways. D. Cross-Connect: A facility enabling the termination of cable elements and their interconnection or cross-connection. E. EMI: Electromagnetic interference. F. IDC: Insulation displacement connector. G. Ladder Cable Tray: A fabricated structure consisting of two longitudinal side rails connected by individual transverse members (rungs). H. LAN: Local area network. I. Outlet/Connectors: A connecting device in the work area on which horizontal cable or outlet cable terminates. J. Trough or Ventilated Cable Tray: A fabricated structure consisting of longitudinal side rails and a bottom having openings for the passage of air. K. UTP: Unshielded twisted pair. 1.03 HORIZONTAL CABLING DESCRIPTION A. Horizontal cable and its connecting hardware provide the means of transporting signals between the telecommunications outlet/connector and the horizontal cross-connect located in the communications equipment room. This cabling and its connecting hardware are called "permanent link," a term that is used in the testing protocols. 1. TIA/EIA-568-B.1 requires that a minimum of two telecommunications outlet/connectors be installed for each work area. 2. Horizontal cabling shall contain no more that one transition point or consolidation point between the horizontal cross-connect and the telecommunications outlet/connector. 3. Bridged taps and splices shall not be installed in the horizontal cabling. 4. Splitters shall not be installed as part of the optical fiber cabling. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 §27 15 00— 1/9 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel COMMUNICATIONS HORIZONTAL CABLING B. A work area is approximately 100 sq. ft. (9.3 sq. m). C. The maximum allowable horizontal cable length is 295 feet (90 m). This maximum allowable length does not include an allowance for the length of 16 feet(4.9 m) to the workstation equipment. The maximum allowable length does not include an allowance for the length of 16 feet (4.9 m) in the horizontal cross-connect. 1.04 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. General Performance: Horizontal cabling system shall comply with transmission standards in TIA/EIA-568-B.1, when tested according to test procedures of this standard. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Shop Drawings: 1. System Labeling Schedules: Electronic copy of labeling schedules, in software and format selected by Owner. 2. Cabling administration drawings. 3. Wiring diagrams to show outlet location and identification. C. Qualification Data: For Installer. D. Source quality-control reports. E. Field quality-control reports. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Cabling Installer must have personnel certified by BICSI on staff. 1. Layout Responsibility: Preparation of Shop Drawings. 2. Installation Supervision: Installation shall be under the direct supervision of Registered Technician, who shall be present at all times when Work of this Section is performed at Project site. B. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. C. Telecommunications Pathways and Spaces: Comply with TIA/EIA-569-A. D. Grounding: Comply with ANSI-J-STD-607-A. 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Test cables upon receipt at Project site. 1. Test each pair of UTP cable for open and short circuits. 1.08 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Do not deliver or install cables and connecting materials until wet work in spaces is complete and dry, and HVAC system is Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 §27 15 00—2/9 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel COMMUNICATIONS HORIZONTAL CABLING operating and maintaining ambient temperature and humidity conditions at occupancy levels during the remainder of the construction period. 1.09 COORDINATION A. Coordinate telecommunications outlet/connector locations with location of power receptacles at each work area. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 PATH WAYS A. General Requirements: Comply with TIA/EIA-569-A. B. Cable Support: NRTL labeled for support of Category 6 cabling, designed to prevent degradation of cable performance and pinch points that could damage cable. 1. Support brackets with cable tie slots for fastening cable ties to brackets. 2. Lacing bars, spools, J-hooks, and D-rings. 3. Straps and other devices. C. Cable Trays: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Cable Management Solutions, Inc. b. Cablofillnc. c. Cooper B-Line, Inc. d. Cope - Tyco/Allied Tube & Conduit. e. GS Metals Corp. f. Approved equal. 2. Cable Tray Materials: Metal, suitable for indoors, and protected against corrosion by electroplated zinc galvanizing, complying with ASTM B 633, Type 1, not less than 0.000472 inch (0.012 mm) thick. a. Basket Cable Trays: 6 inches (150 mm) wide and 2 inches (50 mm) deep. Wire mesh spacing shall not exceed 2 by 4 inches (50 by 100 mm). b. Trough Cable Trays: Nominally 6 inches (150 mm) wide. c. Ladder Cable Trays: Nominally 18 inches (455 mm) wide, and a rung spacing of 12 inches (305 mm). d. Channel Cable Trays: One-piece construction, nominally 4 inches (100 mm) wide. Slot spacing shall not exceed 4-1/2 inches (115 mm) o.c. D. Conduit and Boxes: Comply with requirements in Division 26 Section "Raceway and Boxes for Electrical Systems." Flexible metal conduit shall not be used. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 §27 15 00—3/9 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel COMMUNICATIONS HORIZONTAL CABLING 1. Outlet boxes shall be no smaller than 2 inches (50 mm) wide, 3 inches (75 mm) high, and 2-1/2 inches (64 mm) deep. 2.02 BACKBOARDS A. Backboards: Plywood, fire-retardant treated,3/4 thick with dimensions as noted on plans). Comply with requirements in Division 06 Section "Rough Carpentry" for plywood backing panels. 2.03 UTP CABLE A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Belden CDT Inc.; Electronics Division. 2. Berk-Tek; a Nexans company. 3. CommScope, Inc. 4. Draka USA. 5. Genesis Cable Products; Honeywell International, Inc. 6. KRONE Incorporated. 7. Mohawk; a division of Belden CDT. 8. Norde�CDT; a subsidiary of Cable Design Technologies. 9. Superior Essex Inc. 10. SYSTIMAX Solutions; a CommScope, Inc. brand. 11. 3M. 12. Tyco Electronics/AMP Netconnect; Tyco International Ltd. 13. Approved equal. B. Description: 100-ohm, 4-pair UTP, formed into 25-pair, binder groups covered with a blue thermoplastic jacket. 1. Comply with ICEA S-90-661 for mechanical properties. 2. Comply with TIA/EIA-568-B.1 for performance specifications. 3. Comply with TIA/EIA-568-B.2, Category 5e or 6. 4. Listed and labeled by an NRTL acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction as complying with UL 444 and NFPA 70 for the following types: a. Communications, General Purpose: Type CM or CMG; or MPP, CMP, MPR, CMR, MP, or MPG. 2.04 UTP CABLE HARDWARE A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. American Technology Systems Industries, Inc. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 §27 15 00—4/9 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel COMMUNICATIONS HORIZONTAL CABLING 2. Dynacom Corporation. 3. Hubbell Premise Wiring. 4. KRONE Incorporated. 5. Leviton Voice & Data Division. 6. Molex Premise Networks; a division of Molex, Inc. 7. Norde�CDT; a subsidiary of Cable Design Technologies. 8. Panduit Corp. 9. Siemon Co. (The). 10. Tyco Electronics/AMP Netconnect; Tyco International Ltd. 11. Approved equal. B. General Requirements for Cable Connecting Hardware: Comply with TIA/EIA-568-B.2, IDC type, with modules designed for punch-down caps or tools. Cables shall be terminated with connecting hardware of same category or higher. C. Connecting Blocks: By owner. D. Cross-Connect: By owner. E. Patch Panel: By owner. F. Jacks and Jack Assemblies: Modular, color-coded, eight-position modular receptacle units with integral IDC-type terminals, white. 2.05 TELECOMMUNICATIONS OUTLET/CONNECTORS A. Jacks: 100-ohm, balanced, twisted-pair connector; four-pair, eight-position modular. Comply with TIA/EIA-568-B.1. B. Workstation Outlets: Four-port-connector assemblies mounted in single faceplate. 1. Plastic Faceplate: High-impact plastic, white. Coordinate color with Division 26 Section "Wiring Devices." 2. For use with snap-in jacks accommodating any combination of UTP, optical fiber, and coaxial work area cords. a. Flush mounting jacks, positioning the cord at a 90-degree angle. 3. Legend: Machine printed, in the field, using adhesive-tape label. 2.06 GROUNDING A. Comply with requirements in Division 26 Section "Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems" for grounding conductors and connectors. B. Comply with ANSI-J-STD-607-A. 2.07 IDENTIFICATION PRODUCTS A. Comply with TIA/EIA-606-A and UL 969 for labeling materials, including label stocks, laminating adhesives, and inks used by label printers. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 §27 15 00—5/9 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel COMMUNICATIONS HORIZONTAL CABLING B. Comply with requirements in Division 26 Section "Identification for Electrical Systems." 2.08 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Factory test UTP cables on reels according to TIA/EIA-568-B.1 and B.2. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 WIRING METHODS A. Wiring Method: Install cables in raceways and cable trays except within consoles, cabinets, desks, and counters and except in accessible concealed ceiling spaces, in attics, and in gypsum board partitions where unenclosed wiring method may be used. Conceal raceway and cables except in unfinished spaces. 1. Comply with requirements for raceways and boxes specified in Division 26 Section "Raceway and Boxes for Electrical Systems." B. Wiring Method: Conceal conductors and cables in accessible ceilings, walls, and floors where possible. C. Wiring within Enclosures: Bundle, lace, and train cables to terminal points with no excess and without exceeding manufacturer's limitations on bending radii. Provide and use lacing bars and distribution spools. 3.02 INSTALLATION OF PATHWAYS A. Cable Trays: Comply with NEMA VE 2 and TIA/EIA-569-A-7. B. Comply with TIA/EIA-569-A for pull-box sizing and length of conduit and number of bends between pull points. C. Comply with requirements in Division 26 Section "Raceway and Boxes for Electrical Systems" for installation of conduits and wireways. D. Install manufactured conduit sweeps and long-radius elbows whenever possible. E. Pathway Installation in Communications Equipment Rooms: 1. Position conduit ends adjacent to a corner on backboard where a single piece of plywood is installed, or in the corner of room where multiple sheets of plywood are installed around perimeter walls of room. 2. Install cable trays to route cables if conduits cannot be located in these positions. 3. Secure conduits to backboard when entering room from overhead. 4. Extend conduits 3 inches (76 mm) above finished floor. 5. Install metal conduits with grounding bushings and connect with grounding conductor to grounding system. 3.03 INSTALLATION OF CABLES A. Comply with NECA 1. B. General Requirements for Cabling: 1. Comply with TIA/EIA-568-B.1. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 §27 15 00—6/9 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel COMMUNICATIONS HORIZONTAL CABLING 2. Comply with BICSI ITSIM, Ch. 6, "Cable Termination Practices." 3. Terminate conductors; no cable shall contain unterminated elements. Make terminations only at indicated outlets, terminals, cross-connects, and patch panels. 4. Cables may not be spliced. Secure and support cables at intervals not exceeding 30 inches (760 mm) and not more than 6 inches (150 mm) from cabinets, boxes, fittings, outlets, racks, frames, and terminals. 5. Install lacing bars to restrain cables, to prevent straining connections, and to prevent bending cables to smaller radii than minimums recommended by manufacturer. 6. Bundle, lace, and train conductors to terminal points without exceeding manufacturer's limitations on bending radii, but not less than radii specified in BICSI ITSIM, "Cabling Termination Practices" Chapter. Install lacing bars and distribution spools. 7. Do not install bruised, kinked, scored, deformed, or abraded cable. Do not splice cable between termination, tap, or junction points. Remove and discard cable if damaged during installation and replace it with new cable. 8. Cold-Weather Installation: Bring cable to room temperature before dereeling. Heat lamps shall not be used for heating. 9. In the communications equipment room, install a 10-foot- (3-m-) long service loop on each end of cable. 10. Pulling Cable: Comply with BICSI ITSIM, Ch. 4, "Pulling Cable." Monitor cable pull tensions. C. UTP Cable Installation: 1. Comply with TIA/EIA-568-B.2. 2. Do not untwist UTP cables more than 1/2 inch (12 mm) from the point of termination to maintain cable geometry. D. Optical Fiber Cable Installation: 1. Comply with TIA/EIA-568-B.3. 2. Existing cable terminations shall be maintained. E. Open-Cable Installation: 1. Install cabling with horizontal and vertical cable guides in telecommunications spaces with terminating hardware and interconnection equipment. 2. Suspend UTP cable not in a wireway or pathway a minimum of 8 inches (200 mm) above ceilings by cable supports not more than 60 inches (1524 mm) apart. 3. Cable shall not be run through structural members or in contact with pipes, ducts, or other potentially damaging items. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 §27 15 00—7/9 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel COMMUNICATIONS HORIZONTAL CABLING 3.04 FIRESTOPPING A. Comply with requirements in Division 07 Section "Penetration Firestopping." 3.05 GROUNDING A. Install grounding according to BICSI TDMM, "Grounding, Bonding, and Electrical Protection" Chapter. B. Comply with ANSI-J-STD-607-A. C. Locate grounding bus bar to minimize the length of bonding conductors. Fasten to wall allowing at least 2-inch (50-mm) clearance behind the grounding bus bar. Connect grounding bus bar with a minimum No. 4 AWG grounding electrode conductor from grounding bus bar to suitable electrical building ground. D. Bond metallic equipment to the grounding bus bar, using not smaller than No. 6 AWG equipment grounding conductor. 3.06 IDENTIFICATION A. Identify system components, wiring, and cabling complying with TIA/EIA-606- A. Comply with requirements for identification specified in Division 26 Section "Identification for Electrical Systems." B. Comply with requirements in Division 09 Section "Interior Painting" for painting backboards. For fire-resistant plywood, do not paint over manufacturer's label. C. Cable Schedule: Post in prominent location in each equipment room and wiring closet. List incoming and outgoing cables and their designations, origins, and destinations. Protect with rigid frame and clear plastic cover. Furnish an electronic copy of final comprehensive schedules for Project. D. Cable and Wire Identification: 1. Label each cable within 4 inches (100 mm) of Server Room termination, where it is accessible in a cabinet or junction or outlet box, and elsewhere as indicated. 2. Each wire connected to building-mounted devices is not required to be numbered at device if color of wire is consistent with associated wire connected and numbered within panel or cabinet. E. Labels shall be preprinted or computer-printed type with printing area and font color that contrasts with cable jacket color but still complies with requirements in TIA/EIA-606-A. 1. Cables use flexible vinyl or polyester that flex as cables are bent. 3.07 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform tests and inspections. 1. Visually inspect UTP and optical fiber cable jacket materials for NRTL certification markings. Inspect cabling terminations in communications equipment rooms for compliance with color-coding for pin assignments, and inspect cabling connections for compliance with TIA/EIA-568-B.1. 2. Visually confirm Category 5 or 6, marking of outlet/connectors. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 §27 15 00—8/9 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel COMMUNICATIONS HORIZONTAL CABLING 3. Visually inspect cable placement, cable termination, grounding and bonding, equipment and patch cords, and labeling of all components. 4. Test UTP backbone copper cabling for DC loop resistance, shorts, opens, intermittent faults, and polarity between conductors. Test operation of shorting bars in connection blocks. Test cables after termination but not cross-connection. a. Test instruments shall meet or exceed applicable requirements in TIA/EIA-568-B.2. Perform tests with a tester that complies with performance requirements in "Test Instruments (Normative)" Annex, complying with measurement accuracy specified in "Measurement Accuracy (Informative)" Annex. Use only test cords and adapters that are qualified by test equipment manufacturer for channel or link test configuration. 5. UTP Performance Tests: a. Test for each outlet. Perform the following tests according to TIA/EIA- 568-B.1 and TIA/EIA-568-B.2: 1) Wire map. 2) Length (physical vs. electrical, and length requirements). 3) Insertion loss. 4) Near-end crosstalk (NEXT) loss. 5) Power sum near-end crosstalk (PSNEXT) loss. 6) Equal-level far-end crosstalk (ELFEXT). 7) Power sum equal-level far-end crosstalk (PSELFEXT). 8) Return loss. 9) Propagation delay. 10) Delay skew. B. Document data for each measurement. Data for submittals shall be printed in a summary report that is formatted similar to Table 10.1 in BICSI TDMM, or transferred from the instrument to the computer, saved as text files, and printed and submitted. C. End-to-end cabling will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections. D. Prepare test and inspection reports. END OF SECTION 27 15 00 Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid—2/26/2019 §27 15 00—9/9 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel COMMUNICATIONS HORIZONTAL CABLING DIVISIO N 31 Earthwork � ,� � SECTION 31 09 16.21 PILE LOAD TESTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Pile load testing and documenting results. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01 40 00 - Quality Requirements: Testing laboratory services. B. Section 31 63 29 - Drilled Concrete Piers and Shafts. 1.03 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. See Section 01 22 00 - Unit Prices, for additional unit price requirements. 1.04 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM D1143/D1143M - Standard Test Method for Deep Foundations Under Static Axial Compressive Load; 2007 (Reapproved 2013). B. ASTM D3689/D3689M - Standard Test Method for Deep Foundations Under Static Axial Tensile Load; 2007 (Reapproved 2013). 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 30 00 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Monitor test pile placement and elevations under direct supervision of a Professional Engineer experienced in design of this Work and licensed in the State in which the Project is located. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 EQUIPMENT A. Provide equipment, load carrying devices, loads, and instrumentation as required by test methods specified in PART 3. B. Test Crib: Provide one test crib for pile load testing. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify site conditions will support cribbing and load for testing purposes. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Establish stable working elevation for test equipment. 3.03 TESTING A. Perform load tests for piles specified in the following Sections: 1. Section 31 63 29 - Drilled Concrete Piers and Shafts. B. Load test the following: 1. First pile constructed. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid —2/26/2019 §31 09 16.21 1/2 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel PILE LOAD TESTS C. Perform the following tests on each test pile: 1. Static axial compression load test as specified in ASTM D1143/D1143M. 2. Static axial tensile load test as specified in ASTM D3689/D3689M. 3. Subject piles to 1-3/4 times design load. D. Acceptable Permanent Set of Piles After Load Testing: 1/8 inch (3 mm). E. If tested piles do not conform to requirements, perform additional testing of other piles. 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Field inspection and monitoring of testing will be performed under provisions of Section 01 40 00. B. Document test equipment used, method of calibration and recording, test results, recommendations or modification of piling method used. C. Accurately record actual dimensions and locations of tested piles and movement or distortion caused by testing. 3.05 EQUIPMENT REMOVAL A. Remove test and temporary load equipment from site. END OF SECTION Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid —2/26/2019 §31 09 16.21 2/2 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel PILE LOAD TESTS SECTION 31 10 00 SITE CLEARING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01 10 00 - Summary: Limitations on Contractor's use of site and premises. B. Section 01 50 00 - Temporary Facilities and Controls: Site fences, security, protective barriers, and waste removal. C. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Project conditions; protection of bench marks, survey control points, and existing construction to remain; reinstallation of removed products. D. Section 32 93 00 - Plants: Relocation of existing trees, shrubs, and other plants. 1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 30 00 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Site Plan: Showing: 1. Areas for temporary construction and field offices. PART 2 PRODUCTS -- NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 SITE CLEARING A. Comply with other requirements specified in Section 01 70 00. B. Minimize production of dust due to clearing operations; do not use water if that will result in ice, flooding, sedimentation of public waterways or storm sewers, or other pollution. 3.02 EXISTING UTILITIES AND BUILT ELEMENTS A. Coordinate work with utility companies; notify before starting work and comply with their requirements; obtain required permits. B. Protect existing utilities to remain from damage. C. Do not disrupt public utilities without permit from authority having jurisdiction. D. Protect existing structures and other elements that are not to be removed. 3.03 VEGETATION A. Scope: Remove trees, shrubs, brush, and stumps in areas to be covered by building structure, paving, playing fields, lawns, and planting beds. B. Do not begin clearing until vegetation to be relocated has been removed. C. Do not remove or damage vegetation beyond the limits indicated on drawings. D. Install substantial, highly visible fences at least 3 feet (1 m) high to prevent inadvertent damage to vegetation to remain: 1. At vegetation removal limits. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid —2/26/2019 §31 10 00 1/2 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel SITE CLEARING E. In areas where vegetation must be removed but no construction will occur other than pervious paving, remove vegetation with minimum disturbance of the subsoil. F. Vegetation Removed: Do not burn, bury, landfill, or leave on site, except as indicated. 1. Chip, grind, crush, or shred vegetation for mulching, composting, or other purposes; preference should be given to on-site uses. 2. Trees: Sell if marketable; if not, treat as specified for other vegetation removed; remove stumps and roots to depth of 18 inches (450 mm). 3. Sod: Re-use on site if possible; otherwise sell if marketable, and if not, treat as specified for other vegetation removed. G. Restoration: If vegetation outside removal limits or within specified protective fences is damaged or destroyed due to subsequent construction operations, replace at no cost to Owner. 3.04 DEBRIS A. Remove debris,junk, and trash from site. B. Leave site in clean condition, ready for subsequent work. C. Clean up spillage and wind-blown debris from public and private lands. END OF SECTION Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid —2/26/2019 §31 10 00 2/2 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel SITE CLEARING SECTION 31 23 16 EXCAVATION PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Excavating for building volume below grade, footings, pile caps, slabs-on-grade, paving, site structures, and utilities within the building. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Document Geotechnical Report - CivilTech Engineering, 2016: Geotechnical report; bore hole locations and findings of subsurface materials. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 30 00 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. 1.04 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. See Section 01 22 00 - Unit Prices, for general requirements applicable to unit prices for excavation. PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that survey bench mark and intended elevations for the work are as indicated. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Identify required lines, levels, contours, and datum locations. B. Locate, identify, and protect utilities that remain and protect from damage. C. Protect bench marks, survey control points, existing structures, fences, sidewalks, paving, and curbs from excavating equipment and vehicular traffic. D. Protect plants, lawns, rock outcroppings, and other features to remain. 3.03 EXCAVATING A. Excavate to accommodate new structures and construction operations. B. Notify Architect of unexpected subsurface conditions and discontinue affected Work in area until notified to resume work. C. Slope banks of excavations deeper than 4 feet (1.2 meters) to angle of repose or less until shored. D. Do not interfere with 45 degree bearing splay of foundations. E. Cut utility trenches wide enough to allow inspection of installed utilities. F. Hand trim excavations. Remove loose matter. G. Grade top perimeter of excavation to prevent surface water from draining into excavation. H. Remove excavated material that is unsuitable for re-use from site. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid —2/26/2019 §31 23 16 1/2 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel EXCAVATION I. Remove excess excavated material from site. END OF SECTION Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid —2/26/2019 §31 23 16 2/2 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel EXCAVATION SECTION 31 63 29 DRILLED CONCRETE PIERS AND SHAFTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Machine drilled shaft, belled base, rock sockets, and shear rings. B. Concrete and reinforcement. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 03 20 00 - Concrete Reinforcing: Requirements for concrete reinforcement. B. Section 03 30 00 - Cast-in-Place Concrete: Requirements for concrete. C. Section 31 09 16.21 - Pile Load Tests: Requirements for pile load tests. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ACI 336.1 - Standard Specification for the Construction of Drilled Piers; 2001. B. ASTM A36/A36M - Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel; 2014. C. ASTM A283/A283M - Standard Specification for Low and Intermediate Tensile Strength Carbon Steel Plates; 2013. D. ASTM A929/A929M - Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Metallic-Coated by the Hot-Dip Process for Corrugated Steel Pipe; 2001 (Reapproved 2013). 1.04 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Preinstallation Meeting: Conduct a preinstallation meeting one week prior to the start of the work of this section; require attendance by all affected installers. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of piers, pier diameter, and pier length. Accurately record the following: 1. Sizes, lengths, and locations of piers. 2. Sequence of placement. 3. Final base and top elevations. 4. Deviation from indicated locations. 5. Placement and configuration of reinforcement deviations. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing the work of this section with minimum 3 years of documented experience. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Casing: Temporary casings of steel conforming to ASTM A283/A283M, Grade C; ASTM A36/A36M; or ASTM A929/A929M; of sufficient strength to withstand handling and drilling stresses, concrete pressures, and surrounding earth and water pressures. B. Concrete Materials and Mix: Specified in Section 03 30 00. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid —2/26/2019 §31 63 29 1/3 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel DRILLED CONCRETE PIERS AND SHAFTS C. Reinforcement: Specified in Section 03 20 00. D. Equipment: Appropriate for dewatering excavated shaft. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Use placement method which will not cause damage to nearby structures. B. Notify adjacent and affected land owners and building occupants with 90 days notice before proceeding with the work. C. Protect structures near the work from damage. D. Prepare to place piers from existing site elevations. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Construct piers in accordance with ACI 336.1. B. Drill vertical pier shafts, belled bases, shear rings, and rock sockets to diameters and depths indicated. C. Place steel casings immediately after drilling. Set firmly in place. If casing is to be temporary, install shaft liner with sufficient strength to withstand concrete pressures. 1. Withdrawal of temporary casings is at option of Contractor. D. Clean shaft and bottom of loose material. Maintain shafts free of water. E. Allow inspection of shaft and liner prior to placement of reinforcement and concrete. F. Place reinforcing steel in accordance with Section 03 20 00. G. Place concrete in single pour, in accordance with Section 03 30 00 with equipment designed for vertical placement of concrete. H. Coordinate casing withdrawal with concrete placement so that concrete pressure head exceeds anticipated outside soil and water pressure above bottom of casing at all times during withdrawal. I. Extend reinforcement for connection of caps. J. Set tops of piers to elevations indicated. 3.03 TOLERANCES A. Install piers with maximum variation from location, plumbness, bottom area, diameter, and anchorage locations as specified in ACI 336.1. B. Maximum Variation From Vertical: 1 in 48. C. Maximum Variation From Design Top Elevation: Plus 3 inches (75 mm), minus 1 inch (25 mm). D. Maximum Out-of-Position: 2 inches (50 mm). 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Field inspection and testing will be performed under provisions of Section 01 40 00. B. Perform load tests to requirements of Section 31 09 16.21. Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid —2/26/2019 §31 63 29 2/3 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel DRILLED CONCRETE PIERS AND SHAFTS C. Test Piers: Same diameter and type as specified for other piers, placed in same manner. 3.05 UNACCEPTABLE PIERS A. Unacceptable Piers: Piers that fail, are placed out of position, are below elevations, or are damaged. B. Provide additional piers or replace piers failing to conform to specified requirements. END OF SECTION Project 546.50.41.000 Issued for Bid —2/26/2019 §31 63 29 3/3 Renton ATCT Seismic Retrofit& Remodel DRILLED CONCRETE PIERS AND SHAFTS